BSL IAA 


HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


EE 


LIBRARY 


OF THE 


MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY 


AS SLVa 


ee 
any 


Viale 
ba 


I) ‘Ohe CANADIAN 
| FIELD-NATURALIST | 


VOLUME LV 


1941 


JANUARY 1941 


VOL. LV, No. 1 - 


ie 
a 
eS 
AE « r . 
es 
a ’ 


= 
Siok 
ey 
( 


ot3) 


nT | 


ISSUED FEBRUARY 8th, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD a ; 
2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM 


1st Viee-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN 


Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 


582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 


Additional Members of Council: 
C. H. D. CLARKE, 


Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRy, H. Grou, 


Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 


62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


J. W. GROVES, 


F. J. Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, HaNRY Bowsers, A. W. A. Brow 


HAMMOND, C. C. HaIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 


Lewis, Hoyes Luoyp, 


A. E. Porstup, H. A. SENN, 


C. M. STERNBERG, 


MALcoLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 
Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS 


IDS TANNESS oe era nay eee) Anthropology CiyDE DL JRATCHE ater ae aes Herpetology 
See A MD ARES hci ha sot ee ten veneyo naa og da cea Botany R. M. ANDERSON.............. Mammalogy 
Ae WAR OCQUB SG eclienis cae searee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology 
ARTHUR) GIBSON 50.8005 hae ee Entomotogy PsA TAVERNERY Aqua Gee Ornithology 
Hee COCK io iu te cane AN aa Speen Geology WAS IB IGT 2) hs cies ae aay a a Palxontology 
TERY MOND Aur ceils selene hay Ichthyology 
CONTENTS PAGE 
Bird Notes from Jiondon, Ontario.) By Be ME Ss Dale. 3. v2. eee 1 
Bird Visitorsiat.Red) Deer, Alberta, By Mina P.Cole- 7.355.120 2s a ee ee 5 
Sixty-seecond Annual Meeting of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club; Report of Council.... 6 
Statement and Financial Standing, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, December 10, 1940.... 7 
Book Reviews:— : 
A: Mield*Key to:Our Common: Birds: -By PAT. 22. oc ae ee ee 8 
: Introducing Insects:: BycAs WeAsB es silts oe sh ce eS alee 4 8 
* Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 (coni’d.)................. i aN 9 
Notes and Observations :— ~ 
Black-crowned Night Heron Colony. By T.S. Hennessy........................ 12 
Occurrence of the American Egret at St. Charles de Bellechasse, Quebec. By 
FLAETISO NEOTEL WSs eee tos ene Ue ST NA eg eae iy Nera oe ne en Te a 12 
Mourning Dove at Reliance, N.W.T. By C. H. D. Clarke....................... 12 
Some Additions to the Bird-list from Lake St. Martin, Manitoba. By T. M. Shortt. . 13 
Unusual Bird Records for Kent County, Ontario. By Dr. C. C. Bell.............. 13 
The Scarlet Ibis and other Waders at Point Pelee National Park. By Geo. M. Stirrett 13 
The Scarlet Tbis and Other Puzzling Records: By, Py AgTs,. 20. 05.-0. 525s se eee 13 
An Albino Porcupine (Hrithizon dorsatum). By Harry Bernar’. ................. 14 
BESEEESSERESCESSEISSSTSSEESEESESECOUSSCESSORSSOESESESERICUESEESSESAS TB Meas: 


1879. 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BROWN, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since 
The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two 
volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been 
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. 
monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. 
results of original research in all departments of Natural History. 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


P. A. TAVERNER, 


TREES: 


The Canadian Field-Naturalisi is issued 
Its scope is the publication of the 


BEEELSCSRSES SER ESESSGEESS eH! 


83 
se saeinnnenessumse 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 


Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 


-WILMOT LLOYD, 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Roekliffe Park, OrrpawA, CANADA. 


55, us 


gun ee @epr, 
Q Zoology &\ 
\ FEB 191949 | 


LiBRARY 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 


VOL. LV 


OTTAWA, CANADA, JANUARY, 


1941 No. 1 


BIRD NOTES FROM LONDON, ONTARIO 
By E. M. S. DALE 


HE LAST bird notes from this locality 
brought the records up to 1933. Since that 
date a number of interesting observa- 
tions have been made and several new 
species added to the list for Middlesex County, 
while one bird has, we understand, been added 
also for the Province of Ontario. 


ts) 


The first new county record was Wilson’s Phala- 
rope (Steganopus tricolor), on May 11, 1934, a 
female having been observed with other waders in 
a small pool by the roadside near Putnam. It re- 
mained until-the next day and was seen by quite 
a number of the members of the Bird Club. 


A little later in the month (May 28) we re- 
ceived word from V. E. Lemon that there were 
a number of Wilson’s Phalaropes in the Dunwich 
swamp area just east of West Lorne (Elgin 
County). Eleven birds in all were counted, and, 
as they were thought to be migrants only, several 
were collected. As the birds continued in the same 
locality, however, on the suggestion of Dr. W. E. 
Saunders, Mr. Lemon organized a party on June 
10 to search for a nest. It was discovered by the 
keen eyes of Allan Webster. A broken egg and a 
dead young bird were removed and later given to 
Dr. Saunders. The young bird is now in his col- 
lection. Two other young hatched and were run- 
ning around when the writer went down on June 
13 to take photographs of the nest and young. 
the nest was subsequently collected and deposited 
in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. 


Wilson’s Phalaropes continued to come to the 
same field until 1938 although the colony did not 
increase in numbers and no other nest or nests 


1. Baillie, James L., Jr. and Paul Harrington. 
The Distribution of Breeding Birds in Ontario. 
MransesROvauGaneinst:, \Wols 2h Part li Oct. wilo36, 
Doo: 


penelope) at the Ponds on April 4. 


were found. No birds were found in 1939 and it is 
possible they have petered out. 


The next new county record was the Double- 
crested Cormorant (Phalacrocorax auritis) on 
September 28, 1934. On that date Trevor 
Merriam, who has a farm along the river Thames 
just below Byron, saw a strange bird sitting on a 
stone in the river. He shot and the bird flew, but, 
shooting again, he got it and it.turned out to be 
a Double-crested Cormorant. It is now in the Eli 
Davis collection. 


The third addition was the Western Meadow- 
lark (Sturnella neglecta), found seven miles north 
of London, on April 15, 1936. Dr. W. E. Saunders, 
the discoverer, has already published an account 
of this occurrence in The Canadian Field-Natural- 
ist, Vol. 51:29, February, 1937, so that details are 
not now again necessary. 


A second record for the Western Meadowlark 
was made in 1939. On April 15, Roger Hedley, 
Duncrief, reported that one of his neighbors had 
a meadowlark with a very unusual song. We went 
out to see it that very day and it proved to be 
a Western. We also learned that it had arrived 
the previous year (1938) about seeding time and 
had, as well, wintered over, taking shelter in the 
stable on cold nights. Subsequently, Mr. Hedley 
told us that it, or a bird with a similar song, had 
been at his place for a few days in 1937. 


On August 5, 1936, Keith Reynolds both saw 
and heard three Piping Plover (Charadrius me- 
lodus) flying over near Byron, some five miles 
west of the City of London. This is the first time 
this species has been recorded for Middlesex 
County. 


There were two new birds the next year (1937) 
also, the first a European Widgeon (Mareca 
It was with 


bo 


some Baldpates and was studied with field glasses 
and telescope for some time. 


The sixth addition to the county list was the 
Tufted Titmouse (Baeolophus bicolor), on May 
9, 1937. This was reported by Mr. and Mrs. E. H. 
McKone, who had it under observation for some 
minutes at quite close range, not far from the 
eity of London. 


These additions bring the list for Middlesex 
County up to 267 species plus 6 subspecies as at 
December 31, 1939. 


The new bird for the Province (Ontario) was 
the Snowy Egret (Kgretta thula) one having 
been seen at Rondeau Park, Kent County, on 
August 6, 1934. The writer was holidaying for 
part of the month of August in a cottage at 
Rondeau and on August 6, Mr. and Mrs. Eli 
Davis motored down from London to spend the 
day. When passing the Eau, Mr. Davis scanned it 
for birds and when he arrived at the house re- 
ported a small white heron that he thought was 
an immature Little Blue. He casually remarked 
that it was so close that he could see its yellow 
feet as it walked about, which was all that was 
necessary to make the rest of those present sit 
up and take notice. We went up to the Eau al- 
most immediately calling on the way for a num- 
ber of the members of the Kent Nature Club as 
well as some of our own club members who were 
nearby and were fortunate in finding the bird still 
there and quite unalarmed although between 15 
and 20 people were studying it at a range of some 
50 to 75 yards. The yellow feet certainly were very 
much in evidence as it waded about or flew, and 
as, for a while, it perched on an old stick. It was 
very active darting hither and thither, snatching 
up bits of food, sometimes half flying over the 
water a yard or two as it saw some tempting 
morsel. It also had a habit of shuffling its feet 
around in the mud, a trait that 1s mentioned by 
Tory Peterson. We could as well easily see the 
yellow spot between the base of the bill and the 
eye, another field mark. The bird was gone the 
next day. 


In 1937, about the middle of August, we got 
a letter from J. H. Smith, Rondeau, stating that 
three “white herons” had been seen on the creek 
near his cottage. We went down on August 21 
and found the birds as he had stated but they 
were rather wary and we could not be sure what 
they were although we thought two, at least, 
were immature Little Blues. We went on to the 
Park and returned in an hour to find one of the 
birds quite near the road. We watched it for 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


some time from the car with field glasses and 
telescope and were very much pleased to find 
that it had dark legs and yellow feet, and a yel- 
low spot between the eye and the base of the 
bill, the field marks of the Snowy Egret. 


A. C. Bent (Life Histories of North American 
Marsh Birds 1926), gives three records for this 
species for Ontario, but we understand from 
J. L. Baillie, Jr., of the Royal Ontario Museum 
of Zoology, that these have all since been either 
discredited or proved incorrect. This will leave 
the above records as the first for the Province, 
although, of course, they are only “sight” records, 
not specimens in hand. 


While on the subject of new “records” it might 
be well to mention the Scarlet Ibis (Guara rubra) 
discovered by Dr. George M. Stirrett’ of Chatam, 
at Point Pelee, Essex County, on September 13, 
1937. He immediately went to the nearest tele- 
phone and called Dr. Saunders at London, with 
the result that a party was on the way within an 
hour. By the time we arrived at the Point the 
bird had moved and was partly hidden as it fed 
among the reeds so that we could only catch 
momentary glimpses of it. However, a plane flew 
over scaring up everything including the Ibis 
which flew north one-third of a mile to the dike. 
It circled around, however, and came back alight- 
ing in the open where we had every opportunity 
of studying it with glasses and telescope, with 
the sun shining full upon it, an occasion of which 
we took every advantage. 


The question that arises, of course, is “Was it 
a wild bird or did it escape from some zoo?” 
This will probably never be satisfactorily ans- 
wered so all we can do is state the facts as we 
have them. The bird was undoubtedly a Scarlet 
Ibis, size, color, curved bill, ete., leaving no doubt 
whatever. The color was a warm salmon, some- 
what grayer on the head and neck, and, although 
one very careful and reliable observer, who saw 
it on a subsequent occasion, states that as it flew 
overhead he noticed that one of the black wing 
tips had apparently been clipped, if such was the 
case it did not appear to interfere with its flight, 
at all. Many other southern herons were present 
at the same time including Black-crowned Night 
Herons, American Egrets (seven in. the field of 
the glass at once) and several small white ones 
probably immature Little Blues. The Ibis re- 
mained at the Point for some weeks and was 
seen many times by a number of people. 


1 Original account by Dr Stirrett on page 13 of this issue. 


January, 1941] 


It is interesting to note that a Scarlet Ibis was 
reported by Charles A. Urner in The Season, for 
the New York region, in Bird-Lore, for November- 
December, 1937, one having been observed Sep- 
tember 5 and 6 at Ridgefield Lakes, Conn., by 
Ed Sullivan. 


While it is only a conjecture, it is possible that 
the Connecticut bird wandered still farther, finally 
arriving at Point Pelee one week later. Inquiry 
at several zoos nearby from which the bird might 
have escaped did not disclose any missing Ibis. 


If a wild bird this would make the initial record 
of its occurrence in Canada. 


We might mention now a few of the interesting 
observations concerning other species, the first 
being the Golden Plover, (Pluvialis dominica) 
In the vicinity of London this is one of our 
very rarest visitors. A flock of about 45 was 
found by a boy near Delaware on May 5, 
1934, and reported to members of the Bird Club 
who did not, however, manage to get out in time 
to see them. The report was investigated, though, 
and there seems to be no reasonable doubt that 
the birds were Golden Plover the first record for 
thirty years. A week or two later, and again in 
May, 1936, a flock or flocks numbering hundreds 
were seen near Chatham, Kent County. 


The Hudsonian Curlew (Phaeopus hudsonicus) 
is one of the rarer migrants inland although flocks 
are usually seen along the shores of both Lake 
Erie and Lake Huron towards the end of May 
each year. On May 24, 1936, Dr. W. E. Saunders 
saw a flock of 75 to 100 flying over near Dela- 
ware, while the following year, on May 22, 
several flocks totalling in the hundreds were noted 
flying over at the Ponds. The previous scanty 
records have been of single birds only. 


Since about 1930 the American Egret (Casmero- 
dius albus) has been reported fairly regularly 
each summer, although the numbers vary from 
year to year. The Little Blue Heron (Florida 
caerulea) however, is of much rarer occurrence. 
On August 16, 1934, two were noted at Rondeau 
Park, Kent County, remaining there for several 
days. On August 18 of the same year four were 
found near Komoka bridge, ten miles west of 
London. In 1937, two were seen at Rondeau, 
on August 21, this time in company with a 
Snowy Egret. On August 14, 1988, two were 
found near London, just west of Byron bridge. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 3 


They remained in this vicinity for several weeks. 
All were in the immature plumage. 


While on the subject of herons it might be 
well to mention the occurrence of the Black- 
crowned Night Heron, (Nycticorax nycticoraz) 
here in winter. On February 2, 1934, Will 
Jarmain reported three from the ravine at the 
west end of Erie Avenue, London, where they 
were roosting in a hemlock grove. The extremely 
cold weather (27 below zero on one occasion) 
closed their customary feeding grounds in the 
swamps and river, and how they managed to 
exist was a puzzle until one was captured on one 
of the city dumps where it had evidently been 
living on garbage. It was in terrible condition, the 
feet and legs having been badly frozen. One toe 
was turned right under the foot and the bird had 
been walking on it in that position. Efforts to 
keep it alive failed. When it died it was given 
to Eli Davis and the skin is now in his collection. 


The increasing number of these birds in our 
vicinity year by year made us feel certain that 
they were nesting nearby. Rumors of a colony 
near the Vauxhall bridge, just south-east of the 
city limits, were investigated in the spring of 
1937, by Keith Reynolds, who found some half 
dozen occupied nests. The Herons have returned 
each year since and the colony appears to be in- 
creasing slightly each season. 


The White Pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) 
is a rare bird in Western Ontario and the follow- 
ing occurrences may, therefore, be of interest. On 
October 6, 1934, word was received from Dr. C. C. 
Bell, of Chatham, that he had seen three of these 
birds at Rondeau, Kent County. One was shot 
but the others remained in the vicinity for some 
time and many visited the Eau to see them. 
History repeated itself in June, 1988, when two 
more Pelicans came to Rondeau. We went down 
on June 18, and by following the directions re- 
ceived from Dr. Bell, had no difficulty in locating 
them. 


A pair of Bald Eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) 
were reported as nesting near Komoka in 1919, 
and since that year it has usually been possible 
to see one or more of these noble birds in 
the neighborhood. They raised young several 
years but during the winter of 1928-1929 the 
nest blew down and although eagles continued to 
frequent the vicinity it was not until 1936 that a 
new nest was commenced. It attained quite a fair 
size that year while more work was done on it in 


1937, but we never learned whether it was actu- 
ally occupied or not. In 1938, however, eggs were 
laid and two young eaglets were noted with their 
heads showing over the edge of the nest on the 
occasion of the regional gathering of the Federa- 
tion of Ontario Naturalists on June 4. After being 
used again by the birds in 1939 the nest once 
more became too heavy for the branches on 
which it was resting and it fell, this time becom- 
ing lodged, pretty nearly right side up, somewhat 
lower down in the same tree. It will be interesting 
to find if the change will affect the use of the nest 
in 1940. 


Harris’s Sparrow, (Zonotrichia querula) is an- 
other very rare bird in Western Ontario. On 
October 12, 1936, a party was organized to visit 
Point Pelee, Essex County, and spend the day 
birding there. Birds were very numerous with a 
fine flight of hawks including a fine Duck Hawk 
(Falco peregrinus) while sparrows were every- 
where in the weedy fields. The find of the 
day, among the smaller birds, was an immature 
Harris’s Sparrow, spotted by George North of 
Hamilton. There was evidently a small flight of 
these birds for A. A. Wood, Strathroy, took two 
specimens near his home on the same day. The 
ones taken by Mr. Wood were in Middlesex 
County and constitute the second record for that 
district. 


A Yellow Rail, (Coturnicops noveboracensis) 
found by Keith Reynolds, on September 6, 1937, 
a few miles north-west of London, is perhaps 
worthy of note because it is a very rare bird with 
us. Another seen by C. G. Watson at the Ponds 
on May 2, 1939, makes the fourth time this bird 
has been recorded from our county. 


Not many years ago the Whistling Swan, 
(Cygnus columbianus) was considered to be of 
unusual occurrence, but for some time now it has 
been reported regularly either during the spring 
or fall migration from the London district, while 
the flocks along the lake front at Kingsville are 
visited annually by naturalists from far and near. 
We hope this may mean that these fine and 
spectacular birds are increasing in numbers. The 
most noteworthy recent visitation of swans to 
our immediate vicinity occurred on March 238, 
1938, when a flock of 200 dropped into Saunders’ 
Pond. We did not hear of them until about 5 
p.m. but immediately there was an exodus from 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


{VoL. LV 


the city “pondwards.” We were careful not to 
frighten them so that all who wished might be 
privileged to witness the rare sight. The next 
morning we again went to the Ponds arriving at 
6.15 just as the vanguard were taking off. The 
remainder followed shortly after, heading in a 
south-westerly direction. 


The occurrence in Western Ontario of large 
flights of Blue Geese (Chen caerulescens), and 
Lesser Snow Geese (Chen hyperborea) in the 
fall of 1934, has already been chronicled by 
other writers. The London district which had 
previously only been visited by single birds, was 
favored with part of this movement, several 
flocks containing both species having been noted 
October 28, 29, 30. Several hundred birds in all 
were seen. These two species were again recorded, 
though in lesser numbers, in October, 1936 and 
October, 19387. 


One of the birds that occasionally wanders from 
the beaten path is the Arkansas Kingbird, (7'yran- 
nus verticalis). We have been on the watch for 
it near London, especially since it was reported 
from both Point Pelee and Hamilton in the 
spring of 1937. On October 1, 1939, our search 
was rewarded very unexpectedly. We had gone 
down to the “hawk cliff’ at Lake Erie but being 
an off day for raptores we started for home along 
the lake shore road stopping now and again to 
look over the sparrows and other birds by the 
roadside. About a mile east of Port Stanley, our 
attention was drawn to a bird sitting on the fence 
some hundred yards from the road. Being unable 
to identify it from the car we stopped and ap- 
proached it on foot across the field. Before long 
our suspicions that it was an Arkansas Kingbird 
were realized. The bird was most accommodating, 
allowing us to come with close range, while the 
opportunity of observing it as it used the wire 
fence as a point from which to sally into the 
air after insects, could scarcely be improved up- 
on. Unfortunately it was in Elgin County, not 
Middlesex, but nevertheless it was a most inter- 
esting find. 


While a great deal has yet to be learned about 
some of the commonest of our birds, it is the 
search for and occasional finding of the rare and 
unusual ones that lends zest to the hobby and 
keeps the interest from flagging. 


January, 1941) 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 5 


BIRD VISITORS AT RED DEER, ALBERTA 
By MINA P. COLE 


MONG the birds visiting at our feeding 
station in recent months were two 
species not previously observed in this 
locality and one species which had been 

noticed here only once before. 


Cold weather in early October (1939) and later 
a twelve-inch fall of snow brought a number of 
storm-stayed migrants to our doors. The Slate- 
colored Juncos (Junco hyemalis) which belong 
here, were joined by a small flock of the more 
brightly coloured Oregon Juncos (Junco 
oreganus). With them were a few Song Spar- 
rows (Melospiza melodia), about a dozen White- 
crowned Sparrows (Zonotrichia leucophrys) and 
three strange birds, larger than the White-crowns, 
darker about the head, but very similar except 
for the crowns, which were black, striped with 
dull gold. The three visitors, soon identified as 
Golden-Crowned Sparrows (Zonotrichia coronata), 
were very active and aggressive, could run swiftly, 
seratch like hens, and often they drove the House 
Sparrows right away from the feeding place. They 
were less slender than the White-crowns, and 
much less retiring in behaviour. The whole flock 
left early in October. 


By that time another visitor had arrived, an 
odd bird looking like a cross between a Meadow 
lark and a Robin, but well-shaped and beautifully 
coloured. The back was robin-brown with points 
of blue, and the breast warm-peach with a dark 
necklet on the upper breast. Over the eye was 
a yellow stripe matched by spots and bars toward 
the wing-tips. The bill was dark and the legs 
light-coloured. As it fed on fruit bushes about 
eight feet from a window the markings and 
colours could be accurately noted, and we were 
able to identify the bird as a male Varied Thrush 
(Ixoreus naevius), a species not previously 
observed in this district even by Mr. F. Farley. 


As the bird actually danced for its dinner it 
proved an interesting and entertaining visitor dur- 
ing ten cold, snowy days of its sojourn with us. 
It fed chiefly on the frozen black currants hanging 
from the big ornamental currant bushes near the 
door, and secured the fruit by jumping at it 
from the ground. If unsuccessful, the hungry bird 
tried again and again, springing from fifteen to 
thirty inches from the ground. The observer later 
on helped by picking handfuls of currants to 


scatter on the ground so that the thrush would 
have sufficient food. Later on he took scraps, 
and even drove the Blue Jays from their corn, 
which he tried to eat. It is probable that when 
he left he travelled with a small flock of Robins 
which had remained in town after the storm. 


The next interesting visitor, a Brown Creeper 
(Certhia familiaris) arrived on January 18th, It 
is still with us, enjoying scraps and suet put out 
for Chickadees. This specimen is very gray like a 
spruce trunk, his head thin and very pointed, end- 
ing in a bill like a spruce needle. When flattened 
against a spruce trunk he resembles a powder 
puff. The tail is long, thin, and notched, while 
the claws are much longer than one would expect. 
He was very shy at first, but, though driven away 
by all the other birds he was very persistent in 
returning at every possible opportunity. Now he 
will feed when the observer stands at a distance of 
eight feet. While gathering tiny scraps of food he 
makes a noise something like the weakest call 
note of a Chickadee. 


Other regular visitors at the feeding station this 
year are: five Blue Jays (Cyanocitta cristata), 
three Magpies (Pica hudsonica) two Downies 
and two Hairy Woodpeckers (Dryobates 
pubescens and D.villosus), about ten Chickadees 
and forty House Sparrows (Passer domesticus). 
Flocks of White-winged Crossbills (Loxia leucop- 
tera) Bohemian Waxwings (Bombycilla garrula), 
Common Redpolls (Acanthis lnaria), Evening 
and Pine Grosbeaks (Hesperiphona vespertina 
and Pinicola enucleator) frequent the trees on the 
lot, where they find spruce seeds, keys of Mani- 
toba maple, dried saskatoons and fruits of the 
wolf berry and rose, as well as seeds of weeds 
and of the swamp birch. 


Miss Margaret Dixon, Penhold, Alberta, re- 
ports that Violet-green Swallows (Tachycineta 
thalassima) returned again to Horn Hill, to last 
year’s nesting boxes. One pair came a half-mile 
down the road to her yard, where there are many 
nesting boxes. They nested and a clutch of eggs 
was laid. These were soon found on the ground, 
having been pierced and thrown out by Wrens. 
Another attempt failed, after which the little 
swallows went away, A similar fate overtook 
the nests in Robin Dixon’s boxes higher up on 
the hill. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


SIXTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING OF THE 
OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


REPORT OF COUNCIL 


Meetincs. During the year there were two 
council meetings. The first was held at the home 
of Mr. and Mrs. Hoyes Lloyd on January 3. 
1940, with an attendance of eleven, and the 
second at the home of Mr- and Mrs. H. G. Craw- 
ford on November 19, 1940 with an attendance 
of fifteen. 


Excursions Committers. A committee meeting 
was held early in the year at the home of Mr. 
and Mrs. H. Groh, when excursions for the spring 
months were arranged; and another on November 
25 at St. Patrick’s College to outline a winter 
programme. 


Three lectures since last report were held at St. 
Patrick’s College, and one on March 21 at the 
National Research Council, with attendance 
averaging about 30. 


January 18 — The Honey Bee—How She 
Lives and Works; illustrated by reels of 
pictures—Mr. C. B. Gooderham. 

February 15-— Popular Astronomy, with 
slides, Mr. Malcolm M. Thomson. This 
was a joint meeting with the Royal 
Astronomical Society, members of which 
afterwards directed observations of the 
heavens through telescopes. 

March 21 — Religion of the North American 

Indian, with slides, Dr. Diamond Jenuness. 


April 18 — An account of the Sister Dominion 
of South Africa and its Natural History, 
illustrated, Miss M. P. Sargeant. Films 
of the Ottawa District Wild Flowers were 
also shown by courtesy of Mr. F. R. 
Crawley. 

Excursions were held as follows with an average 

attendance of about 40: 

April 27 — Hog’s Back. 

May 4—Base Line Quarries and McKay Lake. 

May 11 — Britannia. 

May 18 — Fairy Lake. 

June 1 — Kingsmere, Sky Line Trail. 

June 22 — Mer Bleue Peat Bog, Carlsbad 
Springs. 


The Committee’s receipts from excursion tickets 
just about met expenditures incurred during the 
year. These receipts were $9.00, and an advance 


of $10.00 was received from the Club Treasurer. 
Expenditures on notices of meetings and excursions 
and operation of Research Council lantern were 
$7.40, and deficits on two chartered bus trips were 
$2.25, a total of $9.65, leaving a balance of $9.35 
returned to the Club Treasurer. This less favour- 
able result than in some years has resulted from 
a reduction of ticket holders to 9. 


PUBLICATIONS ComMmiTTEE. The Committee has 
issued the Canadian Field-Naturalist with its 
usual standard of good original material. The 
publishing of this journal is a costly enterprise and 
therefore the support of the Club through member- 
ship will ensure the continued success of this pub- 
lication. 


Lectures Committers. The Annual Meeting of 
the Club on December 5, 1939, was addressed by 
Professor V. C., Wynne-Edwards of the Biology 
Dept. of McGill University, who presented a 
very interesting account of the flora in the moun- 
tains of Quebec and Labrador. His lecture was 
accompanied with coloured slides. 


Council had decided that due to the war there 
would be no Annual Lecture as had been custom- 
ary during the past few years. 


Monthly lectures were planned and conducted 
as usual by the Excursions Committee as set 
forth elsewhere in this report. 


Brrp Census. The local bird ceasus was taken 
on December 24, 1939, with 15 persons taking part. 
There were 16 species and: 1,280 individual birds 
reported. The comparative scarcity of birds that 
this report indicates is believed to have been due 
to a severe storm of freezing rain that occurred 
in this vicinity five days before the census was 
taken. The census report was published by both 
“The Canadian Field-Naturalist” and “Bird-Lore” 
and a news item based on it was furnished to the 
Canadian Press. 


INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR THE PROTECTION 
or Birps of THE Wortp. Dr. H. F. Lewis and Mr. 
Hoyes Lloyd were representatives. Mr. Lloyd was 
vice-president of this committee during 1940. . 


Macoun Srupy Group. During the winter of 
1940 a group, called the Macoun Study Group, was 
organized for study in the various fields of natural 


January, 1941} 


history. It met monthly in the Motor Building 
which was made available through the generosity 
of the Dept. of Mines and Resources. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The Council of 1940 wishes 
at this opportunity to express its appreciation of 
the work and co-operation of many of its mem- 
bers. Council wishes to thank all the leaders of 
excursions and lecturers throughout the year, and 
also, the authorities of St. Patrick’s College who 
generously supplied accommodation for the winter 
lectures. 


During the year the Club has received donations 
of early numbers of the “Naturalist”. These were 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST € 


gratefully received. Donations of this kind are 
very useful in filling out complete sets of the 
“Naturalist”’. 


Your Council has endeavored to work for the 
best interests of the Club, and hopes that the 
results meet with your approval. 


In retiring from office this Council wishes to 
extend to the incoming Council every best) wish 
for the continued success of the Club, both 


financially and scientifically. 


C. R. LOUNSBURY, 


STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STANDING 
OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, DECEMBER 10, 1940 


CURRENT ACCOUNT 


ASSETS 

Balance in Bank, December 10, 1940.. $ 69.94 
Billswrecelvalol Cesena eens nee ae Aarne 
$294.71 

RECEIPTS 
Balance in Bank, November 30, 1939 $ 38.48 
Hees—=CunreniGa ear 655.89 
IN VATIC Cs CLC oils Shon ce 61.10 
SODA ALCS Hee crete hie iter ds ais See ey 29.59 
us tragiOnsSks esc as cavsiee aes: 28.25 
Single and back numbers............ 26.95 
Mirscellaneousts gases oe) os see ee 140.72 
Moanvirom) Reserve)... 2. 2.) ig 2 ee 114.52 
$1095.50 


Witmot LuioyD, Treasurer. 


STATEMENT—RESERVE FUND 


ASSETS 
Canadian Government Bonds........ $1200.00 
Balance in Bank, December 6, 1940 .. 200.47 
$1400.47 
RECEIPTS 

Balance in Bank, November 30, 1939.. $310.99 
BonGdmlnterestiticr rei: sees teteeae 54.00 
Rantkealnterestars nema eee ee 4.00 
$368.99 


EDWARD F. G. WHITE, Chairman, 
Reserve Fund Committee. 


WiLMoT LuLoyD, Treasurer. 


Secretary. 
LIABILITIES 
ReServiel Hund seis sree yarn ens eo eee $ 114.52 
Balancer cn eee nenea beac) y 180.19 
294.71 
EXPENDITURES 
Printing and mailing The Canadian 
Field-Naturalist, 8 numbers...... } $ 766.82 
E.ditorsvrlonoraniumeieesne: eee 50.00 
Postage: and ‘Stationery. 9730 on 32023 
DE PAT ALCS artes cet oy ei ei eae TE Silece 
[lustrationsine: ee peek erent n es ok 96.00 
Bankediscounierie sya ce er eee 21.04 
Mascellane Oust ees eee ee 22.25 
Balance in Bank, December 10, 1940. . 69.94 
$1095.50 
Audited and found correct 
December 10, 1940. 
HARRISON F. LEWIS, | A yditors. 
W. H. LANCELEY, b Worn 
LIABILITIES 
NIL— 
EXPENDITURES 
Bond Interest to Current Account... $ 54.00 
Loan to Current Account .......... 114.52 
Balance in Bank, December 6, 1940 $200.47 
$368.99 


Audited and found correct 
December 10, Gay 
HARRISON F, LEwis, ; 
W. H. LANCELEY, pauditors. 


8 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIS?T 


[VoL. LV 


STATEMENT—PUBLICATION FUND 


ASSETS 
Canadian Government Bonds........ $900.00 
Balance in Bank, December 6, 1940.. 172.20 
$1072.20 
RECEIPTS 

Balance in Bank, November 30, 1939. . $169.52 
IBondelnteresth ren ace oo 39.50 
Bankeinterests 01. ee ee 2.68 
$211.70 


Witmot LiLoyD, Treasurer. 


LIABILITIES 
NIL— 
EXPENDITURES 
Bond Int.to Current Account.......... 39.50 
Balance in Bank, December 6,1940.... 172.20 
$211.70 


Audited and found correct. 
December 10, 1940. 
HARRISON F. LEWIS, 
W. H. LANCELEY, 
Auditors. 


BOOK REVIEWS 


A Frerp Key to Our Common Birps, by /rene T. 
Rorimer, Illustrated in line and color by Roger 
Tory Peterson. Pocket Natural History No. 
8, Zoological Series No. 3, Cleveland Museum 
of Natural History, Cleveland, Ohio, 1940. 
Price $1.50. 


A most compact and, in form, a most usable 
little volume in flexible, waterproof, flush-trimmed 
covers that just fits the pocket and will stand all 
kinds of rough field wear and tear. Typographic- 
ally it is practically perfect, and beautifully illus- 
trated in both color and black and white by the 
clear and charming diagramatic and naturalistic 
sketches by the gifted artist. It has no hfe history 
or specific comments. The descriptions are clear, 
untechnical and direct. The only criticism this 
reviewer has to offer is that the “Keys” are based 
largely upon the normal habitat of the species 
diagnosed. With the great mobility of birds and 
the number of times and occasions they stray out 
of normal habitat. it can be questioned whether 
such a general classification is as workable to the 
amateur as other more positive distinctions. With- 
out doubt a beginner might have considerable 
difficulty in attempting to identify a new bird 
through this key if it occurred in an even slightly 
unusual locality—P.A.T. 


IntRopucING INsEcts by James G. Needham; 
Jaques Cattell Press, Lancaster, Pa., 1940; 
pp. 123, illustrated, $1.50. 


The author of this little book, professor emerit- 
us of entomology at Cornell University, continues 
to show himself a man of parts. A leader in the 
field of aquatic entomology and limnology, writer 
of a text-book of biology. and a treatise on natural 
history for farmers, Dr. Needham now offers an 
introduction to entomology for laymen and be- 
ginners. In this book, a smaller counterpart of 
Lutz’s fine “Field Book of Insects,” he is eminent- 
ly successful. 


Choosing the points of contact at which the 
layman becomes aware of entomology, the author 
elaborates each topic, anticipating each succeed- 
ing question and leading the reader on to further 
enquiry and active interest. In contrast to similar 
works of European origin, more attention is paid 
to the practical problems which insects cause,— 
or economic entomology. The text is aptly ilum- 
inated by many line drawings and the book is of 
attractive size, shape and format. Many Cana- 
dian readers would find it useful and interesting; 
one cannot help but wonder if the publication 
facilities afford it the circulation it deserves.— 
A.W.A.B. 


January, 1941] 


Qe 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 9 


" CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK.RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855 


(Continued from page 136) 


Thurs. 26. Left at the usual hour. It rained 
last night slightly. Made a decharge at the 
Escape Rapid and at two of the Sandhill Rapids, 
but ran the others with whole ladings; all these 
rapids are strong and long. 2 barren does were 
shot today in the water, one by Mr. Stewart, the 
other by E. Kippling; 2 or 3 others were seen, 
and immense numbers of Canada geese—64 cf 
them were killed in the “runs” ashore. An ermine!°> 
(July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—46) and 
beaver mouse were also killed at Escape Rapid 
and here. We encamped above Wolfe Rapids. 
A cache of 1 bag flour, 1 bag pemmican and a 
case of tea, &e—at the head of Escape Ranids. 
Some old HEsquimaux marks and encampments 
were seen at Hscape Rapid. 


Friday 27th. %% this day nearly was lost by our 
mistaking a channel of the River which led us 
into a deep bay at the bottom of which was a 
small river.156 It appears to be frequented by the 
Esquimaux. This occurred above Mt. Meadow- 
bank. It was blowing a tempest with rain which 
prevented the steersman from observing the cur- 
rent in this lake-lke expansion of the River. 
The Wolfe and 9 other rapids were run with whole 
cargoes; they are all strong, some with whirl- 
pools which must be dangerous in high water. 
2 large bands of Musk Oxen were seen just before 
encamping, 2 or 3 deer, 3 wolves, many Canada 
geese and a hawk.157 We encamped late about 
3 miles below the Rapid with whirlpools and Esq. 
marks. A cache of 1 bag pem’n and 2 nets was 
made at a bold point at the bend of the river 
above Mt. Meadowbank. 


(I was nearly upset by the canoe grazing a 
stone. It was only a shave—the gum only was 
rubbed off.) 


July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIVER—47 


Sat. 28th. Left at the usual hour. The day 
was fine which gave us an opportunity of drying 
our clothes while breakfasting, only to be wetted 


155. Weasel, probably Mustela arctica (R.M.A.) 


156. Probably Meadowbank River, shown on 
Northwest Territories map Sheet No. 2, Department 
of the Interior, 1933 (M.G.C.) 


157. Possibly a Duck Hawk, Faleo  peregrinus, a 
species frequently seen in this region, especially 
around rapids and bold points. (P.A.T.) 


again by the spray arising from a strong head 
wind, which retarded us very much. 4 rapids were 
run, 3 of them very strong. The eddies or whirl- 
pools strain the canoes very much; we cannot 
keep them tight—they are evidently getting shaky. 
2 plovers were seen and immense numbers of 
Canada geese were seen—20 were killed. 2 deer 
were also seen close (does) one of them had a 
fawn with a leg broken, but the little creature 
managed to ascend a steep and rugged mountain 
pretty swiftly on 3 legs. Some good sized willows 
were gathered. Extensive patches of snow on the 
right bank of the River. We encamped late 
a little above Montresor River. 


Sund. 29th. Left early. Ran a bad rapid above 
Montresor River. in which Mr. Stewart’s canoe 
was completely ungummed. We were conse- 
quently obliged to put on shore at 6 o’clock to 
gum where we breakfasted likewise and made a 
cache of 1 Bag Pem’n and 1 bag flour. The rapid 
at McKay’s Peak was little more than a strong 
current. In the rapid below it, my canoe was 
nearly broken. Tho’ it was an easy one we had 
to contend against a strong head wind all day; 
in the evening this was accompanied by a soaking 
Scotch mist. This compelled me to encamp—in 
case I should miss my road—at 7 p.m. near the 
(July, 1855—THLEWYCHO RIV ER—4S8) outlet 
of Franklin Lake. Esquimaux marks numerous 
and traces fresh. Saw Esquimaux ducks;!58 no 
animals were seen, but abundance of Canadian 
geese of which 53 were killed at one run—they 
are beginning to fly. Montresor River has a 
rapid at its mouth; it does not appear a large 
river at present. 2 small black-headed gulls!59 at- 
tacked us at the encampment, even striking at our 
hats. 


Mond. 30th. Left early. The rapids at the out- 
let of L. Franklin were partly passed by a portage 
and partly run. At their foot we saw 3 Esq. 
Lodges, in which were an elderly man, 3 women 
and a host of children, the others being absent.16° 


158. Hiders; as they are near the sea they may 
be King Hiders or Common _ FHiders, Somateria 


mollissima. (P.A.T.) 
159. Sabine’s Gull, Xema_ sabini. (P.A.T.). 
160. Anderson has now reached another Hskimo 


tribe the Utkuhikhaligmiut, or Potstone Eskimo, 
who occupied the region round the mouth of Back 
River. (D.J.) 


10 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Large numbers of W. Fish and Trout!®! were hung 
out to dry, as well as some deer meat. The lodges 
were made of Musk Ox skins dressed with the 
hair inwards. These people made us understand 
that a party of white men had starved to death 
(at the sea) after their vessels were destroyed— 
2 of Dr. Rae’s men understand many words and 
phrases. In their lodges were copper and tin 
kettles both round and of a square form—longer 
than broad—evidently belonging to cooking stoves. 
Various pieces of wood poles and boards of ash, 
oak, white pine, and mahogany were (On an island 
below the falls found the head of a blacksmith’s 
tongs, the handles broken off.) (July, 1855— 
THLEWYCHO RIVER—49) about the lodges, 
also a brass letter clip, but nothing to identify 
any person. Some of the boards were painted 
white. Nothing could be learned about books or 
manuscripts—the absence of the interpreters 1s 
a sad blow to us. We ran the last falls—they 
were only an easy rapid at this stage of the water. 
At some distance below this we saw two cyaks, 
but they turned tail immediately on seeing us 
and joined 3 others on shore. 2 finally took 
courage (one on old, the other a young man) to 
cross to us, but we learnt nothing additional 
from them—they confirmed the accounts given 
by the others of the death of the crews of the 
vessels, etc. The weather has been most gloomy 
and the wind ahead, with occasional showers; 
about 5 it commenced raining in earnest and in- 
sreased to such a degree that I gave the order 
to encamp, but we could find no fit place till 
74%, p.m. when we disembarked thoroughly soaked. 
No fires could be made so that Pem’n and cold 
water was the order of the day. Some spirits 
should be provided for an expedition of this 
kind—the men really require it on such occasions 
as this. A little before encamping saw a small 
band of deer in a bay; Canada geese were also 
numerous. Encamped among the islands about 
half way between the Fall and Victoria Headland. 


Tea this evening 31 t to men. 


July, 1855, MOUTH THLEWYCHO RIVER—50 


Tuesd. 31st. The rain prevented us from 
leaving before 542 am. It recommenced just 
after embarking and we had a wretched time of 
it till we reached Victoria Headland to breakfast 
at 11 a.m.; it then partially cleared up, but we 
had occasional showers with fog till we encamped 


161. Trout here 
Char, 


presumably means the Arctic 


Salvelinus alpinus. (J.R.D.) 


{[VoL. LV 


at 8 p.m. at Pt. Beaufort. Red granites is the 
prevailing rock at all the poimts at this side of 
the inlet. Vict. Headland is principally composed 
of hills of rounded stones like shingles, though 
I believe them to be only decomposed rocks. 
Willows were found at the waterfall at Vict. 
Headland!62— fuel of 2 kinds in small quantities 
and most of the flowers we saw inland. No 
animals were seen today nor any traces of any— 
except a wolf and 2 seals,16* the latter below 
Victoria Headland—there is no such thing as a 
deer pass or any place where even an Esquimaux 
could live. We have seen no marks this after- 
noon. At this encampment I found all the 
“acrets” of an Esquimaux, most of them of deer- 
horn, and a few of iron; one had holes evidently 
drilled by a tradesman. There was also a piece 
of tin. I suspect they belonged to a dead man— 
they must have been here some time as they 
were in a state of decay. Bands of Canada geese 
seen this evening, also Esq. ducks, a loon and 
a large gull. Noticed the tide at Victoria Head- 
land. 


Wed. Aug. 1. Detained by wind and rain till 
2% pm. (August, 1855 — Montreal Island — 
51—) The wind was from the S.W. and has doubt- 
less cleared away some of the ice. We took the 
Traverse to Montreal Island and with the aid 
of the paddle made it in 3 hours. We lost some 
time among drift ice, driving very rapidly with 
wind and tide from Elliot’s Bay. We had some 
narrow escapes and I was heartily glad to get 
safe through it. This is 6 or 7 feet thick and 
perfectly sound. We are encamped on the N. 
side of a rocky island divided by a channel from 
Montreal Island. The whole inlet to the N’d 
and Eastward is choked with ice. Tomorrow 
morning the Island shall be thoroughly explored 
for vestiges of the missing party. Saw 2 or 3 
seals some gulls, loon and many Esquimaux 
ducks. A track of a deer was seen on the island. 


Th. 2nd. The men breakfasted early and left 
to explore the Island. “At mid-day we heard 
shots and left immediately with Mr. Stewart. 
We met Bouché and Reid who showed us sundry 
articles belonging to a boat and a chip of wood 
with “Erebus” upon it. We then proceeded to 
the point where these were found and examined 
all the Esq. caches most of which contained 
blubber (August, 1855—Montreal Tsland—52—) 


162. The Hudson’s Bay Company Archives jour- 
nal, as published in the Jour. Roy. Geogr. 
Sce., vol. 27, 1857, pp. 321-328, gives “heath 
of two kinds for fuel.’ 


163. Phoca hi pida or Erignathus barbatus. (R.M.A.) 


January, 1941) 


and seal oil, but one of them contained a kettle 
(tin) and another sundry iron works, such as 
ehain hooks, blacksmith’s cold chisel and shovel 
and a bar of iron and the hoop of butts ap- 
parently, a piece of cane, parts of the stands of 
imstruments, a piece of wash rod of a gun, pieces 
of rope with the Government mark, etc., and a 
piece of wood with “Mr. Stanley” cut on it 
(surgeon of the Erebus). The search was con- 
tinued till late in the evening, but no traces of 
the graves were discovered. A band of 10 deer 
were on the Island of which 5 were killed—2 by 
E. Kappling, 1, D. McLeod, 1, J. Johnson and 
1, J. Fidler, all fat bucks. Our best hunter, 
Mushtegon, is lame. The day was beautiful and 
we had an opportunity of drying everything 
which was sadly needed. The whole inlet is 
full of ice, except to the E’d where there appears 
to be some water. Wind light and from the 
N.E. I promised a reward of £2 to he who 
found the first traces of the missing party—this 
was divided by W. Reid and J. Bouché. 

Frid. 3rd. Wind Mod. N.E. and N.W. mod; 
cold, but a fine day. All hands searching for the 
graves but without A few trifling art- 
icles belonging to the ships found. Some of the 
adjoining islands were also examined. 2 deer 
were killed, fat bucks. (As were those yesterday) 
by Mustegon and J. Fidler. The (August, 1855 
—Montreal Island—53—) inlet is choked with ice 


success. 


except along the E. shore. 


Sat. 4th. Wind Mod. varying between N.W. 
and N.E.; clear fine day. As the whole island 
is completely explored I made an attempt to get 
over to the Western Mainland, but could not 
succeed. We worked along shore through the 
ice, along the western end of the Island till we 
came to nearly the narrowest part of the crossing. 
‘The whole inlet appears to be still choked with 
ice; we can do no more till the ice is driven out. 
Some Canada geese were seen yesterday. Es- 
quimaux ducks, loons and plovers are pretty 
numerous about the island; an Arctic hawk!14 
was shot by one of the men. 


Sund. 5th We worked through the ice to the 
western shore and all hands were employed in 
exploring the western shore to the Sd. and Nd., 


164. The H. B. Co. Archives journal (see foot- 
note 162) has ‘‘Arctic Hare’’ ( Lzpus — areticus 
(R.M.A.)) which is undoubtedly correct. 
Careful inspection of the journal indicates 
that this is the only place where mistakes 
in transcription would have resulted in gross 
error, and in this instance the H. B. Co. 
Archives journal was available for correction. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST nly 


but no traces of the missing party were found. 
In the evening we worked our way through the 
ice opposite to the N. W’n extremity of Montreal 
Island. A Buck deer was shot just after we put 
on shore. Mr. Stewart and myself put the first 
balls in it and others afterwards finished the 
animal. Many deer were seen by the exploring 
parties, but none were killed, as I allowed no 
guns to be carried as we have plenty of meat. 
Very little fuel to be found. The shore is low 
with (August, 1855—Montreal Island — 54 —) 
sand-hills inland. Weather in general fine, but 
foggy in the morning. Wind light from N.E. 
New ice was forming before we put on shore. 
Mond. 6th. A beautiful calm day. We have 


been working through the ice the whole day and 
have reached Pt. Pechell. Either 


Near Mr. Stewart or myself (while the 
Point others remain with the canoe) 
Pechell with 4 men have traced the coast 

from Montreal Island, but not 


a vestige of the missing party has been discovered. 
The country in this vicinity is dotted with small 
ponds of water with ridges of sand and gravel 


and occasional immense square blocks of grey 
and red granite; pieces of limestone are also 


seattered about. Many deer—perhaps 100—were 
seen. We can find no fuel at our encampment 
or within 5 miles of it; previously we found a 
seanty supply of the fuel used by Rae.1® The 
canoes were much damaged today and I can 
shove them on no further—the remainder of my 
task must be completed on foot. Some Esqui- 
maux ducks with their young, loon and laughing 
geese,!66 with plovers, snowbirds and W. grouse 
167 were seen; in the Clear sandy bays some 
white-fish 168 seen. Many very old Esq. 
Encts. were seen. The whole inlet seems to be 
choked with ice of great thickness and solidity. 


were 


Notwithstanding the day was warm, new ice 
formed after 4 p.m. 

(to be continued.) 
165. White heather, Cassiope tetragona. (A.E.P.) 


166. This introduces a third species of goose. Its 
identity is best discussed later. 


167. Snow Bunting, Plectrophenax nivalis, and 
Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus. (P.A.T.) 
168. Coregonus sp. (J.R.D.) 


12 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


BLACK-crowNeED NicHt Heron Corony—In 1937 
there was a breeding colony of Black-crowned 
Night Herons (Nycticorax nycticorax) on Tle au 
Chat in the North River, Quebec, near the farm 
of Mr. Lawson Taylor. This place is between 
Lachute and St. Andrews East im Argenteuil 
County, about 6 miles south of Lachute and 
about 4 miles north of St. Andrews East. I under- 
stand that this colony has been there for some 
years. 


The colony is in a dense stand of White Cedar 
averaging about 40 feet in height, and on June 
16, 1937, when I visited this heronry, which is 
not readily accessible to the casual observer, I 
estimated the number of pairs of breeding birds 
at about 35. 


The trees containing the nests were very 
slender and the branches up to about 10 feet 
from the top were small, leafless and very brittle. 
Banding of the young would be impossible without 
special equipment to climb the trees. 


The only young that I saw was a half-grown 
one that climbed out of its nest, but from the 
noise and activity in and about other nests I 
believe that in a few days the young would have 
been at the stage where they leave the nests 
and clamber through the branches. 


Lest publishing of this item should endanger 
these birds, attention is called to the fact that 
Black-crowned Night Herons are protected at 
all times by law.—T. 8. HENNESSY. 


OCCURRENCE OF THE AMERICAN EcGretT AT St. 
CHARLES DE BELLECHASSE, QUEBEC—On October 
28, 1939, I saw in the possession of Mr. Joseph 
Lessard, at St. Charles de Bellechasse, Quebec, a 
mounted specimen of the American Egret 
(Casmerodius albus), taken at that place by Mr. 
Lessard in August, 1939. The sex of this bird is 
not known—Harrison F. Lewis. 


Mournine Dove at ReELIANcE, N.W.T.—The 
Commissioner of the Royal Canadian Mounted 
Police has very kindly forwarded a report on the 
observation of a Mourning Dove at Reliance, at 
the east end of Great Slave Lake, a few miles 


from the barren lands. The bird was noted by 
L/Cpl. R. W. Thompson, in charge of the 
Reliance detachment of the Royal Canadian 
Mounted Police, from whose report the following 
details are extracted: 


“My attention was first attracted to this bird 
by its long pointed tail and ‘Pigeon-like’ actions. 
I then noted the small black spot below the ear, 
the dark middle tail feathers, the fawn colouring, 
and the slight bluish cast about the head. This 
bird did not scratch for its feed, but kept picking 
about the yard. At no time did it give voice 
except when started, when it made a peculiar 
throaty whistling noise. I never at any time 
heard it make the mournful note described in the 
Birds of Canada. It also had red feet. 


This bird arrived September 13th, and disappear- 
ed October 15th, and whether it migrated or was 
killed by a weasel I do not know. Natives here 
were certain that they had never seen a bird 
like it before. We had a very good opportunity 
to inspect this bird, as quite often it would be 
only a few feet from the window and when I 
was alone about the place I could walk up to 
within a yard or so of it.”—C. H. D. CuarKes. 


SOME ADDITION TO THE BIRD-LIST FROM LAKE Sr. 
Martin, Manrrosa—In 1937 the Reyal Ontario 
Museum of Zoology published as Contribution No. 
10, The Birds of the Lake St. Martin Region, 
Manitoba. This was based mainly on the work 
of Mr. Sam Waller during the period of 1930-6. 
As a result of further collecting by Mr. Waller 
in 1937, after the account was published, two addi- 
tional species have been added to the list. These 
specimens, now in the Royal Ontario Museum 
of Zoology are: 


Aix sponsa. Woon Duck—An adult male, 
taken on the Lake St. Martin Indian Reserve on 
May 12, 1937. 


Petrochelidon albifrons. Cuirr SwaLtLtow.—An 
adult female, collected on the Reserve on June 
ee NOSE 


In addition to the above, Mr. Waller secured 
the first specimen from Lake St. Martin of the 
Eastern Phoebe (Sayornis phoebe). This species 
had been recorded only from a record of a bird 


January, 1941] 


heard but not seen on June 26, 1934 at Gypsum- 
ville, and from the identification of a deserted 
nest with eggs shown to us by Mr. Delgaty of 
Gypsumville in 1934.—T. M. Suorrv. 


UnusuAL Birp ReEcorps FoR Kent County, 
ONTARIO.—BAND-TAILED PicEon, Columba fasciata 
Say. A single individual was observed at Ron- 
deau Provincial Park on the afternoon of Septem- 
ber 6, 1930, and again on the morning of Septem- 
ber 7. The bird was watched at the close range 
of from twenty to thirty feet for an hour or more. 
It was observed in flight, perching and also feed- 
ing on the ground. The bird was also seen by 
Mr. J. H. Smith, Miss Melba Bates and Mr. W. 


D. Bates. Mr. Bates was familiar with the spe- 
cies in California. The bird was in excellent 
plumage. It was checked almost feather by 


feather and point by point through 8x field 
glasses at a distance of about twenty feet with 
the plate of the species in Taverner’s Birds of 
Western Canada. 

—Eastern Mocxrincsirp, Mimus polyglottos L. 
One individual was seen in a garden at Rondeau 
Provincial Park during the first week of Septem- 
ber, 1938. This bird was seen only once. 


Another individual was observed in a garden at 
Chatham, on November 17, 1938, feeding on 
berries of Evonymus and barberry. It was seen 
almost every day up to mid-December. A second 
bird, probably the same individual, was seen in 
the same garden on February 15, 1939. , This in- 
dividual was seen almost daily at feeding board 
until April 14. It became quite tame—Dr. C. C. 
BELL. 


1 Mr. Taverner’s comments below on the Scarlet Ibis apply 
equally to the Band-tailed Pigeon—Kd. 


THe Scartet IpIs AND OTHER WADERS AT PoIntT 
PELEE NATIONAL ParK—On September 11, 1937, 
a trip was made to Point Pelee National Park 
to make arrangements for the forthcoming Federa- 
tion of Ontario Naturalists field day which was to 
be held early in October. In examining the marsh 
area, the snowy egret, Hgretta thula and the 
American egret, Casmerodius albus were seen in 
small numbers. 


Returning to the marsh on September 13 
to give his small daughters the opportunity of 
seeing the egrets, the writer was surprised to hear 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 13 


one of them exclaim “Daddy, there is a pink 
one!” The “pink one” was a scarlet ibis, Guara 
rubra (L). The bird was quite at home in the 
marsh, in company with the snowy and American 
egrets and great blue herons. It flew from time 
to time with apparent ease. Dr. W. E. Saunders 
was notified by telephone and arrived later in 
the day with his party to see the bird. The ibis 
remained in the marsh, at least until October 2. 
During this interval, it was seen by a large 
number of bird students from Chatham, London, 
Hamilton, Toronto and other points. 


It was a matter of conjecture how the scarlet 
ibis arrived at Point Pelee marshes or from 
whence it came. It may have escaped from a 
zoo, although no such loss has been reported. 
Some persons are of the opinion that it may 
have been brought north by the severe tropical 
storm that visited the north-eastern coast of the 
United States earlier in the year. 


In any event, the day of its discovery was a 
notable one as the author had the rare good 
fortune to have in the field of his glasses a 
snowy egret, and American egret and a great blue 
heron at the same instant, while a short distance 
away around the same small pond was a scarlet 
ibis and an eastern green heron, Butorides vires- 
cens, truly a great collection of waders for any 
location in North America—Gro. M. Stirrert. 


THE Scar_et IBIS AND OTHER PUZZLING RECORDS.— 
The Fall of 1937 the ornithological editor received 
the report of an extraordinary occurrence,—20 
less than that of a Scarlet Ibis at Point Pelee on 
the Ontario shore at the west end of Lake Erie. 
As it is a spectacularly conspicuous bird and the. 
account came with convincing corroborative de- 
tail from our well-known and oft-tried ornitho- 
logist, W. E. Saunders of London, there could 
be little doubt as to its accuracy. A report from 
the original discoverers puts the matter on per- 
manent record in this issue of The Canadian Field- 
Naturalist. 


Of course doubt may always remain as to 
whether it was a natural occurrence or the result 
of an escape from a zoo or aviary. 
failed to discover 
institutions, 


Inquiry has 
lost Scarlet Ibises from 
which negative evidence however 
does not rule out that possibility. These question- 
able intrusives are constantly turning up and 
will probably occur in increasing numbers as more 
ornamental or aviary collections are established. 


such 


14 THE CANADIAN 


A Red-breasted Goose from James Bay is a case 
in point. This seemed like a normal feral bird 
and, had it not been for the leg-band it bore, 
might have been so regarded. A Gray-breasted 
Tree Duck from Lac St. Pierre, Quebec is 
another instance. It bore no label but can scarce- 
ly be anything but an escape. A notable instance 
is an Asiatic Hgret in the Provincial Museum of 
British Columbia, about which considerable 
dispute arose, and whose status is still the subject 
of disagreement between local ornithologists. 

With such things as Scissor-tailed Flycatchers 
demonstrated to cecur on Hudson Bay, Caracaras 
at Sault Ste. Marie and Steller’s Jay at Quebec, 
it is rashness to declare that the occurrence of 
any American (or perhaps European) bird any- 
where on the continent is impossible though, short 
of transport by man, many of them are so 
improbable as to require irrefutable evidence for 
acceptance. The Scarlet Ibis is an inhabitant of 
tropical South America. There are individual 
records for the southern and Gulf coasts of the 
United States but none that are above suspicion 
or have not been seriously questioned. That such 
a bird should jump clear up to Lake Erie without 
having been noted as a straggler much nearer 
home would be most remarkable though theoretic- 
ally not impossible. P.A.T. 


AN AxBino Porcupine (Erithizon dorsatum) — 
An event of interest to North American mammal- 
ogy was registered last winter in the southeastern 
part of the province of Quebec, when a white or 
albino porcupine was caught alive by ‘Trefflé 
Giroux, of St. Prosper Dorchester county. This 
freak animal was a young female about a year old, 
weighing ten pounds. The capture was made in 
the woods of St. Gédéon, (Beauce), where Giroux 
was working at a logging-camp, some 20 miles 
north of the Maine border. At the moment of 
discovery, the animal was hiding under a high pile 
of logs, where apparently he had found food and 
shelter in one place, gnawing at the bark of the 
some logs that were walls and roof to him. Giroux 
had to displace the logs before he had the chance 
to make a grab at the little beast and bring it 
to camp, where it was first housed in a wooden 
box. He finally took it to his father’s farm in 
St. Prosper. 

Though they are sometimes found, as well as 
albino deer, groundhogs, raccoons, squirrels, 
white porcupines are far from common. Probab- 
ly no more than a dozen have been recorded in 
North America, in the last hundred years. Where- 


FIELD-NATURALIS1 


(VoL. LV 


as a-large female is now exhibited in the New 
York Zoological Park, a stuffed specimen is pre- 
served at the Museum of St. Johnsbury, Vermont. 
It is interesting to mention that the New York 
specimen gave birth to a black baby, in 1935. 
In the first decade of this century, the American 
naturalist George Shiras, 3rd, observed in the 
middle-west another white female, which was 
deaf and blind. He trailed her for five or six 
years, watching her activities in her particular 
small range, taking notes about her habits and 
the difficulties of life brought on by her double 
infirmity. He learned that she was a female 
of the species when, on a certain day in Spring 
she appeared accompanied by a black cub. The 
skin of a white porcupine was also seen by 
a friend of mine in Nominingue, north of Mont- 
real, a few years ago. All this to recall that albino 
porcupines are rare, and that the capture made 
by Giroux is worth more than a mere mention. 

This porcupine was captured on the 10th of 
February 1940. He is snow white from nose to 
extreme tip of tail. Like all albino specimens, he 
has pink eyes. This animal is very much alive 
and healthy. He is neither blind nor deaf, and 
reacts to any movement or sound in his vicinity. 
His owner told us that he ate willingly from the 
first, even in the presence of humans. He has 
a supply of pine and cedar boughs in his pen, 
but he also partakes of any vegetable or slice of 
bread handed in by members of the family. He 
may not relish captivity, but does not seem to 
suffer from it. He was the first albino to have 
been seen in the Beauce district —HArry BERNARD. 


Affiliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SprEEcHLY, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W.Lown, G.SHIRLEY Brooks, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELYe Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
KosER, A. H. SHortTT, Mrs. H. 't. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H. J. PECK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 


Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: MRs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWwoopD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoOPER R. SuTTON 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 

Botany C. W. Lows, M.Sc. 
Secretary: R. HaDDow. 
Botanical M.G. DupDLEY, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. Kiink, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS; President: C. F. CONNoR, M.A., Vice- 
President: PRor. G. J. SPENCR, M.S., Honorary Secretary: Mr. 
F. W. Faruey, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MorGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W FAR.Ley, Mr. K. Racy, Mr. P.L. Tart, 
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: PRoF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. WittuiaMs, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOoorTTOoN, Ornithology: Mr. 
KENNETH RACsY, Microscopy: ‘Not Filled’’ Photography: 
Mr. Puitie Timms, Maxmalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops. 


_All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 


SOCIETY 
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: Ham- 
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS & COMMITTEE 


Past President: Mr. L M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH, 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF. 
V. C. WYNNE-EDWarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. SPACKMAN, Mrs. L. M. 
TERRILL; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN. 

Executive Committee: MisS RutH ABBOTT, H. F. ARCHIBALD, 
G. R. Bouter, J. D. Fry, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. 
HENDERSON, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. Jupau, Miss P. B. 
MATTINSON, Miss Louise MurRpHY, J. A. DECARIE, Miss M. 
S. NICOLSON, J. A. ROLLAND, C. C. Sait, Miss MAUD SHEATH, 
L. M. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the seco..d Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MusmuM Birp Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: Major GENERAL 
Str EUGENE Fiset, Ke., C,M.G., D.S.O., M.D., Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: Dr. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
Tessier, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. Dery; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, R»x 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVH RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon. H. 
C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: T. F. 
McIuwraltH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss GRACE AND®RSON, 
92 Madison Ave.; Membership Secretary: Miss EDNA 
BOISSONNEAU, 100 Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: 
Miss Grace MALKIN; Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, 
Dr. F. P. Ipz, F. C. Hurst; Council—W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
W. J. Baxtmr, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAViIDs, MISS WINNIFRED 
CHUTE, BROTHER Denis, Dr. Norma ForD, MISS FREEYA 
Haun, PAuL HAuN, H. M. HALLIDAY, Miss Mary KIRKWOOD, 
L. T. Ownns, Mars. L. E. JaquitH, Dr. L. E. JAQuitH, 
Dr. T. M.C. Taytor, STUART THOMPSON, MISS MARION 
WILDER, SPRAGUBH TROYER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons. 


We ask the Officers, and more pare 


ticularly the Secretaries, of ali the 


Affiliated Societies te assist us in our 


task of building up the circulation of 


this periodical, 


By securing every 


member as a subscriber we can truly 


make it one of the leading Natural 


History publications of America. 


For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, f 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 
wealth of information concerning Canadian 
Natural History and Exploration. The author 
was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


PRICE $3.00. 305 pp. 


FOR SALE:— 


LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S 
PUBLICATIONS 
1879-1938 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 


FORM 3 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF 
Coy Ciera e ies Ete lls Net enh ZENO d ON eae Ar NE, PF —j00 Dollars 
BEQUEST 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. y 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 


Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 


Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
Field-Naturalist for the year 1940. 


Name 


Address 


ae wan ann ew enwnnewenecn ewan maw wen nen sen weeewennwers Sowsereasern seer 


City, Prov--or:State eee 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


circumstances should be stated. 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada”’ 
may be used without the scientific name. ~ 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


25 | 50 | 100 | 200 | 300 
rn Geers iw $2.00! $2.26] $2.50] $2.75| $3.00 
2°" 3.00| 3.26] 3.75] 4.00] 4 25 
3 3.50| 3.75| 4.00| 4.26] 4.50 
4 3.50| 3.75| 4.00| 4.25] 4.60 
5 4.50| 4.75| 6.00| 6.26] 5.50 
6 4.50| 4.75] 65.00| 6.25; 6 50 
7 6.00| 6.25| 6.501 6.75} 7.60 
8 6.00| 6.25} 650! 6.75) 7.00 
9 7.50| 8.00] 8.76 19.26] 11.75 

7.50| 8.00| 8.75| 10.26] 11.75 

8.00] 8.00! 3.00] 4.00] 5.00 


| 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 


Any familiar 


to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on applicaticn to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


VOL. LV, No. 2 FEBRUARY, 1941 oi Compe, 
w/o Zoology %% 


MAR 10 1944 
£/8 KARL 


'. 


4 = ) 


{ 
ei ; " 
« aa ce 
iY] \ ny sc i 


ALISTS’ CLUB 


ISSUED MARCH 3rd, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 
eal 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 


1st Vice-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: Rev. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, ~ 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockeliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. BROWN, 
C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. BE. DeLuRY, H.GrRou, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
HAMMOND, C. C. H&IMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
LEwis, Hoyres Lioyp, A. E Porsimup, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MatcoLmM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIS 3 


_ Editor: 
A. W. A. BROWN, 
Science’ Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


EVENNESS: 2s 3A aS eae Anthropology CLYDE Ly, PATCH «nese eee Herpetology 
PREVA DAMS § co 5 53 cata eis we Seer Botany RM ANDERSON: ase 9- eee Mammalogy 
AGE AR OCQUEB NG coer 526 he en Conchology “ A. G. HUNTSMAN. ........-. Marine Biology 
PARTHUR GIBSON (20 620 o2 ke od Entomotogy BiAc TAVERNER ica eae ...Orntthology 
Ee ALCOCK sen nies os cian ech: Geology WAS BRUGES Soka ea ee Palzontology 
Jah sD) YMOND ec ce se eee _. Ichthyology 

CONTENTS PAGE 
Observations on Some Interesting Birds in Kent County, Ontario. By A. A. Wood, Geo. 

MeStirrett and: D:.-A. Arnott. .0 5) on eo ee aie Se ee a OES 
Kirtland’s Warbler (Dendroica kirtlandi). By W. EB. Saunders..................... es! 16 
Notes on Rare Canadian Plants II. By Harold A. Senn........... Pee en RA Sal | 17 

Re Atlantic: Salmonsin- Ungava, Baya bycdekes Dymond yo) 6 ech serge ee Tg 

Charles Henry Young 1867-1940. ................... Shine Dor aka pian sents aie Bee selod se 20 

& Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 (cont’d.)..................... 21 

@hristmas Bird aCensuses, TOA Oy es eee eee ce i gee ein Meg ice ore one hen a Ranieae ee ri : rath 

SeseedeSiSdsdosnesbessievscysebea eves eatsseespesseteqaosecsesiniescastscstestercssessssessess cn 
The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since 


volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been 


1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two 
continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued 


SoSeSeESDSSEsiosetsbtee 


monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the 


FH results of original research in all departments of Natural History. qi 
| : 
iy Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each a 
SmesaGAERUGRESESEESE SEES 2585 2032252885 22582 S225 322SE2E5 ang agaggega eet aSzE tea sESStEasaEETREEETSNTSSESERSGSESgESESEEGESzEE 322g SE2EGzEEEESpEETETETap ETS TaagSEeaEE HERES PR EE MRR ES 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truiy interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 


Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 


WILMOT LLOYD, 
: Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
ee 582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA. 


OS . aus 


{ Compars; 
mo 20 
Gee" Zoploay 4 


(Swan 10 1941 


LipKgAwS 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 


VOL. LV 


OTTAWA, CANADA, FEBRUARY, 


1941 No. 2 


OBSERVATIONS ON SOME INTERESTING BIRDS IN KENT COUNTY, 
ONTARIO 


By A. A. WOOD, GEO. M. STIRRETT and D. A. ARNOTT 


LACK-CROWNED NicHtT Heron, (Nyctocorax 
nycticorax) —A colony was found nest- 
ing at the Bradley Marsh, Dover town- 
ship, near the shore of Lake St. Clair, 

during the Spring of 1939. The colony of nests was 

situated in a pure stand of the narrow-leaved cat- 
tail, about fifty yards from an infrequently used, 
sandy road. 

The nests examined were compactly built of 
dried (old) leaves and stems of the narrow-leaved 
cat-tail, Typha angustifolia L. They were lined 
with dried grass stems (apparently Andropogon 
sp.). The bottom of the nest, in most cases, Just 
cleared the water which was a little over a foot 
deep. Twenty nests were seen and thirteen of 
them were examined for eggs and young. There 
doubtless was a larger number of nests in the 
colony as fifty-five herons were flushed from the 
location on May 17, two days before our ex- 
amination. The nests were spaced from six to 
twenty feet apart within the colony. 

Thirteen of the nests were examined on May 
19. One nest contained three young and two 
eggs. The other twelve nests each had four 
individuals; one contained four eggs; six contain- 
ed eggs and young and one contained four newly 
hatched young. The remaining four nests each 
contained four young, about nine inches long. 

The first heron of the season was a female, 
found caught in a muskrat trap on March 28. 
The first bird flying over the marsh was seen 
on April 25. On May 16, thirty were seen; May 
17, fifty-five and May 19, thirty-five. 

Mr. Bradley, the owner of the marsh, had 
noted the herons in previous years and stated 
that during 1938 they had nested in the marsh 
a considerable distance from the nesting location 
of 1939. 

HENSLOw’s Sparrow, (Passerherbulus henslow?). 
—Two typical habitats of this species were located 
along the drier marsh area in Dover township 


1 Kent Nature Club, Chatham, Ontario 


along Lake St. Clair. In one area, a bird was seen 
and heard singing on May 31, While at the 
Bradley marsh, the other location, a male bird 
was collected on May 17 while singing from a 
clump of sedge. 

GOLDEN EAGLE, (Aquila chrysaétos) —A golden 
eagle was captured by a hunter near Chatham in 
March, 1934. The bird was shot at, at close range 
and fell to the ground where it was picked up 
and found to be unharmed physically. It was 
brought to the city and caged. Here it was seen 
and photographed by Geo. M. Stirrett. 

An eagle was also seen at close range at the 
Bradley marsh, Dover township, on December 21, 
1939. It perched on a muskrat house for some 
time before continuing its flight up and down 
the lake shore. 

GapwaLL, (Chaulelasmus streperus) —This duck 
is rare in the county. Two pair were noted on the 
Bradley marsh, Dover township, on March 20, 
1939. During the duck shooting season of the 
same year, about twelve were shot by hunters in 
the marsh. 

YELLOW-BREASTED CHAT, (lcteria virens)—A 
female specimen collected on May 11, 1939, near 
Chatham. The only specimen seen during the year. 

Batp Eacitr, (Haliaeetus leucocephalus)—A 
pair of eagles nested on the farm of Mrs. C. E. 
Peterkin, Mitchell’s Bay, Dover township, during 
the Spring of 1939. They were visited a number 
of times during the year, and on April 5 two 
adults and one young in nest were seen. The 
nest, according to old residents, has been in its 
present location for at least twenty-five years. 

Hawxs.—Hawks appeared to be more numerous 
during December, 1938 and January 1939 through- 
out Kent county than for a number of years. A 
total of fifty-five hawks was observed during 
these two months, consisting of the following 
species and number of individuals: Common 
Rough-legged, 18; Red-tailed, 17; Marsh, 13; 
Sharp-shinned, 3; Cooper’s, 2; Red-shouldered, 1; 
Sparrow Hawk, 1. 


16 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


KIRTLAND’ S WARBLER (Dendroica kirtlandi) 
By W. E. SAUNDERS 


VERY ornithologist in southern Ontario 
keeps on looking for this bird, which 
has been taken twice in the Province 
and again was seen by Dr. Paul Harring- 
ton at Petawawa in June, 19391 In May of 1939, 
a small party of Londoners undertook to visit 
the bird in its Summer quarters in Northern 
Michigan. Leaving London early in the morning 
of the 20th we passed through Port Huron and 
Bay City, eventually arriving at the village of 
Mio, where lived Verne Dockham, a nature- 
minded employee of the Conservation Commis- 
sion. That night we laid plans for the morrow, 
and as the early birds of the party wandered 
around the village in the morning they encount- 
ered some Clay-colored Sparrows. They were 
common in the vicinity, as we met them not 
only in the village, but all over the country 
when we stopped long enough to hear the wheezy 
little song which may be represented by the 
syllables zée—zee—zee. The Clay-colored Spar- 
‘row is a bird of the western prairies, where it is 
abundant; and perhaps this Michigan colony is 
the producer of the occasional specimens that have 
been seen near London, Toronto and other places 
in southern Ontario. 

But, to return to the object of our search. It 
is well known to ornithologists that this warbler 
is a bird of very decided tastes, much more so 
than any other bird that comes to my mind at 
the moment. He makes absolute demands on 
Mother Nature as to territory and will accept 
nothing less. Those demands are few, but em- 
phatic. His chosen abode is covered with Jack 
Pines (Pinus Banksiana) and he prefers them 
small, in fact, when they attain the height of 
fifteen feet, that is too much. And how un- 
reasonable his demands seem ! His mate does not 
make her nest 7m the trees, but winder them; 
and what possible difference can it make to a 
warbler whether the tree above its nest is ten 
or thirty feet high, provided that the nest is to 
be placed on the ground beneath; but such are 
their demands, and nothing else will do. So, Mr. 
Dockham piloted us to a piece of territory where 
the Jack Pines lived up to specifications, and 
there we found the warbler. We found him, of 
course, by his song, the way bird hunters nearly 
always get the rare and difficult things; and not 
only was this song almost startling in its volume, 


(1) The Jack-Pine Warbler, vol. 17, pp. 95-7 


(1939). 


but the bird treated us as most favored guests. 


When first heard he was perhaps a quarter of a 
mile away, and at that distance his song was 
distinct to almost all of the party. Apparently 
he decided that we wished a closer acquaintance, 
so he came nearer and nearer, finishing by sing- 
ing from a height of about ten feet in the 
Jack Pine nearest to our party of about ten 
people, and utterly unafraid. The song would 
probably be passed by, if heard in Ontario, so 
remarkably does it resemble that of the North- 
ern Water-thrush, which; of course, is not thrush 
at all, but a warbler. Again and again, we noted 
that resemblance, but probably there is a saving 
clause—the Warbler sings by choice from Jack 
Pines, and there are no such native trees short 
of the Bruce Peninsula. But I am wondering 
about my own little plantation of Jacks, only a 
mile from the limits of London. It contains only 
about fifty trees of any size, but more are 
coming along and Mr. Kirtland might come down 
to investigate. At present, Middlesex is like al- 
most all the other counties in Ontario in having 
no record whatever of this Warbler, but this state 
of affairs will not endure forever with so large a 
colony nearby and with the bird breeding at. 
Petawawa. We hunted this warbler at no other 
place than near Mio, but were informed that it. 
has occurred almost all the way across from 
Lake Huron to Lake Michigan, though it may not 
be found over all that area in any single year. The 
area occupied is large enough to contain many 
hundreds of the birds, and we were much pleased 
to find that the authorities are giving a very good 
protection to this very rare species, for it is not 
known to spend the summer in any other region 
than in this narrow belt across the Michigan 
peninsula. 


It spends the winter, as is well known, in the 
Bahamas, and the hazards of that overseas 
journey may have a strong controlling effect 
on the total population of the species; or, has 
been suggested, the food supply on the Bahamas 
may not be sufficient to carry more individuals. 
than the normal population of those counties in 
Michigan. 


At the lighthouse on Long Point certain nights 
occur when many warblers are killed but never 
yet has there been a report of a Kirtland being 
one of the victims, apparently indicating that the 
birds have a narrow lane in which to migrate, 
from which there is very little deviation. 


February, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 17 


NOTES ON RARE CANADIAN PLANTS II* 
By HAROLD A. SENN 


HE RANGE extensions set forth below 
are largely the result of routine ident- 
ification during the past summer. 
I am indebted to Mr. E. W. Hart 
for calling my attention to several of the speci- 
mens and to those in charge of the following 
institutions for the generous loan of material. 
B.: Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University, Ithaca, 
IN YY 

BCM: Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C. 

C: Department of Botany, Cornell University, 
Ithaca, N.Y. 

Can: National Herbarium of Canada, Ottawa. 

DAO: Division of Botany and Plant Pathology, 
Science Service, Department of Agriculture, 
Ottawa. 

G: Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cam- 
bridge, Mass. 

Towa: Botany Department, Iowa State College, 
Ames, Iowa. 

Man: Department of Botany, University of Man- 
itoba, Winnipeg. 

Minn: Department of Botany, University of 
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 

NY: New York Botanical Garden, New York, 
IN AYE 

T: Department of Botany, University of Toronto, 
Toronto, Ont. 

US: United States National Herbarium, Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

Wisc: Department of Botany, 
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. 


University of 


Gramineae 
Polypogon monspeliensis (l.) Desf. 

Although Hitchcock (Man. of the Grasses of 
the United States, 350, 1935) gives a general 
range for this species as west from New Bruns- 
wick to Alaska it does not appear to have been 
previously reported from Manitoba. The fol- 
lowing specimen was sent to us by Mr. W. N. 
Denike of Winnipeg: 

MANITOBA: Delta, 
(DAO). 


Denike 794, marsh 


Chenopodiaceae 
Polycnemum majus A. Braun in Flora, 24: 151. 
1841. ; 


*Contribution No. 640. Botany and Plant Path- 
ology, Science Service, Department of Agriculture, 
Ottawa, Canada. Number I of this series was pub- 
lished as Contribution No. 556, in the Canadian 
Field-Naturalist, Vol. 52, pp. 132-133. 1938. 


While botanizing in the vicinity of Arnprior, 
Ontario, on the Renfrew-Lanark County line, 
on September 2, 1940, an unusual plant appear- 
ing somewhat like Salsola was collected. Later 
identification and comparison with material from 
the province of Charkov, U.S.S.R., Czecho- 
slovakia, and Hungary proved this to be Poly- 
cnemum majus A. Br. The specimens cited be- 
low appear to constitute the first American re- 
cord for the genus since inquiries instituted in 
23 Canadian and United States herbaria have as 
yet disclosed no New World material. The 
natural range of the species covers much of 
central and southeastern Europe from Germany 
and Switzerland through the Balkan Peninsula 
to southwestern Russia. 


A subsequent visit was paid to the colony 
on September 19th in the company of Mr 
Herbert Groh and an attempt made to deter- 
mine its extent. The plant was found over a 
linear distance of approximately two miles but 
only in specialized habitats within the. area. 
In waste land, particularly an old, almost en- 
tirely disused road allowance, the plant flourish- 
ed in shallow soil underlain by limestone, being 
most abundant in depressions and in old wheel 
tracks. The most vigorous specimens however, 
made a solid mat for almost a quarter mile down 
the crushed limestone ridge in the centre of 
the moderately travelled road forming the 
county line between Lanark and Renfrew. The 
whole colony is well-established and must have 
been in existence for many years but the. ad- 
jacent cultivated fields do not appear to have 
been invaded. The nearest railroad sidings each 
approximately 4 miles away, at Arnprior and 
Waba Siding, were searched for specimens in the 
hope of tracing the means of introduction of 
the species but the search proved fruitless. 

The following specimens in the herbarium of 
the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology may 
be cited: 

ONTARIO: Lanark Co., Pakenham Twp., Conc. 
X, Lots 26, 27, Senn 1631, 1677, 1686, Groh 1196, 
shallow soil over limestone; Renfrew Co., Mc- 
Nab Twp., Conc. X, Lot 1, Senn 1684. 

Caryophyllaceae 
Saponaria Vaccaria L. 

The petals of this well-known 

ordinarily a rose-pink but an albino form with 


species are 


18 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


white petals was sent to me by Mr. L. T. Car- 
michael of Regina, An albino 
form has also been previously collected by Mr. 
H. Groh of this Division. 

The following specimens may be cited: 

MANITOBA: Morden, Groh s. n., June 11, 
1932, waste places (DAO). 

SASKATCHEWAN: Regina, Carmichael 335, 
(DAO). 


Saskatchewan. 


Ranunculaceae 

Caltha natans Pallas 

Through the kindness of Mr. W. N. Denike 
of Winnipeg I was supplied with specimens of 
this rare species collected at Ingolf, Ontario. 
Although Ingolf is very close to the Manitoba 
boundary these specimens constituted the first 
Ontario record for the species and interested 
me in tracing the North American distribution 
of the plant. 


This species of Caltha is found on the muddy 
shores of pools, lakes and slow-moving streams. 
It has a floating or creeping habit and is fre- 
quently somewhat branched. It is_ especially 
characterized by a follicle length of 5 mm. or 
less, the follicles occurring in dense spheroidal 
heads, by short oval anthers, and by small 
flowers which are white or white with pinkish 
or purplish cast. The leaves are variable in 
size but are always much smaller than those of 
the familar C. palustris L. 


The distribution of this species is of consider- 
able interest since the outer limits of its range 
enclose a very large area through much of 
which the plant has rarely been collected. Gaps 
of great distance occur between stations such 
as that between Edmonton and the southern 
Manitoba-Ontario boundary. 

Hultén (Flora of Kamtchatka and the ad- 
jacent Islands, 2: 95, 1928) gives the Old World 
distribution as eastern European Russia through 
northern Asia, and Porsild (Rhodora, 41: 226, 
1939) states that the species is “fairly common 
in tundra lakes and bogs of the Bering Sea 


Region.” He cited Alaskan specimens from 
Pastolik, Norton Sound; Nome, Seward Pen- 


insula; and Buckland River on the north coast. 
Scamman (Rhodora, 42: 324, 1940) in reporting 
collecting the species at Circle Hot Springs in 
the Interior of Alaska stated that it is probably 
rare in the Interior. 

Britton and Brown (Illus. Fl. ed 2, 2: 86, 1913) 
give the easternmost and southernmost station 
for Caltha natans as Tower, Michigan. This is 
obviously an error for Tower, Minnesota, which 


[VoL. LV 


is located in the vicinity of Vermilion Lake, the 
site of several early collections. The National 
Herbarium of Canada has a sheet labelled Idaho, 
St. Louis Co., J. N. Scofield s.n., July, 1892, from 
the herbarium of J. H. Sandberg. The state 
was evidently written on the label in error since 
the specimen appears to be a duplicate of that 
examined from Iowa State College, and St. Louis 
Co., Minnesota, is the county in which Vermilion 
Lake is situated. Thus there is no clear-cut 
evidence for the occurrence of Caltha natans 
in either Michigan or Idaho, and Foxboro, Wis- 


consin is the southernmost and easternmost. 
station for the species. 
The known North American range of this 


species is indicated by the following specimens 
which I have examined: 


ONTARIO: Kenora District, Ingolf, Denike 
133, July 11, 1940, Denke sn. Aug. -5, 1940, 
running water (DAO) . 


MANITOBA: Creek between High Lake and 
Falcon Bay, Lowe s.n., August, 1920 (Man). 


WISCONSIN: Douglas Co., Foxboro, Goessl 
7743 (Wisc). 


MINNESOTA: St. Louis Co., Sandberg s.n., 
July, 1892 (Iowa); Vermilion Lake, Sandberg 487 
(C, Iowa, Minn, US, Wisc.), Sandberg s.n. (G, 
Minn), Sandberg 6038 (Can, NY); Tower, Hill 
sn., Aug. 21, 1889, pools and siow flowing streams 
(G, NY, US), Lyon s.n., July 18, 1904 (Minn), 
Scofield s.n., 1891 (B). 


ALBERTA: Methy River, Lat. 57° N., Macoun 
177.56 (Can); Lesser Slave Lake Dist., near 
Slave Lake Town, Brinkman 4346, roadside 
ditch (C, NY); Lesser Slave Lake, McVickar 
sn. August, 1911, muddy shores (T); Lesser 
Slave Dist., Smith, Brinkman 3886, small pond and 
stream (C, NY); northern Alberta, Round Lake, 
Spreadborough Oct. 10; 91898 (Can, mG): 
northern Alberta, Lake Ste. Anne, Spreadborough 
sn. June 10, 1898 (Can); Peace River District, 
High River, Groh 1058, mud around water-hole 
(DAO); Peace River Crossing, J. M. Macoun 59, 
518, slow flowing brooks (Can, G, NY, US); 
Athabaska Plains, Macoun 53 (G) 569 (T); 10 
miles east of Edmonton, Macoun & Herriot 69, 
779 (Can, G); creek near Edmonton, Macoun 
117 A. 56 (Can). 


Se 


BRITISH COLUMBIA: Peace River District: 
Tupper Creek, Cowan 10939, mud flat (BCM, G); 
Rose Prairie, Groh s.n., Sept. 6, 1934, along slow 
(DAO). 


stream 


February, 1941] 


ALASKA: Circle Hot Springs near Steese 
Highway about 138 miles north of Fairbanks, 
Scamman 181 (G). 


Compositae 
_ Aster alpinus L. 

Judging from available specimens and records 
this predominantly Old World species was thought 
to be limited in western Canada to the Rocky 
Mountains, several collections having been made 
in the vicinity of Banff, Alberta. Henry (Flora 
of Southern British Columbia and Vancouver 
Island, 294, 1915) gave its range as “Rockies.” 
During the past summer Dr. William Newton of 
the Saanichton Laboratory of this Division col- 
lected on Vancouver Island the specimen cited 
below: 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 19 


BRITISH COLUMBIA: Vancouver Island, 
Forbidden Plateau, W. Newton s.n., August 18, 
1940 (DAO). 

Senecio viscosus LL. 


Greenman (Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 2: 579, 1915) 
gave the distribution of this species as “eastern 
North America from Nova Scotia to Pennsyl- 
vania, near the coast.” Evidently it has recently 
spread westward since Mr. W. N. Denike has 
collected it near the Canadian Pacific Railway 
in Winnipeg. The following specimen may be 
cited: 


MANITOBA: Winnipeg, 
Railway, Denike 1417 (DAO). 


Canadian Pacific 


ATLANTIC SALMON IN UNGAVA BAY 
By J. R. DYMOND 


LTHOUGH Atlantic salmon have long 

been reported from Ungava Bay there 
have been those who have continued 
to doubt the accuracy of the reports. 
The latest of these doubts was expressed by Ken- 
dall (1935) with reference to a note by the 
writer (Dymond 1932) recording the evidence 
of Captain John Hearn of the occurrence of 
Salmo salar in a number of rivers flowing into 
Ungava Bay. 


Following publication of Dr. Kendall’s state- 
ment throwing doubt on the occurrence of 
Atlantic salmon in Ungava Bay, I wrote the 
Hudson Bay Company asking if it were possible 
to obtain specimens of the salmon of Ungava 
Bay. In reply I was informed by the Company 
that salmon had long been exported from the 
Ungava Bay area to London, England. They 
occurred, according to the Company’s statement, 
in considerable numbers in the Koksoak (also 
called Chimo), in George’s and Whale Rivers 
but only occasionally in the Leaf River. Through 
the courtesy of the Hudson’s Bay Company I 
was also sent a number of specimens of salmon 
procured by Mr. W. A. Smith, Manager of the 
Fort Chimo Post. Unfortunately the specimens 
were received in poor condition but sufficient 
could be determined from their examination to 
make certain that they were Salmo salar and 
not Salvelinus alpinus as Dr. Kendall had sug- 
gested. 


Kendall (1909) in his account of the fishes of 
Labrador included in his chronological bibli- 
ography and list of collections, a list of speci- 
mens in a collection “in the Smithsonian In- 
stitution, made in the vicinity of Fort Chimo, 
Ungava, identified by Dr. Tarleton H. Bean.” 
The collection was made by L. M. Turner who 
“so far as can be ascertained spent two winters 
and one summer in this region—1882-1884.” One 
of the species included in this collection was 
Salmo salar. 


Low (1897) as a result of explorations along a 
number of rivers, including the Koksoak, of the 
Labrador peninsula, reported Salmo salar as 
“sbundant in the rivers of the St. Lawrence 
and the Atlantic coasts and also in the rivers 
flowing into Ungava Bay The salmon 
enter the rivers of the St. Lawrence coast early 
in June, are taken in Hamilton Inlet in July, 
but do not ascend the Koksoak and other rivers 
of Ungava Bay until about the middle of Aug- 
ust.’ In the same report Low records the 
absence of Atlantic Salmon from Hudson Bay. 

That an extensive salmon fishery was 
ried on by the Hudson’s Bay Company as early 
as 1897 at George’s, Whale and Ungava or Kok- 
soak Rivers is stated by Wakeham (1898). His 
report of salmon as far north as Lancaster Sound, 
as well as that of Bean (1879) of Salmo salar 
in Cumberland Gulf waters are not supported 
Acceptance of such reports must 


car- 


by specimens. 


20 THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 


await receipt of specimens from the waters in 
question. The records of the occurrence of 
Salmo salar in the rivers of Ungava Bay are 
however supported by specimens as indicated 


above. 


REFERENCES 


Fishes collected in Cumber- 


Bean, T. H., 1879. 
Boil Wh (Ss. ING. 


land Gulf and Disko Bay. 
Mus. 15: 107-140. 


Dymonp, J. R., 1932. Notes on the distribution 
of Salmo salar and Salvelinus alpinus in north- 


[VoL. LV 


Can. Field-Nat. 46: 185. 


Kenpatt, W. C., 1909. The fishes of Labrador. 
Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hust. 2: 207-244. 


KeEnpALL, W. C., 1935. The fishes of New Eng- 
land. The Salmon family. Part 2—The Sal- 


eastern Canada. 


mons. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 9, 
m@, Ile 

Low, A. P., 1897. Report on explorations i the 
Labrador peninsula along the East Main, 


Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and portions 
of other rivers in 1892-93-94-95. Ann. Rpt. 
Geol. Surv. Canada. 8: 329-330L. 


WakeHAM, Wm., 1898. Report of the exped- 
ition to Hudson Bay and Cumberland Gulf m 
the Steamship Diana under the command of 
William Wakeham. Marine and _ Fisheries, 
Canada, in the year 1897. 


{ 
\v 


Sg Pe 


RVR SES TE NI YEN NIE 
1867-1940 


On May 6, 1940, Charles Henry Young, a 
well-known naturalist, passed away very sudden- 
ly at his home, 1386 Powell Ave., Ottawa, Ont. 
He was in his 73rd year. His passing was a 
great shock to his many friends and acquaintances 
as apparently he had been enjoying good health 
up to the time of his death. 


Born at Isleworth, England, February 11, 1867, 
Mr. Young was educated in England and came 
to Canada in 1894. In Ottawa he married the 
former Gertrude May Tilley on September 16, 
1896. 


The writer met Mr. Young soon after he was 
appointed an assistant in the old Division of 
Entomology attached to the Experimental Farms 
Service. At that time, Mr. Young was operating 
a farm near Billings Bridge and on. a number 
of occasions it was my privilege to spend the 
night with him, hunting insects and making 
other observations in the immediate district of 
the farm. Since that time, we have been close 
friends. 


Mr. Young was also closely associated with 
the late Dr. James Fletcher, the first Dominion 
Entomologist. In the early days of my _ ac- 
quaintance with Mr. Young, he would frequently 
spend afternoons and evenings with us at the 
Central Experimental Farm. On these occasions, 
which were mostly during the 


winter months, 


we made snowshoe excursions in the district of 
the Farm and then returned to Dr. Fletcher’s 
house for a camp supper and walk into the city 
afterwards. 


In 1910, Mr. Young entered upon the work 
which brought him such prorinence that a few 
years ago, Washington officials sought him to 
accept a position there, which was refused. 


Mr. Young was employed in the Geological 
Survey of the Department of Mines and Re- 
sources for many years. On April 14, 1907, he 
was employed temporarily as Assistant to the 
Curator of the Museum. On September 1, 1908, 
the appointment was made permanent. He 
served for many years as Museum Assistant but 
later on was promoted to the position of Col- 
lector-Preparator Specialist. He had an in- 
timate acquaintance with leading scientists and 
government officials, as well as a host of friends 
in Ottawa and throughout Canada. He was an out- 
standing taxidermist and his name will go down 
in the history of the Canadian National Museum 
for his work in collecting and preparing thous- 
ands of specimens of birds, fishes and mammals. 
Mr. Young’s ability as a preparator, particularly 
in the mounting of minute insect specimens, as 
for instance tiny moths, was recognized not only 
in Canada but in the United States as well. 
His greatest hobby was that of collecting imseets 


February, 1941] 


and his collection of Microlepidoptera, purchased 
by the Government some years ago, is now in 
the National Collection of Insects maintained by 
the Division of Entomology, Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture. Dr. R. M. Ander- 
son, Chief of the Division of Biology of the 
National Museum of Canada, has stated that 


“As a field worker, Mr. Young was inde- 
fatigable. In the summer he would make 
the rounds of his traps before breakfast, 
starting at 4.00 a.m. if there was sufficient 
light, and by 5.00 a.m. at the latest, pre- 
paring his specimens later in the day, and 
be ready for another patrol in the evening. 
Any suggestion of a rare species or other 
desideratum would put him on the trail 
with the relentlessness of a Sherlock Holmes 
or a R.C.M.P. officer ‘getting his man’ and 
generally his efforts would be crowned with 
success.” 


Mr. Young served as a Director of the En- 
tomological Society of Ontario for a number of 
years, and during this time contributed records 
of insect outbreaks for publication in the annual 
reports of the Society. The following are among 
the species of insects which have been named in 
honour of Mr. Young:— 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 21 


Oncocnemis youngi McD. 
Anomogyna dilucida form youngt Sm. 
Laspeyresia youngana Kft. 

Aphania youngana McD. 

Peronea youngana McD. 

Enchyrsa dissectella youngella Kft. 
Crambus youngellus Ixft. 

Thiodia youngi MeD. 

Hilarographa youngiella Busck. 


He was an ardent sportsman and took a keen 
interest in cricket and hunting, and during his 
early life in England was a devotee of steeple- 
chasing. 


Mr. Young’s passing will mean a great loss to 
natural history in Canada. He was of tireless 
energy and even since his retirement in 1987, 
spent most of his spare time in the woods and 
fields searching for rare specimens of insects, 
which, it may be mentioned, he was unusually 
successful in finding. 


His engaging personality and kindly dispos- 
ition won for him many friends who mourn his 
death very sincerely—-ARTHUR GIBSON. 


hile 
~ CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855 


(Continued from page 11) 


August, 1855—NEAR POINT PECHELL—55 
Tuesd. 7th. Took an early breakfast and 
started with Mr. Stewart and all the men, except 
2 of the Iroquois, who were left to arrange the 
canoes and look after the baggage. We were in 
light marching order. 5 men followed all the 
sinuosities of the coast while the rest of the 
party swept the country further inland. For about 
% of the distance the country was intersected 
by small lakes; the remainder was composed of 
sand hills devoid of all vegetation, and between 
them low vallies which are overflown in high 
tides. In one place the water appears to cross 
the Peninsula and often it nearly cuts through 
it. If the missing party died in one of these 
low spots, their bones must have been either 


swept away or buried in the sand. Many very 
very ancient Esq. Encts. but no new ones were 
seen; some perhaps 4 or 5 years old were seen 
at the Point Ogle; among them were found a 
small piece of cod line and a small piece of 
striped cotton which were the only vestiges 
found. We encamped late, at the point op- 
posite Maconochie’s Island. A very fat Buck 
deer was killed169 and a few others were seen. 
A little beyond Pt. Pechell we crossed a river; 
it must be a large stream at high water; it ran 
from the Sd., I called it Lunosarier!™® after a 
relation of Mr. Stewart’s. 


169. The H. B. Co. Archives journal (see foot- 
note 162) states that the men ate most of 
it raw. 

170. The H. B. Co. Archives journal shows that 
this should be Le Mesurier. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(Ground white with snow this morning). 
(Killed 2*! by Paulet P. of!*2 Fidler J.) 


Wed. 8th. 


August, 1855—POINT OGLE—56 
Early this morning 4 of the best 


men were ferried across in the Halkett boat,173% 


Maconochies 
Tsland 
and Point 


Ogle 


and the whole of Maconochie’s 
Island was minutely examined 
without success. The wind drove 
in the ice so fast into the strait 
separating the island from Rich- 
ardson’s Point, that we were un- 


able to cross over to examine it as I wished. 
The party killed another fat deer on the Island 
and returned at 2 p.m. It then began to pour 
down rain with a sharp N.E. gale, and we were 
all thoroughly soaked when we reached the en- 


campment about 9 p.m. 


The tail of the party 


only arrived at 11 pm. No fuel was to be had 
and of course no fires could be lighted so that 
we passed an uncomfortable night. A little fuel 
was seen on Maconochie’s Island.174 


174. 


Refers to the ‘‘fat Buck deer.”’ 
probably should be ‘‘&”’. 


According to the Report from the Select 
Committee on Arctic Expedition, 1855, p. 
856, a ‘“‘Halkett india-rubber boat’’ was left 
by Dr. Rae at York Factory, and it was 
ordered forwarded for the use of the Ander- 
son party, along with some articles especial- 
ly suited for Eskimo trade. Rae, in his 
“Narrative of an Expedition to the Shores 
Ofsmthe, PAnctic= (Seas) sLondon ls50%9 says 
“we also had one of Halkett’s air boats, 
large enough to carry three persons.’’ He 
found it very useful. In connection with 
Rae’s last expedition it is stated (Select 
Committee Report, 1855, p. 837) that a Hal- 
kett boat named James Fitzjames, was pre- 
sented to Rae by John Barrow. This would 
probably be the boat left by Rae at York 
Factory and used by Anderson. It seems 
to have been an early and, according to 
Rae, highly satisfactory form of inflatable 
rubber raft. 


This brings us to a very interesting sequel 
to the Anderson-Stewart expedition, record- 
ed by Dr. J. B. -Tyrrell in ‘‘A Story of a 
Franklin Search Expedition,’’ Trans. Can. {n- 
stitute, vol. 8, pp. 393-402, 1908-09, read Dec. 
5, 1908. 

In the autumn of 1890 Dr. Tyrrell was 
travelling up the east shore of Lake Win- 
nipeg when Joseph Boucher, ‘‘a little old 
French-Canadian,’’ came to his camp. 
Boucher told him that the men. who had 
been sent on by Anderson had seen a ship, 
but were so fearful of prolonging the ex- 
pedition that they decided not to report 
it. Dr. Tyrrell took steps to obtain state- 
ments from the men themselves. He got 
a signed statement from Edward Kipling, 
and through two friends he got the story as 
recalled by Thomas Mustagan (as spelled 
by Tyrrell) and Paulet Papanakies. 


Kipling stated that when they reached 
the island he and Henry Fidler went to 
the west and Mustagan and Papanakies 
went to the east. They returned to the 
starting point and thence to camp, where 


‘ 


(VoL LV 


Papanakies told of having seen a ship. The 
information was not communicated to: An- 
derson and Stewart because the men were 
tired of the expedition and wanted to get 
home. Next day on Montreal Island he and 
Fidler found the remains of a small boat, 
broken up by the Eskimos. This also was 
not reported. 


Mustagan’s story only mentions three men, 
himself, Papanakies and Kipling. He says 
that the other two went to an outlying 
island in the inflated boat and reported see- 
ing nothing. Many weeks later, after dis- 
banding, Papanakies told him and others 
that he had seen a ship and asked Kipling 
to say nothing about it. This story is at 
variance both with Kipling and the Anderson 
journal, but it must be remembered that 
Mustagan was an old man in 1893 when the 
story was obtained. 


Since the whole history centres on Paulet 
Papanakies it is his story that must decide 
what is to be made of it. Paulet told of 
meeting Eskimos, but this could hardly have 
been on Maconochie Island, since they were 
fishing at the mouth of a river. Presumably 
it is the encounter recorded by Anderson 
at the mouth of Back River. Paulet learn- 
ed from them that a ship had been ‘‘ruined’” 
and people had died. He was with Musta- 
gan on the island, but had separated from 
him to go to the summit of a smaller island, 
whence he saw, not a ship, but the masts 
of a ship. It was some time later that he 
told his comrades. He was ‘‘tired of the 
whole thing, and was thinking long to be 
home, and was afraid if I said anything 
about it, we should have to go back and see 
what it was.’’ 


There can be no doubt that Paulet saw 
something far out to sea, and that he 
thought it was the masts of a ship. From 
Kipling it would seem that he confided in 
his comrades when they were all in camp 
that night, and that discoveries of minor 
importance were withheld from Anderson 
by Fidler and Kipling next day. It would 
also seem that what Paulet saw was far 
away and none too clear, and his story 
indicates tha* he had the fixed idea that 
there should be a ship. King William Is- 
land should be barely visible from Macono- 
chie Island; we have no indication as to 
whether Paulet knew that there was land 
in the direction he was looking. There are 
also deceptive mirages in the arctic. Never- 
theless, as Dr. Tyrrell remarks, the eye of 
the Indian is keen and his power of ob- 
servation unexcelled. Perhaps some future 
explorer will go to Paulet’s island and look 
out to sea, to see if there is anything that 
could be mistaken for a _ ship. 


Franklin’s two ships drifted in the ice to 
a point off the northwest coast of King 
William Island, where they were abandoned. 
One of them drifted to the west of Adelaide 
Peninsula, where it was seen by the Hs- 
kimos, and then sunk. In order for there 
to have been a ship at the east end of 
Simpson Strait for Paulet to see, we must 
assume that the other ship remained beset 
in the ice until 1855 at some point unfre- 
quented by Hskimos, and that in the summer 
of that year it drifted into Simpson Strait, 
disappearing entirely before winter. Ihe 
second boat had been seen by Eskimos 
they would have told Rasmussen and other 
explorers about it. Of course it might have 
been the boat known to the Eskimos, but if 
this is the case we have to assume that it 
remained afloat longer than is usually al- 
lowed (see Gibson, “‘Sir John Franklin’s 
Last Voyage.”’ The Beaver, Outfit 268, 
1937, pp. 44-75.) We would also have to 
assume that it could drift into Simpson 
Strait and then out again. Paulet certain- 
ly thought he saw a boat, but it remains 
doubtful that he did. 


February, 1941) 


August, 1855—ADELAIDE PENINSULA—57 

Thur. 9th. The rain ceased about 7 a.m. and 
the canoes were gummed. We started at 9 am. 
It turned out a beautiful day, so that we were 
enabled to dry our clothes partially. The ice 
was even worse than when we were coming. One 
portage was made and by dint of shoving the 
ice aside and cutting it we reached to within 4 
miles of our encampment of the 6th at sunset. 
New ice began to form at 4 p.m. and was thick 
enough to cut the canoes a little before we en- 
camped.!% 

Frid. 10th. Left our Enct. at 3% am. The 
ice was very close and cemented together with 
new ice, so that we made slow progress and 
injured the canoes. We therefore breakfasted 
early and afterwards got on a little better. When 
we arrived at the Strait separating Montreal 
Island from the W. Main the Halkett boat 
was launched and a small island examined on 
which were some old Esq. encampments. We 
afterwards proceeded along the south shore of 
Montreal Island which we found nearly clear of 
ice and after examining the Traverse from a 
high mountain determined on risking it, though 
the Hastern band appeared to be lined with ice. 
We crossed with a fine breeze aided by the pad- 
dle and got through the ice easily, there being 
large openings (Ice came in again, most fortunate 
we got across yesterday) (Mountains white this 
evening with snow) (August, 1855—POINT BACK- 
HOUSE—58) between the floes. The breeze in- 
creased to half a gale and we continued on till 
11% p.m. when we encamped at 
Point Backhouse, shortly after 
which it began to rain at intervals 
and blow still harder. 2 
were seen. At this point heather 
is pretty plentiful,!7® but there are no traces of 
deer. 


Adelaide 
Peninsula 
seals 


Sat. 11th. Unable to move. Blowing very hard 
between Wt. and N. all day with squalls of 
rain. 


Sund. 12th. Unable to leave the Enc’t before 
mid-day; it then lulled a little and we embarked. 
It was still blowing very fresh from the N.W. 
with a heavy sea, but we kept on and encamped 
at sunset above our encampment of the 30th. 
Showers of rain all day which turned to snow 
in the evening—very cold—I never experienced 


U7, © Abas) elon 1835 (CXoy, 


Archives journal (see foot- 
note 162) here states: ‘‘No deer were seen— 
all the tracks go  southwards.’’ In the 
present journal Anderson makes this ob- 
servation on August 15th. 

176.  Cassiope tetragona or Empetrum nigrum. (A.E.P.) 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 23 


such piercing winds as blow on this coast; all 
of us are in winter rig, but stilled chilled to the 
bone. No deer seen today. 3 starving wolves 
came close to the canoes and stole a piece of 
Pem’n;!** fortunately for them the guns were 
wet. (The Esquimaux were just leaving. Their 
fish caches were made. They were leaving for 
some pass to watch for deer). (Doz. Iron and 
copper boilers and tin soup tureens).17® 
August, 1855—POINT BACKHOUSE—59 

Mond. 13th. Left at 3 am. Just after em- 
barking it began to snow and then rain heavily 
and this was the case with a slight interval all 
day. Saw the Esquimaux at the Rapids leading 
to L. Franklin. They now number 3 families; 
consist of 5 men, 3 women and about 12 lads 
and children. Endeavoured by all means in our 
power to find out if they had papers of any 
description, but they had none. They showed 
us sundry articles got from the boat, such as tin 
boilers about 18 inches long by 12 inches broad, 
an oval frying pan, a Ferriers chisel, a fragment 
of a hand saw, a piece of the metal plate of a 
thermometer and of an ivory rule. Most of their 
paddles were made out of ash oars, pieces of 
mahogany, elm and pine. They made us under- 
stand that they had not seen the ships which 
had been wrecked but had heard of it from others, 
and again showed us by signs that the crews of 
the vessels had died from starvation. We got 
Esq. boots, ete.. for the men and made them 
presents of a grafting saw each, fish spears, seal 
spears, knives and glass and sundry trifles to the 
ladies. We got a little aft wind in L. Franklin. 
I encamped at the head of the Rapid before 
arriving at McKays Peak, but Mr. Stewart below 
it having broken his canoe very badly. No 
animals whatever seen. 


August, 1855—THLEW YCHO—Up—60 

Tues. 14th. Mr. Stewart arrived at 4 a.m. and 
we then left. The water has fallen so much we 
ascended McKay’s Peak Rapid with the paddle; 
an aft N.E. wind helped us on famously and 
encamped late, considerably above Back’s 
campment of 26th July. It was raining the whole 
day; just before encamping a fine rainbow made 
its appearance. 
today. 


en's 


A solitary starving wolf was seen 


177. The H. B. Co. Archives journal has 
observation on August 11. 

178. The passages in parentheses undoubtedly be- 
long with the entry for August 13. It was 
customary for the Eskimos all along this 
coast to catch and dry large quantities of 
the char that in June and July migrate up 
the streams and rivers. Then in August 
they hunted the caribou, which by that 
month had shed their winter coats and 
were fat from summer grazing. (D.J.) 


this 


24 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Wed. 15th. We were all so wet and stiff that 
no one awoke till late. We left at 4% am. The 
rainbow of last night did not deceive us; the day 
was beautifully clear and warm, and we carried 
sail with a fine N.E. breeze for half the day, and 
made fine progress having encamped at the Rap- 
ids below Wolf’s Rapid. This fine day enables 
us to dry our clothes and bedding which were 
actually getting mouldy. Some of the men began 
to complain of rheumatism and it is not sur 
prising. I did not take up the Pemmican cached 
on the 27th ult. as it was rather out of the road, 
we have also enough and the canoes are rather 
too heavy. Geese are now flying. Not an animal 
has been seen today, but the tracks of deer were 
seen both yesterday evening and today, all going 
to the South’d. This accounts for our seeing no 
deer on Adelaide Peninsula on our way back.179 

August, 1855—THLEW YCHO—Up—41 

Thur. 16th. This has been a day among the 
Rapids. The canoes received much damage in 
Escape Rapid; Mr. Stewart’s canoe was broken 
and mine completely ungummed. Encamped at 
6%4 p.m. about 6 miles above Escape Rapid. Mr. 
Stewart’s canoe only arrived at 7% p.m. We lost 
also about 34 of an hour at breakfast in gumming 
her. A decharge was made at one strong place 
in Escape Rapid. Took up our cache in good 
order. Wind fresh ahead from the N.W.; showery. 
Yesterday we saw a few sand flies, but today 
they were in clouds. Neither Musk Oxen nor 
deer were seen. The geese now fly, so that we 
get no fresh provisions. 3 wolverines, a few 
ermines and several young foxes!8° seen. Last night 
the Aurora was seen for the first time faint in 
the south, as well as the Great Bear, etc. Venus 
we saw some days since. 

Friday, 17th. Left at the usual hour. Rained 
at intervals last night and throughout the day. 
Mr. Stewart’s canoe again broken badly in still 
water; it was repaired at breakfast time. The 
River below Sinclair’s Falls very shallow; a port- 
age was of course made there and the canoes 
gummed hastily. The remainder of the Rapids 
were passed to Lake McDougall safely. We 
encamped late at the head of the Rapid. A doe 
R. Deer!81 was seen today. I shot 3 W. grouse 
182 (young ones); they are now 2% orown. 


179. See footnote 175. : 

180. Wolverine, Gulo luseus; Weasel, probably 
Mustela arctica Fox, probably Alopex lagopus. 
(R.M.A.) 

181. Rangifer arcticus; (R.M.A.) 

182. Willow Ptarmigan, 


Lagopuslagopus (P.A.T.) 


[VoL. LV 


August, 1855—THLEW YCHO—Up—62 

Sat. 18th. It was blowing such a gale from 
N.E. this morning that it was impossible to 
leave before 10 am. It had then moderated a 
little, and, though still blowing fresh with a 
heavy sea, we managed to reach the first rapid 
in the river (say 10 miles from Rock Rapid) 
falling into McDougall’s Lake. We then hoisted 
sail and had a fine run for a couple of hours. 
We got up several small rapids and encamped 
at 74% p.m., considerably above our encampment 
of the 24th ultimo. The river is now rather 
shoal, having fallen 10 or 12 feet. Not an animal 
of any kind was seen. Weather showery. 


Sund. 19th. Mounted all the Rapids to L. 
Garry without accident and encamped at the 
Narrows at our encampment of the 22nd ultimo. 
The first part of the day was clear and calm 
which enabled us to dry our clothes, only to 
be again wetted in the evening by heavy rain. 
Wind variable. We carried sail about 2 hours as 
far as the 2nd sand hill from nearly the first one. 
At the last large Rapid coming up a decharge 
was made, it being shallow. Saw swamp berries 
183 for the first time coming up; they were % 
formed. The men chose to compliment me by 
calling the fine sand hill in the middle of the 
channel connecting L. Garry to L. McDougall, 
Anderson’s Hill. 10 deer were seen this evening. 
Took up our cache below the Rapid at the end 
of this Lake in fine order. 


August, 1855—LAKE GARRY—UP—63 

Mond. 20th. Heavy rain and strong gale last 
night from various points; it was still raining 
when we embarked at 3% am., it cleared up 
partially afterwards. At this Rapid between L. 
Garry and Pelly we saw some Esquimaux, then 
only women and children when we passed on our 
way up and they then ran away, but now the 
men were there and they came to us immediately. 
They had various articles used by us in the trade 
which they must get from the Churchill Esq. 
There were 3 women, 6 children, and 6 men (2 
old, 1 middleaged and 3 young men); 2 of them 
184 we had previously seen at McKinley’s River. 
I think there must be a river falling into the 
deep bay on the E’d of L. Pelly. We gave them 
knives, spears, dogs,!8> scissors, etc. and parted 
famous friends. They gave us some deer’s meat. 
Encamped at sunset, near the head of L. Pelly. 


183. Probably ‘‘baked-apple,’’ Rubus Chamae- 


morus, or possibly R acaulis. (A.H.P.) 

184. The H. B. Co. Archives journal (see foot- 
note 162) states that these two were young 
men. 

185. See footnote 149. 


February, 1941] 


The wind was strong ahead all day. About 25 
deer were seen today, all going to the Sou’d, 
the same is the case with the Canada geese. 


August, 1855—LAKE PELLY—UP—64 
Tuesd. 31st. It was miserable weather when 
we embarked at 3 a.m.; it was blowing fresh and 
raining. At Bullens R’r we hoisted sail and 
carried it for about half the day. We were much 
incommoded by sand banks above Bullen’s River; 
the same was the case in a minor degree when 
going down. The water in L. Garry and above 
it does not appear to have fallen so much as 
below it. Below and at McKinley’s River we 
saw the same Esquimaux as when descending. 
There were 8 tents; about 10 men were present 
and 8 women and several children. The women 
are all of very low stature, good looking; the 
young women are only tatooed after they have 
children. Saw several stone kettles made with 5 
slabs sandstone cemented together.18° These 
Esq. seem a remarkably harmless, honest and 
clean race—clothing, canoes and tents made of 
deerskins; have many of our articles of trade. 
They made us understand that they came down 
MeKinley’s River, but that it was nearly dry at 
present. The wind headed us towards the even- 
ing and the rain never ceased. We encamped a 
plece above McKinley’s River. Everything we 
have is now soaked with rain. We have found 

plenty of willows since reaching Lake Garry. 

August, 1855—THLEW YCHO—UP—65 
Wed. 22nd. Left early. These Esquimaux 
came to see us start and accompanied us a short 
distanee. Alders!8* are seen at the Hawk Rapids 
for the first time. The long line of Rapids below 
and above Hawk Rapids were safely ascended; 
it then began to rain very hard and continued 
without cessation till at last I could not endure 
seeing the men suffering so much and encamped 
at 5% p.m.; 5 hours above Hawk Rapids among 
the sand banks. Mr. Stewart’s canoe cannot keep 
up with mine and retards us considerably; the 
fact is both canoes are now dreadfully leaky 
and his the worst. Some ripe berries ? Crow 
berries were picked—the leaf is red. Several 
wolves, gulls and crows!88 were below Hawks 
Rapids feasting on the drowned deer, but not a 
deer was seen either today or yesterday; several 
bands of Canada geese and grey wavies going 
to the sou’d. At the Rapids between L. Garry 


186. Most kettles were made of a tale chlorite 
schist, but a few kettles made from a 
rock resembling sandstone have been brought 
back from the west coast of Hudson Bay. 
(D.J.) 

187. Alnuscrispa. (A.E.P.) 

188. Again undoubtly ravens. (P.A.T.) 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 25 


and Pelly and below Hawk Rapids appear to be 
the only good deer passes we have seen since 
leaving the coast, tho’ there are doubtless others. 

Thurs. 23rd. . Heavy rain all night. Left at 
24% am. amidst drizzling. It cleared up at break- 
fast and enabled us to partially dry our clothing 
ete., but heavy showers soon wetted us again; the 
shone out (August, 
sun,however, shone out at intervals. (Awgust, 1855 
—THLEW YCHO—up—66). I encamped at 6% 
p.m. (to avoid a heavy storm which threatened 
us) a little below Baillie’s R’r. The wind as- 
sisted us a little today and the men paddled well, 
but our progress was much impeded by sand bars 


sun, however, at intervals. 


which rendered the channel of the river most 
tortuous. Esquimaux marks as high up as this. 
189 


Friday 24th. Ascended the cascades &e a- 
bove Baillie’s River; made 2 decharges. En- 
camped late at the sand cliffs a little below our 
encampment of the 17th ulto. For a wonder it 
did not rain till midday, and was positively warm 
when walking; it then began to rain and we had 
oceasional showers till evening. 4 deer and a 
wavy seen; numerous flights of laughing geese!9° 
going to the Sou’d. The wind helped us on after 
midday. 

August, 1855—L. BEECH Y—UP—67 

Sat. 25th. Left at 2% am., wind blowing 
fresh from the W’d with frequent showers of rain 
and hail. Mr. Stewart’s canoe again broken be- 
fore breakfast—which retarded us a little. We 
encamped at 9 p.m. at Beechy’s Lake at the head 
of the cascades. This was of course, a complete 
portage. The canoes are now distressingly heavy, 
particularly mine. No deer seen, but about 20 
Musk Oxen were grazing on the left of the river 
below the cascades; laughing geese going to the 
S’d. It appears that much rain has fallen about 
here. L. Beechy has only fallen about 6 inches. 
Took up our cache in good order, except a bag 
containing some meat which the wolves had got 
at and devoured; 2 of these beasts were seen in 
the portage. The men gave two of the sand 
cliffs to Lochart and Stewart. 


Sund. 26th. The canoes required so much 
gumming, ete. that it was 4% a.m. before we 


of Baillie River with Back 
River roughly marked the limit of Hskimo 
penetration to the west. A trade route 
from Bathhurst Inlet to the Thelon River 
crossed Back River in this vicinity. (D.J.) 
We now have enumerated (Janada Geese, 
‘laughing geese,’ ‘‘grey wavies’’ (White- 
fronted Geese), and ‘‘wavy,’’ which may 
mean the same as grey Wavy. Wavies 
are mentioned again on the 27th, after 
several mentions of laughing geese. (P.A.T.) 


189. The junction 


190. 


26° THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


left. Strong head winds accompanied by rain and 
sleet prevailed all day and retarded our progress; 
much water was shipped and our crazy canoes 
bent in with every wave. 20 or 30 Musk Oxen 
were seen’ but no deer. Encamped at dusk about 
5 miles above the Willow Islands at the head of 
L. Beechy. Froze hard at night. 


August, 1855—BEECHY’S LAKE—UP—68 

Mond. 27th. Left at 2% am. amidst rain. 
It cleared up in the middle of the day and we 
rejoiced to see the sun; towards evening the 
rain recommenced. The wind, however, was 
favorable and helped us on considerably. En- 
camped when it was nearly pitch dark at the foot 
of the Long Rapids below where we left our 
eanoe on the 15th ultimo. Mr. Stewart’s canoe 
was again badly broken and he was obliged to 
encamp below as with this exception the long 
Tine of rapids in this day’s march was ascended 
without accident. 2 young laughing geese were 
killed. Some of our best shots fired at a Musk 
Bull from the canoe, and one ball hit him ap- 
parently on the end of the spine and paralyzed 
his hind quarters; he, however, soon recovered 
and escaped. A few Musk Oxen were seen and at 
dusk 2 or 3 deer; many flocks of wavies pointing 
to the Sou’d. Froze hard tonight. 


Tuesd. 28th. Detained till 5.40 waiting for 
Mr. Stewart; this delay is most vexatious. Every- 
thing was hard frozen this morning; the tent was 
as stiff as a board. Found our first cache in good 
order and took all the Gd. Benches and Mast 
(August, 1855—THLEW YCHO—up—69) yards of 
the canoe left there for poles. The canoe was also 
broken up for firewood. Met with no breakages 
today. Encamped at dusk above the Rapid 
where Cap. Back repaired his boat and sent back 
his carpenters. A little snow fell before break- 
fast, but afterwards the day turned out beauti- 
fully fine—but very cold though the wind was 
fresh from the Sou’d which retarded us much. 
7 deer were seen but no Musk Oxen. Some flights 
of grey wavies seen. The river is lower than 
on our way down, but not so low as I had an- 
ticipated. 


Wed. 29th. Left at the usual hour. Just below 
Musk Ox Rapid a small band of deer was seen, 
one of which, a fat buck, was shot by Mustegon. 
Musk Ox Rapid was very shoal; its ascent by 
the canoes light and the carriage of the pieces 
occupied upwards of 6 hours. The canoes were 
eompletely ungummed and it took 2 hours to 


repair them. Encamped at dusk at the head of 


[VoL. LV 


Musk Ox Lake; it took 1 35/60 hours to make 
the traverse, hard paddling. The day was the 
first without rain (& beautifully clear) that we 
have had since leaving Pt. Ogle. As the men 
have behaved so well, and as we (A eache left by 
Indians 3 MBr _ meat!9?2) (August, 1855— 
THLEW YCHO—up—70) have hard work still be- 
fore them, I have promised them each £5 in ad- 
dition to their wages, and moreover that should 
their conduct be good and if they exert themselves 
on their way to R.R. and Nor. Ho.,191 that should 
they arrive before the expiration of their year’s 
term, that they shall receive their whole wages 
as for the entire year, thus changing their terms 
from the year to the trip. J. Fidler and Paulett. 
are to get £5 extra for acting as steersmen. 


Thursd. 30th. Another fine day. The men 
worked splendidly. The river from the lake 
above Musk Ox Lake is nearly dry and it was 
therefore a continuous portage interrupted only 
by a small pond and lake. We reached the little 
lake close to Sussex Lake and see L. Aylmer 
close to us. There is still a little ice on the bord- 
ers of this lake, the one we are at. Saw 3 deer. 
One of the men laid up with a sore foot. Shot. 
3 Rock Partridges.193 Numerous flocks of snow 
geese,!94 partridges ete. Aurora Borealis point, 
to the Sou’d. 


(to be continued) 


191. Red River and Norway House. 
192. ‘‘Three skins worth of meat’’ 
193. Rock Ptarmigan, Lagopus rupestris (P.A.T.) 


194. This is actually the fifth (and last) name 
by which Anderson reports geese seen by 
him. Using his own names, he found two 
species, the Canada Goose and the grey 
wavy, breeding abundantly on Back River. 
They are indentifiable as Branta canadensis, 
in the heart of the breeding range of  leu- 


copareia and Anser albifrons. Wavies men- 
tioned casually may have been Anser al- 
bifrons in some_ cases. In addition he 


mentions “laughing geese’’ which were en- 
countered near Point Pechell, Adelaide Pen- 
insula, and in migration at various places 
during the return journey, and ‘‘snow geese,” 
mentioned here and again on September 5th. 
The Snow Geese are undoubtedly Chen hyper- 
borea. The term “laughing goose’’ is usually 
considered to refer to the grinning patch, 
possessed by Chen hyperborea and by the 
Blue Goose, Chen caerulescens. In this case 
the Snow has already been mentioned, the 
Blue Goose has recently been found breeding 
at Perry River, as has also Ross’s Goose. 
Chen rossi. “Laughing Goose’ was also used 
for the White-fronted Goose by some early 
writers, e.g. Hearne. (P.A.T.) 


February, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Own 


CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUSES, 1940 


Wotrvittz, N.S—December 28, 1940; 12.00 
noon to 5.00 p.m. Partly overcast; no wind; 
ground bare; temp. 36° at start. Two observers, 
together most of the time. 65 miles by auto, 3 
on foot. Black Duck, 6; American Common 
Merganser, 4; Eastern Red-tailed Hawk, 1; Nova 
Scotia Ruffed Grouse, 2; European Gray Part- 
ridge, 12; Herring Gull, 8; Northern Downy 
Woodpecker, 2; Northern Blue Jay, 4; Eastern 
Crow, 88; Black-capped Chickadee, 18; Aca- 
dian chickadee, 1; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; 
Brown Creeper, 2; Eastern Golden-crowned King- 
let, 5; Common Starling, 14; English Sparrow, 55; 
Canadian Pine Grosbeak, 37; Eastern Savannah 
Sparrow, 1; Slate-coloured Junco, 5. Total, 19 
species, 267 individuals. The noteworthy ob- 
servation in this list is that of a Savannah Spar- 
row, which is most unusual here at this time 
of year—R. W. Turts and JoHN ERSKINE. 


MontreaL, Que—(Mount Royal, Westmount, 
Cote St. Luc, Back River, St. Lawrence River 
and South Shore from Caughnawaga to Long- 
ueuil)—December 22, 1940; 8.00 am. to 4.30 
p.m. Sky overeast, snowing heavily till 10.00 a.m., 
then clearing; 8 in. snow on ground; temp. 24° 
at start, 26° at finish. 15 observers in 7 groups 
as follows: Party I, 2 observers, 3 hours, 30 
miles by car; Party II, 4 observers, 6 hours, 
9 miles by boat and on foot; Party III, 3 ob- 
servers, 4 hours, 8 miles on foot; Party IV, 1 
observer, 3 hours, 7 miles on skis; Party V, 2 
observers, 4 hours, 6 miles on foot; Party VI, 2 
observers, 6 hours, 10 miles on skis; Party VII, 
1 observer, 3 hours, 10 miles by car and on 
foot. Total miles afoot, 16; on skis, 17; by 
boat, 8; by car, 39; total hours afield, 29. Amer- 
ican Common Golden-eye, 471; American Com- 
mon Merganser, 15; American Goshawk, 1; 
American Sparrow Hawk, 1; Iceland Gull, 1; 
Herring Gull, 12; Great Horned Owl, 1; Yellow- 
shafted Flicker, 3; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy 
Woodpecker, 14; American Crow, 2; Black- 
capped Chickadee, 7; White-breasted Nuthatch, 
12; Brown Creeper, 3; Cedar Waxwing, 5; 
Northern Shrike, 1; Common Starling, c. 1120; 
English Sparrow, c. 1106; Red-winged Blackbird, 
1; Pine Grosbeak, 33; Redpolled Linnet, 49; 
Slate-coloured Junco, 2. Total, 22 species, 2,861 
individuals. Iceland Gull identified at 50 feet 
by Wynne-Edwards; possibly a Glaucous Gull. 
Snowy Owl, Ring-necked Pheasant seen previous 


day—R. 8. anp P. C. Aszsorr, W. Brown, J. D. 
CiecHorn, J. A. Decartz, J. D. Fry, B. GoLLopr, 
C. KE. Hatt, S. McFartang, E. Muwror, D. 
Ryan, D. M. Scorr, L. M. anv E. E. Terri, 
V. C. Wynne—Epwarps (Province of Quebec 
Society for the Protection of Birds). 


Hupson, Que.— (Including Hudson Heights and 
Whitlock Bird Sanctuary)— December 22, 1940, 
9.00 a.m. to 430 p.m. Sky overcast; 12 in. snow; 
no wind; snow flurry in morning; temp. about 
22°. 10 observers in 6 parties, some on skis, 
some on foot, some in cars. Ruffed Grouse, 7; 
Hairy Woodpecker, 6; Downy Woodpecker, 25; 
Blue Jay, 61; Black-capped Chickadee, 178; 
White-breasted Nuthatch, 26; Red-breasted Nut- 
hatch, 2; Cedar Waxwing, 9; Common Starling, 
66; English Sparrow, 15; Redpolled Linnet, 105 
(largest flock, about 30); American Goldfinch, 
5; Tree Sparrow, 1; Snow Bunting, 16 (one 
solitary bird, apparently injured). Total, 14 
species, 522 individuals—-ALLEN BLENKINSHIP, 
P. B. Buckiey, Amy CrarKke, Mr. ano Mrs. E. 
D. Croti, Bruce Lancey, A. Howarp Moutian, 
DunBar MULLAN, GEorrrEy G. OMMANNEY, R. 
L. PuXiry. 


Ortawa, Ont.—December 22, 1940: 7.30 am. 
to 410 p.m. Cloudiness 100%, 10 in. crusted 
snow, calm, temp. 33° at 9.00 am., practically 
no change all day. Observers in parties as 
follows: Party I, 1 observer, 8%4 hours, 8 miles; 
Party II, 1 observer, 1% hours, 3% miles; 
Party III, 1 observer, 6 hours, 8 miles; Party 
IV, 2 observers, 5 hours, 7 miles; Party V, 1 
observer, 5% hours, 7 miles; Party VI, 1 ob- 
server, 8 hours, 10 miles; Party VII, 3 observ- 
ers, 7 hours, 9 miles. Total miles afoot, 52%; 
total hours, 42. American Golden-eye, 87; 
American Common Merganser, 9; Eastern Spar- 
row Hawk, 1; Ruffed Grouse, 4; Common 
Pheasant, 1; Herring Gull, 1; Rock Dove, 22; 
Hairy Woodpecker, 6; Downy Woodpecker, 15; 
Blue Jay, 9; American Crow, 5; Black-capped 
Chickadee, 49; White-breasted Nuthatch, 23; 
Red-breasted Nuthatch, 2; Brown Creeper, 2; 
Golden-crowned Kinglet, 1; Common Starling, 
730 ; Sparrow, 756; Redpolled Linnet, 
55; Pine Siskin, 20; American Goldfinch, 129. 
Total, 21 species, 1,927 — Ottawa 
Field-Naturalists’ Club. 


English 


individuals. 


28 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Observers: R. M. Anvmrson, F. E. Bani, R. 
F. Cuarke, R. E. DeLury, B. A. Fauvet, T. 8. 
Hennessy, C. EH. JoHnson, W. H. LANcELEy, 
Harrison F. Lewis, Hoyrs Luoyp. 


SourH Marcu, Carteton Co., ONtT.—December 
27, 1940; 8.53 a.m. to 3.40 p.m. Cloudiness 100%, 
8 in. crusted snow, occasional light westerly 
wind, temp. 32° at 9.00 a.m., maximum 35°. 
Observers together; 13 miles afoot; 6 hours, 47 
minutes. Ruffed Grouse, 1; Pileated Wood- 
pecker, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy Wood- 
pecker, 3; Blue Jay, 4; Black-capped Chickadee, 
23; White-breasted Nuthatch, 5; Red-breasted 
Nuthatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 1; Golden-crowned 
Kinglet, 2; English Sparrow, 18; Pine Grosbeak, 
2; Redpolled Linnet, 3. Total, 13 species, 60 
individuals—B. MclL. Lewis, C. R. Lewis, Har- 
RISON F. LEwIs. 


PAKENHAM, Lanark Co., Ont.—December 24, 
1940; 8.00 am. to 12.15 pm. and 1.00 p.m. to 
3.30 p.m. Fair, bright sunshine, no wind. Vis- 
ibility and hearing excellent. 10 in. snow; temp. 
8° at start, 25° at return. Observers separate; 
two working in the morning, two in the after- 
noon. 15 miles on foot. American Golden-eye, 
3; Canada Ruffed Grouse, 11; Eastern Hairy 
Woodpecker, 5; Northern Downy Woodpecker, 
3; Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, 1, Blue Jay. 
10; Black-capped Chickadee, 16; White-breastea 
Nuthatch, 8; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 1, Eastern 
Golden-crowned Kinglet, 2; Common Starling, 
11; English Sparrow, 74; Canadian Pine Gros- 
beak, 5; Common Redpoll, 3; Pine Siskin, 2; 
White-winged Crossbill, 12. Total, 16 species, 
167 individuals. Seen recently: Dec. 7, Evening 
Grosbeak, 10; Dec. 8, Snow Bunting, flock of 
45; Dec. 23, Brown Creeper, 2—ALLAN F. Ross, 
E. G. Ross, WILMER Ross. 


Toronto, Ont—December 22, 1940; 8.00 a.m. 
to 5.00 p.m. Cloudy; wind lhght, southwest to 
northwest; 4 in. old snow; temp. max. 39°, min. 
34°. 46 observers in 7 parties. Horned Grebe, 1; 
Gadwall, 1; Green-winged Teal, 1; Greater 
Scaup Duck, 1,037; American Golden-eye, 265; 
Buffle-head, 11; Old-squaw, 449; White-winged 
Scoter, 1; Ruddy Duck, 1; Hooded Merganser, 1; 
American Common Merganser, 58; Sharp- 
shinned Hawk, 1; Eastern Red-tailed Hawk. 1; 
Red-shouldered Hawk, 1; Eastern Sparrow Hawk, 
7; Ruffed Grouse, 9; Common Ring-necked 
Pheasant, 85; Great Black-backed Gull, 18; 
Herring Gull, 1,984; Ring-billed Gull, 3; Eastern 
Sereech Owl, 2; Great Horned Owl, 1; American 


{VoL. LV 


Long-eared Owl, 1; Short-eared Owl, 2; Eastern 
Belted Kingfisher, 2; Northern Flicker, 1; Red- 
headed Woodpecker, 1; Eastern Hairy Wood- 


pecker, 6; Northern Downy Woodpecker, 58; 
Blue Jay, 57; Eastern Crow, 5; Black-capped 
Chickadee, 129; White-breasted Nuthatch, 42; 


Red-breasted Nuthatch, 1; Brown Creeper, 35; 
Eastern Winter Wren, 1; American Robin, 4; 
Eastern Golden-crowned Kinglet, 18; Cedar 
Waxwing, 80; Northern Shrike, 5; Common 
Starling, 1,625; English Sparrow, 1,300; Eastern 
Red-wing, 2; Eastern Cardinal, 10; Evening 
Grosbeak, 1; Eastern Purple Finch, 17; Red- 
polled Linnet, 688; Pine Siskin, 139; American 
Goldfinch, 28; White-winged Crossbill, 30; Slate- 
coloured Junco, 27; Tree Sparrow, 239; Song 
Sparrow, 23. Total, 53 species, 8,515 individuals. 
—The Brodie Club (per R. G. Rutter, Secretary.) 

Observers: J. L. Battyum, F. Banrierp, D. 
BreacHaM, R. E. Bennett, E. M. Botssonneau, 
C. HE. Bonn, G. Britton, A. F. Coventry, J- 
Crossy, F. SS. Dineman, R. G. Dineman, W. 8. 
Dineman, I. Evuis, B. Fauts, W. W. H. Gunn, 
C. E. Hors, G. Lampert, A. Lawriz, J. Linx, J. 
Livineston, J. MacArtuur, D. MacDonatp, T. 
F,. McliwrairnH, W. Manseit, D. Minisr, W. 
Mitts, C. Motony, L. A. Prince, C. Proctor, 
R. Rircute, R. J. Rutter, J. Sarrerty, R. Saun- 
pERS, E. SHore, T. M. SHorrt, F. Smirn, L. L. 
Snyper, H. H. SoutHam, T. Swirt, 8. L. THomp- 
son, G, C. Tonrer, N. Trencuarp, R. D. Ussuer, 
J. Wauty, D. West, R. B. Woorron. 


Hamitton, Ont. (Dundas Valley west to An- 
easter, Hamilton and Harbor, Stoney Creek, 
Aldershot, Lake Medad, Burlington, Bronte) .— 
December 22, 1940; 8.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. Over- 
cast; ground soggy; harbor open; wind light, 
southwest; temp. 36° to 42°. Twenty-four 
observers working in ten parties and at four 
separate feeding stations. Total party hours 
afield, 67; total party miles afoot, 130. Com- 
mon Loon, 2; Horned Grebe, 4; Great Blue 
Heron, 4; Mallard Duck, 10; Black Duck, 273; 
Baldpate, 1; Pintail, 2; Blue-winged Teal, 1 (Ken 
Hannigan); Greater Scaup Duck, 510; Lesser 
Seaup Duck, 1; American Golden-eye, 442; 
Buffle-head, 14; Old-squaw, 5; White-winged 
Seoter, 6; Surf Scoter, 1 (G.W.N.); American 
Common Merganser, 840; Red-breasted Mer- 
ganser, 45; American Goshawk, 1; Cooper’s 
Hawk, 2; Red-tailed Hawk, 3; Marsh Hawk, 1; 
American Sparrow Hawk, 2; Ruffed Grouse, 
33; European Gray Partridge, 51; Common 
Pheasant, 166; American Coot, 1; Great Black- 
backed Gull, 98; Herring Gull, 5,100; Ring- 


February, 1941] 


billed Gull, 57; Bonaparte’s Gull, 34; American 
Sereech Owl, 2; Great Horned Owl, 4; American 
Long-eared Owl, 1; Belted Kingfisher, 2; North- 
ern Flicker, 6; Hairy Woodpecker, 14; Downy 
Woodpecker, 55; Eastern Phoebe, 1 (Bob EI- 
stone); Blue Jay, 438; American Crow, 15; 
Black-capped Chickadee, 123; White-breasted 
Nuthatch, 39; Brown Creeper, 18; American 
Robin, 1; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 15; Cedar 
Waxwing, 71; Common Starling, 1,103; English 
Sparrow, 1,331; Cowbird, 3; Cardinal, 29; Com- 
mon Purple Finch, 7; Common Redpoll, 238; 
Pine Siskin, 6; American Goldfinch, 127; Slate- 
coloured Junco, 189; Tree Sparrow, 372; Swamp 
Sparrow, 2; Song Sparrow, 43; Snow Bunting, 37. 
Total, 59 species, approximately 11,607 individ- 
uals—Don Net, and R. D. F. Bourns, F. H. 
Butcuer, JACK AND Britt Campsett, Bos EL- 
STONE, Mrs. J. G. Farmer, Ken MHANnNicAn, 
Don Hassexi, Ouiver Hewitt, H. E. Kerrie, 
Misses J. Macrer, EK. Mancoum, Jack Martin, 
Mrs. J. P. Morton, Dr. anp Mrs. G. O. Mc- 
Minuan, G. W. Nortu, Biatrr Ronatp, G. Sack- 
RIDER, Miss L. Stewart, Biry Waker, J. H. 
WILLIAMS (members Hamilton Bird Protection 
Society, Inc.) 


KUITCHENER-WATERLOO, ONT. — December 28, 
1940. Sky cloudy; raw east wind; snow very 
wet underfoot. 5 observers with some other 
individuals. Two large wooded areas each about 
3 miles from town were visited. The poorest 
census in years, birds being driven to cover by 
the weather. Ducks (flymg—not identified), 8; 
Ruffed Grouse, 2; Common Pheasant, 1; Gulls 
(sp. ?), 10; Downy Woodpecker, 2; Blue Jay, 
2; Black-capped Chickadee, 10; White-breasted 
Nuthatch, 1; Pine Siskin, 7; Slate-coloured Junco, 
4: Tree Sparrow, 2. Total, 11 species, 49 in- 
dividuals —Mary Conner (Kitchener-Waterloo 
Field-Naturalists’ Club). 


Lonpon, Ont.—December 26, 1940. Sky over- 
cast, light drizzle turnmg to heavy fog about 
11.00 a.m., making observations difficult. Temp- 
erature fairly constant throughout the day at 
about 44°. No wind; ground practically free 
of snow. Territory covered mostly. valley of 
Thames River, one or two spruce swanps and 
five private feeding stations. Twenty-eight ob- 
servers in fourteen parties, mostly out in the 
morning only. Total party hours afield—56 (all 
afoot). Total party miles—50 (all afoot). Great 
Blue Heron, 2; Black Duck, 2; American Gold- 
en-eye, 36; American Common Merganser, 42; 
Cooper’s Hawk, 1; Red-tailed Hawk, 4; Bald 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 29 


Eagle, 1; American Sparrow Hawk. 1; Ruffed 
Grouse, 1; Bob-white, 8: Common Ring-necked 
Pheasant, 23; Herring Gull, 53; Ruing-billed 
Gull, 3; Mourning Dove, 1: American Screech 
Owl, 1; Great Horned Owl, 4; Belted King- 
fisher, 8; Yellow-shafted Flicker, 1; Hairy Wood- 
pecker, 3; Downy Woodpecker, 42: Blue Jay, 47; 
American Crow, 47; Black-capped Chickadee, 157; 
White-breasted Nuthatch, 36; Brown Creeper, 
6; Winter Wren, 1; American Robin, 1; Golden- 
crowned Kinglet, 20; Cedar Waxwing, 2; Com- 
mon Starling, 40; English Sparrow, 46; Cardinal, 
48; Common Purple Finch, 1; Common Red- 
poll, 160; Pine Siskin, 157; American Gold- 
finch, 45; Slate-coloured Junco, 38; Tree Spar- 
row. 66; Song Sparrow, 3. Total, 39 species, 
1,158 individuals. Seen recently: Common 
Rough-legged Hawk; Snowy Owl; White-winged 
Crossbill; Eastern Towhee. Observers: Mnrs. 
BiceLow, R. Brown, D. Carr, D. Curistis, Dr. 
G. Cummines, Eri Davis, K. Frernerston, M. 
FerHerston, H. Gririinc, R. Hepiey, J. Hic- 
eins,.W. Jarmain, W. Lott, H. MacManon, 
C. Mapperorp, L. Marsu, E. H. McKonsz, J. C. 
MippLeton, Mrs. Morris, W. Morris, Dr. W. E. 
SaunpErs, D. Surron, P. Sutron, Mrs. TxHeopim, 
W. THompson, R. Westcorr, J. Wricut, R. 
STANDFIELD (McIlwraith Ornithological Club). 


CuatHaM, Ont. (Mitchell’s Bay, Bradley’s 
Marsh on Lake St. Clair, Jeannette’s Creek, 
Thames River Valley, south of river, from Chat- 
ham to Thamesville, Chatham to Blenheim and 
Erieau)—December 31, 1940; 815 am. to 6.00 
p.m. Sky overcast; 1 in. snow; temp. max. 32°: 
wind west in a.m., northeast in p.m. 6 observers 
in 3 parties, 2 all day, 1 in morning only. Great 
Blue Heron, 4; Mallard Duck, 2; Black Duck, 
230; American Golden-eye, 11; American Com- 
mon Merganser, 6; Cooper’s Hawk; 2; Red- 
tailed Hawk, 18; Common Rough-legged Hawk, 
8; Marsh Hawk, 1; Bob-white, 9; Common 
Pheasant, 1; American Coot, 14; Herring Gull, 
85; Ring-billed Gull, 75; Bonaparte’s Gull, 5; 
Rock Dove, 34; Mourning Dove, 1; American 
Long-eared Owl, 5; Northern Flicker, 1; Hairy 
Woodpecker, 25; Horned Lark, 2; Blue Jay, 23; 
American Crow, 860+; Black-capped Chickadee, 
9; White-breasted Nuthatch, 7; Brown Creeper, 
4; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 3; Common Starling, 
600+-; English Sparrow, 1,090+; Bronzed 
Grackle, 2; Cardinal, 34; Common Purple Finch, 
1; Common Redpoll, 2; American Goldfinch, 
41; Slate-coloured Junco, 68; Tree Sparrow, 
430+; White-throated Sparrow, 1; Swamp Spar- 


30 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. LV 
row, 2; Song Sparrow, 15; Snow Bunting, 1. Scoter, 39; Ruddy Duck, 1; Red-breasted Mer- 
Total, 41 species, 3,735+ individuals. Seen  8#nser, 2; Desert (?) Sparrow Hawk, 1; Glau- 


recently: American Robin, 1; Red-winged Black- 
bird, 25; Cowbird, 25—C. M. Anoverson, D. A. 
Arnott, C. H. Hanno, Wititam Iitiman, Gero. 
M. Srirrett, A. A. Woop (Kent Nature Club). 


Mearorp, Ont. (East half of the town of 
Meaford and the shore 2 mi. east from Meaford)— 
December 27, 1940. Very dull and mild. 10 
observers in 1 party. American Golden-eye, 3; 
Buffle-head, 1; American Common Merganser, 


4: Ruffed Grouse, 9; Herring Gull, 85; Great 


Horned Owl, 2; Blue Jay, 18; American Crow, 


1; Black-capped Chickadee, 27; White-breasted 
Nuthatch, 3; Cedar Waxwing, 420; Common 
Starling, 45; English Sparrow, 72; Cardinal, 2; 
Redpolled Linnet, 35; Tree Sparrow, 5. Total, 
16 species, 732 individuals. 1 Red-throated Loon 
found dead—L. H. BEAMER. 


Fort Witu1am—Port ArTuur, Ont. (Lower 
Kaministiquia valley and area 15 mi. west, to 
Kakabeka Falls)—December 28, 1940; 9.30 a.m. 
to 4.00 pm. Clear; 8 in. snow on ground; temp. 
22° to 28°. 8 observers in 2 parties; 60 miles by 
auto, 10 miles on foot. Ruffed Grouse, 2; Ice- 
land Gull, 1; Herring Gull, 200; Rock Dove, 8; 
Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 1; 
Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, 1; Canada Jay, 
2; Blue Jay, 4; American Crow, 6; Black-capped 
Chickadee, 11; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 6; Com- 
mon Starling, 105; English Sparrow, 23; Evening 
Grosbeak, 6; Pine Grosbeak, 20; Common Red- 
poll, 28. Total, 17 species,. 426 individuals. 
White-winged Crossbill, 12, and Hudsonian Chick- 
adee, 3, were observed on December 26 (C.E.G.) 
—Thunder Bay Field-Naturalists’ Club. 

Observers: A. E. Autin, R. Bastion, D. Becx- 
ert, C. E. Garton, K. Hutton, J. S. Lowcocx, 
B. Weston, F. P. Woopwarp. 


Crescent, B. C. (Coastline from the Peace 
Arch at the International Boundary, by White 
Rock and Ocean Park to Crescent Beach, also 
some bush and cleared land in same area)— 
December 27, 1940; 9.00 a.m. to 430 p.m. Some 
sunshine ; southwest; temp. 42° to 48°. 
4 observers together. 8 miles by car, 10 miles 
on foot. Common Loon, 9; Horned Grebe, 13; 
Western Grebe, 1; White-crested Cormorant, ile 
Northwest Coast Heron, 4; Black Brant, 100+; 
Mallard Duck, 21; American Pintail, 1; Canvas- 
back, 50; Greater Scaup Duck, 51; American 
Golden-eye, 16; Buffle-head, 26; Western Harle- 
White-winged Scoter, 56; Surf 


wind 


quin Duck, 7; 


cous-winged Gull, 53; Short-billed Gull, 300+; 
Pigeon Guillemot, 1; Short-eared Owl, 1; West- 
ern Belted Kingfisher, 2; Northwestern Crow, 
6; Oregon Chickadee, 5; Western Winter Wren, 
1; Seattle Wren, 1; Pacific Varied Thrush, 2; 
Ruby-crowned Kinglet, 1; Oregon Towhee, 4; 
Oregon Junco, 42; Lincoln’s (?) Sparrow, 2; 
Rusty Song Sparrow, 11. Total, 33 species, 831-++ 
individuals. Also found 1 dead Red-throated 
Loon and 1 dead Short-eared Owl. No shore- 
birds on account of high tides—Martin W. 
Hoipom, AtpaH W. Hoipom, Mary W. Hoipom 
Frances E. L. Hoipom. 


CourTENAY To Comox, VANcouvER IsLp., B.C. 
(river and shore line with side trips)—December 
27, 1940; 9.00 am. to 4.00 pm. Dull; calm in 
a.m., strong east wind after 1.00 p.m.; temp. 38° 
at start, 46° at return. Observers together, 8 
miles on foot. Lesser Loon, 4; Horned Grebe, 2; 
Red-throated Loon, 1; Holboell’s Grebe, 6; 
2; Western Grebe, 5; Double-crested Cormorant, 
5; Pelagic Cormorant, 1; Heron (sp. ?), 2. 
Black Brant, 4; Mallard Duck, 100+; Baldpate, 
250+; Pintail, 3; Greater Scaup Duck, 150+; 
American Golden-eye, 150+; Buffle-head, 50+; 
Harlequin Duck, 2; White-winged Scoter, 500+ ; 
Surf Scoter, 500+; American Scoter, 10; Hooded 
Merganser, 3; American Common Merganser, 
12; Redbreasted Merganser, 3; Oregon Ruffed 
Grouse, 1; Common Pheasant, 4; American 
Coot, 80+; Killdeer Plover, 80+; Red-backed 
Sandpiper, 40 (est.); Glaucous-winged Gull, 
450+; Thayer’s Gull, 2; Short-billed Gull, 750+ ; 
Flicker (sp.?), 10; Pileated Woodpecker, 1; 
Steller’s Jay, 4; Raven, 3; Western Crow (identi- 
fied by note), 1; Northwestern Crow, 150+; 
Winter Wren, 12; Seattle Wren, 3; American 
Robin, 1; Varied Thrush, 1; English Sparrow, 
15; Meadowlark (sp. 7%), 2; Brewer’s Black- 
bird, 150 (est.); Pine Siskin, 125 (est.); Red 
Crossbill, 18; Oregon Towhee, 3; Oregon Junco. 
15; Rusty Song Sparrow, 21. Total, 47 species 
(Crow represented by 2 subspecies), 3,705+ in- 
dividuals, 2 species introduced. Winter so far 
very mild; heavy rains recently; partially flooded 
fields provide excellent feeding grounds for Gulls 
(especially Short-billed) and Kalldeers—the last- 
named present in record numbers for this dis- 
trict at this season. Absence of Chickadees 
noticeable, but in accord with general evidence of 
their scarcity—A. R. Davwson, B. Hucues, 
HEED PEARSE. 


- Affiliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SprEcHLy, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C. W.Lowe, G.SHIRLBYBrooxs, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELyYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
Kosrr, A. H. SHortt, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H J. Peck, General Secretary: Miss M. F PRATT; 


Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. Soper R. SuTTON 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 

Botany C. W. Lowg, M.Sc. R. Bappow. 
Botanical M.G. DupLey, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L.S. KLINK, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRoF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS; President: C. F. CoNNoR, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCR, M.S., Honorary Secretary: Mr. 
F. W. Faruey, First Assistant Secretary: MisS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MorGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: MR. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. CuarRk, Mr. F.W. FARLEY, Mr. K. RaAcsy, Mr. P.L. Tait, 
Dr. E. N. Drizr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIB; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. Wuuutams, PxH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘Not Filled’? Photography: 
Mr. Pariir Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRoF. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWOOD, W. B. Woops. 


_All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 
SOCIETY 


President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAmM- 
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BAsTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents; Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH, 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF. 
V. C. WYNNE-Epwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. TERRILL, Miss RUTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MOUSLEY;: 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. F 
Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BouLTER, J. 
A. Drecanrin, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Miss 
GLApYs HIBBARD, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. JupDAH, Miss 
Louise Murpryy, Miss M.S. Nicotson, G. G OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAuD SEATH, Mrs L. McI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MuszeuM BirD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron. Honoraire: Masjorn GENERAL 
Str EuGENE Fiset, Kp., C,M.G., D.S.0., M.D., Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, Jer vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICH, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
TrSSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: Dr. D.-A. Drery; Chef de la section 
‘de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKBEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DuUMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon. H. 
C. Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: T. F. 
McILWRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss GRACE ANDERSON, 
~92 Madison Ave.; Membership Secretary: Miss EDNA 
BOISSONNEAU, 100 Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: 
Miss Grace MALKIN; Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, 
Dr. F. P. Ips, F. C. Hurst; Council—W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
W. J. Baxter, G. S. BBLL, RUPERT DAvVIDS, MISS WINNIFRED 
Cnutse, BROTHER DENIS, DR. NORMA FoRD, MIss FREYA 
Haun, Pau Haun, H. M. Hauurpay, Miss Mary KiIrRKWOOD, 
L. T. Owens, Mrs. L. E. JaquitH, Dr. L. EB JaquitH, 
Dr. T. M.C. TAYLoR, STUART THOMPSON, Miss MARION 
WILDER, SPRAGUH TROYER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
apring, and and occasionally during other seasons. 


THE TORONTO 


Ce 
Saassasninaasnansonndiacunaiaaasasransannamsneamamnsunseessenanmenpssanipame annem ssmnnnaaainaanneana-Uaatianaennnaaausemnsae nee LL Se net 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make tt one of the lead- 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


——————— 


For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


PRICE $3.00. =- 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 
FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940. 
PUBLICATIONS Name pee eens ie relat 
1879-1938 Address aE ae eee Ne ee 
City, Prov. or State SaaS 
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF 
ES RON SR Na UP PR ES ETE aaa 0 Dollars 
BEQUEST 
Date Signature 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either: scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


circumstances should be stated. Any familiar 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


25 50 100 200 800 
L pagel...) Waseieae $2 $2.25) $2.60) $2.75) $8.00 
lel Rig A nptat Poser? Sona 3 3.25} 3.75) 4.00) 4.26 
b Heep ee Chee ERNE OE 3 3.75} 4.00! 4.25) 4.60 & 
ADORED LA ae Oa esrtecnetey 3 3.75) 4.00} 4.25) 4.50 
Beer ite Sin A Le 4 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 5.60 
(Je nea bee ones ee 2 Soa tah Peete 4 4.75) 6.00} 6.25) 5.50 
i A eS Si ae eee 6. 6.25} 6.50} 6.75) 7.00 
TR arg Atta Siecabr ble ey 6. 6.25 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 
Qe an Re A Aston alla 1. 8.00} 8.75’ 10.25) 11.75 ¢ 
VR Aas Ses ae eee ar Me 8.00} 8.765) 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 8 8.00} 8.00] 4.00} 6.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 


Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 


Editor. : 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


Es sO 


VOL. LV, No. 3 MARCH, 1941 


LAS 


ee a 
SSeS eee = a 


‘MAR 31 1948 


Lis KARL- 


Loh Resta heath. ie: 
: oui: \! 6 
\ 


a! 
tye 


" 
sue, 
ee 


‘ 
aa Rn ae 
\R 
aay 
4 i 


Las 
ye 


| 
PUK hea ths 


ISSUED MARCH 27th, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 
Fe 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


- 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 
1st Vice-President: DouGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM © 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 

582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. BROWN, 
C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRy, H.Grou, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
Hammonp, C. C. HermBurcer, C. E. JoHNson, W. H. Lancetey, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. — 
LEwis, Hoyes Luioyp, A. E. Porsiup, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
Ma.cotm M. THompson, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. a 
Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BROWN, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


- — + ‘ “ 


Associate Editors: 


Dec INNEISS oot ee te ae Anthropology CEyDE LAPATCHe 435) eae Herpetology 
ADAMS oe ee fo eae Gal as eterna Botany “COR. (Mi ANDERSON 90:0 oke nae Mammalogy 
MtaRocoun. 6 ee ‘Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology q 
ARTHUR GIBSON................. Entomology BP: A. DAVERNERS 2 3 oe eee Ornithology — 
MO AUCOCK rh hie es asters lector Geology AW As OBI G22 hs eae Palzontology 
J: Re DYMOND 2 a ete on eae Ichthyology ) 


Preliminary Descriptions of Some New Triassic Pelecypods from the Peace River Foothills, 
B.C. 


: By oH Mie bearing es sere Ooi Laie a eae yer ee iene err te eee ee BEG 
On Some Birds from Grand Manan, New Brunswick. By James Bond................. 34 
The Mussels (Unionidae) of the Moira River in Hastings County, Ontario. By Rev. H. 5. - 
2 PRET LOM | ho ays acs seep Co to ee eae ade Bee i Le eee Spas? 35 
® Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Journal of 1855 (concluded) ................. i Bey 
~ Book Reviews :— 
Pastis Kastand. Wests West. (By (Dai isn hoes ee ei ee ee 45am 
Charmants Voisins. By C.H.D.C............ SNS SS git arts ath Oye ANG He eee Siri yt CEES 45 


Notes and Observations :— : ar é 
Myotis subulatus leibii and other Bats Hibernating in Ontario and Quebec. By Harol 


Bo Eth cock. es Esc ee on ido sea Nee a ay 46 
Banded Starling Record for Tyvan, Saskatchewan. By John H. Lazelle........... 46 
The Olive-sited Flycatcher Nesting in the Toronto Region. By O. E. Devitt...... : 460% 


i The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since 

#1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two 
= volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1836-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been #: — 
#2 continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued i: 
#: monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the i: — 
#! results of original research in all departments of Natural History. =e 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


eee cecSOmeeUenGucuseuenSCeSseeeacsn seme ceSSSDeSCRSCOnn eG nRSSKODRSORSEDHRGSE SSS TR ST STORAGE RSC KS EGOS SSSR ESS C CRE R ASKER RGA TS SOR RASS TERS SOS ENG RSS R KORE SEEKS RACK HERES DGGE ARES ERs 
se eiiiineccccoccccGrstseesccccegGeaeaeeenesceseeseSensCecerGtGGSMeGGecrsGeeecCReSaSRRSuCaceercogoucorenSenCceseesueeUGeSGececeeeGsenuSSeSOSSeeaesceceeiuCuSeeneSacscussceuneuasennacasaney 
eeeeeeeocircaecacessecccsceUScCussGeceeSCccseS@SeSsSGSGSCCCGUCCCUUPHGUSSUMSCCGHSUSSESSTSSTENSURSCEDSSRR SOSH TR RSTSTSESSSESSSCRSGUSUSEGESCRSSUSEENGRSERCSUESUSERSESEESSSGHASESSUSERUSERSSHY 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Nturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader — 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among _ 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 


Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 


WILMOT LLOYD, 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 3 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA ~ 


F hatred i A 
ws Nheratl 


au sl 
ae eras 


Caen tit 
2 ioe 


OTOL Cie 
hye kt pelea! Gt 
Nie erties aeth 


Yeu, 
Af 
ih 


Oi, LY ee Ns 


OTTAWA, CANADA, MARCH, 


1941 Zoology 


PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW TRIASSI 


—HtAR-31 


FROM THE PEACE RIVER FOOTHILLS, B.C.* 
By F. H. McLEARN 


EN NEW species and varieties of pel- 
ecypods, some very close to European 
species, are described in the follow- 
ing pages. The generic assignment 
of some is difficult and some generic revision 
may be required later. All of the new forms, 
however, merit description on account of their 
stratigraphic value. 

The type specimens are in the collections of 
the Geological Survey at Ottawa. 


Pteria? laksel n. sp. 
Plate I, figure 3 


The left value of the holotype is moderately 
convex and oblique in outline. The posterior 
ear is fairly large and has a concave, posterior 
margin. The anterior ear of the holotype is 
not well preserved, but in another specimen it 
is small and only slightly differentiated from 
the remainder of the shell. The surface has 
low folds and varices of growth. A much larger 
specimen than the holotype has a similar out- 
line and a large posterior ear with a concave, 
posterior margin. Compared with the left valve 
of Avicula ? difficiis Bittner, our species is not 
so convex, the posterior ear is larger and the 
anterior ear is not so well defined. 

This species has been previously 
Pteria ? cf. difficilis Bittner. 


listed as 


Name. Laksel, the Raven phatry of the Sek- 
ani tribe. 
Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8763, is from 


near the base of the Halobia zone on McLay 
spur. 
Aviculomyalina ? williamsi n. sp. 
Plate I, figures 10 to 12 
The outline of this somewhat convex species 
is higher than long, somewhat oblique and some- 


* Published with the permission of the Director 
of Mines and Geology branch, Department of Mines 
and Resources, Ottawa. 


what extended 


The surface 
is flattened in the postero-dorsal part of the 
shell, forming there a poorly delimited “wing” 
which is somewhat mucronate and emarginate 
posteriorly, particularly in half grown specimens. 
The surface is covered with concentric ridges 
which in well preserved specimens are elevated 


postero-ventrally. 


in a wavy or curved ornament. The broad, shal- 
low furrows between the ridges bear fine, curved 
or wavy, concentric costae. There is probably 
some variation in this surface ornament, but its 
extent cannot be measured until more well pre- 
served specimens are obtained. 
narrow ridge of variable length 
dorsal border, on the posterior “wing. 


There is a 
close to the 
” 

This species has been listed as Aviculomyalina 
ef. lata Assmann in a previous publication. 


It is larger than Aviculomyolina lata Assmann, 
is more mucronate posteriorly and has a more 
elaborate surface ornament. The generic posi- 
tion is uncertain, as the hinge and ligament 
are not preserved. It is placed provisionally 
in Aviculomyalina, because of its resemblance to 
A. lata. 


Name. In honour of Dr. M. Y. Willams. 

Types. The holotype, cat. no. 8764 and the 
paratype, cat. no. 8769, are from the poyana 
zone on Pardonet hill; the paratype, cat. no. 
8774, is from talus of the same zone on Par- 


donet hill. 


Myophoria (Elegantina) grahami n. sp. 


Plate I, figure 9 
This small, moderately convex species is much 
longer than high, has an area of moderate width 


and a high, narrow, nearly straight keel. An- 
terior to the keel the surface is ornamented 
with concentric, even, fine costae, crossed in 


front o fthe keel by three, long, radial costae 
and two, much shorter and finer costae. The 
ornament of the area is not so distinct, but it 


32 Tue CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


has, at least, closely spaced, fine costae, parallel 
to the growth The dentition is not 
known. 

Trigonia margaritifera Boehm has a_ shorter 
outline, a more curved keel and fewer radial 
costae, anterior to the keel. Myophoria hesling- 
tonensis Trechmann has a shorter and_ higher 
outline and more radial costae, which begin 
at a greater distance from the keel than in the 
Peace River species. 

Name. The species name is in honour of the 
late Doctor Roy Graham. 


lines. 


Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8776, is from 
the Halobia zone in Lima gully, Pardonet 
hill. 


Pecten chiwanae n. sp. 
Plate I, figure 7 

The holotype, a left valve, is moderately con- 
vex and higher than long. The surface is orna- 
mented with about twelve, radial, rather angular 
ribs, separated by wide, shallow furrows. There 
is an additional, very fine, divaricate ornament, 
forming in part, by intersection, an interlaced 
pattern, particularly well developed on _ the 
antero-central part of the body of the shell; 
this ornament becomes indistinct in the umbonal] 
region. The ears have only a very fine con- 
centric ornament. 

The ornament in shells like Pecten (Indopec- 
ten) clignetti Boehm, has a zigzag, not an in- 
terlaced-divaricate, pattern. 

Name. Chiwan, an Indian proper name. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8786, is from 
the Mahaffy Cliffs fauna on Mahaffy cliffs. 


Pecten sasuchan n. sp. 
Plate I, figure 6 


The holotype, a right valve, is higher than 
long, fairly convex and is ornamented with low, 
but fairly wide, rounded folds, hardly noticeable 
on the dorsal part of the shell, but well de- 
fined ventrally. In addition, there is a very 
fine, divaricate and mesh-like ornament, as in 
Pecten chiwanae n. sp. on the central part of the 
shell and a Camptonectes-like pattern on the 
anterior and posterior borders. The ears appear 
to have only fine, concentric ornament. This 
species has lower, wider and more rounded ribs 
than Pecten chiwanae. 

Name. Sasuchan, a band of Sekani Indians. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8787, is from 
the poyana zone on Pardonet hill. 


Lima (Limatula) childerhosei, n. sp. 
Plate I, figure 8 


(VoL. LV 


The valves are approximately equal, nearly 


bilaterally symmetrical, somewhat compressed 
and much higher than long. The surface is 
ornamented with radial, rather angular and 


somewhat rugose, strong ribs, which are finer 
on the margins than on the middle of the shell 
and very fine on the ears. The outline is more 
symmetrical and the ribs somewhat more numer- 
ous and less curved than in Limea ? protet 
Munster. 

Name. In honour of A. J. Childerhose. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8788, is from 
talus of the poyana zone on Pardonet hill. 


Myoconcha curioni var. montipetraea n. var- 


Plate I, figure 5 
This is a fairly large, fairly convex, elongate 
species with the maximum height in the posterior 
part of the shell, with no appreciable flattening 
or sulcus anterior to the evenly rounded, post- 
umbonal slope, with a slightly rounded, dorsal 
margin, a rounded, obliquely truncate, posterior 


margin and a very narrow escutcheon. The 
surface has irregular varices of growth. The 
somewhat pointed, anterior adductor scar 1s 


deeply excavated and undercut dorso-anteriorly 
into the anterior margin of the shell and in the 
left valve is bordered dorsally and anteriorly 
by a curved ridge. Dorsal to the muscle sear is 
the flat surface of the thickened interior margin. 
Near the posterior end of the hingeline of the 
left valve is a short tooth socket. The lga- 
mental groove is not well preserved in available 
specimens, but appears to extend almost one 
half of the length of the hinge line. The in- 
terior of the right valve of this variety is un- 
known. 

The outline is more narrowed anteriorly than 
in the original figures of Hauer, published in 
1857. There is considerable resemblance, how- 
ever, to specimens figured by Bittner (Waagen ?) 
in 1907 (pl. 32, figs. 6, 7); but the outline is 
apparently not so obliquely truncate posteriorly 
nor is the anterior border so abruptly rounded. 

Name. Mons, mountain; petraeus, rocky. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8790 (holo- 
plastotype, cat. no. 8790a), is from talus below 
Barren gully, Pardonet. hill. 


Myoconcha curionii var. chenekav n. var. 
Plate I, figure 4 
The shells of this variety are relatively longer 
in outline than those of Myoconcha curionu 
var. montipetraea n. var. 
The interior of the right valve is well pre- 


March, 1941] 


served in the holotype of this variety. The 
anterior adductor muscle scar is deeply excavated 
out of the thickened margin of the shell and is 
undercut on its antero-dorsal side. There is 
a sloping ridge just anterior to this scar and 
another sloping ridge, or tooth, dorsal to this 
muscle scar. The deep, ligamental groove ex- 
tends backwards for nearly half the length of 
the hingeline. The escutcheon is narrow. 

Name. Cheneka, an Indian proper name. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8794 (holo- 
plastotype, cat. no. 8794a) is from talus col- 
lected below Barren gully on Pardonet. hill and 
possibly from the poyana zone. 


Myoconcha amnipacis n. sp. 
Plate I, figures 1, 2 


The right valve is fairly convex, much longer 
than high and the maximum height is posterior 
to the middle of the shell. The postumbonal 
slope is evenly rounded and the surface in 
- front of it is somewhat flattened or even slightly 
concave. The hingeline is long, nearly straight, 
the anterior margin short, rounded and forward 
sloping, the ventral margin gently rounded to 
nearly straight and the posterior margin is 
gently rounded and slopes anteriorly. The an- 
terior adductor scar is large, somewhat pointed 
above and bounded posteriorly by a curved 
ridge. The surface is not well preserved, but 
is known to have varices of growth. 

The interior is considerably different from 
that of Myoconcha curioni Hauer and, in par- 
ticular, the anterior adductor sear 1s 
larger proportional to the size of the specimen. 
The outline is much lke that of Myoconcha 
curionii var. meriani Stoppani but is more nar- 
rowed anteriorly. 

Name. Amnis, a river; pax, peace. 

Type. The holotype, cat. no. 8795, is from 
talus of the Mahaffy Cliff fauna in Mahaffy 
cliffs and the paratype, cat. no. 8797 (paraplasto- 
type, cat. no. 8797a) is from the same fauna, 
in situ, at the same locality. 


muscle 


Palaeocardita glawkos n. sp. 
Plate I, figure 138 


This species is only moderately convex, is 
much longer than high, has the beaks near the 
anterior end, has a somewhat broadly curved 
hingeline, rounded anterior and ventral margins 
and an obliquely truncate and broadly rounded, 
posterior margin. The numerous, fine, radial 
costae are coarser on the postumbonal slope than 
on other parts of the shell. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 33 


The Alpine species, Cardita latemarensis Phil- 
lip is smaller and has fewer costae, more uni- 
form in size. 

Name. Glaukos, a sea god. 

Types. The holotype, cat. no. 8798 (holo- 
plastotype, cat. no. 8798a), is from talus, pos- 
sibly of the poyana zone, below Barren gully, on 
Pardonet hill. 


Note 


“The catalogue number of the 
Juvavites (Gonionotites) rarus McLearn, erron- 
eously recorded as 8833 in a previous publication, 
is 8830. The catalogue number 8833 pertains 
solely to the holotype of Juvavites (Dimorphites?) 
pardonetiensis McLearn. 


holotype of 


Puate I 
Figure 1. Myoconcha amnipacis n. sp. Para- 
plastotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8797a. 


Figure 2. Myoconcha amnipacis n. sp. Holotype. 
Geol. Surv. colls. cat. no. 8795. 


Figure 3. Pteria ? laksel n. sp. Holotype. Geol. 
Surv. colls., cat. no. 8763. 


Figure 4. Myoconcha curionii var. chenekai n. 
var. Holoplastotype. Geol. Surv. 
cat. no. 8794a. 


colls., 


Figure 5. Myoconcha curioni var. montipetraea 
n. var. Holoplastotype. Geol. Surv. colls., 
eat. no. 8790a. 


Figure 6. Pecten sasuchan n. sp. Holotype. 
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8787. 
Figure 7. Pecten chiwanae n. sp. Holotype. 


Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8786. 


Figure 8. 
Holotype. 


Lima (Limatula) childerhosei n. sp. 
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8788. 


Myophoria (Elegantinia) grahami n. 
Geol. Surv. colls., 


Figure 9. 
sp. Holotype. 
8776. 


cat. no. 


Figure 10. Aviculomyalina williamsi n. sp. Holo- 
type. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8764. 


Aviculomyalina williamsi n. sp. Para- 
Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8774. 


Figure 11. 
type. 


Figure 12. Aviculomyalina williamsi n. sp. Para- 


type. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8769. 
Figure 13. Palaeocardita glaukos n. sp. Holo- 
plastotype. Geol. Surv. colls., cat. no. 8798a. 


34 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


ON SOME BIRDS FROM GRAND MANAN, NEW BRUNS WICK 
By JAMES BOND 


HE FOLLOWING notes on certain land-birds 
breeding on Grand Manan will supple- 
ment Mr. Olin Pettingill’s very useful 
account, The Bird Life of the Grand 

Manan Archipelago (Proc. Nova Scotian Inst. of 

Sci. vol. 19, pt. 4, 1939). Mr. Pettingill lists (page 

311) 74 species that are definitely known to nest 

added the following 


here. To these can be 
fourteen :— 


RED-BREASTED MeERGANSER (Mergus serrator) — 
Brood seen at Jack’s Cove, Ross Island, in 1938 
by Getchell Lambert, according to Allan Moses. 

EASTERN GosHAWK (Astur atricapillus)—Nest 
with three downy young and one egg found at 
Laborie Hill by Ralph Griffin in early May, 1939. 


BroaD-wincep Hawk (Buteo platypterus)— 
(Pettingill). 

Duck Hawk (Falco peregrinus) —Nest 
four young found on the cliffs known as “Seven 
Days Work” by Ralph Griffin in 19388. 

Nicut Hawx (Chordeiles minor) —Young once 
found at Eel Lake by Allan Moses. 

CHIMNEY Swirt (Chaetura pelagica).—Nests 
found at North Head by Moses. 

RusBy-THROATED HummMiIna Birp (Archilochus 
colubris) —Nest found by George Griffin, accord- 
ing to Moses. 


with 


EASTERN Kinopirp (Tyrannus tyrannus) —Four 
or five nests found by Moses. 


Catsirp (Dumetella carolinensis) —Nest con- 
taining five eggs found at Whale Cove Swamp by 
Moses. 

NASHVILLE WARBLER (Vermivora ruficapilla).— 


Nest and eggs found by Moses at Fish Head. 


CHESTNUT-SIDED WARBLER (Dendroica pensylva- 
nica) —Nest and eggs found by George Griffin in 
a raspberry bush at North Head, according to 
Moses. 


PureLte Fincu (Carpodacus purpureus) —Nest 
and eggs found by George Griffin, according to 
Moses. 


Rep Crosspinit (Loxia curvirostra) —Twenty 
nests found by Moses one day in August, 1906, 
the same year that Mr. Tufts found so many nests 
of the species near Wolfville, Nova Scotia; but 
there were no White-winged Crossbills in the 
Grand Manan breeding colony. Mr. Moses has not 
known this bird to breed here before or since. 


CHIPPING Sparrow (Spizella passerina) —Nests 
and eggs found by Moses; this bird was fairly 
common and widespread on Grand Manan in 1989. 


To Pettingill’s list of birds that probably breed 
in the Archipelago should be added the Ruby- 
erowned Kinglet (Corthylio calendula), Wilson’s 
Warbler (Wilsonia pusilla) and the Tennessee 
Warbler (Vermivora peregrina), all of which I saw 
during my stay on Grand Manan from June 17 to 
26, 1939. I showed one Tennessee Warbler to Mr. 
Moses who collected the specimen on June 21, 
and who now has it in his collection. This species 
considered of hypothetical occurrence on 
Grand Manan by Pettingill although it was re- 
corded from the island by Herrick. Mr. Moses has 
lately seen the Tennessee Warbler on several 
occasions migration. I located 
three singing males in 1989. 

Neither Mr. Moses nor I can agree with Petting- 
ill that the Black-polled Warbler (Dendroica 
striata) can be called common on Grand Manan 
There is a thriving colony in the Ingall’s Head 
Bog and two singing males were located in Dakin’s 
Swamp, adjoining “The Thoroughfare’, during 
my visit. Not a single individual of this species 
was found anywhere west of the Northern Head— 
Southern Head road. In fact, most of the territory 
on Grand Manan is utterly unsuited for this 
species. We doubt if the Black-poll Warbler 
was ever abundant on Grand Manan, and suggest 
that the seventeen sets of eggs in the Norris 
Collection, said to have been collected here, were 
taken on one of the outlying islands, probably 
Kent Island where the bird is abundant and 
whence collections of bird’s eggs were formerly 
sold, according to Moses. Perhaps Audubon’s 
“Rastport” nest was in reality taken on White- 
head Island which he visited in 1838. I don’t 
believe a single pair of Black-polls nests on the 
coast of Maine proper at the present time, 
although an occasional individual has been found 
in Summer on some of the outer islands off the 
Maine coast, such as Monhegan and Little Duck. 

Among the more interesting birds that I found 
on Grand Manan were the Richardson’s Owl 
(Cryptoglaux funerea) and the Lincoln and Aca- 
dian Sparrows (Melospiza lincolni and Ammos- 
piza caudacuta). The Owl was heard by Mr. 
Moses and myself in the early morning of June 
23 near Watt Pond. Here was located the Lincoln 
Sparrow, but we found none in the Ingall’s Head 


was 


during spring 


March, 1941] 


bog where I saw at least two males in full song 
during the latter part of June 1933 (not in the 
Castalia Marshes as stated by Pettingill). 

Brooks has stated (Canad. Field-Nat., 47, 19383, 
page 71) in regard to Marsh Wrens that “certain- 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 35 


ly none breed” on Grand Manan. But it might 
be mentioned that I found the Short-billed Marsh 
Wren (Cistothorus stellaris) breeding commonly 
on the adjacent mainland (Washington County, 
Maine), within sight of Grand Manan. 


THE MUSSELS (Unionidae) OF THE MOIRA RIVER IN HASTINGS 
COUNTY, ONTARIO 
By REV. H. B. HERRINGTON 


OR SOME time I have observed fresh- 

water mussels in the Moira River 
drainage of Hastings County, Ontario, 
particularly with respect to their ecol- 
ogy and distribution. To the present time only 
portions of this drainage have been visited. 
Early in the course of the work it became obvious 
that this river is unique in that its naiades 
belong to two distinct and highly characteristic 
faunal groups, namely, the Atlantic and the Miss- 
issipp1 fauna. An examination of the literature 
reveals that very little exact information is 
available regarding the mussels in this zone 
of transition. In the following discussion some 
information will be presented bearing on ecology, 
distribution, relation of the faunal elements to 
glacial history, and variation among species. 


With an area of approximately 2,500 square 
miles, Hastings County is drained primarily by 
the Moira River. The Trent River flows only 
through about fifteen miles of the southwestern 
portion of this county, while in the extreme 
north there are tributaries that flow northward 
to the Ottawa River. The course of the Moira 
River itself somewhat parallels in general out- 
line that of the lower reach of the Trent River. 
Both rivers empty into the Bay of Quinte and 
are faunistically and geologically associated with 
the Trent River system. This condition will 
be shown later to have an important bearing 
on the origin of the naiad fauna. Approximate 
distances up-stream from the Bay of Quinte of 


stations in the Moira River drainage are as 
follows: 

Hilario (Kir See we ee oe SPs oe 25 miles 
Bast on IM nvomne soon i PXG) 2? 
Hast of Chapman’s Corners — Ie) 
Outlet of Big Bay of Stoco Lake 302 
Stocomlea ke temic Malesia wen ies ek Bil 
White Lake (connected by creek) _... Aa? 
SVROOUBOMENKE, IRUKCIP e a) 
BIC Kamera vero eet eae ae er AY hs aX) 9? 


Moira Lake 
Wolf Lake SO lame 
Water analyses at several stations in the Moira 
River drainage reveal a rather striking variation 
in the carbonate content of the water (table I). 
In the main stream the methyl orange alkalinity 
varied from 100 p.p.m. in Moira Lake, a river- 
lake intimately connected with the river, to 34 
p.p.m. in the river 1 mile above Stoco Lake. 
At the outlet of Big Bay in Stoco Lake itself 
the alkalinity again rose to 115 p.p.m. only to 
drop back to 54 p.p.m. at the station just below 
Flat Rock on the river. The pH at the same 
localities varied but slightly, ranging from 73 
to 7.7. The great fluctuation in the methyl 
orange alkalinity is rather unusual when com- 
pared with the more or less uniform condition 
in alkalinity that often persists throughout the 
course of other rivers under natural conditions. 
These data are presented to call attention to 
the fact that there is reason to believe that in 
the Moira River there is considerable ecological 
variation. Such fluctuations may be _ reflected 
in the unusual mixture of Atlantic and Mississippi 
species of mussels inhabiting this drainage. 


A list of the twenty-two naiad species and their 
forms collected at stations in the Moira River 
is presented in table II]. The species have been 
arranged according to a natural system of class- 
ification placed into their respective 
faunal groups. It will be seen that of the twenty- 


and are 


two species, fourteen belong to the Mississippi 
fauna, while the remaining eight are clearly At- 
lantic species. The distribution of the groups with- 
in the drainage as shown by this table is of inter- 
est. Moira Lake contains species which are more 
or less characteristic of a river-lake environment. 
The only exception is the presence of Actinonaias 
carinata which is usually not common to a lake 
environment. The _ largest species 
(thirteen) is found in the river itself where there 
is a striking mixture of Atlantic and Mississippi 


number — of 


36 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Taste I. Water ANALYSES AT STATIONS IN THE Morra RIVER DRAINAGE.* 


Station 


Moira Lake, at railway bridge, Huntington Twp. — 


Moira River, 1 mile above outlet of Stoco Lake, 


HFetuann @ere ore ad vip eye es ee Se lh 


Moira River, outlet Big Bay, confluence with creek 
lahonayererenoicol (Noy eee Ne eee 


Creek, 100 feet from junction with Moira River, outlet 


IB AB yes a a ee OS 


Moira River, outlet Big Bay. 100 feet below confluence 


Yite Oxelic, lahviayeraKortol Iho, Se 


Moira River, Below Flat Rock, 1 mile south of Thomas- 


Jovomnee, Jelwmayexeren@mecl IND. 
Won Malka, lehnummareiroin Ajo, . 


Black River, 1 mile above junction with Moira River, 


TBH vation neste PE eee een 
Skootamatta River, below Actinolite, Elzevir Twp. 


{VoL. LV 

Methyl Soap 

orange Consuming pH 
Alkalinity Power 

area i 100.0 114.0 74 
pure es 34.0 41.0 7.3 
OS. 115.0 136.0 Well 
tye 3 166.0 192.0 8.0 
sees 98.0 120.0 74 
shee 54.0 63.0 74 
be ee 106.0 120.0 7.5 
eae = 20.0 26.0 7.0 
30.0 40.0 7.0 


*Kindly made by Mr. J. E. Fasken, Provincial Analyst of the Department of Health, 


forms. Although no routine water analyses were 
made at all stations, it would be of considerable 
interest if data eventually could be assembled 
which might show a relation between the relative 
hardness of the water and the presence or absence 
of Atlantic and Mississippi species. It is known 
generally that the pearl mussel, Margaritana 
margaritifera, usually inhabits only soft waters. 
Other naiades are unquestionably far less specific 
in their carbonate requirements, but we are 
almost completely without basie information re- 
garding those which are and those which are not. 
In a stream such as the Moira River, which 
obviously occupies the border between two naiad 
faunal provinces, specific 
kind could be obtained. Chemical information 
such as is given in table I, as well as geological 
information in general, reveal that regions of 
metamorphic rock alternate throughout this drain- 
age with zones of limestone. 


information of this 


A question which 
might then be asked is: Are the various species 
restricted according to these fluctuations in alka- 
linity so that the Atlantic forms inhabit regions 
of soft water so characteristic of the Atlantic 
province, while the Mississippi species are re- 
stricted to the zones of limestone and harder 
waters? Another interesting feature shown in 
table II is that in the Bay of Quinte the naiades 
are almost exclusively Atlantic species. Lampsilis 
siliquoidea is the only exception to this situation 
and the normally wide range of szliquoidea may 
account for its ability to inhabit a region oc- 
cupied almost entirely by Atlantic forms. 


Although the ecology of an area unquestion- 
ably determines the distribution of mussels with- 
in a drainage system, the origin of the naiades 
in the Moira River was perhaps largely determined 
by events connected with the glacial history of 
the region. Bryant Walker (1913-18) had this 
fundamental concept in mind when he wrote: 


“But on examining the Unionidae of the 
Great Lakes, we find that, while the fauna 
of Lake Superior, at the western extremity 
of the system, is similar to that of the lower 
St. Lawrence and the New England States, 
there is in the center of the system, with 
Lake Erie as its metropolis, sn entirely 
different fauna, which extends eastward as 
far as the Ottawa River and Montreal, and 
westward to the Saginaw Valley, and even 
perhaps as far as Mackinae. The relations 
of this fauna are entirely with that of the 
Ohio and Mississippi Valleys.” 

This idea was later considered in more detail 
by Ortmann (1924: 113) and by van der Schalie 
(1938: 10-14). However, thus far no clear con- 
ception has been reached as to how the fourteen 
Mississippi species listed above entered the Moira 
River. Walker (1913: 45), in considering the 
invasion of the Great Lakes region by Atlantic 
naiades, stated that the influx of those species 
probably took place via either the Trent or the 
Nipissing outlet. Walker added further: 


ae athe probability is in favor of the 
Trent outlet, because that was always en- 
tirely fresh water... ” 


In addition to this suggestion concerning the 


March, 1941) 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Si 


Tasie II. Disrrisution or NaAIADES IN PortTIoNsS or THE Moira River System 


Degree of abundance is indicated by: A—abundant ; 


C—common; F—few; R—vrare. 


oo 2 
2 SoS Ee 
s Eve BR 
4 mas C5 
Mississipp1 Species Atlantic Species 3 3 g8 lal 
5 soe a 
= aes as 
Thin esc TRI el sberlin Elliptio complanatus A A A 
REL DCTOMOTLGLAL ILS) seit ane NAM A eel siti R 
SHAUL ASIN GG ONEG CIA GLTLOE Ge a et eembaa eu alveuar UREN Nieok Doe R a 
A Si er ng eg ee a Ee OIE Alasmidonta undulata 2 R 
DRLOSTIONG ONC COSEMEG mclntainacin Ane iiebue: Na alls Tue eu Une ee C y 
GHPAILOCOMLOULCS fETUSSACLANMUS) a mre salen tet DRIAL meer eal R mis 
Clg.” | fasten tte Nes Oop Anodonta cataracta 5 F 
She can et Es I Se Anodonta implicata —.. ie : R 
RAC CO CLO TUL Or iC TUCL US Vagos keke eas REO Netg )Satd 9 Aa F F 
AROCORED GRUMGHS VOouKonie) LAs Ti Ce Cc 
TNs =) SS os SESS eas re MENS SERRE \ Anadonta marginata* a 2 : 
lil: Al@cenonmanGs Capinanen eee eee R Kod 
MEIC COMCOMNCGUIS: eames linen). free A ee R 
TS A A re eI eee Tigumia nasuta — 22 == 2 ky F 
IARenigaimionne cla LOLUSStmO, is Aca Scag eecgvec eet A € 
TESS APEC OH ORGS. TRUS (ee Clee Meh SS a oe Rec ANU RL a F B53 
16, /amejasnles WOMERCOST ee € C c 
Lampsilis ventricosa canadensis. - PRUBDSNR I Veseire Neen ae pat ye ed R : EZ 
17. Lampsilis ovata ventricosa __.. 5: Ae a AE F F 
19, LOGKOOSUNS — SHMCRONGICI Ve aa en ee A A 
Ga DSIISSULUGU ONO COMTOSACEG) 2 = ates Te ee R ia 
TG cd aa ht ar Lampsilis radiata F F 
2 () Rapes emi ie iene CaN ee A ee Lampsilis borealis R 


i, LL CISTONOIO WO) (COMO RESON 


D2 SEROUS) Ml GOSWS Cte 


*Small lakes of Moira River drainage. 


route followed by the Atlantic species that 
moved west, there is reason to believe that 
Mississippi naiades may have followed the same 
course eastward. There is still considerable un- 
certainty regarding the glacial events that per- 
mitted this migration. The possibility of an 
extension of the Maumee River into and through 
Lake Ontario in a way similar to that which 
occurred in Lake Erie during later Algonquin and 
early Nipissing Lake periods is very unlikely. 
Dr. Frank Leverett has suggested that the basin 
of Lake Ontario has a depth which would make 
such an arrangement in Lake Ontario an impos- 
sibility, since that lake basin was actually below 
sea level. As a consequence, the invasion of 
the Moira River by Mississippi naiades probably 
took place by way of the Trent River valley. 
The course of this invasion will perhaps only 
be evident when more details are known about 
the distribution of mussels in Ontario and when 
more basic data are available concerning the 
glacial history of the Trent River system. 


Further up the Moira River 


The Moira River is especially suitable for the 
solution of several other problems. This area 
evidently offers excellent facilities for a study 


of the variation in Elliptio complanatus, a 
species which is among the most plastic of 
naiades. It varies tremendously in size, shape 


and color (both epidermal and nacreous). The 
following measurements given in miullimenters 
were taken from specimens at several stations: 


2 ra RUE 
Station "bo a0 = % 
o ® he) 
eck waciee 
Moira River, e. of 
Chapman’s Corners... 55.5 98.5 30.5 87.5 
Moira River, 
Cota homias blir cues een 422 5 99103:51920) OR Oro 
Wolf Lake, 
Tudor Township .......... 58.5 121.0 26.0 50.5 
Buckshot Lake, Lennox 
and Addington Co. _..... 38.5 69.0 17.0 80.4 
Crow Lake, 
(Trent River drainage) _. 32.5 63.5 14.5 74.0 


38 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Although complanatus has a wide habitat range 
there is little exact information as to whether 
such 
correlated with the 
conditions. 


variations as those given above can be 


wide diversity of habitat 


confusion exists in 


of Lampsilis in the 


Considerable taxonomic 
dealing 
Moira River drainage. 
found to vary greatly in size and shell weight, 
and there was some indication that this variation 


with the species 


Lampsilis ventricosa was 


ean be correlated with environmental changes 
within the river system. Also, there is evidence 
of intergradation in this drainage among speci- 
mens of the eastern species, L. radiata, and its 
western counterpart, L. siliquoidea. Studies of 
the biology of these groups in the Moira River 
should prove fruitful in establishing the proper 
relationship among these species. 


The naiad fauna of the Moira River consists 
of twenty-two species, 
the Mississippi fauna, while eight are Atlantic 
species. These faunal groups show distributional 
zonation. The role of ecology as influenced by 
the fluctuation of limestone and metamorphic 
rock in producing habitat differences in relaticn 
to zonation is 
excellent facilities for a study of the relaticn- 


fourteen belonging to 


not clear. This region offers 


[VoL. LV 


ship between distribution and ecological con- 
ditions. Considerable variation was noted in 
Ellptio complanatus, while Lampsilis siliquoidea 
and L. radiata showed a marked tendency towards 
intergradation. 

I would lke to acknowledge with gratitude 
my indebtedness to Dr. Henry van der Schalie 
of the University Museum, University of Mich- 
igan, and Mr. John Oughton of the Royal Ont- 
ario Museum of Zoology, for their assistance 
both in identifying specimens and in preparing 
this manuscript. 


REFERENCES 


La Rocquz, A. and J. OucHton, 1937. A Pre- 
liminary Account of the Unionidae of Ont- 
ario. Canadian Journal Research, 15: 147-55. 


OrtMANN, A. E., 1924. Distributional Features 
of the Naiades in Tributaries of Lake Erie. 
Amer. Midl. Nat., 9: 101-17. 


VAN DER SCHALIE, Henry, 1938. The Naiad Fauna 
of the Huron River, in Southeastern Mich- 
igan. Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Misc. Publ., 
40: 10-14. 


Waker, Bryant, 1913. 
the Great Lakes. Nautilus, 27: 
40-47, 56-59. 


The Unione Fauna of 
18-23, 29-34, 


CHIEF FACTOR JAMES ANDERSON’S BACK RIVER JOURNAL OF 1855 


(Concluded from page 26) 
August, 1885—LAKE AYLMER—Up—71 

Frid. 31st. Made 2 short portages and passed 
2 ponds of water and then a 8rd portage brought 
us to L. Aylmer at 6 am. The canoes were 
thoroughly gummed and we embarked at 7. We 
had to contend with a strong head wind all day, 
which retarded our progress much. The weather 
was bad also, foggy in the morning and rain 
afterwards. Several deer were seen today (per- 
haps 30) and 2 were shot by Mustegon and J. 
Fidler—a 2 year old buck and a doe. A slight 
deviation was made by entering a bay running 
to the S.E. which is not noticed in Back’s map; 
we lost by this about 1% hours. Encamped at 
dusk near the narrows leading to Clinton Golden 


195 Lake. We have now lost the willows and are 
reduced to burn heath. 
Sat. Sept. Ist. A beautiful day, most of 


which was wasted in finding our road and I am 


195. Clinton Colden; also below. 


not quite sure if we are, as I suppose, encamped 
at the straits leading to Clinton Golden Lake. 
Back’s map makes it appear that the Strait was 
bounded by the Sown shore, whereas a deep bay 
running E. and §.E. intervenes between the 
Straits and the South Shore. The map is utterly 
useless for such a lake as this. Some very small 
spruce!96 were seen at the bottom of the Bay 
before mentioned, out of which we got by a 
portage!9? to the proper Bay. Several deer were 
seen and 2 shot by E. Kippling and J. Fidler, 
the former (September, 1855—L. AYLMER—U p— 
72) a large fat buck, the latter one of 2 years. 


196. Probably white spruce, Pitcea glauca, al- 
though in the Kazan basin and _ perhaps 
elsewhere in the Keewatin District black 
spruce, Picea mariana, extends farther north 
than does the white spruce. (A.E.P.) 

197. Apparently they became lost in Aylmer 
lake and got in behind the big peninsula 
on the south shore; the portage would then 
be over the isthmus about twelve miles 
west of Thanakoie Narrows. See Lock- 
hart River Basin map, Department of In- 
terior 1928. (M.G.C.) 

xe 


March, 1941] 


Sund. 2nd. Blowing a gale from the N. and 
N.E. We were compelled to pull down the tent 
during the night to prevent it being carried away. 
The wind abated about 3 p.m.; but we did not 
leave as I had sent off Mustegon to see if this 
was the right strait. He returned late with the 
information that it Immense flocks of 
Canada geese passing all last night and today. 
The men arranged their little affairs and dried 
the contents of their bags. Mustegon killed an- 
other buck. Froze sharply. 


Mond. 3rd. Reached Clinton Golden Lake at 
breakfast (7 a.m.) Snow in the morning. Froze 
sharply. The wind was blowing a gale from the 
E.S.E. which rendered it impossible to take the 
Traverse to the first Point. 

Tuesd. 4th. Detained by the gale till 6 p.m. 
It then subsided a little and we took the Tra- 
verse; shipped much water and our ricketty can- 
oes were sadly strained. Enecamped at 11 p.m. 
at the Ist large island.198 Jgnace killed a buck. 


was. 


September, 1855—CLINTON GOLDEN LAKE 
—i73 
Wed. 5th. Started at 24% am., having just 


laid down on the beach till we could see. Fog 
till after breakfast. The whole day has been 
spent in looking for the river. Back’s small map 
is a snare and delusion. We are encamped for 
what we suppose (for the 3rd time) to be the 
straits.199 Many deer seen and some snow geese. 


Thurs. 6th. Detained by dense fog till 9 a.m. 
We then left tho’ the fog was still thick. This 
compelled us to round several extensive bays. 
We at length fell on a strait with some current 
in it encamped at dusk near the Rapids leading 
to Artillery Lake. I trust never to be guided 
by such a map?°° as I have again. Many deer 
seen, bucks—three very fat ones were killed, 2 
by J. Fiddler and 1 by Ignace. Traces of Indians 
seen. 


Frid. 7th. Ran the 2 first Rapids but lowered 
down part of the 3rd., the water being so low 
that there was a small fall. Saw very small 
pines?°lt above the 2nd Rapid, and afterwards 
they increased in size till about halfway in Art- 


198. The Big Island in Clinton Colden lake. See 
Lockhart River Basin map. (M.G.C.) 

199. Probably Caribou narrows at southeast end 
of Clinton Colden lake. See Lockhart River 
Basin map. (M.G.C.) 

200. The fog must have deceived Anderson; in 
reality Back’s map is excellent for that 
portion of the route actually seen by him. 
(M.G.C.) 

201. These are in reality small spruce which 
were still to be seen in 1924 (M.G.C.); prob- 
ably Picea glauca, pine and spruce were 
formerly used synonymously. (A.E.P.) 


THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 39 


illery Lake they became a respectable size. A 
good many deer seen about the Rapids, but not 
many in this lake; the majority of (September, 
1855—ARTILLERY LAKE—Up—74) those seen 
today, does with young. We had strong head wind 
till about 2 p.m., after which we carried sail with 
the paddle for about 144 hours and it then fell 
calm. Last night A. B.2°2 mod. every where in 
irregular patches. We encamped at dark opposite 
what I suppose to be the Island called the Rat 
Lodge. Left a notice for the boats in case we 
missed them at the Narrows below the Rapids. 
We took the West shore at the 3 first Islands 
marked in the map (4). There is a pretty deep 
Bay running to the W. and 8.W., not noticed 
in the map.203 


Sat. 8th. Blew a N.Wt. gale last night with 
rain; the waves were beating so high against the 
shore that we made a portage to a small bay, 
and after shipping much water and working our 
crazy canoes much, we succeeded in crossing to 
the Beaver Lodge;294 the wind increased with 
rain and snow, till at last we were compelled to 
encamp at 7 a.m. at a bay? on the Wt. shore, 
where we afterwards discovered Capt. Back built 
his boats. We were detained here all day. 

(Larch found in this bay) .2°6 

September, 1855—ARTILLERY LAKE—UP 

—715 


Sund. 9th. The ground was white with snow 
this morning and still blowing a heavy N. Wtr. 
with drizzling rain and snow. Took an early 
breakfast and left at 5 a.m. under double-reefed 
sails. Kept along the E. shore until we fell in 
with some Indian Lodges, and the rest of the day 
was spent in trying to find out their road to 
Fond du Lae du Ercleams.2°7 we made a move in 
the evening to the bottom of a deep narrow bay 
on the Et. shore where were 10 Indian canoes, 
several lodges or at least the poles of lodges and 
remains of deer. The Indians have left this about 
a fortnight since. We are not yet quite sure of 
our road. It is really too bad that Indians have 


202. Aurora Borealis. 


203. About twelve miles from the north end of 
Artillery lake. See Lockhart River Basin map. 
(M.G.C.) 

204. It appears that he has confused the Beaver 
Lodge and Rat Lodge; the former is on the 
east side and the latter on the west side. 


Once before in his journal, Monday, June 
25th, he refers to Rat Lodge on the east of 
Artillery Lake. (M.G.C.) 

205. Timber bay—see Lockhart River Basin map. 
(M.G.C.) 

206. Larix laricina (A.E.P.) 


207 Should be “Fond du Lac des Esclaves;’’ 
this is surely a mistake in transcription. 


40 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


not been sent to meet us. Numerous flocks of 
geese and wavies passing. 4 kinds of berries ripe.?°S 


Mond. 10th. Ground white with snow this 
morning. Many geese passing. Very early this 
morning Mushtegon and J. Fidler went to find 


the straightest road to the height of land, re- 
turned and after breakfast (8 a.m.) we began?°° 
the portages and before night had passed 8 lakes 
and made 8 portages—5 miles, all in a S.Wn. 
direction. The lake we are on is rather larger 
and the rivers connecting the lakes are more 
considerable—the last one was navigable. Men 
much fatigued. (Wood increased in size and 
quantity as we approached Slave Lake. Birch 
210 fit for axe handles to be found. Very few 
deer tracks). 

September, 1885—FROM ARTILLERY LAKE 

to S. LAKE—UP—76 


Tuesday 11th. Left early. Fell on an Indian 
track. On entering the river made 2 portages 
equal to % mile and shortly after got sight of 
Slave Lake. The river was here larger but shallow 
and interrupted by several falls and cascades. 
The pieces were carried straight to the mouth 
of the river (5 miles) and the canoes were brought 
down (light) the river partly by water and several 
bad portages. They did not succeed in reaching 
the pieces. Mr. Stewart and I crossed the river 
by wading at a rapid and found the fort; it is 
built on the old site of Fort Reliance, but on a 
smaller scale. We slept here. Mr. Lochart left 
yesterday with the 2 boats; he is not far off as 
there is a long portage to make and I sent off 
immediately to tell him to return. A whiskey 
Jack211 was seen where we breakfasted, the first 
for many weeks. 


Wed. 12th. The canoes 
After arranging matters I left at 2 p.m. with my 
canoe, Mr. Stewart remaining to meet Mr. Loe- 
hart. Carried sail to the Point, but afterwards 
had the wind strong nearly ahead. Encamped 


arrived at 10 a.m. 


These are probably ‘‘baked-apple,’’ ( Rubus 
Chamaemorus ), crowberry ( Empetrum  ni- 
grum ), bilberry (Vaccinium uliginosum ), 
and mountain cranberry or cowberry (V. 
Vitis-idea). (A.HE.P.) 


He is following Pike’s portage southwesterly 
from Artillery lake to Acres lake. Here 
they left the route of Pike’s portage, travel- 
ling west and north down the small rver 
emptying into Charlton bay, about one mile 
east of old Fort Reliance. See Fort Reliance 
four mile sheet by Department of Mines 
and Resources 1938. (M.G.C.) 


210. This would be the paper 
papyrifera. (A.E.P.) 


211. Canada Jay, 
JS M4035) 


208. 


209. 


birch, Betula 


Perisoreus canadensis. (Gz, 


fVoL. LV 


late a little beyond Hoar Frost River,2!2 A. B. 
faint. 

Thur. 18th. Left early. Met an Indian about 
7 a.m., who gave us some fat meat, we afterwards 
saw some women and children. Arrived at the 
Mountain Portage about 3 p.m.; put ashore in 
(September, 1855—Gt. Slave Lake—77) the bay 
beyond it to await the arrival of the two can- 
oes from Simpson, which were seen under sail. 
Took one of these canoes and sent off the other 
with the 2 crews at 4 p.m. to meet Messrs. Stewart 
and Lochart. Gummed and arranged the canoe 
and proceeded about 6 miles beyond the Mount- 
ain Portage at a little river.21%? Wind strong 
ahead since mid-day and shipped much water— 
these 2 canoes are the proper length, but too 
narrow and low, the gunnels also are too weak 
by far. 


Friday, 14th. Left early. Met some Indians 
going to Resolution about 7 a.m. Encamped a- 
bout sunset at the beginning of the Cut Rock 
leading to Pipe Stone Point?14 (opposite the 
mouth of the large bay). Weather rather cloudy 
with some light showers; nearly dead calm and 
consequently a splendid day for paddling. A 
great many wavies passing tonight. Aurora Bor- 
ealis superb in streamers and rays of all colours, 
very active about 11 p.m.; rays apparently des- 
cended to within 100 feet of the water. — 

September, 1855—Great Slave Lake—Up—78 


Sat. 15th. Left early. Wind ;sather strong 
ahead. Encamped at dusk among the islands 
where we dined on the 27th June. A. B. very 
active, same as yesterday. Saw a few small 
poplars?15 before encamping. 


Sund. 16th. Left at 2% am. Nearly calm. 
Men paddled very hard; smoked once and arrived 
at the last Cariboo Island at 9 a.m. Wind a 
little stronger ahead; took the Traverse straight 
to Stony Island 3%4 hours (Mushtegon never once 
missed his way through the labyrinth of islands). 
Supped at 6 and arrived at Resolution at 9 p.m.. 
men quite fresh. 


17th. Resolution. 
18th. Res’n” 
19th. Res’n. 

212. See Fort Reliance sheet, four mile, De- 
partment of Mines and Resources 1938. 
(M.G.C.) 

213. Misnamed Barnston river on Fort Reliance 
sheet. (M.G.C.) 

214. -Utsingi Point, shown on Eastern sheet 
Great Slave Lake, is Pipestone Point; the 
eut rocks run from Talthelei narrows to 
Utsingi Point east with few interruptions. 
(M.G.C.) 


215. Populus tacamahacca. (A.E.P.) 


March, 1941] 
20th. Res’n. 
21st. Res’n. Stewart and lLochart with 


one canoe arrived at 1 p.m. 

22nd. Equipped men. Remainder Expedition 
men arrived. 

September, 1855—RESOLUTION—79 
23rd. Stewart and Lochart and the two other 
boats arrived. 

Mond. 24th. Sent off 2 boats to Simpson. I 
would now start but have to pay off some Indians, 
pack up the remainder of the Exp. goods, and if 
possible await the arrival of despatches per “A” 
boat which should now be here. 

Tuesd. 25th. 

Wed. 26th. 

Th. 27th. 

Fr. 28th. Left Resolution at 10 a.m., the “A” 
boat having arrived yesterday afternoon. Boat 
very deep. Wind moderate till we came to the last 
islands to go to J. Aux Morts, when we were 
compelled to encamp. Drizzling rain. 

Sat. 29th. Wind N.E. with a very heavy swell 
which compelled us to put on shore at 1 p.m. 
at the Sulphur Springs where we were wind, or 
rather swell—bound all day. Showers of rain and 
snow at intervals all day. A. B. faint in the 
evening. Sharp frost. 


September, 1855—RESOLUTION—80—81 
Sund. 30th. Left at the first appearance. of 
dawn. Carried sail with a very light breeze and 
pulled. Supped at Pt. des Roches and reached 
Big Island about 2 a.m. of 


Mond. 31st. Arranging different affairs for Fort 
Rae ete. Left B. I. at 1 pm. Soon after hoisted 
sail to a light breeze and at the same time pulled. 
Water extremely high both in the Lake and 
River. Supped at 7 p.m. a little below Pt. de 
St. Restaux;216 then hoisted sail to a light air 
of wind; day broke when we had entered the 
small lake. Met Borogh about 5 p.m., above 
P. St. Restaux. 


Tuesd. Ist October. Wind veered ahead after 
daybreak; put ashore at the foot of the little 
lake to breakfast, when it began 
to blow a gale which compelled 
us to run into a little river?!7 on 
the left bank where we were nailed 
till the next morning. 


McKenzie 
River 


Wed. 2nd. Enecamped at Spence’s River. 


216. Pointe Saresto—see Petitot’s 
kenzie River Basin 1867-73,’ on north side of 
Mackenzie river about twenty-five miles 
below Big Island Post. (M.G.C.) 

217. Probably Bouvier river—see Map Sheet No. 
12, Mackenzie River Series, Department of 
the Interior, 1923. (M.G.C.) 


map ‘‘Mac- 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Al 


Thursd. 3rd. 
p.m. 


Reached Fort Simpson about 9 
(82) 


JAMES ANDERSON TO JAMES GREEN STEWART. 
Fort Simpson, 
30th March, 1855. 
Mr. James Green Stewart, 
Fort Resolution. 


My Dear Sir, 

The Southern Express arrived here yesterday 
at mid-day. By it I received Sir George Simp- 
son’s instructions regarding the expedition we 
have the honor of being appointed to conduct. 

2d. Sir George Simpson appears to be ap- 
prehensive that I may arrive too late at Fort 
Resolution to take the command, being prob- 
ably unaware that the southern portion of the 
Lake breaks up eight or ten days earlier than 
the northern portion. Were there the least risk 
of such an event, I should, of course, now take 
my departure, but as there is not, I shall remain 
here till the Mckenzie breaks up, and ascend 
the river with 2 canoes or a boat, in which I shall 
embark the supplies for the men, articles of Es- 
quimaux trade, ammuniticn etc. By adopting 
this plan I shall save much time, trouble and 
expense, and moreover have an opportunity of 
seeing C. F. Campbell with whom I have much 
to arrange. 

3d. You have of course already commenced 
the construction of the canoes. I trust that the 
Chipewyan model has not been followed, as their 
canoes can stand no swell. It (83) will be re- 
quisite to procure a large supply of gum and 
wattap,?!§ with bark for repairs. The gum should 
be well cleaned, cooked and blazed; the Iroquois 
will know how to do this. Some extra paddles 
should also be made, as we shall be in a country 
where wood is a rarity; the requisite Agréts will 
be brought up from here. 

4. On the arrival of the Fond du _ Lac?!9 
Hunters, six at least should be engaged for the 
purpose of hunting for the Expedition; the most 
skilful should of course be chosen, and if their 
conduct be good, they shall be most liberally 
remunerated. You will also hire King Beaulieu 
at the rate of £40 per annum while employed in 
the service, as interpreter and hunter, and to 
look after the party of Indian hunters, who I 


intend shall meet us on our way back. I con- 


218. More often called ‘“watapy;’’ rootlets of 
spruce and tamarack used for sewing birch 
bark. 

219. Fond du Lac of Great Slave Lake is meant, 
not post by that name on Lake Athabaska. 


42 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


sider this man as indispensable and he must not 
refuse. 

5. Two men must be sent immediately on the 
receipt of this to Chipewyan, who will return 
in canoe as soon as Slave River breaks up, with 
the following supplies belonging to Government, 
viz—1 keg gunpowder, 1 bag ball, 1 Bag shot, 
and also the tobacco if any be left. If Mr. Bell 
can exchange the bag of shot for a bag of ball 
it would be more serviceable for us. I need hard- 
ly add that this Am’n must not be touched on 
any account, except it may be to furnish a small 
supply to any Indians who promise to hunt for 
us. 


6. I send up a little tea for the men, and you - 


(84-85) may tell them that they shall be equip- 
ped properly with the requisite clothing ete. 

7. In addition to the above supplies belong- 
ing to Gov’t you will also request 60 pairs moc- 
casins from Chip’n, half of them topped and 
large enough to hold a sock. 

8. On the last ice ten men including two of 
the Iroquois are to be sent to Big Island to meet 
me and this will be the means of saving some 
provisions. 

9. In all your arrangements you will consult 
with Mr. Ross who can of course afford you much 
valuable information, and who, in the event of 
your absence, has permission to open this letter 
and act on its contents. 

10. I can only spare 1 keg of G. Powder from 
here with lead, so that it is absolutely necessary 
for the suecess of the Expedition that the am- 
munition at Chipewyan be brought down. I 
believe there is nothing else requiring immediate 
notice, and with best wishes, 

Believe me to be truly yours 
James Anderson (a) C.F. 
Commanding L. A. F. Ex. 
(86) 


JAMES ANDERSON TO SiR GEORGE SIMPSON 


Fort Resolution 
22 June, 1855 
Sir George Simpson, 
LaChine, C.E. 
Dear Sir, 

I beg to state for your information that the 
Expedition is now ready to take its departure 
either this evening or tomorrow morning. This 
bay, which is under the influence of Slave and 
Buffalo Rivers is quite free from ice, but the 
body of the lake is still fast. The weather lat- 
terly has been very warm, and a strong gale 
last night and today will I hope break open a 
passage for us. 


[VoL. LV 


I intend to adopt a different route from that 
followed by Sir G. Back. We shall leave Slave 
Lake about the “Mountain” and follow a chain 
of lakes with 7 portages to Artillery Lake. The 
advantages to be gained by following this route 
are, that it opens earlier than the Fond du Lac 
route and we avoid the ascent of Hoar Frost 
River, which at this season must be all but 1m- 
practicable (See note at end). 


I regret to say that the Esquimaux interpre- 
ters have not made their appearance; this is most. 
distressing as I shall not be able to accomplish 
my instructions satisfactorily. It will (87) be 
impossible for a party to winter on the coast, as 
the means at my command will not permit me 
to take down any supplies for such a purpose, 
the canoes being hardly able to convey the pro- 
visions and supplies required for the summer 
trip. 


I have directed two boats to be built and to be 
brought to the head of Fish River??° next Fall, 
besides making other arrangements for another 
season, in case they may be required. 

I have to acknowledge myself under great 
obligations to Messrs Stewart, Ross and Lochart 
for the zeal and activity they have displayed in 
forwarding the objects of the expedition. The 
men seem to be in excellent spirits, and were 
the Esquimaux interpreters here, I should have 
strong hopes of accomplishing ovr task satis- 
factorily. 

I have the honor to be, Dear Sir, 

Your Obed’t Serv’t 


James Anderson (A) C.F. 
Com’g L.A.S. Exp. 


Note.221. The above was the information I 
received from Mr. Stewart. I had not then had 
time to examine the guide hired by him, accord- 
ing to my orders, but being wind-bound at Pt. 
des Roches (88-89) I examined the man and 
found he had never been further than Clinton 
Colden Lake and that the only route he was 
acquainted with was one which struck off on the 
E. side of the Bay on which Fort Reliance is 
placed, and by means of 7 or 8 portages and 
small lakes he would fall on Artillery Lake at 
the Rat Lodge. At Fort Simpson I had ques- 
tioned a rather stupid Dog Rib Indian (Timbré) 
regarding the practicability of the Mountain 
Route which was evidently shorter and by which 


220. It is impossible to tell whether Back River 
(Great Fish River) or Thelon River (some- 
times known as Fish River) is meant here. 

221. This discussion was obviously written after 
the return of the expedition. 


March, 1941] 


Artillery and Clinton Colden Lake as well as 
the Fond du Lae of Great Slave Lake would be 
avoided, he told me it was dreadfully bad and 
gave (what I afterwards found) to be a pretty 
correct chart of the route. As I found the guide 
hired by Mr. Stewart to be worthless, I enquired 
if either of the 3 Yellow Knife Indians I had 
added to the crews were acquainted with this 
route, and found that two of them were. On 
examining them I found their statements to agree 
with those of Timbré’s and I then and there de- 
termined to follow this route, which alone caused 
the success of the Expedition that season. Had 
we followed the other route we should never 
have reached the sea. The canoes would have 
been worn out before reaching the head of the 
river, and most of our provisions would have been 
expended. 
J. A. 
(90) 


JAMES ANDERSON TO JOHN SWANSTON 


Fort Resolution, 22nd Sept. 1855 ~ 


John Swanston Esq., 
Dear Sir, 


Messrs Stewart and Lochart with the Expedi- 
tion we leave here tomorrow. 


As it will save much trouble and expense if 
the party can reach Isle a la.222 by open water. 
I have as an encouragement to the men, changed 
the terms of their engagements to the trip instead 
of the year. Thus one of those engaged at £50 
per annum will get £50 for the trip, should we 
arrive at Red River or Norway House before 
the year elapses. Alfred Laferte is however to 
be excepted from this. I have a strong sus- 
picion that he simulated sickness; he will only 
therefore get his bare wages. 


The three Iroquois should start immediately 
for Montreal, and I request that the despatches 
be entrusted to Ignace Montour; he is a sober 
man and knows the road perfectly. The des- 
patches should be so packed that he may have 
them constantly about his person. 

Of course any supplies ordered for this Ex- 
pedition are no longer required. 

I shall have the pleasure of addressing you by 
the winter Express, and have the honor to be 
etc., ete 

James Anderson (A) C.F. 
Com. L.A.S. Ex. 
(91) 


222. Isle a la Crosse. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 43 


JAMES ANDERSON TO THE Gov’R & COUNCIL OF 
THE Nr’n Dept. 
Fort Simpson 
26th March, 1856 
To the Gov. & Council 
of the Nor’n Depart’t, 
Gentlemen, 

I beg to call your attention to the misconduct 
of Chief Trader Jas. Green Stewart when con- 
veying the despatches of the Land Arctic Sear’g 
Expedition last Autumn, whereby the service has 
been exposed to the ridicule and contempt of the 
public and to the censure of H. M. Govt. 

Messrs Stewart and Lochart left Fort Resol- 
ution on the 23rd Sept. in two light canoes man- 
ned by 17 men. The Autumn was so fine, that 
they reached the Grand Rapid, L. Winnipeg, 
without any material difficulty. Mr. Stewart in- 
stead of sending on the despatches direct to Red 
River from that place under the care of Mr. 
Lochart, in one of the canoes manned by the 3 


. Iroquois and 5 other men, proceeded to Norway 


House where his wife was with both canoes. 
They arrived there on the 26th Oct. and proceed- 
ed thence in a boat to Red River, which they 
reached on the 3d Novr. Here the Express was 
again retarded till the 12th when Mr. Stewart 
left on horseback taking his wife with him. As 
snow fell shortly after his departure it was sup- 
posed that the Express would have met with 
much detention. 


Mr. Stewart ((92) had previously requested me 
to sanction his going out with his wife. I told 
him that I was not authorized to do so, and 
that even if I were, I should never sanction such 
a preposterous arrangement. My directions to C. 
F. Swanston were to forward it by the 3 Iro- 
quois, giving it in charge to Ignace Martour223 
who is a trustworthy man and well acquainted 
with the route. Had the despatches been brought 
direct from the Grand Rapid and forwarded by 
the Iroquois, I have no doubt that they would 
have reached England by the end of Novr. or 
beginning of Dec’r. This is certainly the first 
time that I ever heard of despatches of great 
public interest being retarded for the private 
ends of any one, or of an express being saddled 
with such an encumbrance as a lady. 

As it would save much expense and _ trouble 
if the expedition could reach Red River before 
the ‘closing of the navigation, as an encourage- 
ment to the men to exert themselves to the ut- 
most, I that they should get their 
wages for the whole year, even if they should 


promised 


223. Montour. 


44 THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 


arrive at R. R. two months before it elapsed. 
I however made one exception viz. Alfred La- 
ferte; this man was a decided malingerer, had 
endeavored to create disaffection amongst the 
men, and had otherwise behaved most disgrace- 
fully. I directed Mr. Swanston to give this man 
only his bare wages; in direct contravention to 
(93—94) this order Mr. Stewart gave this man 
the same terms as the others, because he said 
that he had guided the party down English River. 
I have no hesitation that this is a false pretence, 
as one of Mr. Stewart’s steersmen, Thos 
Mustegon, was a much better guide than La- 
ferté. I did not solicit the command of this 
expedition, but as I was appointed to it, I am 
determined to uphold my authority, and have 
therefore directed Mr. Swanston to charge the 
whole of Mr. & Mrs. Stewart’s expenses for their 
trip as well as the extra wages paid to Laferté to 
Mr. Stewart’s private account, until their ex- 
penses be sanctioned by Sir G. Simpson or H. 
M. Govt. 


Had Mr. Stewart conveyed the despatches rapid- 
ly to Red River and conducted himself otherwise 
with propriety it was my intention to have pas- 
sed over his conduct during our voyage to the 
Arctic Sea without any public notice. I now, 
however, beg to state that during the entire trip 
he was perfectly useless to me, and nothing more 
than a mere encumbrance, as may well be ascer- 
tained by examining any of the men belonging 
to the Expedition. 

Having now plainly brought Mr. Stewart’s con- 
duct before you, I shall leave you to deal with 
him as you think fit.224 


Viz. 


And have the honor to be, Gentlemen, 
Your obedient servant, 
James Anderson (A) C.F. 
Late Comm. L.A.S.Ex. 
(95) 


JAMES ANDERSON TO J. G. STEWART. 


Fort Simpson, 24th March, 1856 
J. G. Stewart, Esq., 
Dear Sir, 

Your short notes from Athabasca and Red 
River reached me yesterday. They afforded me 
little satisfaction and I learnt your proceedings 
from other quarters. 

I regret to say that I totally disapprove of 
your proceedings after you reached the Grand 


224. References to Stewart in books and records 
of later date would indicate that this cen- 
sure could not have interfered with his 
advancement. 


{[VoL. LV 


Rapid; it was very natural for you to proceed 
to Norway House to join your .wife, but you 
were not justified in retarding our important 
despatches for your private ends. You could 
have taken one canoe, and sent on Mr. Lochart 
and the despatches with the 3 Iroquois and 5 
other men direct to Red River; they would 
probably have reached there on the 29th October 
and the despatches could have been sent off as: 
I directed in the care of Ignace, on the 3lst, 
and would probably have reached St. Pauls with- 
out being troubled by snow. It is the first time 
that I have heard of an Express being saddled 
with such an encumbrance as a lady, or retarded 
on account of the private affairs of any one. 

You tell me that in direct opposition to my . 
orders you have given A. Laferté the same wages 
as the other men, because he guided you down 
English River; now you had a far (96) better 
guide in your canoe, namely Thos. Mustegon. 
I did not solicit the command of this expedition, 
but as I was appointed to it, I am determined 
that my authority shall be respected. I have 
directed Mr. Swanston to charge your own and 
Mrs. Stewart’s expenses as well as the extra 
wages you paid to Laferté on your own authority 
to your private account. As for the retardment. 
of the Express you will have to answer for that. 
to the higher powers. I beg to inform you that 
I have called the attention of the Council to the 
subject. 

I found your gun very shortly after you left 
and sent off Candrie with it via Buffalo River, in: 
hopes that he would have reached the river be- 
fore you arrived. I suppose that it has been 
forwarded, 

A frock coat of yours brought from the Youcom 
has been sold and the proceeds £2, placed to 
your a/c. 

In haste. 

I am your obed’y 
James Anderson (A)) 


ADDENDA & CORRIGENDA 


1. All footnotes without initials are by C. H. 
ID. (Ge 


2. p. 64, Vol. LIV, footnote 6; the year of pub- 
lication, 1937, should be added. 

3. p. 67, Vol. LIV, 2nd column, 38rd paragraph; 
after “Friday” read 15th instead of 16th. 

4. p. 87, Vol. LIV; footnote 90 should com- 


mence “Picea glauca or Picea mariana.” 


5. p. 107, Vol. LIV; footnote 95 should read 
“Cetrania nivalis.” 


March, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 45 


BOOK REVIEWS 


Hast 1s Hast anpD West 1s West. By Carlos E. 
Cummings. Bulletin of the Buffalo Society 
of Natural Sciences. Vol. 20, 1940. — 


I may be going a little far, but I am firm in 
the opinion that this is one of the most import- 
ant books on museum exhibits that has ever 
been published. But what, you may ask, has 
a review of a book about museum work to do 
with natural history? Well, in the first place, 
it was published by a famous Society of Natural 
Sciences; futhermore, most naturalists realize 
today that museums are for them what libraries 
are for workers in other fields, and that museums, 
which look after the preservation of scientific 
specimens, are an essential part of natural history 
work. I wish that I had written this book, so 
closely does it agree with what I have long said 
or felt, and tried to get others to see and feel. 
Take, for instance, the matter of museum labels, 
one of the ‘difficult’ bits in museum work. “We 
must emphasize again,’ says Dr. Cummings, 
“our general statement to the effect that, no 
matter where displayed, the average visitor con- 
siders the reading of labels a bore.’ And then 
he goes on to quote the statement of two other 
investigators who “affirm positively that, with 
the exception of ‘exit’ and ‘toilet, signs and 
labels are quite useless as far as the general 
public are concerned.” Such questions as the 
mental age of the average visitor, what the 
public gets from the exhibits, the provision of 
seats, lighting, colour, sound, demonstrations, 
guides, and a thousand (literally a thousand for 
all I know) other topics are discussed, with the 
requirements of the visitor, rather than those 
of the curator, in mind. It’s been said before, and 
it should be said again, that it is only the ex- 
ceptional specialist who should be entrusted with 
the arrangement of an exhibit of his speciality. 
If you get a palaeontologist to arrange an ex- 
hibit of fossils, he’ll get the thing so plastered 
with polysyllabic trinomials and other compli- 
cations that the layman can’t figure out what 
the deuce it’s all about anyway. This is a book 
which every museum director should read and 
then read again. As for the rest of the staff, 
they’ll read it without urging and those of them 
who know their work will be as enthusiastic as 
I am; the others will never be museum men 


anyway —D.L. 


CHARMANTS VorsIns—by Claude Mélancon, pp. 
281, 66 black and white by 
Jacques Bédard; Librairie Granger Fréres 
Limitée, Montréal, 1940. $1.00. 


Claude Mélancon is already well known to 
French-Canadians, and also to alert and well- 
posted English-Canadian naturalists, as the auth- 
or of Nos Animaux Chez Hux and Les Poissons 
de nos Eaux, systematic accounts of mammals 
and fishes, written with the interests and needs 
of the general public in view. Both have a great 
deal to commend them to English readers, and 


drawings im 


in fact there are no English books filling quite 
the same niche. 


In Charmants Voisins Mélancon turns his at- 
tention to birds, and the result is a distinguished 
contribution to Canadian bird literature. The 
systematic approach has been abandoned, and 
instead we have essays on some seventy species 
of birds, selected because they can be seen 
without and make their 
surroundings frequented by men. These essays 
are interesting and, above all, the 
author having consulted freely the great stand- 
ard works of American ornithology. There are 
one or two typographical errors, and, on page 
147. “Pee wee” is given as an alternative English 
name for the Phoebe, but there are no flaws of 
sufficient importance to the book. The 
average reader will find something familar on 
many pages, and something new on every page. 
It is thus that interest is stimulated. One ex- 
amines eagerly chapters on the Crow, and on 
birds of prey; they are full of facts and free of 


searching, homes in 


accurate, 


mar 


prejudice. 

English-speaking ornithologists will find Char- 
mants Voisins a useful source book for both pop- 
ular and formal French names for birds, and a 
number of Quebec sayings and beliefs about birds. 
Any naturalist interested in the French language 
will find in it a book by one of French Canada’s 
ablest writers, with subject matter that will su- 
stain his interest, and a flavour that is complete- 
ly Canadian. 


The illustrations, by Jacques Bédard, are a 
splendid supplement to the text. The defici- 
encies of a few may well be blamed on the lim- 
itations of the and the merits of a 
number are outstanding—C. H. D. C 


medium, 


46 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


{[VoL. LV 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


Myotis SUBULATUS LEIBII AND OTHER Bats 
HIBERNATING IN ONTARIO AND QUEBEC—The least 
brown bat, (Myotis subulatus leibir) has been 
reported but once in Canada, a summer specimen, 
from Middlesex County, Ontario, by Davis (1931). 
However, on January 17, 1941, two of this species 
were found hibernating in a cave in Tyendinaga 
Township, Hastings County, Ontario, and on 
the following day four more were discovered in 
a cave near St. Pierre de Wakefield, Gatineau 
County, Quebec. Each of these caves also con- 
tained hibernating pipistrelles (Pipistrellus sub- 
flavus obscurus), a bat heretofore unreported in 
Quebec, and of which only two winter specimens 
had been taken in Ontario by Hitchcock and 
Reynolds (1940), in Wellington County. Speci- 
mens of each of these species have been presented 
to the National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, and 
the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Tor- 
onto. 

In addition to the two species noted above, 
Myotis keenii septentrionalis was found at the 
Wakefield cave, and Myotis 1. lweifugus and 
Eptesicus f. fuscus at both caves. 


REFERENCES 


E. Davis, First Canadian record for the least 
brown bat. Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 
45, pp. 118-119, 1931. 

H. B. Hircucock and K. Reynotps, Pipistrellus 
hibernating in Ontario. Canadian  Field- 
Naturalist, vol. 54, p. 89, 1940. 

—Harow B. Hircucock. 


BanpEep STARLING Record FoR TYVAN, SASKAT- 
cHEWAN — Shortly prior to May 15, 1939, one of 
my students found a European Starling (Sturnus 
vulgaris) caught in a gopher trap which had been 
placed on a fence post to catch crows. This bird 
was wearing United States Biological Survey band 
No. 38-249936, which was placed on it at Des 
Lacs Waterfowl Refuge, Kenmare, North Dakota, 
on August 28, 1938, by Mr. Seth H. Low. It is 
believed that this is the first record of a banded 
Starling being recovered in Saskatchewan. 

No doubt as bird banders continue to mark 
these birds in large numbers, much new and in- 
teresting information will be obtained as to the 
spread of this introduced species in North America. 

Tyvan is situated in the prairie region of Sat- 
katchewan, fifty miles southeast of Regina. 

If anyone desires any further information, I 
shall be glad to furnish it if possible—Joun H. 
LAZELLE. 


Tue O.tive-sipep FiycatcHer NESTING IN THE 
Toronto Rrcion—The summer occurrence of the 
Olive-sided Flycatcher (Nuttallornis mesoleucus) 
in Ontario south of Muskoka District has been 
recorded on but few occasions. The Rev. C. J. 
Young reported finding a nest with two eggs at 
Sharbot Lake, Frontenac County, on June 6, 
1904, and a second nest with three eggs on June 
23, 1904, fifty yards from the first nest2 It 
has been reported as a frequent summer resident 
in coniferous timber in southern Victoria County 
by E. W. Calvert.2 L. L. Snyder recorded its 


_ presence in the summer of 1926 in the Holland 


River swamp, King Township, noting one in- 
dividual on July 18 and two on July 28, and 
suggested “that the species may be other than 
a migrant” in this area.? 

On June 15, 1940, this prediction came true 
when R. D. Ussher, D. Sutherland and the 
writer found a pair of these birds frequenting 
section on the north side of the 
Holland River marsh, in Simeoe County. Our 
attention was first attracted by the ‘sentinel’ 
position of one of the birds atop a tall, dead 
spruce. As we came nearer, both adults flew 
around excitedly, occasionally alighting on the 
tops of dead trees and giving voice to their 
feelings with oft repeated calls resembling the 
words ‘quip-quip. The actions of the birds 
invited further investigation which subsequently 
resulted in the writer finding the nest. It was 
barely discernible from the ground and was 
detected when one of the birds was seen to 
settle down on a branch in an attitude that in- 
dicated possible incubation. 

The nest was a rather shallow structure of 
fine twigs and rootlets fastened among the mass 
of small outer twigs on a horizontal branch of 
a tall black spruce, thirty-five feet above the 
ground. When examined, its contents consisted 
of two eggs. On returning one week later, the 
completed set of three slightly mecubated eggs 
was found. The nest and eggs, apparently the 
first to be located within the twenty-five mile 
boundary of the Toronto region, are now in the 
collection of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zo- 
ology. 


a swampy 


REFERENCES 


1. Younc, Rev. C: J., 1904.. Ottawa Nat., 18: 
139-40. 
2. CatvertT, HE. W., 1925. Can. Field-Nat.., 39:51. 
3. Snyper, L. L., 19830 Trans. Royal Can. Inst., 
7g tigi, 
—QO. BK. Devirr. 


a 


al 
‘ 
@ 
‘ 


~ 


‘ 


-Koser, A 


Affihated Societies 


“NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: DR. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 


STOKEs, Past Presidents: H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W. Lows, G.SHIRLEY BROOKS, R. A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 


L. T. S. Norris-ELYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
H. SHorttT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SImMPsoN, 
Treasurer: H J. Peck, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 


_ Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 
4H. A. Hanp. 
Section Chairman Secretary 
_ Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPER R. SuTTON 
Microscopy F 
oology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 
Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc. R. HApDpDow. 
Botanical 


M.G. DuDLEy, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 


Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 


noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KLInk, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCR, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MiSS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MORGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, Mr. 
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W. FARLEY, Mr. K. Racry, Mr. P. L. Tart, 
Dr. BE. N. Drier, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: Pror. JOHN DaAvipDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 


Geology: M. Y. Wruiams, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. R. Woorton, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RaAcey, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’’ Photography: 


Mr. Partie Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LaurRA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops. 


All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 


SOCIETY 
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 
ILTON M. LaInG; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. Bastin, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 


_ Vancouver, B.C 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 
Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street 


President: Dr. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: Wm. Lott, 320 Colborne Street. 


_ Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH- 
we W.S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF, 
C. WYNNE-EDWwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Viste Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. TERRILL, Miss RuTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 
Executive Commitiee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BouLtsr, J. 
A. DECARIB, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. H®NDERSON, Miss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JuDAH, Muss 
Louise Murpuy, Miss M.S. NIcoLson, G. G. OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss Maup SmatH, Mrs.L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the seco.d Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MussumM BIRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: MAjJoR GENERAL 
Sirk EUGENE Fiset, Kp., C,M.G., D.S.0., M.D., Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québee; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: Dr. VIGER PLAMONDON, Jer vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRICc G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trézsorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. Dery; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section 
dinformation scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTR, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, Rex 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon. H. 

Nixon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: T. F. 
Telipecn, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss GRACE ANDERSON, 
92 Madison Ave.; Membership Secretary: MiIsS EDNA 
BOISSONNEAU, 100 Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: 
Miss GRACE MALKIN; Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, 
Dr. F. P. Ipz, F. C. Hurst; Council—W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
W. J. BAxtTHR, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAvVIDS, M1ss WINNIFRED 
CuutTr, BROTHER Drnis, DR. NORMA FoRD, MIsS FREYA 
HAHN, PAUL HAEN, H. M. HALLIDAY, MisS Mary KIRKWOOD, 
L. T. Owns, Mrs. L. EB. Jaquita#, Dr. L. E. JAQUITH, 
Dr. T. M.C. TAytor, STUART THOMPSON, Miss MARION 
WILDER, SPRAGUH TROYER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons. 


Brenden Dr. R. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make it one of the lead= 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


$$ a 


For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 
cial ' Enclosed pl find i bersh n 
DUS See The OF ONC. and Subscrintion ito ehe Canaciee 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940. 
PUBLICATIONS Name. ................> Jia) ee 
1879-1938 Address 2 eee 
City, Prov..or States SL ee eee 
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF 
OE i re ee Po sulk ee NOP a ee 00 Dollars 
BEQUEST 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 
circumstances should be stated. Any familiar — 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied — 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. " 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use ‘subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 


Separates of articles as they appear on the y 


page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 


plied at the following rates which are approximate. © : 


examined under conditions permitting the recog- 


If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


25 50 100 200 | 800 


Mpage dies. vejsies cee $2.00} $2.25] $2.50) $2.75] $8.00 
Dae ne Wie che od eveueee fate 3.00) 3.25) 3.75) 4.00) 4.26 
CT Aaa eR ee ME eee oS 3.50) 3.75) 4.00} 4.25) 4.50 
Bree eee tartae tah tania dorsi 8.50) 3.75) 4.00} 4.25) 4.60 
Be eee erat 4.60} 4.75) 5.00) 5.25) 6.50 ht 
CBRNE SSS AEN SS 4.50) 4.75] 6.00) 5.25) 6.50 
Ye ORO Ste Geena 6.00) 6.25) 6.50} 6.75} 7.00 
BBs sea Eh te rae sk ne 6.00) 6.25) 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 
RL Rag inti Pe ee ees 7.60) 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75 
TO Ae eon reece 7.50) 8.00) 8.76] 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........-.. 8.00) $3.00) 8.00} 4.00) 5.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Hditor. r 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalisi to advertisers 


VOL. LV, No. 4 APRIL, 1941 


aS Te 
“s*” Joolosy "OS 


"APR 24 1944 
_ eb 


mare 


OS Pes Pea . i) 
1 Vw 
Wen ane Ve { | 
va ony vty 
: mil 3 
y A 74 iN» 
| Xx 


W 1". 
nuh 


ISSUED APRIL 21st, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


Pe 


© Notes on Bird-Life of Churchill, Manitoba. By Lawrence I. Grinnell and Ralph S. Palmer 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


jpatrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 
1st Vice-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN (2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 

582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa : 
Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowsers, A. W. A. BROWN, © 
C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLury, H.Grou, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
Hammonp, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
Lewis, Hoyes Luoyp, A. EB. Porsitup, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 
Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs. 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BRown, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


DD JENNESS s0) oe ge cnc. oe eee Anthropology CLYDE LY RATCH? {ce he eee Herpetology — 
Fe A DAMS Eee sa cree ge Botany R. M. ANDERSON... .2... 02.2.5 Mammalogy — 
Ane A ROCQUB Er sce eau cee: Conchology A. G@ -HUNTSMAN: © oc eer Marine Biology 
ARTHURIGIBSON(G hone ace Entomology P. Al. PAVERNER.“. 220 Arc aes Ornithology — 
FJ.Atcock. 45. ete Ae eee is Geology Wis, Av BEEDie so cee '.. Palzontology — 
JEReDYMONDP Rete saete sien see Ichthyology 
CONTENTS 


Range Extensions for Some Crucifers: “By Herbert Groh... 202... ~-. 22. oe os ee 
A Study of the Flora of Wellington County, Ontario (To be Continued). By John J. Stroud 
Book Reviews:— 


qudubene pence, The Narratives and Experiences of John James Audubon. By 
Br (ON Chae asta Sy oe ae NA 2 ok Sy a Ml etl ORE Tt en ak RP AMS dy oie 


: The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since : 
#: 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two #i 
# volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been # 
= continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued # 
i= monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the 
i results of original research in all departments of Natural History. 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to — 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 


Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 


WILMOT LLOYD, 
Otiawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA. 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 


VOL. LV 


SS, aS ee 


ROM June 2 to July 23, 1940, the 
writers had oceasion to visit Churchill, 
Manitoba, for the purpose of studying 
and photographing birds there. 


On our arrival many species of birds were 
already present in abundance and were in full 
song. The Churchill River still frozen 
solid, but the ice went out the fourth day of 
June. Temperatures recorded at the Radio 
Station in Churchill reached freezing point or 
colder during seven of the nights between June 
2 and 15 and, for the same period, ranged from 
a minimum of 27° Fahr. to a maximum of 
64°. The weather for the first half of June 
averaged fairer than for the latter half, when 
heavy clouds and rain occurred almost contin- 
ually for twelve out of fifteen days, the temper- 
ature ranging from 31° to 64°. During our 
stay for the first twenty-two days of July, fair 
weather prevailed mostly for all except three 
days with temperatures ranging from a minimum 
of 43° to a maximum of 77°. 


was 


The area observed consisted of the peninsula | 


at Fort Prince of Wales, on the east side of 
the mouth of Churchill River to about six miles 
southeasterly toward the Gravel Pit and bounded 
by Hudson Bay and Churchill River. Obser- 
vation also included a day’s trip made to the 
peninsula on the west side of the river, ending 
in Fort Churchill. Owing to our having to 
devote part time to life history studies, the 
territory covered was chiefly confined to a radius 
of one mile of the two cabins where we stayed, 
two miles southeast of the town on the narrow- 
gauge railway. 


So far as we are aware, there are included in 
all the birds recorded from 
the Churchill area since the extensive and ex- 
cellent account of the birds of the region by 
Taverner and Sutton appeared in 1934. A number 
of species have been added to the recorded 
list by F. L. Farley and F. M. Baumgartner 


our annotated list 


OTTAWA, CANADA, APRIL, 


1941 No. 4 


A. A. Allen 
visited Churchill in 1934. Through his courtesy 
we are able to add a few notes of his, including 
records of two birds hitherto unrecorded from 


since that paper appeared. Dr. 


that area. Added to these are a few species 
first seen by us. We are including these various 
records in order to make this report supple- 
to the Taverner and Sutton paper. 
The names of the fifteen species or subspecies 
included here, but not reported from Churchill 
by Taverner and Sutton, are preceded by an 
asterisk in the annotated list. 


Pen of the downy of ten 
species of birds, redrawn from water color por- 
traits made at Churchill by the junior author, 
are here 


mentary 


sketches young 


reproduced. All are drawn to the 
While drawings give some 
idea of relative size, general markings and char- 
acteristic postures, they give no idea of the 
beautiful salt-and-pepper pattern of such young 
birds as Least, Semipalmated and Red-backed 
Sandpipers. Nor can one see the golden color 
of a young Northern Phalarope or the sulphur 
yellow of a young Hudsonian Curlew. The 
birds were drawn from life and their ages ac- 
curately known in most cases. A minus sign 
(meaning less) or a plus and minus sign (meaning 
more or less) is placed before the stated age 
of the specimens figured when there was any 
question about this point. 


same scale. such 


The bibliography at the end of this paper 
brings together a number of Churchill 
This may be convenient for future workers. 
We have not included the many Tree Sparrow 
papers by Marguerite Heydweiller Baumgartner, 
published in various Journals, some of which deal 
at length with done in the Churchill 
area. 


items. 


work 


ANNOTATED LIST 
Pactric Loon (Gavia arctica)— A pair was 
seen in the Reservoir on our first trip there 


9 


on June 3. On June 15 a nest with two eggs 


50 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. LV 


PACIFIC LOON 


1 day old 
aS / 
a tb 
ae Zo 4) f! fy 4 
‘ mie =— CAH 1 
g Y a i 
Zoi Cas ¢ 
WEBEL “Wg Wy ii 
WAY C7, 7 
(Sp SU 1, ag, 2 
1 PO es LE 
FW y 
co 
4 KY A 
WS ay 
TINS A 


t es 
K ee Ge 110 
f ) ig ih ines 
WILLOW MWA CIR 
PTARMIGAN Sees 
12 hrs old 


ei, 
Me 


Dds 
all 
oe , 
Cia HUDSONTAN 
t ae CURLEW 
Lie 4 hrs. old 
OLD-SQUAW 


-12 hrs.old 


Inches 2 1 2 3 
Centimeters 4 2 3 4 5 CG 7 8 


April, 1941] THE CANADIAN 


SEMIPALMATED 
SANDPIPER 


12 hrs, old 


(1 
( 
are K 


“AGS 


LEAST 
SANDPIPER 


6 hrs. old 


SEMIPALMATED 
PLOVER 


6 hrs. old 


FIELD-NATURALIST 51 


ao Se CL ote, 
ALAA ENR EE 
pp us 


RED-BACKED 
SANDPIPER 


22 hrs. old 


NORTHERN 
PHALAROPE 


6 hrs. old 


STILT 
SANDPIPER 


t2 days old 


52 THE CANADIAN FIEBLD-NATURALIST 


NortHerN PuawaroPpE (Lobipes lobatus)— 
These birds were numerous when we arrived and 
all during our stay. Three nests were found 
on wet tundra. Two were located on June 17 
and the third on July 8. The four eggs of the 
last found nest hatched July 9. The male only 
was present at the hatching and he ate the shells 
as fast as the young emerged from them. 

Parasitic JAEGER (Stercorarius parasiticus) — 
This more plentiful than the next 
species. No nests were found, however. 


bird was 

LonG-TAILED JAEGER (Stercorarius longicaudus). 
—A few were seen at different times, often in 
company with Parasitic Jaegers. 

Herring Guiui (Larus argentatus)—This com- 
mon species nested inland rather than near the 
Bay in the vicinity of Churchill. Eggs removed 
from a nest on a rock in a pond were found 
to have been replaced by a second clutch on 
June 27. 

Bonaparte’s Guu (Larus philadelphia) —These 
birds were still flocking in the Townsite slough 
on June 2. However, they soon dispersed and 
sought nesting places in forested areas. A juvenal 
individual was seen at the Townsite slough on 
July 22. 

Arctic TrerN (Sterna paradisaea)—This species 
nested in large numbers in the area we covered. 
Small colonies were usually on islets in ponds, 
while numerous scattered pairs nested on dry 
tundra away from water. 

Snowy Owt (Nyctea nyctea)—None were 
seen, but pellets several months old were found 
along the pipeline leading from the Reservoir to 
town. These contained only Microtus and Dia- 
crostonyx remains. 

SHORT-EARED Ow. (Asio flammeus) —This spec- 
A nest 
was found on dry tundra a half mile northeast 
of camp on July 5. It contained four eggs and 
two young, but either an egg or chick vanished 
later in the day. Five owlets were in the nest 
on the evening of July 22 when the spot was 
visited for the last time. Lemmings (Dicrostonyz) 


ies was seen frequently from July 2 on. 


were the chief food brought to the nest. 

Fiicker (Colaptes auratus)—We saw a_ pair 
of these birds at intervals after July 14 and 
found that they had drilled a hole under the 
eaves of the Pumping Plant and were nesting 
within the building. This solved the problem 
of securing a nesting site, since, with the ex- 
ception of telephone poles, there was no sizeable 
timber in the area. 


*HASTERN PHOEBE (Sayarnis phoebe) —Farley 


{VoL LV 


(1939: 56) reported two birds at the Gravel Pit 
in late June, 1938. 

*YELLOW-BELLIED FLycatcHEeR (Hmpidonazx fla- 
viventris) —Farley (1940a: 14) reported a speci- 
men taken on July 15, 1939, five miles south of 
Churchill. 

Hornep Lark (Otocoris alpestris)—The speci- 
mens which we secured are apparently inter- 
mediate between Hoyt’s and the Northern race, 
but nearer the latter. We found many lark 
nests, the first containing five eggs, on June 4. 
One brood of young observed had a_ nestling 
period of nine to ten days. 

TREE Swattow (/ridoprocne bicolor)—A pair 
or two nested in bird houses at Churchill. 

Canapa Jay (Perisoreus canadensis) —A sooty 
immature bird was collected on the plateau above 
the Gravel Pit on June 28. 

*BLuE JAY (Cyanocitta cristata) —An adult was 
seen by Palmer on June 19 just east of the 
Reservoir. This removes the bird from the 
hypothetical list of Taverner and Sutton (1934: 
64). 

*RED-BREASTED NuTHATCH (Sitta canadensis) — 
Taverner and Sutton (p. 66) placed this bird 
in the hypothetical list on the basis of an old 
record from about fifty-five miles south of 
Churchill. Baumgartner (1936) reported seeing 
one near Lake Isabelle at Churchill on August 
4, 1934. 

Rosin’) (Turdus migratorius)—Robins were 
cominon but notably shy. On July 8, a nest 
with four eggs was found near camp in a bush, 
about four feet from the ground. Robins nested 
in June on the high rafters of a shed in town. 

GRAY-CHEEKED THrusH (Hylocichla minima) — 
A few were seen in forested places. 

AMERICAN Pipir (Anthus  spinoletta) —This 
species was seen regularly on the rocks near 
the Bay, but no evidence of nesting was found. 


*WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE (Lanius ludovicianus). 
—A bird taken on July 1, 19388, has been re- 
corded by Farley (1939: 56) as L. 1. excubit- 
orides. In 1940 a pair of shrikes of undetermined 
sub-species nested east of the Pumping Station. 
Two adults with two young were present on 
July 12. 

*STARLING (Sturnus vulgaris) —A single bird 
was seen by Palmer in town during the first 
week in June, probably June 4. The bird was 
observed both in flight and on the ground. It 
is interesting to speculate on how this bird got 
to Churchill, from which place it has not pre- 
viously been recorded. Unfortunately we did 
not collect the bird. 


April, 1941) 


*PHILADELPHIA VIREO (Vireo philade!lphicus) — 
On June 29, 1934, Dr. A. A. Allen saw and heard 
a bird of this species. ‘It was in a shrubby 
growth in a marshy area within a quarter mile 
of the Reservoir. 

Yetuow Warsier (Dendroica aestiva)—This 
species was fairly common. One was seen on 
July 7, hopping around the ruined interior of 
Fort Churchill, while a pair nested in a bush 
near one of the houses in town. 


BuacK-pott WarsBLER (Dendroica — striata) — 
This species was common in forested areas. It 
was first observed on June 9. 


NortHERN WATER-THRUSH (Se2urus novebor- 
acensis) —One was singing vigorously on June 
9 on a spruce top in a forested section. 


ENGLISH Sparrow (Passer domesticus) —We 
did not look for these birds on our arrival, but 
saw a number of them about the grain elevator, 
during the latter part of our stay. Weaver 
(1989: 97) states that these birds survive the 
winter at Churchill by inhabiting the railroad 
roundhouse and there receiving food and shelter 
from man. 


*YELLOW-HEADED BuacksirpD (Xanthocephalus 
zanthocephalus) —A male was clearly observed 
by Grinnell to rise from a marsh at the edge of 
This 
recorded from 


a pond a quarter mile north of our camp. 
species has not hitherto 
Churchill. 


*RED-WINGED BuiackpirD (Angelaius phoniceus). 
—Farley (1938: 119) reported that Wilk saw 
a male at Churchill on June 21, 1937, and two 
males on July 6 of that year. Also see Farley 
(1939: 57). We saw a bird of this species near 
the Townsite slough on June 14, 1940. 


been 


Rusty Buiacksirp (Huphagus carolinus)—This 
species was common about the ponds near the 
Reservoir. 


Hoary Reppotn (Acanthis hornemanni)—We 
found A. h. exilipes far less common, but usually 
in company with the following species. 


Common Reppottw (Acanthis linaria).1—This 
bird was quite common and nine nests were 
found. Hatchings occurred between June 12 
(which seems quite early) and July 21. 

*PINE SISKIN (Spinus pinus)—A pair of these 
birds were seen by Farley (1988: 119) on June 
16, 1937. 


1. A paper dealing with our life history work 
on this species will appear elsewhere later. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 53 


SAVANNAH Sparrow (Passerculus 
sts) —This bird was common. 


sanduachen- 


TREE Sparrow (Spizella arborea) —This species 
was abundant. On July 8, northeast of the 
Reservoir, a nest containing four young was 
found on the ground and partly protected by a 
spruce. 


*CHIPPING Sparrow (Sprzella passerina) —Far- 
ley (19402: 14) reported a singing male collected 
by Wilk, north of the Gravel Pit, on July 14, 
1939, as S. p. passerina. A specimen collected by 
Baumgartner (1936) near Lake Isabelle on July 
11, 1934, was referred to the western 
arizzonae, by Mr. James Peters. 


race, 


Harris's Sparrow (Zonotrichia querula)—A 
few were seen among the spruces. On July 9, 
the excited calls of a pair of adults attracted 
our attention to a young bird which had left 
its nest and hidden 
boughs. 


Was under dense spruce 


WHITE-CROWNED Sparrow (Zonotrichia leuco- 
phrys)—We found Z. l. leucophrys to be quite 
common. On June 14, a nest was located on 
the ground, close under a rocky ridge, near the 
Radio Station. Z. l. gambeli was also present. 
We collected specimens of both so-called races. 
The latter has a pink bill, which shows up well 
in one of our Kodachrome pictures. 


LINncoutn’s Sparrow (Melospiza lincolni) —Two 
were seen and heard singing on June 11, east of 
the Reservoir. 

*Sona Sparrow (Melospiza melodia) —Dr. A. 
A. Allen saw one on June 8, 1934, and heard one 
singing on June 22 of the same year. 


Swamp Sparrow (Melospiza georgiana) —Two 
were singing near camp on June 10. 


Laptanp Lonespur (Calcarius lapponicus) — 
This species was abundant and omnipresent on 
the tundra. We fed them in front of the camp. 
Of the four nests found, the earhest was located 
on June 17. 


SmitH’s Lonespur (Calcarius pictus) —These 
birds were less numerous than the above species. 
We found no nests. Their song was heard reg- 
ularly for a number of days after that of the 
Lapland Longspurs had become less in evidence, 


possibly suggesting a later nesting period. 


Snow. Buntina (Plectrophenax nivalis) — 
Many were present in town on June 3. 
some were seen on the rocks near the Bay, but 


Later 


we found no positive evidence of nesting. <A 
fair-sized flock was feeding on wheat near the 
elevator on July 22. 


54 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


REFERENCES 
BauMGaRTNER, F. M., 1936. New Birds for 
Churchill, Manitoba. Auk, 53: 224. 


Fariey, F. L., 1936a. The Stilt Sandpiper and its 
Nesting Grounds. Oologist, 53: 14-17. 

———1936b. Fort Churchill, Canada. 
53: 91. 

———1938. Churchill, Manitoba, and its Bird- 
Life. Can. Field-Nat., 52: 118-119. 

—_——— 1939. Further Notes on the Bird-Life of 
Churchill, Manitoba. Can. Field-Nat., 53: 
56-58. 

—_____1940a. Additions to the Avifauna of 
Churchill, Manitoba. Can. Field-Nat., 54: 14. 


Oologist, 


[VoL. LV 


———_—1940b. Birds Observed at Churchill Mani- 
toba, Spring and Summer, 1938. Can. Field- 
Nat., 54: 52-58. 


Heypweiuuer, A. M., 1935. Some Bird and Egg 
Weights. Auk, 52: 203-204. (Correction, p. 
471.) 2 


Paumer, A. M., 1940. Egg Weights of Some Arctic 
Nesting Birds. Wilson Bulletin, 52: 278. 


Taverner, P. A. and Sutton, G. M., 1934. The 
Birds of Churchill, Manitoba. Ann. Carnegie 
Mus., 23: 1-83. 


Waraver, R. L., 1939. The Northern Distribution 
and Status of the English Sparrow in Canada. 
Can. Field-Nat., 53: 95-99. 


RANGE EXTENSIONS FOR SOME CRUCIFERS* 
By HERBERT GROH 


XTENSION of range may be actual, 
as it is with several of the more re- 
cently introduced weeds to be reported 
represent merely 


below; or it may 
more adequate knowledge of existing range of 
stabilized adventive, or of indigenous, species 
as in the case of the plant first to be noticed. 

No attempt has been made to assemble all 
the information that might be had regarding 
Canadian distribution of these plants, but ad- 
ditional records for the Canadian Weed Survey 
of this Division will be always welcome. Only 
specimens in the National Herbarium at Ottawa 
(distinguished by the letters Can) and from 
the Division of Botany have been examined. 


Sisymbrium  salsugineum Pallas (Arabidopsis 
glauca Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mountains, p. 342, 
1917) —Although ranging widely from Siberia, 
through Arctic North America to Montana and 


Idaho and apparently Colorado, this native 
erucifer is not often collected. Payson (Univ. 
Wyoming, Publ Se. 1: 1-27, 1922.) remarked 


that it “seems to have been collected but four 
times in North America,” but did not mention 
the reference to Alberta occurrence on page 
342 of Rydberg’s Flora. 
that reported by Richardson (according to Hook- 
er, Flora Boreali-Americana) 
the Arctic Sea” can be extended considerably in 


This occurrence and 


(oe 


from “shores. of 


*Contribution No. 649 from the Division of 
Botany and Plant Pathology, Science Service, 
Dominion Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 
Canada. 


Canada now. 
been examined. 

Mantirosa: Brookside, Winnipeg West, W. A. 
Burman, Aug. 25, 1900, bare spot, probably al- 
kaline; Cartwright, W. A. Burman, no date 
on label. 


The following specimens have 


SASKATCHEWAN: Parkbeg, J. Macoun, June 23, 
1876, by a saline pool (Can); west of Saskatoon. 
J. Macoun, by a brackish lake (Can); Nokomis, 
H. Groh, July 8, 1935, alkaline depression. 


AvperTA: St. Albert, 7. N. Walling, Oct. 1, 
1899; prairie near Salt River, near Heart (Raup) 
Lake about 59° 41’ N., 111° 56° W., Hugh M. 
Rawp 2483, Aug. 20, 1928 (Can); near Mission 
Farm, about 59° 572°30% N. Ti2 elie Weeseaone 
M. Raup 2482, June 15, 1928 (Can). 


British CotumsiA: 2 miles north of Winder- 
mere, J. W. Hastham, July 14, 1939, dry ground 
probably with some alkali. These plants were 
from a few inches to less than a foot in height 


and all in flower and fruit. 


Plants of this species are annual, glabrous and 
even glaucous, branching spreading and 
somewhat sinuous stems, with entire leaves, 
mostly ovate, sessile and clasping. The inflor- 
escence of rather white flowers 
elongates in fruit, which consists of slender pods 


with 


inconspicuous 


less than an inch in length and containing minute 
brown seeds. 

Sisymbrium Loeselii L. Loesel’s Mustard —At 
Kamloops, on July 21, 1939, this mustard was 
found apparently for the first time in British 


April, 1941] 


Columbia. It was spread along a few miles of 
road toward Campbell’s Creek, and was in re 
markable profusion at one place along the road 
to Tranquille, and was found in the Indian 
Reserve near the town. Canadian specimens 
seen, some of them previously reported (Groh, 


Sci. Agr. 13: 725, 1933.) are: 


Ontario:Port Arthur, H. Groh, Sept. 22, 1934, 
siding. 


Maniropa: south of Brandon, H. Groh, June 
20, 1932, along highway. 


SASKATCHEWAN: Stoney Beach, W. G. Palmer, 
Aug. 1929, H. Groh, July 28, 1933, railway yards; 
Carlyle, H. Groh, June 27, 1932; Lebret, W. 
Shevkenek, June 26, 1938, roadside. 


AuBerTA: Fort Saskatchewan, G. H. Turner, 
June 26, 1936, wheat field. 


BritisH CotuMBiIA: Kamloops, H. Groh, July 21, 
1939, roadsides (in three directions). 


Erucastrum gallicum (Willd.) O. FE. Schulz. 
Dog Mustard—Although first collected in Can- 
ada at Emerson, Man., by the writer in 1922, 
this weed was not reported until 1933 (Sci. Agi. 
13: 722-725.) by which time specimens were at 
hand from several provinces. Extensions of 
known range were published in 1934 (Can. Field- 
Nat. 48: 10-11), 1985 (Rep. Que. Soc. Prot. Pl. 
1934-1935: 65-67) and 1939 (Can. Field-Nat. 53: 
39). With its collection on the railway at Kam- 
leops, B.C., on July 20, 1939, it now be 
reported as occurring in all provinces. It 1s 
predominantly a railroad and wayside weed but 
has proved in various places its ability to in- 
fest crops. 


can 


Cardaria Draba (L.) Desv. var. repens 
(Schrenk) O. E. Schulz (Pepidiwm Draba L. 
var. repens (Sechrenk) Thell.) Lens-podded Hoary 
Cress—In a paper which appeared in Aug., 1940 
(Groh, Sci. Agr. 20: 750-756, 1940), citations 
were included of several specimens from each 
of the three westernmost provinces. Subsequently 
a specimen which had been collected by Mr. 
George Batho at Deloraine, Man. came to notice 


and extended the known range into another 
province eastward. Although now known _ to 


have been present at Grande Prairie, Alta., since 
1926, this variety of hoary cress had not been 
reported in Canada until this past year. As- 
sociated with it at Grande Prairie was Cardaria 
pubescens (C. A. Meyer) Rollins var. elongata 
Rollins (Rollins, Rhodora 42: 302-306, 1940.) 
known heretofore as Hymenophysa pubescens 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 55 


C. A. Meyer, also reported for the first time in 
Canada, although a specimen had been received 
from that locality as early as 1928. In another 
paper (Groh, Sci. Agr. 21: 36-43, 1940), evidence 
has been adduced to show that these two weeds 
were probably introduced early in this century 
in alfalfa seed from Turkestan or neighbouring 
parts of Russia. 


Lepidium latifoliwm L—Specimens of this 
species collected in the yards of the C.N.R. shops 
in Quebec city on July 29, 1934, by Brother 
Marie-Anselm were identified by Mr. KE. W. 
Hart, of this Division (Prog. Rep. of Dom. Bot. 
1931-1934, p. 12, 1935). This has remained the 
only Canadian record until in 1940 a specimen 
from near Lethbridge, Alta., was sent by Mr. 
Kk. W. Hill, Dominion Experimental Station, 
Lethbridge, to Dr. E. H. Moss, University of 
Alberta, and by Dr. Moss for confirmation of 
his identification to the Division of Botany. 
Only a few plants were found on irrigated land 
near the edge of a natural slough in soil judged 
to be somewhat saline. The perennial root- 
stocks possessed by this plant would suggest 
that it may prove to be a persistent weed. 


Lepidium perfoliatum L. Clasping-leaved Cress 
—Since publication of the oceurrence of this 
weed at Cranbrook and Osoyoos, B.C., (Groh, 
Can. Field-Nat. 46: 48-49, 1932) one additional 
station has been reported. A specimen from a 
railway right of way 1% miles east of Swit 
Current, Sask., was collected by Mr. Arch. C. 
Budd, June 23, 1936. Another specimen from 
roadsides at the same place, collected by Mr. J. 
A. Campbell, June 25, 1987, has been received. 


Rorippa austriaca (Crantz) Besser—A specimen 
sent from Fort Saskatchewan, Alta., July 15, 
1940, by Dr. G. H. Turner, is a new record for 


that province. The plant has been reported 
previously in Canada only from Greenstreet, 
Sask., where it was collected in 1933 by Mr. 


Jas. L. Patmore (Groh, Sci. Agr. 13: 725, 1933.) 


Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser. Creeping Yellow 
Cress—This pernicious weed has been recorded 
from coast to coast (Groh, Sci. Agr. 16: 331-334, 
1936.) although sparingly from the Prairie Pro- 
vinces. Collections made in 1939 at Prince 
Rupert and Smithers, B.C., are the only ones 
seen from along this northern line of railway. 
It was also collected at Revelstoke and at some 
new points in the lower Fraser Valley, and from 


the prairies at Regina, Sask. 


56 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


'VoL. LV 


A STUDY OF THE FLORA OF WELLINGTON COUNTY, ONTARIO 
By JOHN J. STROUD 


HE PRESENT work represents a sur- 
vey of the plants growing without 
cultivation in the County of Welling- 
ton, Ontario, based upon collections 
made especially during the years 1937 to 1939, 


with a few additional specimens collected in 
1934 and 1936. In order to make the check 


list as complete as possible, various institutional 
and private herbaria were examined. In ad- 
dition, from the review of literature, reports of 
the occurrence of species which might not have 
been placed in these herbaria, or were in herbaria 
not visited, were secured. From all these sources 
a catalogue list of a total of 1,147 species has 
been compiled for the county, of which 864 were 
collected by the author, while 269 represent col- 
lections secured from herbaria, and references 
to the remaining 14 species were obtained from 
the literature. 


Acknowledgments. The writer wishes to ac- 
knowledge the kind assistance he has received 
from many persons in charge of the various 
herbaria he has visited. Especially does he 
desire to thank Professor J. E. Howitt of the 
Ontario Agricultural College, Dr. T. M. C. 
Taylor of the University of Toronto, Dr. G 
Krotkov of Queen’s University, Dr. H. A. Senn 
of the Division of Botany, Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, and Mr. A. FE. 
Porsild of the National Museum, Ottawa, who 
permitted the use of the herbaria in their care. 
To Mr. Monroe Landon I am especially in- 
debted for the use of his herbarium which in- 
cludes the fine collection of Wilham Herriot. 
Mr. Hubert Brown of Toronto was also exceed- 
ingly kind and helpful while allowing the use 
of his private herbarium consisting of a collection 
made from numerous counties of the province. 
From Mr. Gordon MeNair of Hamilton, reports 
of some locally known plant stations were also 
secured. The author above all wishes to extend 
to Dr. L. O. Gaiser of McMaster University 
his appreciation of her efforts in discussing and 
accumulating data on this subject as a thesis 
problem for the Master of Arts degree. 

Other Collectors of the Vicinity. Due to the 
location of the Ontario Agricultural College in 
the County of Wellington, the flora has been 
studied by many persons from the institution, 
and reference will be made to many there who 
have collected extensively in the county. 


Professor A. B. Klugh, while on the staff of 
the college, made a very comprehensive study 
of several families of the county, publishing 
articles on the genus Aster(+) and the family 
Cyperaceae.(2) Most of his collecting was done 
from 1903 to 1905; the majority of those col- 
lections are now found at Queen’s University, 
though a few are found at other institutions. 


E. J. Colgate wrote an article on the Or- 
chidaceae of Wellington County(?) but his col- 
lection (if such exists) has not been located. 
T. J. Moore(4) also wrote an article on the 
Polypodiaceae of the county, and T. D. Jarvis(*) 
on the Gramineae, but their collections too have 
not been seen by the author. 


Professor J. E. Howitt, the present head of 
the Department of Botany of the Ontario Agri- 
cultural College, has made many collections in 
the region since 1906. Many of his staff have 
also collected in the vicinity, as the late Dr. 
R. E. Stone, W. G. Evans, E: W. Hart, W. H. 
Wright and S. A. Simmons, and their collections, 
located in the Ontario Agricultural College 
herbarium, have been included in this study. 


Many undergraduate students at the same 
college made collections in the region, the most 
outstanding of those being that of Harold Corby, 
who as well as collecting generally in the county 
made a study of the Compositae.(*) J. M. 
Hamilton as an undergraduate in 1923 made a 
collection of plants, now in the herbarium of 
the University of Toronto. 

Geographical Location. 
situated in the northern, central part of the 
Ontario Peninsula. Thus it les in between the 
three Great Lakes with Lake Huron to the west, 
Lake Ontario to the east, and Lake Erie to 
the south. It extends roughly from 43° 20’ to 
449 north latitude, and from 80° to 81° west 
longitude. 


Wellington County is 


Geology of the Region. According to Williams, 
Wellington County is entirely underlain by rocks 
of Silurian age, extending in belts running north 
and south, with only very limited actual ex- 
posures. The easternmost of these is the Lock- 
port dolomite, or “Niagara limestone” as it 
was formerly called, the most conspicuous of 
the Palaeozoic rocks, forming the Niagara es- 
carpment; in this belt are found such villages 
as Rockwood, Eden Mills, Erin and Arkell. 


April, 1941] 


Westward occurs the Guelph formation, a great 
dolomite formation of fairly uniform character 
which, unlike the underlying Lockport, does 
not occur as prominent cliffs in this county; 
it is about thirteen miles wide and is exposed in 
the valleys of streams and rivers, notably the 
Grand and Speed Rivers, on which are situated 
Guelph, Flora and Fergus. Further west is the 
Salina formation with gray, green and red shales 
containing gray dolomite, salt and gypsum; Ar- 
thur, Mount Forest and Harriston are located 
in this belt. A belt of Akron dolomite 
Bertie waterline formation, and a very small 
strip of underlying Detroit River Series of 
Devonian rock, passes through a small portion 


and 


of the northwestern part of the county near 
Palmerston. 


According to Coleman (8) the Niagara district 
was crossed three times by ice sheets advancing 
south-westward from central Quebec. Taylor(®) 
estimated that during the maximum extent of 
the final or Wisconsin ice sheet, its greatest 
depth was approximately 3,000 feet in the Ni- 
agara district. Coleman(’, °) showed that all 
the ice invasions left drift deposits on the bed 
rock, the later deposits replacing the earler 
ones, so that the present shaping of the county 
is largely due to the deposits of the final ice 
sheet. The most fundamental type of deposit 
in the region is glacial till, a soil of a great 
range of particle size, mixed with pebbles and 
rocks gathered from. various widely-separated 
areas; in some places it has been formed into 
long, low, gently sloping domes called drumlins. 
Due to the deposition of glacial debris in such 
a manner as to obstruct the drainage of valleys, 
a large number of swamps and bogs were formed 
in the region. 

Climate. The weather records of the Meteor- 
ological Stations at Guelph and Mount Forest 
may be taken as representative of the southern 
and northern regions of Wellington County.(*!) 
The mean temperature for July is 68°F. at 
Guelph, and 65° at Mount Forest; mean January 
temperatures are 20° for Guelph and 18° for 
Mount Forest. 


The mean monthly minimum temperature 1s 
less than 32° for five months of the year at 
Guelph, and for six months at Mount Forest, 
and above 45° for four of the months at both 
stations. Chapman (12) in his map shows that 
the north-eastern portion of Wellington County 
has nearly 126 days between the last killing 
frost in the spring and the first frost in the fall. 
Mount Forest) 


Most of the county (including 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 57 


has an average of from 126 to 133 frost-free days 
but a small southern portion shows an increase 
to nearly 140 days, with Guelph roughly on the 
135-day line. 

With regard to precipitation, the normal annual 
figure for Guelph is slightly over 28 inches, 
while that for Mount Forest is 35 inches. This 
precipitation is ample for the vegetation and 
is well distributed throughout the growing sea- 
son, thus decreasing the probability of droughts. 
The amount of bright sunshine recorded at 
Guelph totals on the average 1,685 hours for 
the year. 

Macoun and Malte(*3) 
divided the flora of Canada into several zones, 
those represented in Ontario being the Sub- 
Arctic, Eastern Hardwood and the Carolinian 
or Interlacustrine. 


Types of Vegetation. 


They outlined the Carolinian 
zone as that part of Ontario lying south ap- 
proximately of a line drawn from Toronto on 
the northern shore of Lake Ontario to Windsor. 
North of this zone was the Eastern Hardwood 
zone which extended to the Sub-Arctic region. 
Thus, it would seem that Wellington County 
would lie almost entirely in the Eastern Hardwood 
Zone. All the trees included in their discussion 
of this zone are represented in Wellington 
County with the exception of Pinus resinosa, 
for which neither a record nor a specimen has 
so far been found. Of the shrubs mentioned by 
them, all have been recorded except Viburnum 
alnifolium, while of the herbaceous plants T'ril- 
lium undulatum and Uvularia perfoliata are the 
only ones not included. Of the Carolinian zone 
they state: 
“The herbaceous vegetation is very rich, at 
least a hundred species occurring nowhere else 
in Canada being found in the zone.” 
Of the trees characteristic of the region listed, 
no indigenous representatives were found in 
Wellington County with the exception of Cast- 
anea dentata for which I have but the one re- 
port of Herriot (+4): 

“extending sparingly a few miles north-eastward 

into Wellington County.” 
Of the herbaceous vegetation seven species only, 
namely: Podophyllum peltatum, Asclepias phyto- 
laccoides, Monarda didyma, Campanula ameri- 
cana, Lobelia siphilitica, Cypripedium hirsutum 
and Panax quinque-folium were encountered in 
Wellington County. 

Adams (15, 16) revised the extent of the floral 
zones slightly so as to include in the Carolinian 
all of Ontario lying south of a line joining the 


58 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


cities of Toronto and Sarnia. Following Adams’ 
division it would appear that a small southern 
part of Wellington County would be in the 
Carolinian zone, though most of it would still 
remain in the Eastern Hardwood region. The 
particular Carolinian flora expressed by 
Adams as follows: 


was 


“There are eleven families found in this 
region which do not occur elsewhere in Canada. 
These with the genera contained in them are 
as follows: Dzoscoreaceae - Dioscorea; Saurur- 
aceae - Saururus; Moraceae - Morus; Anon- 
aceae - Asimina; Magnoliaceae - Liriodendron, 
Magnolia; Phytolaccaceae - Phytolacca; Laur- 
aceae - Benzoin, Sassafras; Platanaceae - Plat- 
anus; Cassiaceae - Cercis, Gleditschia, Gym- 
nocladus; Melastomaceae - Rhexa; Bignon- 
aceae - Tecoma.” 


Not a single representative of these fifteen genera 
was found in my survey of Wellington County 
as indigenous. 
with the eleven families as “confined to this 
area” I have found the following: Of trees: 
two species of oak (Quercus macrocarpa and Q. 
rubra) ; of shrubs: Smilax hispida. The only one 
of these not included in Macoun and Malte’s list 
of Carolinian plants is Smilax hispida. 


Thus it appears that the southern part of 
Wellington County is a transition zone between 
the more southern Carolinian floral region and 
the more northern Eastern Hardwood zone. As 
any such division of floral zones could only be 
approximate and could not be delimited in this 
manner, we should expect, as we have found, 
a shght overlapping of Carolinian elements with 
the Eastern Hardwood elements. 


Check List of the Flora of Wellington County, 
Ontario. The scientific names of the plants used 
in this list have been adapted from Robinson & 
Fernald.(17) In some cases where this work did 
not cover certain species, the name used was 
that of Britton and Brown.(18) Many emen- 
dations to these works have occurred since the 
publication of these manuals, and where an 
emended name has superseded the one of Gray’s 
Manual, the latter name follows in parenthesis. 
Most of the changes have been recorded in 
Rhodora, and the revised nomenclature of Wie- 
gand and Hames(19) has made most of these 
emended names available for the local species. 
In the case of the Polypodiaceae, where such gen- 
eral revision has occurred, Broun(2°) has been 
followed. 


Non-native or introduced species are indicated 
in the usual way by an asterisk prefixed. 


Of the actual species listed along | 


|VoL. LV 
PTERIDOPHYTA 
POLYPODIACEAE 
Pteretis nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwl. (Onoclea 


Struthiopteris (l.) Hoffm.) 
Onoclea sensibilis L. 
Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh. 
C. fragilis (L.) Bernh. 
Dryopteris Thelypteris (L.) A. Gray, var. pub- 


escens (Lawson) A. R. Prince. (Aspidiwm 
Thelypteris (L.) Sw.) 
D. noveboracensis (l.) A. Gray. (Aspidiwm 


noveboracense (L.) Sw.) 

D. marginalis (L.) A. Gray. (Aspidium margin- 
ale (L.) Sw.) 

+D. Goldiana (Hook.). Underw. (Aspidium Boot- 
ranum Hook.) 

D. Boottu (Tuckerm.) Underw. (Aspidium Boot- 
tu Tuckerm.) 

D. cristata (L.) A. Gray. (Aspidium cristatum 
(L.) Sw.) 

D. Clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell. As- 

_ pridium cristatum (l.) Sw.) var. Clintonian- 

um D. C. Eaton.) 


D. spinulosa (O. F. Muell.) Watt. (Aspidium 
spinulosum (O. F. Muell) Sw.) 
D. intermedia (Muhl.) A. Gray. (Aspidium 


spinulosum (O: F. Muell.) Sw., var. inter- 
medium (Muhl.) D. C. Eaton.) 

D. dilatata (Hoffm.) A. Gray. (Aspidium spin- 
ulosum (O. F. Muell.) Sw., var. dilatatum 
(Hoffm.) Hook.) 

Phegopteris polypodioides Fée. 

P. Dryopteris (L.) Fée. 

Polystichum acrostichoides (Michx.) Schott. 

Athyrium angustum (Willd.) Presl. (Asplenium 
Filiz-femina (L.) Bernh.) 

Diplazium pycnocarpon (Spreng.) Broun. (As- 
plenium angustifokwm Michx.) 

D. thelypteroides (Michx.) Presl. 
acrostichoides Sw.) 

Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link. 

Asplenium viride Huds. 

A. Trichomanes L. 

Pellaea atropurpurea (L.) Link. 

Cryptogramma Steller (Gmel.) Prantl. 

Adiantum pedatum L. 

Pteridium latiusculum (Desyv.) Hieron. 
aquilina 1.) 

Polypodium virginianum L. (P. vulgare L.) 


(Asplenium 


(Pteris 


+This rare fern had previously (as far as my 
records went) only been reported as being found 
in Wellington County in a note by T. J. Moore, 
Ferns of Wellington County, Ontario Natural Sci- 
ence Bulletin: 8: 12-14, 1907. The author found a 
fine clump about a mile from the Ontario Agri- 
cultural College. 


April, 1941] 


OSMUNDACEAE 


Osmunda regalis L., var. spectabilis (Willd.) A. 
Gray. (O. regalis L.) 
O. Claytomana L. 
O. cinnamomea L. 
O. cinnamomea L., forma frondosa (Torr. & A. 
Gray) Britton (var. frondosa Gray) 
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE 
Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. 
EQUISETACEAB 
Equisetum arvense L. 
E. sylvaticum L., var pauciramosum Milde. (E. 
sylvaticum 1.) 
E. limosum Li. (FE. fluviatile L.) 
E. hyemale L. 
E. scirpoides Michx. 
LYCOPODIACEAE 
Lycopodium lucidulum Michx. 
L. annotinum UL. 
L. clavatum L. 
L. obscurum UL. 
SPERMATOPHYTA 
GYMNOSPERMAE 
TAXACEAE 
Taxus canadensis Marsh. 
PINACEAE 
Pinus Strobus L. 
*P. sylvestris L. 
Lariz laricina (Du Roi) Koch. 
Picea mariana (Mill.) BSP. 
*P. Abies (L.) Karst. 
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. 
Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. 
Thuja occidentalis L. 
Juniperus communis L. 
J. horizontalis Moench. 
J. virginiana L. 
ANGIOSPERMAE 
TYPHACEAE 
Typha latifolia L. 
T. angustifolia L. 
SPARGANIACEAE 
Sparganium eurycarpum Engelm. 
S. multipedunculatum (Morong) Rydb. (S. sim- 
plex Huds.) 
NAJADACEAE 
Potamogeton natans L. 
P. gramineus L., var. graminifolius Fries. (P. 
heterophyllus Schreb.) 
P. zosteriformis Fernald. (P. zosterifolius Schu- 
macher.) 
. pectinatus L. 
. tllinoensis Morong. (P. lucens L.) 
. praelongus Walt. 
. pusillus L., var tenuissimus Mertens & Koch. 


ne) 38) Ss} ae) 


THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 59 


JUNCAGINACEAE 


Scheuchzeria palustris L., var. americana Fer- 
nald. (S. palustris L.) 
Triglochin maritima L. 
T. palustris L. 
ALISMACEAB 
Sagittaria latifolia Willd. 
S. latifolka Willd., var. obtusa (Muhl.) Wiegand. 
(forma obtusa (Muhl.) Robinson.) 
S. latifolia Willd. forma gracilis (Pursh) Robin- 
son. 
S. heterophylla Pursh. 
S. graminea Michx. 
Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. 
HypROCHARITACEAE 
Elodea canadensis Michx. 
Vallisneria americana Michx. (V. spiralis L.) 
GRAMINEAE 
*Bromus secalinus L. 
*B. racemosus Li. 
*B. hordeaceus L. 
*B. commutatus Schrad. 
*B. arvensis L. 
*B. tectorum L. 
B. ciliatus L. 
B. Pumpellianus Scribn. 
*B. iermis Leyss. 
Bromelica striata (Michx.) 
striata (Michx.) Hitche.) 
Melica mutica Walt. 
Festuca rubra L. 
F. ovina L. 
F. ovina L., var. duriuscula (L.) Koch. 
*F elatior L. 
F. elatior L., var. arundinacea (Schreb.) Wimm. 
F. nutans Spreng. 
Glyceria canadensis (Michx.) Trin. 
G. striata (Lam.) Hitche. (G. nervata (Willd.) 
Trin.) 
G. grandis 8. Wats. 
G. fluitans (L.) R.Br. 
G. septentrionalis Hitche. 
G. borealis (Nash) Batchelder. 
Puccinellia distans (.) Parl. 
*Poa annua L. 
*P. compressa L. 


Farwell. (Melica 


P. nemoralis L. 

P. palustris L. (P. triflora Gilib.) 

P. pratensis L. 

P. debils Torr. 

P. alsodes A. Gray. 

*Hragrostis cilianensis (All.) Link. (E. 
tachya (Koeler) Link). 

*Dactylis glomerata (L.) Beauv. 

*Oynosurus cristatus L. 


megas~ 


60 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Agropyron Smithu Rydb. 

*A. repens (L.) Beauv. 

A. caninum (L.) Beauv. ; 

A. caninum (L.) Beauv., var. tenerum (Vasey) 
Pease & Moore. (A. tenerum Vasey.) 

A. caninum (L.) Beauv., var. unilaterale (Cas- 
sidy) Vasey. (A. Richardson Schrad.) 

*A. cristatum (L.) Gaertn. 

*Lolium perenne L. 

*L. multiflorwum Lam. 

*L. temulentum L. 

Elymus virginicus L. 

E. canadensis L. 

*Secale cereale L. 

Asprella Hystrix (L.) Hum. 
Moench.) 

Hordeum jubatum L. 

Sphenopholis pallens (Spreng.) Scribn. 

*Trisetum flavescens (L.) Beauv. 

*Avena fatua L. 

*A. sativa L. 

Schizachne purpurascens (Torr.) Swallen. (Avena 
striata Michx.) 

*Arrhenatherum elatius (L.) Beauv. 

Deschampsia caespitosa (l.) Beauv. 

Koeleria cristata (l.) Pers. 

(L.) Hub. 


(Hystrix patula 


*Ginanmia lanata (Holeus lantatus 
L.) 

Danthonia spicata (.) Beauv. 

Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Beauy. 

Agrostis stolonifera L. (A. alba L.) 

A. tenuis Sibth. (A. alba L., var. 
With.) Thurb.) 

A. scabra Willd. (A. hyemalis (Walt) BSP. 

Cinna arundinacea L. 

C. latifolia (Trev.) Griseb. 

Sporobolus vaginiflorus (Torr.) Wood. 

S. cryptandrus (Torr.) Gray. 

*Alopecurus pratensis L. 

A. aequalis Sobol. (A. geniculatus L., var. aristu- 
latus Torr.) 

*Phleum pratense L. 

Muhlenbergia sylvatica Torr. 

M. mexicana (L.) Trin. 

M. racemosa (Michx.) BSP. 

Milium effusum L. 

Oryzopsis asperifolia Michx. 

Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Roth. 

Hierochloé odorata (L.) Wahlenb. 

*Anthoxanthum odoratum L. 

*Phalaris canariensis L. 

P. arundinacea L. 

P. arundinacea L., var. picta L. 

Leersia virginica Willd. 

L. oryzoides (L.) Sw. 


vulgaris 


{VoL. LV 
Zizania palustris L. (Z. aquatica L.) 
*Digitaria Ischaemum Schreb. (D. humifusa 
Pers.) 


*D. sanguinalis (L.) Seop. 
Echinochloa crusgall (L.) Beauv. 
E. frumentacea (Roxb.) Link. 
Panicum capillare L. 
. miliaceum L. 
. virgatum L. 
. agrostoides Spreng. 
. depauperatum Muhl. 
. linearifolium Scribn. 
. lanuginosum Ell., var. implicatum (Scribn.) 
Fernald. (P. implicatum Scribn.) 
P. latifolium L. 
*Setaria lutescens (Weigel) Hub. (S. glauca (L.) 
Beauv.) 
*S. verticillata (L.) Beauv. 
*S. viridis (L.) Beauv. 
*§. italica (L.) Beauv. 
Andropogon furcatus Muhl. 
CYPERACEAE 
Cyperus rivularis Kunth. 
C. strigosus L. 
Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Britt. 
Eleocharis capitata (L.) R.Br. 
E. ovata (Roth.) R. & &. 
E. palustris (L.) R. & S. 
E. aciculans (L.) R. & S. 
E. tenws (Willd.) Schultes. 
FE. compressa Sull. (2. acuminata (Muhl.) Nees. 
Scirpus validus Vahl. 
S. fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray. 
S. atrovirens Muhl. 
S. atrovirens Muhl., var. georgianus (Harper) 
Fernald. (S. georgianus Harper.) 
S. lineatus Michx. 
S. cyperinus (L.) Kunth. 
S. Hriophorum Michx. 
Eriophorum 
Cham.) 
E. gracile Roth. 
EH. tenellum Nutt. 
E. angustifolum Roth. 
E 
E 


Se) 38} ae) AS) se) As) 


spissum Fernald. (EF. callitrix 


(Engelm.) Fernald. 
(Engelm.) Fernald, var. 


. viridi-carinatum 
viridi-carinatum 
Fellows Fernald. 
E. virginicum IL. 
Rynchospora alba (.) Vahl. 
Carex tribuloides Wahlenb. 
C. projecta Mackenzie. (C. tribuloides Wahlenb., 
var. reducta Bailey.) 
C. siccata Dewey. 
C. Crawfordii Fernald. 
C. cristata Schwein. 


April, 1941] 


C. 


SSI SAS 


SOEs 


QQoga® 


Sao eAVeaQaaQgeaQa © 


QQ 


SAISOaaASoQqgae 


. pravrea Dewey. 


MS Sra ara Se 


Bebbu Olney. 


. sychnocephala Carey. 

. gynocrates Wormsk. 

. stellulata Good. 

. muricata L. (C. stellulata Good., vars. ex- 
celsior (Bailey) Fernald and cephalantha 


(Bailey) Fernald.) 


. interior Bailey. (C. scirpoides Schkuhr.) 
. canescens L. 

. canescens L., var. disjuncta Fernald. 

. brunnescens Por. 


bromoides Schkuhr. 
Deweyana Schwein. 


tenuiflora Wahlenb. 

. trisperma Dewey. 

. disperma Dewey. (C. tenella Schkuhr.) 

. convoluta Mackenzie. (C. rosea Schkuhr.) 

. radiata (Wahl.) Small. (C. rosea Schkuhr., 


var. radiata Dewey.) 


. retroflexa Muhl. 

. sparganioides Muhl. 
. cephaloidea Dewey. 
. vulpinoidea Michx. 


(C. diandra 
ramosa (Boott) Fernald.) 


Schrank, var. 


. stepata Muhl. 

. Sartwelli Dewey. 

. cruuta Lam. 

. aquatilis Wahlenb. 

. stricta Lam. (ineluding var. angustata (Boott) 


Bailey.) 


. aurea Nutt. 

. pauciflora Lightf. 

. leptalea Wahlenb. 

. gracilima Schwein. 
. Backii Boott. 

. Jamesu Schwein. 

. albicans Willd. 

. communis Bailey. 

. varia Muh. 

. pennsylvanica Lam. 
. pubescens Muhl. 

. tetanica Schkuhr. 

. Woodii Dewey. (C. tetanica Schkuhr., var 


Woodiu (Dewey) Bailey.) 


. vaginata Tausch. $ 
. paupercula Michx., var. irrigua (Wahlenb.) 


Fernald. 


. paupercula Michx., var. pallens Fernald. 


limosa lL. 
eburnea Boott. 
pedunculata Muhl. 


. plantaginea Lam. 
. Careyana Torr. 
. platyphylla Carey. 


THE CANADIAN FYELD-NATURALIST ; 61 


C. laxiculmis Schwein. 

C. digitalis Willd. 

C. laxiflora Lam, 

C. anceps Muhl. (C. laxiflora Lam., var. 

ulifolia (Dewey) Carey) 

C. blanda Dewey. (C. laxiflora Lam., var va- 
rains Bailey.) 

. albursina Sheldon. 
latifolia Boott.) 

. Hitchcockiana Dewey. 

. granularis Muhl. 

. flava L. 

. flava L., var. elatior Schlecht. 

cryptolepis Mackenzie. (C. flava ., var. 

rectirostra Gaudin) 

. longirostris Torr. 

. castanea Wahlenb. 

. arctata Boott. 

scabrata Schwein. 

. lastocarpa Ehrh. (C. filiformis L.) 

lanuginosa Michx. 

. vestita Willd. 

. trichocarpa Muhl. 
trichocarpa Muhl., 

Bailey.) 

. ryparia W. Curtis. 

. acutiformis Ehrh. 

. Pseudo-Cyperus L. 
comosa Boott. 

hystericina Muhl. 

. lurida Wahlenb. 

. Schweinitzii Dewey. 

retrorsa Schwein. 

. gigantea Rudge. (C. lupuliformis Sartwell.) 

. lupulina Mubhl. 

. intumescens Rudge. 

. intumescens Rudge, var. Fernaldi Bailey. 

. vesicaria L., var. monile (Tuckerm.) Fernald. 

. rostrata Stokes. 

. rostrata Stokes, var. utriculata (Boott) 
Bailey. 

. Tuckermant Dewey. 


pat- 


oy 


(C. laxiflora Wam., var. 


WAaAe Se 


SO Goa 


var. arstata (R. Br.) 


SSAASOSaAsSeqeeeoas 


Q 


REFERENCES. 


(1) Kuueu, A. B., 1905. The Genus Aster at 
Puslinch Lake. Ont. Nat. Sci. Bul. 1: 30-31. 

(2) Kuueu, A. B., 1906. The Cyperaceae of 
Wellington County. Ont. Nat. Scr. Bul. 2: 
38-42. 

(3) Coueats, BH. J., 1905. 
Wellington County, Ontario. 
Baez 

(4) Moorz, T. J., 1907. Ferns of Wellington 
County. Ont. Nat. Sci. Bul. 3: 12-14 

(5) Jarvis, H., 1905. The Gramineae of the 
Vicinity of Guelph. Ont. Nat. Sci. Bul. 1: 
37-38. 


The Orchidaceae of 
Ont. Nat. Scr. 


62 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(6) Corsy, H., 1936. The Compositae of the 
Vicinity of Guelph. Unpublished Thesis for 
BS.A. degree, O.A.C., Guelph. 

(7) WitutaMs, M. Y., 1919. The Silurian Ge- 
ology and Faunas of the Ontario Peninsula, 
Manitoulin and Adjacent Islands. Can. Dept. 
of Mines, Mem. 111. 

(8) Coteman, A. P., 19386. Geology of the North 
Shore of Lake Ontario. Ont. Dept. of Mines, 
XLV part VII: 37-74. 

(9) Coreman, A. P., 1936. Lake Iroquois. Ont. 
Dept. of Mines, XLV part VII: 1-36. 

(10) Taytor, F. B., 1918. Niagara-Iroquois 
Beach. Ont. Dept. of Mines, Guide Book 
4: 5-70. 

(11) From Connor, A. J., 1931. Meteorological 

Tables. Canada Year Book 4: 32. 

(12) Cuapman, L. J., 1938. The Climate of 
Southern Ontario. Can. Geographic Society 
Bul. 17: 137-141. 

(13) Macoun, J. M. & Mattes, M. O., 1915. The 
Flora of Canada. Canada Year Book 43-55. 


(VoL. LV 


(14) Herriot, W. The Trees of Waterloo County. 
Waterloo Historical Society. Vol. II 

(15) Apams, J., 1988. The Flora of Canada. 
Canada Year Book: 48-55. 

(16) Apams, J., 1926. A Survey of Canadian 
Plants in Relation to Their Environment. 
Dom. Can. Bul. 53—New Series. 

(17) Ropinson, B. L. & Frrnatp, M. L., 1908. 
Gray’s New Manual of Botany. Seventh 
Edition. 

(18) Brirron, N. L. & Brown, A., 1913.  Il- 
lustrated Flora of the Northern United 
States, Canada and the British Possessions. 
3 vols. 

(19) Wircann, K. M. & Eames, A. J., 1926. The 
Flora of the Cayuga Lake Basin, New York. 
Cornell Univ. Agric. Expt. Sta. Mem. 111. 

(20) Broun, M., 1938. An Index to North Amer- 
ican Ferns. Orleans, Mass. 


(To be continued) 


BOOK REVIEWS 


AupuBON’s America, The Narratives and Ex- 
periences of John James Audubon; edited 
by Donald Culross Peattie. Large 8vo. pp. 
1-x, 1-329, with 17 coloured plates. Houghton 
Mifflin Company, Boston, 1940. Price $6.00. 


In recent years there has been a procession of 
Audubon books, but the volume in hand presents 
him to the general public more adequately than 
ever before. 
malogical works are needed for reference only 
by professional workers, and most birds have 
been better portrayed in colour since his time. 
Nevertheless, amateur naturalists of today all 
know that Audubon was a giant in his day, and 
they wish to have some knowledge of his work. 
They will surely welcome a picture that will 
enable them to see his stature for themselves. 


Audubon’s ornithological and mam- 


Peattie places him in a setting of the America 
of his own time as revealed in his own writings,— 
scenes that were interspersed in his bird bio- 
graphies. The idea is not at all new; however 
Peattie rounds out Audubon’s story with brief 
but pointed comments of his own, selections from 
the few extant Audubon diaries, and from ac- 
counts of birds and mammals common in Audu- 
bon’s America but now rare or vanished. No 
man of his day knew America better than 
Audubon, *whose travels took him from one 
end of the country to the other, and who knew 
as Peattie points out, both Daniel Webster and 
Daniel Boone. 


A beautifuily printed book is made into a 
booklovers’ treasure by the seventeen facsimile 


‘plates, some of which are of paintings wherein 


a genius for composition and colour was com- 
bined with good draughtmanship to produce 
portraits that will never be surpassed—C. H. 
ID). G, 


Wines at My WINbow, by Ada Clapham Govan, 
Tie Macmillan Company, Toronto and New 
York, 1940. Price $2.75. 

This is the story of the window and garden 
feeding of birds. It is most interestingly told, 
with a spice of occasional humor, many practi- 
cal suggestings as to methods and _ interesting 
incidents, without too much humanizing of the 
acting characters. More than this it is the 
story of an invalid and family rising out of 
discouragement largely through a new view of 
and new interest in life, gained by an intimate 
study of nature at the window-sill and door- 
step. The locale is a little town in Massa- 
chusetts; but while not many places can promise 
such a succession of winter birds in both species 
and individuals, some approximation can be 
obtained in almost any suburban situation. To 
all who like pleasant reading or the presence 
of nature close around them, with suggestions 
for its accomplishment, this book can be heartily 
recommended—P. A. T. 


a oe 


Afhliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SPEECHLY,M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W. Lown, G.SHIRLEY BROOKS, R. A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
Kossr, A. H. SHortT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H J. Peck, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 


Haxecutive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: MRs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MurrAY 
Geological W.S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPER R. SUTTON 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 


Botany C. W. Low#8, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanical M.G. Dubey, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
| OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KuInkK, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS.; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCR, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MorGAn, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. Cuark, Mr. F.W. FARLEY, Mr. K. RAcgy, Mr. P. L. Talt, 
Dr. B. N. Drier, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: Pror. JOHN Davipson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. Wiuutams, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOoortTToN, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’? Photography: 
Mr. Puinie TIMMS, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELwWoopD, W. B. Woops. 

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 


SOCIETY 
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C. , 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Strest 
President: DR.}GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: WM. Lott, 320 Colborne Street. 

Recording Secretary: GEKTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH: 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF» 
V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. TERRILL, Miss RUTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 

Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTER, J. 
A. DEcARIE, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, MIss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. JUDAH, MIss 
LouisE MurpHy, Miss M.S. NIcoLtson, G. G. OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAupD SEATH, Mrs_L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MusbuUM BIRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: Vice-Patron Honoraire: MAJOR GENERAL 
Str EuGENE Fiset, Kp., C,M.G., D.S.O., M.D., Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: Dr. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. DERY; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DuMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Hon. Vice-President: Hon. H. 
C. Nrxon, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: T. F. 
McIbwraltH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss GRACE ANDERSON, 
92 Madison Ave.; Membership Secretary: Miss EDNA 
BOISSONNEAU, 100 Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: 
Miss GRACE MALKIN; Pasi Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, 
Dr. F. P. Ipz, F. C. Hurst; Council—W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
W.J. Baxter, G. S. BELL, RUPERT DAvIDS, MISS WINNIFRED 
CHUTE, BROTHER Denis, Dr. NORMA FORD, MISS FREYA 
HAN, PAUL HAnN, H. M. HALtipay, Miss MAry KIrKwoop, 
L. T. Ownns, Mrs. L. E. JAquitH, Dr. L. E. JAQuitH, 
Dr. T. M.C. TAYLOR, STUART THOMPSON, M1Sss MARION 
WILDER, SPRAGUH TROYER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Roya! Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and and occasionally during other seasons. 


es 
Cee. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 
Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make it one of the leade= 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


LE SS SS aS eS 
LL ——M 


For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 7 
*‘Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 iilusirations. Every 
Canadian should know thiz prize essay. “oan 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP — 

Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockceliffe Park, Ottawa. ce | 

FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in |] 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian {|} 

LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1940. eas) ||. 
PUBLICATIONS Name ues ——— 
18739-1938 Address 


FORM i 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum > 
OF 
(oy eich bas Rn Ststak * aR) A ATIC AERA sete treed Lge” la tS —j00 Dollars” 
BEQUEST 
Datere ie ares Sienature..2.000 ee 


Prices of Separates 
Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to circumstances should be stated. Any famil 


the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


English name is permissible if it is accompan 
by the scientific name. For birds the English n m 


for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canad 
may be used without the scientific name. ‘ 


Authors of leading articles are entitled « 
twenty-five copies of the number in which th 
appear, free of charge on application. Be 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in muitiples of fo 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


25 50 100 200 800 
Iipage sees ei $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00 
Ca RS OEY OMOE Ie 3.00} 3.28) 8.75) 4.00) 4.25 
Syria ok yeaetoneaeel chars 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
ee Nate nicea nents save obeys 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Barnet ate pom ettordeinicsctatene 4.50) 4.76) 6.00) 5 25) 5.60 
LASS kee Pinniae Aa ecieeno 4.50| 4.75) 6.00) 5.25) 5.50 
Ee cep he ay aco Ne | Aty'las teate 6.00} 6.25] 6.50! 6.75] 7.00 
BEM, (ce steno ahs steye 6.00) 6.25) 6 50, 6.75} 7.00 
Qe kien ie fm one selene 7.60) 8.00) 8.765! 10.25] 11.75 
TOM Sone Seeieaaleaonc tats 7.60} 8 00} 8.75) 10.25) 11.76 
Coversiextra. (223... -& 3.00) 38.00} 3.60) 4.00) 5.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. © 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


VOL. LV, No. 5 MAY, 1941 


2s Cectagy 7 
JUN 23 194% 
LIBRARY 


om 


ISSUED JUNE 19th, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 


1st Vice-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. BRown, 
C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DeLuRY, H.Grou, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
Lewis, Hoyes Luioyp, A. E. Porsrup, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS. 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BROWN, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


DiJENNESS. sec cxde selene Anthropology CLYDE LS: PATCH: «3.22. wae. Seer Herpetology 

Fs DAMS © csheteas ou wae cgs alee wea sete ieacgarel Botany Ri MevANDERSON().... 0. = he eee Mammalogy 

IN: GAR OC OUM mah. sic oie epsreie eta eel oe Conchology A. (G. SHUNTSMAN) (oi). tse Marine Biology 

ARTHUR GIBSON.........:....... Entomotogy Pe A. TAVERNER®:..- cs ceneneeeee Ornithology 

We DAT COCK iiss hin tees eetoteltetoe ais Geology W.-Az BELLO ys 62 ta eee Palzontology 

FR eV MOND Sen ce. . cane uais seats Ichthyology 

CONTENTS PAGE 

James Henry Fleming. An Appreciation by P. A. Taverner.....................+.--.. , 63 
A Distinctive New Variety of Orchis Rotundifolia from Canada: Orchis Rotundifolia Banks 

nivar.., Lineata: BY Henry Mousley. 2052 te see eke ae Se ees (eke ee 64 

A Relic Flora on Sand Dunes from the Champlain Sea in the Ottawa Valley. By A. E. Porsild 66 

Water Traps Capture the Pigmy Shrew (Microsorex hoyi) in Abundance. By Leslie A. Prince 72 


A Study of the Flora of Wellington County, Ontario (To he continued). By John J. Stroud 73 
Notes and Observations :— : 
Unusual Number of Ivory Gulls (Pagophila alba) along the north shore of the Gulf of 


Sti Lawrence. “By Harrison} Wewis pieces sie eg ee a hoes ley epson iene 76 
A Nesting Colony of Ring-billed Gulls (Larus delawarensis) in the St. Lawrence River ~ 

near Gananoque, Ontario. By Harrison F. Lewis and T. 8. Hennessy....... : 17 
Natural Control of the Cecropia Moth. By F.A Urquhart and C. E. Corfe...... St a 
Another Scissor-tailed Flycatcher in Quebec. By P. A. Taverner................ Mig 17 
Recent Western Records of Black Duck. (Anas rubripes). By B.W.Cartwright.... 78 
Late Nesting of Red-eyed Vireo. (Vireo olivaceus). By R. W. Tufts......... ee Seat: 78 


iH The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since # 
#1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two HH 
# volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been #% 
#2 continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued #2 
= monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the #: 
#2 results of original research in all departments of Natural History. HH 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 

WILMOT LLOYD, : 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA 


eee 


ses 


— TS 


sae 


ai 


bea 
bi] fan 
; 


a 
eee: 

he 

Pee 


VOL. LV a5, 343 


The Canadian Field- Naturalist 


OTTAWA, CANADA, MAY, 1941 


JAMES HENRY FLEMING 


1872 


1940 


AN APPRECIATION by P. A. TAVERNER 


James Henry Fleming, the acknowledged dean 
of Canadian ornithology, born July 5, 1872, in 
Toronto, died at his home in the same city 
June 27, 1940, sincerely mourned by his personal 
friends and deeply regretted by many colleagues 
throughout the world. 


Born of a Scotch father, who ran a pioneer seed 
growing business on ground (then) out Yonge 
Street, and a mother of English descent, he at- 
tended Public and Model schools and Upper Can- 
ada College. Later he travelled extensively in 
Europe, visiting the principal museums and making 
contact with eminent foreign correspondents with 
whom he never after lost touch. He saw Guiana, 
the Bahamas and many parts of the United States, 
and had the faculty wherever he went of making 
serious friendships and of absorbing information 
along many lines. His interests were catholic and 
he scarcely missed more academic training. He 
was elected British Empire Member of the British 
Ornithological Union; Member d’Honneur Etran- 
ger Société Ornithologique et Mammalogie de 
France; and Fellow of the American Ornithol- 
ogists’ Union. He served on the Council of the 
latter for a number of years and was finally elected 
its president 1932-1935. As with many prophets he 
was appreciated earlier abroad than at home; 
but he was appointed Honorary Curator of Birds 
in both the National Museum at Ottawa and 
his own home museum, the Royal Ontario. He 
was also Honorary Member of various natural 
history organizations in Toronto, to which he was 
a regular attendant at meetings, and where his 
quiet personality and occasional trenchant con- 
tributions were highly valued. In token of this 
appreciation the Brodie Club held a memorial 
meeting at which were read papers on various 
aspects of his life and work, which were after- 
wards collected under the title of The Fleming 


Memorial Papers and distributed to his friends 
and associates. 


Fleming’s interest in ornithology seems to have 
been spontaneous and evidenced at an early age. 
His first specimen was acquired in his early teens 
and is still in his collection. From then on his 
collection was consistently and progressively de- 
veloped towards the definite, planned, objective 
of as complete as possible a representation of 
the birds of the world—a general survey of the 
whole subject rather than a specializing one. He 
did not collect in series but the final production 
was the most complete private synoptic collection 
of world birds anywhere. In this particular it 
is rivalled by only a few of the larger public col- 
lections in either America or abroad. It consists 
of representatives of all but three families of 
modern birds and 2,073 genera. It is particularly 
rich in rare, vanishing or extinct species, historical 
specimens and the more outré and spectacular 
types. 
and permanent, it is unlikely that such a collection 
can ever be made again. Along with this, and as 
an integral part of it, he built up an outstanding 
library of ornithology and zoological travel and 
research. Very little of importance is missing from 
its catalogue and it is a Joy to the bibliophile 
as well as to the working naturalist. 


Owing to changed conditions, both passing 


Fortunately Fleming had the means of carrying 
out his ambitious plans without the distractions 
and handicaps of an active business or commercial 
life. As wealth goes, he was far from the mil- 
lionaire class, but with his appreciation of the 
essentials and careful, discriminating management, 
he was able to accomplish a better, rounder, re- 
sult than many have done with much ampler 
He held a particular niche in Canadian 
indirectly, 


resources. 


ornithology and, directly or was a 


powerful influence in its development. He was 


64 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


the first Canadian to raise the study from local to a 
broader interest and to fit Canadian ornithology 
into the world map. Though fully alive to birds 
as living organisms, he was not an active field 
man or preparator of specimens, but he was a 
great collector of material and information. He 
had contacts everywhere and little went on in 
his field or adjoining ones that he did not note 
and file. Much of value would have been lost to 
Canadian ornithology but for his keen initiative. 

In all this was no spirit of private hoarding 
but that for the public good, that Canada might 
be equipped with the adequate working tools of 
his profession. His collection and library shelves 
were open to any qualified inquirer, his advice was 
always freely given and the whole was, from the 
first, planned to be dedicated to the public ser- 
vice. It was finally deposited without strings 
or restricting conditions in the Royal Ontario 


{VoL. LV 


Museum of Zoology in his native city, province 
and country, where it will remain as a monument 
to his memory and as a welcome assistance to 
future working naturalists. 


Fleming was not a voluminous writer, except 
perhaps through correspondence by which he 
kept in contact with serious ornithologists at 
home and abroad and exerted his greatest in- 
fluence. There are no books from his pen and 
few formal brochures, but he was meticulous in 
placing important items and data as he unearthed 
them in the permanent record of print and his 
bibliography runs to some eighty-four titles from 
1890 to 1940. He did not go in for fine writing 
but always expressed himself clearly and with 
exacting accuracy. Altogether James Henry 
Fleming made a name in Canadian ornithology 
that will increase instead of decrease with time. 


A DISTINCTIVE NEW VARIETY OF ORCHIS ROTUNDIFOLIA FROM CANADA 
ORCHIS ROTUNDIFOLIA BANKS N.VAR. LINEATA 
By HENRY MOUSLEY 


ANY MOONS have waned since that 
memorable day, the 24th of June, 
19201, when for the first time I beheld 
a few spikes of these tiny opalled gems 

along the borders of an old logging road. This 

was in the centre of an extensive swamp near 

Beebe, a village about fifteen miles southeast 

of Hatley, Que., in the Eastern Townships. The 

plants, owing possibly to an idea prevalent at 
the time when they were first named that round 
leaves predominated (quite as many in fact 
more have oval ones), were christened the Small 

Round-leaved Orchis (Orchis rotundifolia Banks). 
Here in Canada and the United States the genus 
Orchis, is poorly represented, there being only 

three species as against twenty in the old country, 
but as an offset to this we are rich in species of 

Habenaria, there being no less than thirty-two to 
a solitary one in the old country. The above 
swamp later on turned out to be a veritable 
botanist’s El Dorado, no than eighteen 
species of orchids besides other interesting plants 
being found there. The floor was carpeted with 
a thick cushion of damp sphagnum moss, amongst 
which grew in the greatest profusion such lovely 
things as Arethusa (Arethusa bulbosa), Pogonia 


less 


1. Can. Field-Nat., vol. 34, No. 9, Dec., 1920. 


(Pogoma ophioglossoides), Calopogon in varying 
shades of magenta (Calopogon pulchellus), top- 
ped with wonderful spikes of the Tall White 
Orchis (Habenaria dilatata) and its var. media. 
In addition to all this galaxy of beauty, many 
uncommon birds could be seen flitting through 
the firs and spruces, Hastern Golden-crowned 
Kinglets (Regulus s. satrapa), Brown Creepers 
(Certhia familiaris americana), Olive-sided Fly- 
catchers (Nuttallornis mesoleucus), Northern Par- 
ulas (Compsothlypis americana pusilla) and other 
interesting warblers. 


But to return to the subject in hand, seldom 
since that day in June, 1920, have I had the 
pleasure of gazing upon this little orchid, whose 
home like that of Calypso (Calypso bulbosa, 
or, as it once was, C. borealis, a far more ap- 
propriate name in every way), is surely boreal, 
Canada being especially fortunate in having two 
such perfect little gems within its borders. In 
the northern United States and southern Canada 
it is rare, and the same thing may be said of it 
here at Montreal, only one station being known 
to me and that forty miles away, but in the 
Gaspé Peninsula, Alberta, Saskatchewan, British 
Columbia, and further north, it may be said 
to abound in places. 


May, 1941] 


From an examination of 250 plants in the 
National Herbarium at Ottawa from all over 
Canada, I should say that Alberta and Saskat- 
chewan rank high as its principal home. At all 
events, the general height of the plants, spread 
of the spikes of flowers, size and general rotundity 
of the leaves, are above the average of those 
from other localities. Some of the specimens I 
measured exceeded the dimensions given in 
either Gray’s Manual (7th, ed.) or Morris and 
Eames’ Our Wild Orchids, a few ranging from 
25 - 35 cm. in height, real giants, with leaves as 
much as 9 x 6 em., and one spike of flowers 7 cm. 
in length. Plants from Churchill, the Yukon, 
Alaska, and the North West Territories, are 
either very small, or about normal average size. 
Out of the above 250 plants only 25, or about 
1/10th, could be said to have truly orbicular 
leaves. Early in 1940, Mr. A. E. Porsild, Botan- 
ist in charge of the National Herbarium, Ottawa, 
Ont., drew my attention to an interesting variety 
of Orchis rotundifoha, a photograph of which he 
had received from Mr. W. C. McCalla of Calgary, 
Alberta, who had found the plants in damp 
mossy woods above Elkwater Lake, Cypress Hills, 
Alberta, on June 27, 1932. Later on, the photo 
was submitted to various authorities at Harvard, 
Mass., none of whom, however, had seen or 
heard of the variety before. Since then, owing 
to pressure of work, Mr. Porsild has had no time 
to go further into the matter, and has now asked 
me to name and describe this interesting variety. 


When submitting the photograph to Mr. Por- 
sild, on April 4, 1989, Mr. McCalla regretted 
that he could find no specimens of the variety 
at the moment among his duplicates. Later on, 
however, some were discovered in November 
of the same year, the following being an extract 
from the letter accompanying them: “The bar- 
red* form is not common here. We saw hundreds 
of the usual spotted type and not more than 
seven or eight barred (sic) plants. These were 
scattered about over a considerable area, but 
four of them were collected on an area of per- 
haps fifty square yards. Colour much the same 
as in the spotted ones, but usually (or always) 
deeper. The bars are a very rich deep purple. 
I am pleased to present to the National Herb- 
arium five of these plants (No. 3848a), retaining 
two for my own collection.” In all of these 
plants the spots are run together forming very 
rich deep purple stripes, as depicted in the 


*Obviously a “‘lapsus calami’’ on the part of Mr. 
McCalla since the striking markings of the lip are 
longitudinal and not transverse. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 65 


beautiful photograph taken by Mr. McCalla on 
the spot, and herewith reproduced opposite p. 78. 
For this plant I am_ proposing: 

Orchis rotundifolia Banks var. lineata, var. 
nov. A planta typica differta labio non maculato 
sed lineato cum duobus lineis latis obscuris- 
purpureis. 

This striking variety differs from the species 
by having two broad, dark purplish stripes on 
the lip instead of spots. Damp mossy woods 
above Elkwater Lake, Cypress Hills, Alberta, 
June 27, 19382, W. C. McCalla, No. 3843-A. Known 
only from the type locality. Type in the National 
Herbarium of Canada, isotype in Mr. McCalla’s 
private herbarium. I might add that the five 
examples presented to the museum by Mr. 
McCalla all have oblong leaves, similar to those 
in the plate, the average size being 6 x 3.15 em., 
and the height of the plants 18.25 cm. It is 
hoped that Mr. McCalla (who was unable to 
visit the spot in 1940) may in the near future 
be able to secure live material, with a view of 
determining whether the variety is a mutant 
or not. 

In conclusion, the finding of this very dis- 
tinctive variety forms another interesting ad- 
dition to the flora of the Dominion, especially 
since Mr. McCalla informs me in a recent letter 
that he has known O. rotundifolia since 1899, 
but had never before seen the lip striped. He 
also. mentions found two uncommon 
orchids in these same woods, the Northern Tway- 
blade (Listera borealis), and Franklin’s Lady 
Slipper (Cypripedium passerinum), the latter very 
near the American boundary, which is especially 
interesting since apparently it is unrecorded in 
the United States. 

. In 1922? I planted five roots of C. passernum 
at Hatley, Que. (where I was living at the 
time), which I had received from near Banff, 
Alberta. Three of these bloomed late in June 
of the following year, but all unfortunately have 
since petered out?, the usual fate attending most 
experiments in the transplanting of wild orchids. 

Finally, my best thanks are due and herewith 
tendered to Mr. Porsild for his help in the pre- 
paration of this paper. 


having 


2. Can. Field-Nat., vol. 38, Apl., 1924. 
38. Can. Field-Nat., vol. 40, Nov., 1926. 


The illustrations in this number of The Can- 
adian Field-Naturalist appear through the kind 
generosity of Mr. Henry Mousley and Mr. P. 
A. Taverner, to whom we express our thanks and 
appreciation.—EDITOR, 


66 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


A RELIC FLORA ON SAND DUNES FROM THE CHAMPLAIN SEA IN THE 
OTTAWA VALLEY 


By A. E. PORSILD 
National Museum of Canada 


URING the summer of 1939 the writer 
had occasion to visit Constance Bay 
on the Ottawa River, just within the 
30-mile radius of the City of Ottawa, 
that to local naturalists arbitrarily constitutes 
the boundary of the Ottawa District. Two brief 
visits during the latter part of June and a still 
shorter one, made in the middle of October, 
contributed not only some unexpected “discover- 
ies” but added about one dozen species to the 
manuscript list of plants of the district, recorded 
or otherwise, which is maintained in the National 
Herbarium of Canada, thus showing that the 
“yossibilities” of the district are still far from 
exhausted. 


The writer’s interest was first roused when 
Mr. Clyde Patch of the National Museum 
brought to him specimens from Constance Bay 
of Hudsonia tomentosa and Lithospermum cro- 
ceum. The former was then “new” to the district 
while the latter had been collected here a number 
of times (Senn, 1938). 


A scouting trip to Constance Bay was made 
on June 24, in the company of Mr. Patch. Both 
species were soon “rediscovered” along the nar- 
row, sandy road which serves the cottages along 
the Ottawa, and a side trip inland at once proved 
that the hills south of the river, the “Sand Hills” 
of the topographical map, (Arnprior Sheet) were 
well worth further The writer, 
therefore, returned on the following day and spent 
a most fruitful afternoon. 


exploration. 


The Sand Hills occupy the centre and eastern 
half of a peninsula two miles long and a mile 
wide, which separates the narrow Buckham Bay 
from Constance Bay and the Ottawa River (see 
also Senn, l.c.). When the river stood shghtly 
higher these hills formed an island separated 
from the mainland by a narrow channel, the re- 
mains of which is Buckham Bay. The north and 
west shore of the peninsula is low and marshy 
and subject to inundation during spring floods 
while the southern and eastern part rises to 
heights of about 225 feet above the river. 


Geologically speaking, the Sand Hills, no 
doubt, are old dunes and were probably formed 


during the later stages of the Champlain Sea. 
Similar formations are found in a number of 
places on the upper Ottawa. In a letter dated 
October 19, 1939, Dr. A. W. Johnston, formerly 
of the Geological Survey of Canada, kindly 
supplied the following notes: 


“In considering the question of origin of 
the flora (of the Sand Hills) it is important. 
to bear in mind what has happened geolo- 
gically in the area since the retreat of the 
last ice sheet from the area some fifteen 
or twenty thousand years ago. When the 
ice melted back to the north of the Ottawa 
Valley, the sea entered because the land was 
depressed. The upper limit of marine sub- 
mergence was about 700 feet at Kingsmere 
and gradually decreased to the south at the 
rate of about four feet per mile, that is, the 
land has been uplifted unevenly. During 
the uplift of the land, or recession of the 
sea or during a pause in the uplift, the sea 
rose on the land for a time. This is shown 
by a depositional break or disconformity in 
the marine sediments. The area probably 
‘fell’ to about 250 feet and ‘rose’ to about 
400 feet at points along the Ottawa. The 
isobases of uplift run nearly east and west.” 


Dr. Johnston further states: “At many 
places in eastern Ontario there are old dunes 
which do not seem to have been live dunes 
(until very recently when the forest cover 
has been removed) since the time when they 
were first formed and became clothed with 
vegetation after the retreat of the Champlain 
sea. This is shown by the absence, so far as 
my observations go, of buried soil zones in 
the dunes. Such zones would have been 
present if there had been alternate dry and 
wet periods sufficiently marked to cause des- 
truction and regrowth of the vegetation.” 


The surface of the Sand Hills back of Con- 
stance Bay everywhere shows the characteristic 
topography of dunes, in marked contrast with 
the alluvial sands of the low ground now border- 
ing the river. The absence of buried soil or of 
stratification was noted in some places where 
recent road construction has cut through a spur 
of the Sand Hills. Here also a certain amount 
of drifting of sand was in evidence. 


The higher parts of the peninsula at one time 
were covered by a stand of jack pine but logging 
operations and successive fires have destroyed 
most of the original forest cover of which now 
but charred stumps remain. 


May, 1941) 


The soil everywhere consists of fine sand which, 
judging from the large number of calciphilous 
species of plants concentrated in the area, must 
be decidedly calcareous. The surface soil on 
level ground, but particularly on the ridges, 
through leaching has become acid as shown by 
the presence in such places of oxylophytes. But 
even here the soil at a depth of 18 inches shows 
little evidence of leaching. Most of the cal- 
ciphilous species are found in the bottom of the 
depressions. No podzolized soil, nor traces of 
hardpan was observed anywhere. 


With such a mixture of acid and calcareous 
soil it is not surprising that the local flora should 
exhibit a mixture of oxylophytes and calcicoles. 
But harder to account for is the fact that the 
flora contains a large number of species that are 
either rare or unrecorded from the Ottawa Val- 
ley, although nearly all are common, if often 
localized, on the coastal plain of the New Eng- 
land states and in the Great Lakes region. 


Of the 60-odd species of vascular plants noted on 
the Sand Hills the following 24 species are those 
that most obviously belong in this group: And- 
ropogon scoparius, Sorghastrum nutans, Panicum 
depauperatum var. psilophyllum, Cyperus filicul- 
mis var. macilentus, Carex heliophila, C. siccata, 
Polygonella articulata, Silene antirrhina, Ane- 
mone riparia, Arabis divaricarpa, Ceanothus amer- 
icanus, C. ovatus, Helianthemum canadense, Hud- 
sonia tomentosa, Lechea intermedia, Viola adunca, 
Convolvulus spithamaeus, Lithospermum croceum, 
Solidago hispida, Aster saggitifolius, Antennaria 
Brainerdu, Helianthus divaricatus, 
camporum and Senecio Balsamitae. 


Artemisia 


It should be noted that the above are all more 
or less psammophilous, and nearly all also cal- 
ciphilous species. ‘The question therefore is, do 
these plants grow here because of those particular 
soil conditions, or, does this element in the 
local flora constitute a small relic flora localized 
here since the recession of the Champlain Sea. 


The latter history seems probable in view of 
the postglacial history of the Ottawa Valley 
which, following the recession of the last ice 
sheet, was invaded by the sea (Johnston, 1916) 
and formed a connecting “back door” passage 
from the Champlain Sea to Lake Algonquin. 
Peattie (1922) called attention to the presence, 
in the southern part of the Great Lakes basin, 
of a large element of Coastal Plain species, 
enumerating about 90 species and “endemic de- 
rivatives.” In recent years a number of addition- 
al species have been added by various writers 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 67 


and the range of a great many of the species 
listed by Peattie have been extended to other 
parts of the Great Lakes basin. 


Marie-Victorin (1935), enumerates 51 species of 
vascular plants from the upper Ottawa Valley 
for which he postulates postglacial immigration 
from the Great Lakes. 

Griggs (1940) points out that “rarities grow 
together, certain areas being especially rich in 
plants not to be found elsewhere for long dis- 
tances” and also that many rare plants of dis- 
rupted range are localized in areas that in very 
recent time became available for plants, and, 
where for this reason competition has been less 
severe. 

This is a further step in the direction taken 
by Wynne-Edwards (1937 and 1939) who has 
pointed out that at least some arctic-alpine 
species of disrupted range, that Fernald (1925) 
considered senescent species occupying refugia 
that escaped glaciation, are actually species 
“adopted to localized soils rich in lime or in 
combinations of magnesia, lime and soda.” 


THe Locaut Fuora. 


When crossing the peninsula diagonally, from 
a point near Sand Hill’s Light on the Ottawa 
to Buckham Bay, we first cross a series of low, 
slightly elevated beaches, separated by low, mar- 
shy ground, subject to spring floods. On the 
higher ground grows scattered jack pine and 
scrub oak while the lower ground is occupied by 
a dense tangle of willow and aspen. The ground 
cover consists chiefly of bracken and _ poison 
Ivy. 


A short distance from the river we leave the 
flood plain and ascend the Sand Hills. The 
topography is the characteristic one for large 
dunes, sculptured into irregular crescent-shaped 
ridges interspersed with wind-eroded shallow cuts 
and hollows. Water-eroded valleys are, of course, 
not seen, nor are there any lakes or ponds. 
During the winter, snow, no doubt, accumulates 
in the depressions thus providing moisture during 
early spring. This, with a certain amount of 
seepage following heavy summer rains, accounts 
for the somewhat more mesophytie aspect of 
the vegetation in the hollows. There remains 
a few old pines that escaped logging operations 
and the successive fires, the last of which swept 
the peninsula about ten years ago. From these 
trees, or from seed that may have survived the 
fire, new growth of jack pines is in evidence 
everywhere. With it is mixed scrubby Quercus 
borealis, Salix Bebbiana and Populus tremuloides 


68 THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 


and P. grandidentata. The ground cover is close 
everywhere. 

On gently sloping ground and in level places 
Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, Gaylussacia baccata 
with Myrica asplenifolia, Ceanothus americanus 
and C. ovatus and Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi form 
a dense cover. A few herbaceous species are 
found here but do not form an important part 
of the cover. The more important ones are 
Andropogon scoparius, Sorghastrum nutans, Ory- 
zopsis pungens, Carex siccata, Lycopodium tri- 
tachyum, Aster saggitifolius and Solidago hispida. 

Here and there, for reasons that may be sought 
in variation in soil composition, remarkably sharp 
breaks occur where the above mentioned rather 
uniform dwarf shrub association is replaced by 
almost pure stands of Pteridium and Myrica. 
In other places huckleberries grow almost to 
the exclusion of other species while in a few 
places were seen low thickets of Salix humilis, 
Cornus stolonifera with a ground cover of Prunus 
susquehaena. 


Some of the most interesting finds were made 
on the most exposed ridges, where the effect 
of the fire perhaps had been most pronounced, 
and where, perhaps due to a slight drifting of 
sand, competition for space was less severe. 
(See also Griggs, 1940). 

Here were found Antennaria neodioica and A. 
Brainerdii along with Lycopodium tristachyum 
and small, dense tufts of the pale blue Vzola 
adunca and the heath-like dwarf shrub Hudsonia 
tomentosa, further Comandra Richardsiana, Ara- 
bis divaricarpa, Silene antirrhina, the moss-like 
Selaginella rupestris, and, in a patch of Arctosta- 
phylos Uva-Ursi, among clumps of grey clad- 
onias, grew masses of the tiny, delicate, pink- 
flowered Polygonella articulata and near it Cyper- 
us filiculmis var. macilentus. 


A somewhat more diversified flora was found 
in the depressions. Towards the end of June 
these hollows exhibit a gay mass of colour and, 
were it not for the omnipresent vines of poison 
ivy, would have made as delightful a spot for 
a picnic as one would find in the district. 


Most conspicuous at this time of the season 
were showy, large-flowered spikes of deep-golden 
Lithospermum croceum and the delicate, some- 
what paler vernal flowers of Helianthemum can- 
adensis. Here and there, often half hidden under 
scrub oaks, were single plants of. Liliwm phil- 
adelphicum and low bushes of the delicate, wild, 
northern Rosa acicularis. 


Less conspicuous and often in shaded places 


[VoL. LV 


near the bottom were seen an occasional clump 
of Epigaea repens, Anemone riparia, Lechea in- 
termedia, Botrychium multifidum, Pyrola elliptica, 
Gaultheria procumbens and many others. 


The upper rim of the often amphitheatre-like 
hollows in most places are covered either by 
Pteridium latiusculum and Myrica asplenifolia 
or by a loose turf formed chiefly by Carex 
siccata and C. heliophila. 


The steep slope facing Buckham Bay apparently 
escaped the last major fire. Here is found a 
more mesophytic mixed forest of aspens, poplars 
with a few jack pine, yellow birch and oaks. 
The ground cover here is the usual one in the 
district for such forests and need not be con- 
sidered here. 


Tur CATALOGUE, 


In the following annotated list of the flowering 
plants and ferns seen or collected on the Sand 
Hills the writer does not claim to have recorded 
all species actually now occurring there. He is 
aware, for example, that he missed certain gras- 
ses and sedges that at the time of his visit, in 
June, were still too immature, and that, at the 
time of his last visit, in October, were past. 


In the list are not included marsh species 
limited to the river bank or flood plain bordering 
the Ottawa or Buckham Bay, nor some mes- 
ophytic woodland species limited to the mixed, 
desiduous forest growing on the steep slope facing 
the foot of Buckham Bay. 


Following the destruction of the original forest 
cover the present flora of the Sand Hills is in 
an interesting successional stage; for this reason, 
and because of the diversified soil conditions it 
has been thought worth while, nevertheless, to 
record the present list, incomplete though it may 
perhaps be. 


Botrychium multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr. ssp. 
silaifolium (Presl.) Clausen. Very scarce; 
seen but a few times in moist sandy hollows. 
Common in the district. General Canadian range 
from Prince Edward Island to the Great Lakes 
region. 

Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Hieron, — 
Widely distributed species. 
(Fern.) Blanchard. 
—Common in dry aspen woods towards Buckham 
Bay but rare elsewhere. General Canadian range 
from Prince Edward Island to the Great Lakes 
region. 


Very common. 
Lycopodium flabelliforme 


L. tristachyum Pursh. — Fairly common on 


May, 1941] 


semi-barren, sandy ridges. In the district other- 
wise known from Mer Bleue. General Canadian 
range from the Maritimes to the Great Lakes 
region and northern Saskatchewan (Athabasca 
L.) 


Selaginella rupestris Spring—Sparingly on 
dry, sandy ridges. Common in the district in 
sterile places. Widely distributed, at least as 


far as the Great Lakes. 


Equisetum hyemale L. var affine (Engelm.) A. 
A. Eaton.—Here and there in moist depressions. 
Widely distributed in the southern portion of the 
Dominion. 


Pinus Banksiana few 


Lamb—A scattered 
old trees, but abundance of seedlings and young 
trees. Common in suitable places in the district. 
General distribution from the Maritimes to the 
Mackenzie. 

Andropogon scoparius Michx. — Here and 
there on dry ridges and slopes. Known in the 
district from Billings Bridge, Chelsea and Wake- 
field. Known from New Brunswick, along the 
St. Lawrence, Lake Ontario, Erie, Huron and 
Superior and also from Saskatchewan and AI- 


berta. 


Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash. — Here and 
there on dry slopes and ridges. In the district 
known from Billings Bridge, Governor’s Bay, 
Chelsea and Wakefield. General distribution: 
Maine to Manitoba, chiefly along the Great 
Lakes. 

Panlcum depauperatum Muhl. var. _ psilo- 
phyllum Fern.*—Common in open places. Not 
previously recorded from the Ottawa District. 


(Torr.) Hitche. — Com- 
Widely distributed species. 


Oryzopsis pungens 
mon in open woods. 


Poa pratensis [L. var. — A curious Poa is 
not uncommon in dry heath and in sandy places 
where it forms small, loose tufts of a few culms. 
The leaves are narrow and conduplicate and 
much shorter than the slender, smooth and some- 
what shiny culm. The panicle is rather narrow 
and the whole plant superficially resembles cer- 
tain forms of Festuca ovina. Professor Fernald 
suggested to the writer that it might be the 
little known var. angustifolia (L.) Sm. (P. angusti- 
folia L.) of Europe. 

Cyperus filiculmis Vahl var. macilentus Fern. 
—Sparingly in a wagon trail on a sandy ridge. 


*The writer is indebted to Professor M. L. Fer- 
nald, Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, for the 
determination of Panicum depauperatum_ var. 
psilophyllum, Rubus setosus and Antennaria Brain- 
erdii. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 69 


New to the Ottawa District; in Canada other- 
wise known from sandy places along the St. 
Lawrence at Lake St. Pierre, on the upper Ottawa 
River and on Lake Ontario. 


Carex heliophila Mack—Very common on 
open, sandy slopes. New to the Ottawa District; 
in Canada known from Manitoba to British 
Columbia. 


C. siccata| Mack—Very common on _ open, 


sandy slopes with the preceding. New to the 
Ottawa District; elsewhere in Canada known 
from shores of Lake Ontario and Great Lakes 
west to British Columbia and Yukon. 

Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf—Sparingly on 
sandy slopes and in open aspen woods. Widely 
distributed in suitable places from Newfoundland 
to British Columbia. 


Majanthemum canadense Desf. — Common 
in open aspen woods; rare elsewhere. Widely 
distributed from Newfoundland west to Algonquin 
Park. West of Georgian Bay the species is 


replaced by its var. interius Fern. 

Lilium philadelphicum J,—Here and there in 
thickets. Known also from a number of other 
places in the district; west to British Columbia 
and north to James Bay. 

Bebbiana 
open thickets. 


Salix Sarg—Forming clumps and 


A widely distributed species. 


S. humilis Marsh. — Common . Widely dis- 
tributed species from Newfoundland to Manitoba, 
but in Ontario chiefly in the Lake Ontario 
region. 

Populus grandidentata Michx—Fairly com- 
mon throughout. Widely distributed in caleare- 
ous soils from Nova Scotia to the Great Lakes. 


P. tremuloides Michx. — Fairly common 
throughout. Widely distributed from Newfound- 
land to British Columbia. 


Myrica asplenifolia L—Very common on dry 
ridges and slopes. Common in dry, sterile places 
from Prince Edward Island to Ontario west to 
Algonquin Park; according to Gray’s Manual 
west to Saskatchewan. 


Quercus borealis Michx—-Common; forming 
thickets on dry slopes and in the hollows. Widely 
distributed on poor soil from Nova Scédtia west 
to Ontario (Algonquin Park). 

Comandra Richardsiana Fern—Common on 
In the dis- 
trict otherwise known from Rockcliffe and Blue- 
berry Point, distribution : 
Prince Hdward Island west to British Columbia. 


dry ridges and in open pine woods. 


Aylmer. General 


70 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Polygonella articulata (L.) Meisn—Common 
in one place, on a dry, sandy ridge. Previously 
recorded from the Ottawa District, probably from 
the identical spot, by H. Groh (1926). In Canada 
otherwise known from the upper Ottawa Valley 


(Petawawa Ont., Waltham, Que., the Algoma 


District and Pt. aux Pins, Lake Superior, Ont.) 


Otherwise known from New England states and 
from the Great Lakes region. 
were flowering on October 9th. 


Our specimens 


Silene antirrhina LL. — Sparingly, in open 
sandy places. Known in the district from King’s 
Mountain and Aylmer. In Canada known from 
sandy places, chiefly in southern Ontario, the 
Great Lake region west to Lake Winnipeg and 
Lake Athabasca. 


Anemone riparia Fern —Here and there in 
the depressions. Known in the district from 
limestone cliffs along the Ottawa; in Canada 
otherwise known from New Brunswick, Quebec, 
Southern Ontario to James Bay. 

Aquilegia brevistyla Hook—The plant which is 
hesitatingly referred here was collected in October, 
in a shallow ravine. This record, if verified by 
better material, constitutes a very considerable 
range extension since this species was previously 
known from western Ontario (Severn River) to 
British Columbia and north to the Mackenzie. 


Arabis divaricarpa Nels—Sparingly in open, 
sandy places. Previously known from the district 
from Rockeliffe and Hull. 
Quebec along the St. Lawrence through the Great 
Lakes region to British Columbia and Yukon. 


In Canada known from 


Rubus hispidus L.—Common in open, sandy 
places. Known from a number of places in the 
district; m Canada otherwise known from Nova 
Scotia to south-western Ontario and the north 
shore of Lake Superior. 

R. setosus Bigel—Apparently common in thick- 
ets; new to the flora of the district. 


Fragaria sp. —A small-leaved, strawberry plant 
was collected in October; it was common in one 
or two hollows. 


Rosa acicularis Lindl—Common in open thick- 
ets. Previously known in the district from points 
along the Ottawa; otherwise known in Canada 
from Northern Ontario and Quebec west across 
the continent to British Columbia. 
L.—Common in thick- 
ets and open woods. A widely distributed species. 


P. susquehanae Willd. (See Fernald, in Rho- 
dora 25: 69-74 (1923))—Common in depressions. 


Prunus pennsylvanica 


{[VoL. LV 


This appears to be the sand cherry common im 
sandy and rocky places along the upper Ottawa. 
The branches are erect and the leaves, when 
mature are large and lanceolate. The fruit is 


dry and scarcely edible. 

Rhus typhina L—Common near the river; 
a few specimens seen in a ravine on the Sand 
Hills. sandy, calcareous places 
throughout the district; in Canada otherwise 
known from Prince Edward Island west to Lake 
Huron 

R. Toxicodendron .—Common everywhere, 
particularly in moist thickets and depressions, 
but not wanting even in blueberry patches on 
the hills. A widely distributed species. 


Ceanothus americanus 


Common in 


L.—Common in open 
thickets, especially towards Buckham Bay. In 
the Ottawa district previously known from Rock- 
celiffe and Aylmer; in Canada otherwise known 
from the lower Ottawa and Lake Ontario. 


C. ovatus Desf—Very common in open thick- 
ets and on sandy ridges. Not previously re- 
corded from the Ottawa District. In Canada 
known from the St. Lawrence Valley, through 
Lake Ontario and the Great Lakes; also from 
the upper Ottawa Valley. According to Gray’s 


Manual, ed. 7, west to Manitoba. 


(L.) Michx.—Here 
and there in open places. New to the flora of 
the Ottawa Listrict. In Canada _ previously 
known from Lake Ontario, Lake Erie west to 
Lake Superior (Lake of the Woods). 

Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt—Here and there 
on the most dry and barren sand ridges. Not 
previously known from the Ottawa District. In 
Canada in sandy places from Nova Scotia along 
the St. Lawrence through the Great Lakes to 
Lake Athabasca, Saskatchewan. Also known 
from Lake St. John and from the upper Ottawa 
Valley (Bonnechere River, Chalk River). 

Lechea intermedia Leggett. — Sparingly, in 
moist depressions. Not previously known from 
the Ottawa District. In Canada of essentially the 
same distribution as the preceding. 

Viola adunca Sm.—(See Rhodora 15: 106-111 
(1913)). Here and there on sandy ridges and 
in open places. Not previously known from the 
Ottawa District. According to Brainerd, l.c., from 
Gaspé, New Brunswick, southern Ontario, Michi- 
gan. (Ille Royale, Lake Superior) and North 
Dakota. 

Oenothera sp.—Sterile rosettes of a large-leaved 
Oenothera were collected in October. 


Helianthemum canadense 


May, 1941] 


Aralia hispida Vent—Common throughout. In 
Canada known from the Maritimes west to Lake 
Winnipeg. 

Cornus stolonifera Michx. — Common along 
the river; on the Sand Hills seen in one or two 
places. Widely distributed species. 


Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt—Common 
In rich aspen woods near Buckham Bay; rare 
elsewhere. Widely distributed species. 

Pyrola elliptica Nutt—Rare, in rich aspen 
woods and in moist depressions. Widely dis- 


tributed species. 


Epigaea repens J,—Apparently rare; seen but 
once or twice in moist depressions. In Canada 
known from the Maritimes to Saskatchewan. 

Gaultheria procumbens I,—Common in open 
aspen woods and in moist depressions. In Canada 
from the Maritimes to Manitoba. 

Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi 
mon on sandy slopes and ridges. 
district known from Rockcliffe Park and from 
the lower Gatineau River. In Canada known 
from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to British Columbia 
but east of the Great Lakes the distribution is 
very spotty. 

Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) K. Koch—Com- 
mon, especially on level ground and on open, 
wooded slopes. Common in eastern Canada, 
west to the Great Lakes. 

Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam.—Very com- 
mon. 


(L.) Spreng—Com- 
In the Ottawa 


Common in Canada, west to Lake Super- 
ior. 

V. pennsylvanicum Lam. var nigrum Wood.— 
This black-fruited blueberry is fairly common on 
the Sand Hills and in similar places along the 
upper Ottawa. 

Convolvulus spithamaeus L. — Common in 
open grassy places. In the Ottawa Diaistrict 
previously known from one station (La Peche 
Lake, Quebec). Here and there in sandy places 
across Canada, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence 
to the foothills of western Alberta. Perhaps most 
common on the upper Ottawa and in the Great 
Lakes region. 


Lithospermum croceum Fern. (see Rhodora, 
37: 329-31 (1935))—Common in grassy places 
and in open, sunny thickets. Fernald (l.c.) gives 
the following distribution: “Sands, gravels and 
sandy woods, thickets and bluffs near the Great 
Lakes from western New York and Ontario 
westward, thence to Montana, South Dakota, 
Nebraska and Kansas.” The Canadian distri- 


THE CANADIAN FY®&LD-NATURALIST 71 


bution has recently been given by Senn (1938). 

Diervilla Lonicera Mill—Common on open 
slopes and in thickets. In Canada common from 
the Maritimes west to Lake Superior. 

Solidago hispida Muhl—Common in open, 
sunny thickets. In Canada known from eal- 
careous soils from Quebee to Saskatchewan. 
Wedem.—Here and there 
in open thickets. New to the flora of the Ottawa 
District, but previously known from 
Ontario. 


Aster saggitifolius 
southern 


Antennaria Brainerdii Fern—Rare on sandy 
ridges. The specimens are over mature, with 
empty receptacles. The species, to my knowledge, 
has not previously been recorded from Canada, 
although there is, in the National Herbarium, 
a sheet of sterile leaf rosettes thus annotated 
by Professor Fernald (Algonquin Park, on dry 
rocks, Catfish Lake, July 23, 1800, John Macoun, 
No. 21, 855). 

A. neodioica Greene—Common on dry, sandy 
slopes. In Canada known from Gaspé west to 
Lake Superior. 

Helianthus divaricatus L.—Here and there 
sunny thickets. In Canada known 
chiefly from the upper Ottawa Valley and from 
the Great Lakes region west to Lake Winnipeg. 


In open, 


Artemisia camporum Rydb.—Here and there 
in sandy places. New to the flora of the Ottawa 
District. In Canada known chiefly from western 
Ontario and from the Great Lakes region. 
Muhl—Here and there 
on open, sunny slopes. In Canada known from 
the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes 
region west to British Columbia. 


Senecio Balsamitae 


Hieracium florentinum All—Common along 


a sandy road. 


REFERENCES: 


Grices, Rosert F. (1940). The Ecology of Rare 


Plants. Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 67: 575-94. 
Grou, H., (1926). Can. Freld-Naturalist. 40: 
19-20. 


Frernatp, M. L., (1925). Persistence of plants in 
unglaciated areas of boreal America. Mem. 
Gray Herbarium Il. 

Jounston, W. A., (1916). Late Pleistocene Os- 
cillations of Sea-Level in the Ottawa Valley. 
Geol. Surv. Can. Museum Bull. 24. 

Marie-Victor1In, Frere. (1935). Flore Lauren- 
tienne, pp. 49-50. 

Peartiz, D. C., (1922). The Atlantic Coastal 
Plain Element in the Flora of the Great 
Lakes. Rhodora, 24: 57-70 and 80-88. 


72 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Senn, Harotp A., (1938). 
52: 127-8. 

Wynne-Epwarps, V. C., (1937). Isolated Arctic- 
Alpine Floras in Eastern North America. 
Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 3rd Ser. Sect. V, 31: 


Can. Field-Naturalist, 


(VoL. LV 


33-58. 

WyNNE-Epwarps, V. C., (1939). Some Factors 
in the Isolation of Rare Alpine Plants. 
Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 3rd Ser. Sect. V, 33: 
35-42. 


WATER TRAPS CAPTURE THE PIGMY SHREW | Microsorex hoyi) 
IN ABUNDANCE 
By LESLIE A. PRINCE 


NTHONY (1928) on the 
numbers of pigmy shrews states, “Pig- 
my shrews seem to be rare and never 
have been found in even moderate 
abundance.” However, during the summer of 
1939 at Lake Attawapiskat, Patricia portion of 
Ontario, the writer collected 
sixty specimens of the pigmy shrew, over a period 
of seventy-six days’ trapping. As the pigmy 
shrew has previously been considered a_ rare 
shrew in North America, this collecting of an 
extensive series of this species and the method 
of trapping adopted seem worthy of note. 


The habitat of this species in the Lake Attawa- 
piskat region appeared to be confined to two 
distinct types: a dry, high grass clearing, border- 
ing second growth alder-poplar-birch woods and 
the alder-birch-poplar-dogwood border of Lake 
Attawapiskat. In both habitats the ground cover 
was very dry and quite open with little litter 
or brush. Only one specimen was taken in 
habitat other than the two described. This 
specimen was trapped in a very wet sphagnum 
bog, bordering a black spruce woods. 


remarking 


Kenora district, 


Fifty-eight of the sixty specimens were taken 
in water traps and the remaining two specimens, 
in mouse traps. This significant and important 
fact was also noted by Clarke (1935), who col- 
lected a series of ten pigmy shrews at Pancake 
Bay, Ontario. All of these specimens were taken 
in water traps, although mouse traps were used 
extensively over the entire area worked. Similar 
results were noted at Favourable Lake, Ontario, 
in 1938, where the writer collected twelve pigmy 
shrews, ten of which were taken in water traps. 


It is thought that, as the systematic use of the 
water trap by collectors has been so limited, a 
brief description of the type of trap used by the 
writer is necessary. Any type of can or bucket 
may be used. There appears to be no limit as 
to the size of bucket which can be used, but 
experience suggests that best results are obtained 
by using cans which are not smaller than seven 
or eight inches in diameter and approximately 


eight inches deep. An exact description of the 
type of water traps with which the writer has 
had the greatest success is as follows: a nesting 
series of galvanized tin sap buckets, twelve 
inches deep, with a diameter of eight inches at 
the mouth and five inches at the bottom. This 
type of bucket is very practical as it may be 
handled and transported easily. 


This bucket, three-quarters filled with water, 
was placed in a hole with the top rim slightly 
below the surface of the ground. The sides of 
the bucket were tightly packed in with earth 
and only the open top of the trap was exposed. 
While performing these experiments, it was 
questionable how the mammals were actually 
captured—whether they stumbled blindly into 
the trap or whether they jumped in to investi- 
gate and thus were drowned. During periods 
of heavy rainfall the level of the water in the 
traps may rise sufficiently to allow the animals 
to reach the top and escape, so that there is 
only one requirement after setting the trap: 
the water in the trap must be kept at the right 
level. 

Such a type of trap has many advantages. No 
bait is required. The specimens taken in water 
traps are free from the attack of insects and 
other animals. No skulls or skeletons are dam- 
aged, this being a very important factor in 
collecting small mammals. Specimens are more 
easily prepared as the cold water in the bucket 
tends to prevent decomposition. 

Therefore, it seems that the apparent rarity 
of the pigmy shrew has resulted from the pre- 
viously-adopted method of trapping and the 
importance and value of using the water trap 
in general and systematic small mammal col- 
lecting should be stressed. 


LITERATURE CITED 
Antuony, H. E., 1928. Field Book of North 
American Mammals, New York, p. 40. 
Cuarke, C. H. D., 1938. A Study of the Mammal 
Population of the Vicinity of Pancake Bay, 
Algoma District, Ontario. Natzonal Museum 
of Canada, Bull. 88, pp. 141-152. 


May, 1941[ THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 73 


A STUDY OF THE FLORA OF WELLINGTON COUNTY, ONTARIO 
By JOHN J. STROUD 


(Continued from page 62) 


ARACEAE 
Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott. 
Calla palustris L. — 
Symplocarpus foetidus (L.) Nutt. 
Acorus Calamus L. 


LEMNACEAE 
Lemna minor L. 


PONTEDERIACEAE 
Pontederia cordata L. 


JUNCACEAE 
Juncus bufonius L. 


. acuminatus Michx. 


J. macer 8. F. Gray. (J. tenuis Willd.) 
J. balticus Willd., var. littoralis Engelm. 
J. effusus L. 

J. nodosus L. 

J 

ds 


insignis Fries.) 
J. articulatus L. 
Luzula saltuensis Fernald. 


LILIACEAE 
Tofieldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers. 
Zygadenus elegans Pursh. (Z. chloranthus 
Richards.) 
Uvularia grandiflora Sm. 
Allium tricoccum Ait. 


A. Schoenoprasum L., var. stbiricum (L.) Hartm. 


A. cernuum Roth. 
*Hemerocallis fulva L. 
Lilium philadelphicum UL. 


L. philadelphicum L., var. andinum (Nutt.) Ker. 


L. canadense L. 

*L. tigrinum Ker. 

Erythronium americanum Ker. 
*Ornuithogalum umbellatum IL. 
*Muscari botryoides (L.) Mill. 
*Asparagus officinalis L. 
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf. 
Smilacina racemosa (l.) Desf. 
S. stellata (L.) Desf. 

S. trifolia (L.) Desf. 
Maanthemum canadense Desf. 
M. canadense Desf., var. interius Fernald. 
Streptopus roseus Michx. 


Polygonatum pubescens (Willd.) Pursh. (P. 


biflorum (Walt.) Ell.) 
P. commutatum (R. & S.) Dietr. 
Medeola virgimana L. 
Trillium erectum L. 


alpinus Vill., var. rariflorus Hartm. (var. 


T. grandiflorum (Michx.) Salish. 
Smilax herbacea L. 
S. hispida Muhl. 


TRIDACEAE 

Iris versicolor L. 

I. pumila L. 

Sisyrinchium angustifoium Mill. 

ORCHIDACEAE 

TCypripedium arietinum R. Br. 

C. parviflorum Salish. 

C. parviflorum Salisb., var. pubescens (Willd.) 
Knight. 

C. reginae Walt. (C. hirsutum Miull.) 

C. acaule Ait. 

Orchis rotundifolia Banks. 

O. spectabilis L. 

Habenaria viridis (.) R. Br., var. bracteata 

(Muhl.) A. Gray. (H. bracteata (Willd.) 

R. Br.) 

. hyperborea (L.) R. Br. 

. dilatata (Pursh) Gray. 

. clavellata (Michx.) Spreng. 

. orbiculata (Pursh) Torr. 

. lacera (Michx.) R. Br. 

. psycodes (L.) Sw. 

Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. 

Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br. 

Arethusa bulbosa L. 

Spiranthes cernua (L.) Richard. 

S. Romanzoffiana Cham. 

Goodyera repens (L.) R. Br., var. ophioides 
Fernald. (Epipactis repens (L.) Crantz., var. 
ophioides (Fernald) A. A. Eaton.) 

G. pubescens (Willd.) R. Br. (Hpipactis pube- 
scens (Willd.) A. A. Eaton.) 

Corallorhiza trifida Chatelain. 

C. striata Lindl. 

C. maculata Raf. 

Microstylis monophyllos (L.) Lindl. 

Liparis Loeselii (L.) Richard. 

Calypso bulbosa (L.) Oakes. 

SALICACEAE 

Salix amygdaloides Anders. 

S. lucida Muhl. 


SEs 


+This rare orchid seems to have been missed 
by earlier collectors as no mention of it was 
found in an article by E. J. Colgate. The Orchi- 
daceae of Wellington County, Ontario Natural 
Science Bulletin: 1: 32,.1905. Nor does Wm. Her- 
riot mention it in his article in the same pub- 
lication 5: 26-30, 1909, dealing with the Galt region. 
A considerable number were found in flower near 
Puslinch. 


T4 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


*§. fragilis L. 

S. cordata Muhl. 

S. discolor Muhl. 

S. petiolaris Sm. 

S. humilis Marsh. 

*Populus alba L. 

P. tremuloides Michx. 

P. grandidentata Michx. 

P. tacamahacca Mill. (P. balsamifera L.} 
*P_ candicans Ait. 

P. balsamifera L. (P. deltoides Marsh.) 
*P_ nigra L., var. italica Du Roi. 


MyricacEAkE 
Myrica Gale L. 
JUGLANDACEAB 
Juglans cinerea L. 
tJ. nigra L. 
Carya ovata (Mill.) K. Koch 
C. cordiformis (Wang.) K. Koch 
BETULACEAE 
Corylus cornuta Marsh. (C. rostrata Ait.) 
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch 
Carpinus caroliniana Walt. 
Betula lutea Michx. f. 
B. populifolia Marsh. 
*B. pendula Roth. 
*B. alba L. 
B. papyrifera Marsh. (B. alba L. var. papyrifera 
(Marsh.) Spach) 
Alnus crispa (Ait.) Pursh. 
A. incana (L.) Moench. 
FAGACEAE 
Fagus grandifolia Ehrh. 
Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. 
Quercus macrocarpa Michx. 
Q. rubra L. 
UrtICcAcEAR 
Ulmus fulva Michx. 
*U. campestris L. 
U. americana L. 
U. racemosa Thomas 
Celtis occidentalis L. 
*Cannabis sativa L. 
Humulus Lupulus L. 
*Morus alba L. 
Urtica gracilis Ait. 
Laportea canadensis (L.) Gaud. 
Pilea pumila (L.) Gray. 
Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw. 
SANTALACEAE 
Comandra umbellata (L.) Nutt. 


+Possibly an introduced tree to this region. 
According to J. M. Buchan, Notes on the Flora 
of Hamilton, Canadian Journal, Aug. 1874, 281-304: 
“This tree does not seem to appear north of the 
Hamilton Valley.” 


[VoL. LV 


C. Richardsiana Fernald. 


LoraANTHACEAE 
Arceuthobium pusillum Peck. 


ARISTOLOCHIACEAE. 
Asarum eanadense IL. 
*Aristolochia macrophylla Lam. 
*A. Clematitis L. 


POLYGONACEAE 
*Rumex crispus L. 
*R. conglomeratus Murr. 
*R. obtusifolius L. 
*R. Acetosella L. 
Polygonum aviculare L. 


P. aviculare L., var. angustissimum Meisn. 

P. erectum L. 

P. lapathifoluum L. 

P. amphibium L. 

P. amphibium L., forma Haréwrightu (Gray) 
Blake. (var. Hartwrighta (Gray) Bissell.) 

P. coccineum Muhl. (P. Muhlenbergu (Meisn.) 


Wats.) 
P. pennsylvanicum L- 

P. Hydropiper L. cs 

P. robustius (Small) Fernald. (P. aere HBK.) 
*P. Persicaria L. 

P. hydropiperoides Miehx. 

P. Convolvulus L. 

P. scandens L. 

*P. cuspidatum Sieb & Zuce. 

*Fagopyrum esculentum Moench. 


CHENOPODIACEAB 

Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult. 
*Kochia scoparia (L.) Schrad. 
*K. scoparia (L.) Schrad., var trichophila 

(Schinz. & Thell.) Bailey) 
*Chenopodium Botrys L. 
C. capitatum (L.) Asch. 
*O. Bonus-Henricus L. 
*O. glaucum L. 
C. hybridum L. 
*C. album L. 
*C. urbicum L. 
Atriplex patula L. 
A. patula L., var. hastata (L.) Gray. 
*Monolepis Nuttaluana (R. & 8.) Wats. 
*Salsola Kali L., var. tenuifolia G. F. W. Mey. 
*Agyris amarantoides L. 


AMARANTHACEAB 
*Amaranthus retroflecus L. 
*A. hybridus L. 
*A. paniculatus L. 
A. graecizans L. 
*A. blitoides Wats. 


May, 1941] 


AIZOACEAE 
*Molluge verticillata L. 


CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
*Spergula arvensis L. 
*Arenania serpyllifolia L. 
Stellaria longifolia Muhl. 
*S. graminea L. 
*S. media (L.) Cyrill. 
Cerastiuum arvense L. 
*C. vulgatum L. 
*Agrostemma Githago L. 
*Lychnis coronaria (L.) Desr. 
*L. chalcedonica L. 
*T. dioica L. 
*D. alba Mill. 
*Silene noctiflora L. 
*S. latifolia (Mill.) Britten & Rendle. 
*Saponaria officinalis L. 
*S. Vaccaria L. 
*Dianthus deltoides L. 
*D. Armeria L. 


PoRTULACACEAE 
Claytoma virginica L. 
C. caroliniana Michx. 
*Portulaca oleracea L. 


NYMPHAEACEAE 
Nymphozanthus advena (Ait.) Fernald. (Nym- 
phaea advena Ait.) 
Nymphaea odorata Ait. (Castalia odorata (Ait.) 
Woodville & Wood.) 


RANUNCULACEAE 
*Ranunculus Ficaria L. 
R. trichophyllus Chaix., var. typicus Drew. (R. 
aquatilis L., var. capillaceus DC.) 
R. delphinifolius Torr. 
R. Purshi Richards. 
R. sceleratus L. 
R. abortivus L. 
R. recurvatus Poir. 
R. fascicularis Muhl. 
R. septentrionalis Poir. 
R. hispidus Michx. 
*R. repens L. 
R. pennsylvanicus L. f. 
*R. bulbosus L. 
tho CCS 3, 
Thalictrum dioicum IL. 
T. revolutum DC. 
T. polygamum Mubhl. 
Anemonella thalictroides (.) Spach. 
Hepatica americana (DC.) Ker. (H. 
Chaix.) 
H. acutiloba DC. 


Anemone virginiana L. 


triloba 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 05 


A. cylindrica Gray. 

A. canadensis L. 

A. quinquefolia L. 

Clematis virginiana L. 

*C, Viorna L. 

Caltha palustris L. 

Coptis groenlandica (Oeder) Fernald. (C. trifolia 
(L.) Salisb.) 

Aquilegia canadensis L. 

*A. vulgaris L. 

Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. 

A. alba (L.) Mull. 


MENISPERMACEAE 
Menispermum canadense UL. 

BERBERIDACEAE 
Podophyllum peltatum L. 
Jeffersonia diphylla (.) Pers. 

south of County Line) 

Caulophyllum thalictroides (.) Michx. 
*Berberis vulgaris L. 
*B. aquifolium L. 


(about 1 mile 


PAPAVERACEAE 
Sanguinaria canadensis L. 
*Chelidonium majus L. 
*Papaver Rhoeas L. 
*Argemone mexicana L. 


FUMARIACEAE 
Adlumia fungosa (Ait.) Greene. 
Dicentra Cucullaria (.) Bernh. 
D. canadensis (.) Bernh. 
Corydalis aurea Willd. 
*Fumaria officinalis L. 


CRUCIFERAE 
*Berteroa incana (L.) DC. 
*Lobularia marituma (L.) Desv. 
*Alyssum alyssoides L. 
*Thlaspi arvense L. 
Lepidium virginicum L. 
*Z. densiflorum Schrad. (L. apetalum Willd.) 
*D. sativum L. 
*T,. campestre (L.) R. Br. 
*T. Draba L. 
*Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. 
*Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz. 
*C. microcarpa Andrz. 
*Neslia paniculata (L.) Desv. 
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook., var. lacustris 
Fernald. (C. edentula (Bigel.) Hook.) 
*Raphanus Raphanstrum LL. 
*R. sativus L. 
*Brassica alba (L.) Boiss. 
*B. arvensis (L.) Ktze. 
*B. juncea (L.) Cosson. 
*B. nigra (L.) Koch. 


76 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


*Diplotazis tenwfoha (L.) DC. 

*Conringia orientalis (L.) Scop. 

*Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Seop. 

*§. altissimum L. 

S. incisum Engelm. 

S. incisum Engelm. var. filipes Gray. 

*§. sophia L. 

*Hesperis matronalis L. 

Erysimum cheiranthoides L. 

E. parviflorum Nutt. 

*Nasturtium Nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Karst. 
(Radicula Nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) 1B, as 
R.) 

*Roripa sylvestris (L.) Bess. (Radicula sylvestris 
(L.) Druce) 

R. palustris (L.) Bess. (Radicula palustris (L.) 
Moench.) 

R. palustris (L.) Bess. var. hispida (Desv.) 
Rydb. (Radicula palustris (L.) Moench. var. 
hispida (Desv.) Robs.) 

*Armoracia rusticana Gaertn. (Radicula Armor- 
acia (L.) Robinson) 

Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. 

+B. vulgaris R. Br. var. longisiliquosa Fernald 
(B. stricta Andrz.) 

Dentaria diphylla Michx. 

D. laciniata Mubhl. 

Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) BSP. 


+ Barbarea stricta Andrz. according to Gray’s 
Manual, is considered as_ B._ orthoceras Ledeb. by 
Marie-Victorin, (Flore Laurentienne: 269. 1935). 


Commenting on B. vulgaris, Wiegand and Hames, 
(Cayuga Flora: 231, 1926) say: “In exposed sit- 
uations the pods are usually appressed (B._ stricta 
of Gray’s Manual, not. Andrz., B. vulgaris R. Br., 
var. longisiliquosa Fernald, Rhodora 11: 139, 1909, 
and of Carion?) but when growing in the shade 
or in especially damp situations, the pods are 
commonly much more spreading. (see Jour. Bot. 
54: 202, 1916 and 57: 304, 1919).’’ However my 
experience has been that B. vulgaris is more com- 
monly found along roadsides and drier situations 
than the B. stricta of Gray, which was found 
along the banks of the Grand River. My opinion 
is that it might be regarded as a variety of B. 
oulgaris. 


(VoL. LV 


C. bulbosa (Schreb.) BSP. var. purpurea (Torr.) 
BSP. (C. Douglass (Torr.) Britton} 

C. pratensis L. 

C. pennsylvanica Muhl. 

Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. 

A. hirsuta (L.) Scop. 

A. canadensis L. 

*Lunaria annua L. 

*Hrucastrum gallicum (Willd.) O.K. Sch. 
CAPPARIDACEAE 

Cleome serrulata Pursh. 

*C’. spinosa L. 
SARRACENIACEAE 

Sarracenia purpurea L. 


DROSERACEAB 
Drosera rotundifolia L. 


CRASSULACEAE 
Penthorum sedoides L. 
*Sedum acre L. 
*Sempervivum tectorum L. 


SAXIFRAGACEAE 

Saxifraga virginiensis Miehx. — ~ 
Mitella diphylla L. 
M. nuda L. 
Chrysosplenium americanum Schwein. 
Parnassia americana Muhl. (P. 

Michx.) 
Philadelphus grandiflorus Willd. 
Ribes Cynosbati L. 
R. hirtellum Michx. (R. oxyacanthoides L.) 
R. americanum Mill. (R. floridwm L’ Her.) 
*R. nigrum L. 
R. glandulosum Grauer. (R. prostratwm L’Her.) 
*R. sativum (Reichenb.) Syme. (R. vulgare Lam.) 
R. triste Pall. 
R. triste Pall. var. albinervum (Michx.) Fernald 


carolimana 


HAMAMELIDACEAE 
Hamamelis virginiana L. 


(To be Continued) 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


UnusuaL Numser or Ivory Guuis (Pagophila 
alba) ALONG THE NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF 
St. Lawrence—An adult Ivory Gull, killed in 
December, 1939, near Harrington Harbour, Sag- 
uenay County, Quebec, on the north shore of 
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, has been added to 
the collections of the National Museum of 
Canada. Another adult of this species was cap- 


tured alive near Harrington Harbour in January, 
1940, and was shipped by aeroplane to the 
Quebee Zoological Garden. 

Mr. Fred W. Osborne, of Harrington Harbour, 
wrote from that place on February 4, 1940, that 
Ivory Gulls had been quite plentiful there, as 
well as at the next three communities to the 
northeast, namely, Whale Head, Mutton Bay, 


May, 1941) 


and La Tabatiére. These Gulls were seen chiefly 
while coastal seal-fishing was being carried on 
(in December and January), and the greatest 
numbers were observed at places where captured 
seals were being cut up. They greedily ate 
billed Gulls and 3 young Herring Gulls on 
clotted blood and bits of flesh and_ blubber. 
Several juveniles were noticed among them. 
The occurrence was so unusual in the region as 
to excite general remark. After the close of the 
seal-fishing season, the Ivory Gulls gradually 
departed. The last one recorded at Harrington 
Harbour was seen soon after the middle of 
February. 

On March 12, 1940, I saw the adult Ivory 
Gull that was then confined in a large enclosure 
at the Quebec Zoological Garden. It was being 
fed smelts and ground meat and was said to 
have a good appetite. It appeared active and 
healthy and flew readily about its cage. The 
bright orange tip of its beak, being the only 
color in its ensemble, was very conspicuous. 
It is unfortunate that this individual did not 
long survive. 

The flight of Ivory Gulls along the north shore 
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence extended at least 
as far west as Natashquan. A juvenile specimen 
taken there on or shortly before January 2, 
1940, was sent to the National Museum of Can- 
ada—Harrison F. Lewis. 


A Nesting CoLtony or RING-BILLED GULLS 
(Larus delawarensis) IN THE St. LAWRENCE RIvER 
NEAR GANANOQUE, ONTARIO—Through the kind- 
ness of Dr. Gordon Byers, of Montreal, Lewis 
visited, in his company, on May 24, 1940, Black 
Ant Island, in the St. Lawrence River, about four 
and one-half miles south of Gananoque, Ontario. 
About 200 adult Ring-billed Gulls and 2 adult 
Herring Gulls were seen at that time on the 
reef at the western end of this small island. 
Dr. Byers, who is the proprietor of the island, 
stated that the Ring-billed Gulls had nested 
a great many enquiries concerning the identity 
there annually for many years, but no nests or 
eggs were observed during this visit. 

On July 3, 1940, Hennessy visited Black Ant 
Island, where he found both Ring-billed Gulls 
and Herring Gulls nesting. He estimated that 
he observed, on and about the island, 300 adult 
Ring-billed Gulls, and 12 adult Herring Gulls. 
He found the young Gulls at that time to be 
of the right size for banding and, with the as- 
sistance of his father, banded 158 young Ring- 
this island. All Gull nests observed were on a 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST att 


small rocky reef which is cut off, west of the 
principal part of the island, by a narrow, shallow 
passage, and therefore actually forms a separate 
island, though not usually so reckoned. 

Although there is apparently no certain re- 
cord of the nesting of the Ring-billed Gull in 
New York State, it may be of interest to remark 
that the nesting colony of this species at Black 
Ant Island, Ontario, is less than a mile and a 
half from Grindstone Island, New York—Har- 
RISON F. Lewis and T. S. HENNEssy. 


Natura, Control oF THE CrcroptA Mornu— 
During the spring and early summer of 1939 
the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology received 
of the cecropia moth (Platysamia  cecropia). 
The Toronto newspapers, being likewise harassed 
by the public, published short articles, together 
with photographs, on the cecropia moth. It was 
apparently a “peak year” for this moth. 


During this time a number of larvae, which 
were obtained from eggs deposited by female 
moths sent to the Museum, were placed out-of- 
doors on some small willows and Manitoba 
maple in such a manner that a check could be 
made on their numbers. Towards the end of 
the summer most of the larvae had been destroy- 
ed, possibly by birds, and, of the remainder, all 
were heavily parasitized. From this we antici- 
pated a great reduction in the population of the 
cecropia moth for the summer of 1940; such 
proved to be the case. Only eight enquiries con- 
cerning the cecropia moth were received by the 
Museum in the summer of 1940—F. A. Urquuarr 
and C. E. Corre. 


ANotHER ScISSOR-TAILED FLYCATCHER IN QUE- 
pec—On October 30, 1939, a Scissor-tailed Fly- 
eatcher (Muscivora forficata) was observed, alive 
but struggling in a weakened condition, in a 
ditch within the town limits of Noranda, Quebec. 
It was taken up and brought to Mrs. L. C. Bent 
of the local branch of the Society for the Pre- 
vention of Cruelty to Animals who attempted 
to revive it but without success, and the next 
morning it was dead. The remains were given 
to Mr. J. A. Hedge who mounted it. Later Mrs. 
Bent communicated the interesting occurrence to 
the national collection where it is now preserved. 

The Scissor-tailed Flycatcher is a most spec- 
tacular bird regularly inhabiting the southwestern 
States, its northern limit being about southern 


Kansas. Though actually not larger than a 
Kingbird it has a deeply forked swallow-tail 


78 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


nearly ten inches long. In color, the body is a 
symphonic arrangement of pearl gray, rose pink, 
and white, with shoulder and underwing patches 
of scarlet. The flowing tail is beautifully and 
strongly patterned in black and pinkish white. 
Altogether it is more like a delicate drawing from 
a Japanese screen than a real bird of northern 
climes. 


There are several other records of occurrence 
in Canada, the most extraordinary being two 
from York Factory on Hudson Bay taken forty- 
four years apart, 1880 and 1924, both of which 
are in the National Museum. Specimens have 
been taken at Portage la Prairie, Manitoba; 
Pointe des Monts, Quebec; and Clarendon Station, 
Alma and Grand Manan, New Brunswick. Be- 
sides these actually taken, there are creditable 
sight records of this quite unmistakable bird 
reported from southern Manitoba in 1899, 1908 
and 1930—P. A. TavERNER. 


REcENT WESTERN ReEcorDS oF Buack Duck. 
(Anas rubripes) —On September 23rd, 1940, D. A. 
Ross, B.S.A., while engaged in biological in- 
vestigations for Ducks Unlimited (Canada) col- 
lected a Black Duck (Anas rubripes) which was 
in company with four Mallards (Anas _ platy- 
rhynchos), on Big Lake, Township 109, Range 
5, W. 4th, Athabaska Delta, Northern Alberta. 
The sex was not determined. The specimen has 
been deposited in the National Museum, Ottawa. 


Another Black Duck was seen by Ross on 
August 6, 1940, on Fletcher Channel, Athabaska 

Delta, also in company with Mallards. 

Judge A. E. Bence of Battleford, Saskatchewan 
reports “Last fall I shot a drake (Black Duck) 
feeding with Mallard on the stubble. This year 
I got a double in the marsh—one was a female 
Black Duck, the other a Mallard.” 


A Black Duck male was banded 40-678957 by 
W. G. Leitch at Imperial Beach, Last Mountain 
Lake, Saskatchewan, on October 23, 1940. It was 
taken with 13 Mallards in a trap. 


R. D. Harris, banding waterfowl at Jackfish 
Lake, Big Grass Marsh near Langruth, Man- 
itoba, records banding an adult female Black 
Duck 39-668949 on September 23, 1940; an adult 
male, 140-611054 on October 10, 1940; and an 


{[VoL. LV 


immature male, 140-611079 on October 11, 1940. 
All were accompanied by Mallards in the traps. 
—B. W. Cartwricut. 


Late NeEstine or Rep-EYep Vireo (Vireo oli- 
vaceus)—The Red-eyed Vireo is a common sum- 
mer resident in Nova Scotia, and over a period 
of sixteen years the average date of “first seen” 
in the spring is May 26th, while the average 
date of “last seen” over a period of 6 years is 
September llth. Regarding its nesting my re- 
cords show that on June 18th, 1913, a nest 
containing four eggs was found, and that would 
appear to be a normal date for a first nest. 


On August 10th, 1940, a pair of these birds was 
seen near Hazel Hill, Guysboro County, Nova 
Scotia, actively engaged at building a nest. This 
was reported to me by Martin H. Bushell, an 
enthusiastic young bird student of Hazel Hill; 
in addition to sending me a detailed descrip- 
tion of the birds and nest, he included a very 
good pencil sketch showing the nest and the 
sitting bird. The nest was in a birch tree and 
the pair seemed to be working with feverish 
haste. On August 16th the observer examined. 
the nest which at that date was found to con- 
tain two eggs and on August 30th it held 
three very young vireos. The nest was kept 
under surveillance and on September 9th the 
young left and were last seen perched near the 
nest-site and taking food from both parents.— 
R. W. Turts. 


We are indebted to Dr. J. B. Tyrrell for in- 
formation which has enabled us to discover that 
Chief Factor James Anderson’s Back River Jour- 
nal was published in 1920 by the Women’s Can- 
adian Historical Society of Toronto as a part 
of their Transaction No. 20. While the pub- 
lication in the Canadian Field-Naturalist is thus 
deprived of any claims to originality, we feel 
that it is amply justified because of the stress 
laid on natural history in its annotations, and 
perhaps also as making the journal available to 
a different group of individuals and institutions.— 
EDITOR. 


Orchis roiundifolia Banks var lineata var. nov. 


Affiliated Societies 


-NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., — President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.SPEECHLY, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W.LowE, G.SHIRLEY Brooks, R. A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. NORRIS-ELYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
Kosmr, A. H. SHortT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H J. PECK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 


Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MurrAY 
Geological W. S. YARWooD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPER R. SuTTON 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 

Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanical M.G. DuDLEY, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. Kiuink, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS.; President: C. F. CONNOR, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCER, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MisS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary; Mrs. F. MORGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. Cuark, Mr. F.W FAr.ey, Mr. K. Racsy, Mr. P.L. TAIT, 
Dr. E. N. Drier, Mr. E. A SCHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: PrRor. JOHN Davipson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. Witiiams, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’? Photography: 
Mr. Puitre Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops. 

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 
SOCIETY 

President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 

ILTON M. LatinG; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 

Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BAsTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 

Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street. 
President: DR. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: WM. LOTT. 320 Colborne Street. 

Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH: 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF, 
V. C. WYNNE-EDwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. Mcl. TERRILL, Miss RUTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 

Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTER, J. 
A. DECcARIE, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Miss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JUDAH, MIss 
LovuIsE MurpHy, Miss M.S. NICOLSON, G. G. OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAuD Seat, Mrs.L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MusguM BirRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: SON EXCELLENCE LE TRES HONORABLE 
ComTE D’ATHLONE, K.G, Gouverneur-General du Canada 
Vice-Patron Honoraire: Major GBNERAL SIR EUGENE 
Fiset, Kp., C,M.G., D.S.O., M.D., Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. DERY; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la_ 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la_ section 
d’information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENH, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DUMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Vice-President: T F. McI- 
WRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss EDNA BOISSONNEAU, 100 
Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, 
Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, Dr. F. P. Ipn, F. C. 
Hurst; Council— Miss GRACE ANDERSON, W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
G. S. BELL, MIss WINNIFRED CHUTE, BROTHER DENIS, DR. 
NorMA ForD, Miss FreYA HAHN, PAUL HAHN, H. M. 
HALLIDAY, Dr. L. E. JAquitH, Miss Mary Kirkwoop, J. 
LEHMANN, Miss GRACE MALKIN, L. T. OwmNn, STUART 
THOMPSON, SPRAGUE TROYER, MISS MARION WILDER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and occasionally during other seasons. 


e888 (0 SS ES ee TS 
Seana reer eee eee aS 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 
Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make it one of the lead= 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


Se ————— 
SS 


For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


PRICE $3.00. 305 pp. 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX — 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 7 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. A 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


FOR SALE:— 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S 
PUBLICATIONS 
1873-1940 


APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 

Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. : , 

Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian | 
Field-Naturalist for the year 1941. ae | 


' Name 


Address 


peter wrenwe sw ewen nnn = esa n ts wesw wenn enn own ones wenn cecnwanesensssass saasenesases 


City, Prov. or State. EE EE Ee eee i 


FORM 
OF 
of 
BEQUEST 
Date 


I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- | of 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 


Signature 


“io Dollars 


tae 


« 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


circumstances should be stated. Any fami 
English name is permissible if it is accompani 
by the scientific name. For birds the English nam 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Cana 

may be used without the scientific name. : 


Authors of leading articles are entitled — 
twenty-five copies of the number in which ‘th yo 
appear, free of charge on application. 


page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of fou 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


25 | 50 200 | 800 X 
Penna (rear paremengee brecrte ae rams yas 
pA eriersccsrilevereieveversis $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75] $3.00 1 ae 
eT ee asi cates tate mem RNa Uae 3.00) 3.25] 3.75) 4.00) 4.25 ‘a 
Bre erg eaten veins 3.50} 3.75) 4.00! 4.25) 4.50 
PSEA ASU Sarit sheath care 3.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Bi ee Se We ae Uti 4.50} 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 6.50 
Ce Re Bae ear saetat 4.50} 4.76) 65.00) 65.25) 5.50 
( PNA RENO lG, sr meee 6.00} 6.25} 6.50! 6.75) 7.00 
Hake Be Seay eM A ei es ae 6.00) 6.25) 6 50) 6.75} 7.00 \ 
Qe? ees a oak regs 7.60} 8.00] 8.75! 10.25] 11.765 
) aioe eit re orcs bole 7.60} 8 00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 3.00} 8.00) 8.00] 4.00] 5.00 
If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent ay 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, a 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, ee 
special rates will be furnished on application to the ates 
Editor. va 
Application for separates should be made to the au: 
Editor. 
Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers ae 


VOL. LV, No. 6 SEPTEMBER, 1941 


(? az, 


ah ‘ | \ h 
‘' FN ca 
: al iba : SANE 


ISSUED SEPTEMBER 12th, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


35,543 Patrons: 


HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 


1st Viee-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional ee of Council: F. J. ALCOCK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. BROWN, 
C. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELURY, H. Grow, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
Se Cc. C: HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELERY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
LEwIS, Hoyes Lioyp, A. E. Porsinp, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MaLcoLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS. 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BRown, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


DGIRNNESS + fot3 5 ioe cee Anthropology CLYDE. PATCH. 77) See Herpetology 

SoH ADAMS weniger ek ae Rolin fete mone oraees Botany Re MisANDERSON:.. 02.0". 4 ee Mammalogy 

AL PNROCOUB cs acts ot cle eee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology 

ARTHUR GIBSON wois coe nic «etek oe Entomotogy Pi A. EFAVERNER®. 6 fc.08. Ss cee Ornithology 

Be SVALCOCK 52 tes So oe, ce ee Geology Wo AMBRLG 2S fc fe ceria Palzontology 
JSR DYMOND ow sank be Sees Ichthyology 

CONTENTS PAGE 


Two Orchids New to the Province of Quebec and the Dominion of Canada, Spiranthes 
vernalis Engelm. & Gray and Spiranthes cernua (2) ESC Rich. var odorata (Nae) 


Gorrell:. By Henry Mousleyi io 0 «22.6 cain pi AOE ee ROE Ie ae ee ae 
The Species of Nemobius (Orthoptera, E'nsifera) in Ontario. Byshe A> Urquhart cy ee ee ace 80 
Preliminary List of Amphibians from the Laurentides Park in the Province of Quebec. By 

Vadim D. Viadykov< i ote ee Ge ele ee Pe PO ; 83 
A Study of the Flora ot Wellington County, Ontario (continued). By John J.Stroud...... : 85 
Book Reviews :— 

Fleming Memorial Papers: By (Si1bs i.) sper ieee s- ieloihei eucnt ot telnet 88 

Conservation in. the WnitediStatess: Byslelie=2-6 see eee ee ee 89 

The Vertebrate Fauna of Darlington Township, Durham County, Ontario. By C.H.D.C. 89 

Hunting the Wihite-talledeD cers iB yaCrEl Ds Ceres gee sey ee te 89 

Annual Report of the Provancher Society, 1941. Editor........................... 89 

Kiving Treasure’ «(By C -HeuDiGey gy, er ee her oe one re ee eee 89 
Members of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and Subscribers to The Canadian Field- 


NeRDbGR, Syeyousrenlaere, WZ. Spee soko ucoosses «deve Qiks esa Sie Slax sieicbosshoetths ke Cte vee 90 


=: The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since 
#: 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two 3: — 
#: volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been i: 
# continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued 3 
= monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the i 
# results of original research in all departments of Natural History. Hi 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 

WILMOT LLOYD, 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTrawa, CANADA. 


PLATE I 


Spiranthes vernalis Engelon. and Gray (upper row) 
Spiranthes cernua (L.) L. C. Richard (lower row) 


PrATE Ln 
Spiranthes cernua (L.) Li. C. Rich. var. odorata (Nutt.) Correll. 


sm ot 


C2 Zooloav & 
SEP 22 1941 
35,343 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 


VOL. LV 


OTTAWA, CANADA, SEPTEMBER, 


1941 No. 6 


TWO ORCHIDS NEW TO THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC AND THE 
DOMINION OF CANADA, SPIRANT#ES VERNALIS Engelm. & Gray 
and SPIRANTHES CERNUA (L.) L. C. Rich. var. ODORATA 
(Nutt.) Correll. 


By HENRY MOUSLEY 


N The Canadian Field-Naturalist of 
May, 1924* two orchids were recorded 
} by me from Hatley, Que., under one 
name, viz: Spiranthes cernua (L.) Rich. 
var. ochroleuca (Rydberg) Ames, which at the 
time I took them to be. Even if they had been 
var. ochroleuca, I was too busy then with the flora 
and fauna of this section of the Eastern Townships 
(no intensive study existing at the time) to realize 
that this variety was (and still is) unrecorded for 
the Province of Quebec, as well as for the Domin- 
ion of Canada. However, specimens were collect- 
ed and put away for future reference and it is 
only recently that I decided to do something fur- 
ther in the matter. Fortunately, it came to my 
knowledge that Dr. Donovan 8. Correll of the 
Botanical Museum of Harvard University was 
engaged on a special study of the species of 
Spiranthes which are extremely difficult and var- 
iable. After writing, I sent Dr. Correll all the 
plants I collected in 1923 to be critically examined, 
and am certainly gratified with the results. From 
his reply to my letter I concluded that in his 
opinion, and that of others at Harvard, S. cernua 
var. Ochroleuca is a most unsatisfactory variety. 
He believes that a species, variety or hybrid, to be 
recognizable, must have some morphological 
character by which it may be recognized. He does 
not think that var. ochroleuca has any distinct 
character which sets it off immediately from re- 
lated forms. Quoting from another letter, Dr. 
Correll says, 


“As soon as I have time to do so, J hope 
to work out the confusion which now exists 
concerning these plants, that is the complex 
which centers around Spiranthes cernua and 
S. vernalis, and includes S. praecoz, S. cernua 
var. odorata, S. cernua var. ochroleuca (which 
variety is doubtlessly referable to the S. ver- 


1. Can. Field-Nat. vol. 38, No. 6, May, 1924, p. 88. 


nals and S. cernua mix-up) as well as several 
additional allied species and varieties in this 
complex. No Spiranthes has been more mis- 
understood than S. vernalis.” 
In view of the above, my case rests, as counsel 
would say, for the error I made in 1924. 
Coming now to the illustrations, where the six 
upper plants depicted in Plate 1 represent Spir- 
anthes vernalis Engelm. & Gray, whilst the seven 
lower ones are Spiranthes cernua L. C. Rich. 
These latter have been added as showing the great 
difference in the general appearance of these two 
species, as well as that of var. odorata of S. cernua 
shown later in Plate 2. My tallest plant of S. 
vernalis measures 33 cm. in height, the average of 
116 plants measured on the ground being 21 cm., 
with a raceme of 5.8 ec.m. (the longest raceme 
measuring 10.5 cm.). The blooms are decidedly 
yellowish, in a one-ranked raceme, and appear 
about the first week in September. They were 
found growing at the foot of a long sloping field 
with S. cernua var. odorata, the former in the 
higher and drier ground, the latter in the lower 
and damper portion of the field. The lip of S. 
vernalis looks like a small var. odorata broadly 
ovate in shape and about 6 mm. long. Answering 
a question of mine Dr. Correll says, 
“T have seen much more robust plants of S. 
vernalis from New Jersey, Virginia, N.C., 
Texas, Arkansas, etc., than those you sent 
me. I would say that your vlants of S. ver- 
nalis are the average run of plants that I 
have seen. As to whether the species is 
‘creeping up north’ I cannot say. It is true 
that your specimens are the first I have seen 
from Canada—and as I am able to determine, 
the first record from Canada. However, this 
may be due to the lack of collecting as well 
as to rarity of the species.” 
In Plate 2 we see three plants of S. cernua (L.) 
L. CG. Rich. var odorata (Nutt.) Correll. Their 


23.50 raceme of 


average height 1s em. with a 


80 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


5.17 em., which is a trifle above that of 32 plants 
measured on the ground. As already mentioned 
these were growing with S. vernalis, but as a 
general rule, in the damper portion of the ground. 
They are generally stoloniferous, and the blooms 
are very fragrant of vanilla, sometimes of a 
yellowish white, in a 3- or 4-ranked 
raceme. The lip of this variety is broadly tri- 
angular tapering to a more or less sharp apex. 
It is thought that possibly the var. ochroleuca of 
S. cernua may eventually be placed in variety 
additional study of this knotty 


creamy 


odorata after 


problem. 


In conclusion, the two plates are reproductions 
of sheets Nos. 135 and 136 in my Herbarium, both 
of which are endorsed by Dr. Correll as being 
what are considered correct identifications at Har- 


(VoL. LV 


vard. Like Dr. Correll, I have been unable to 
find any reference whatsoever to Sprranthes ver- 
nalis having been recorded in the Dominion of 
Canada, and the same remark applies also to S. 
cernua var. odorata. As a matter of fact, I 
imagine they have always been looked upon here 
as being entirely southern plants (as indicated by 
the range given in the various Manuals on Bot- 
any). This no doubt considerably influenced my 
decision when finding the plants. Finally, my 
very best thanks are due and herewith tendered 
to Dr. Correll for all the trouble he has taken in 
this matter, as well as allowing me to quote from 
his various letters, as a help to a better under- 
standing of this complicated group. 

Since the above was written, I have discovered 
S. vernalis Engelm and Gray near Montreal, thus 
extending its range 120 miles north of Hatley. 


THE SPECIES OF NEMOBIUS (Orthoptera, Ensifera) IN ONTARIO 
By F. A. URQUHART* 
See Plates I and II at back of this issue. 


INCE Dr, Walker’s publication (1904) on 
the Ontario species of Nemobius, one 
additional species (Walker and Urquhart 
1940) and a race of fascratus (hitherto 

unreported) have been added to Walker’s list. 

Further data on the distribution of the various 

species in Ontario have also been obtained. 


Key To THE ONTARIO SpeciES oF NEMOBIUS 
1. Lower margin of the apex of the ovipositor 
with a number of minute and widely spaced 
teeth (fig. 10); lower pair of apical spurs of 
the hind tibiae of equal length 
ER, eR Vaan So tera ene ae carolinus carolinus. 
Lower margin of the apex of the ovipositor 
without minute teeth; lower pair of apical 
spurs of hind tibiae unequal in length, the 


mOWOVeN? wave, WOOK ea 2. 
2. Ovipositor about two-thirds as long as the hind 
femora and slightly upeurved (fig. 9); size 
Sra) rele at ee evi eS Ms cee cubensis palustris. 
Ovipositor as long as or barely shorter than 
the hind straight or nearly so; 
TanGObienON SS oF 
3. Ovipositor not exceeding the length of the 
hind femora (fig. 8); mottled with black, 
especially in the female; wings absent — 


femora, 


Chama Mee cee Se Warln, ee NAN SIRE SO maculatus. 
Ovipositor distinctly longer than the hind fem- 
ora, except in individuals of fasciatus socius ; 


Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Toronto. 


not mottled with black; wings often fully 
developed (macropterous form) 4. 


4. Face below the antennae a uniform dark 
piceous (fig. 4); grayish black in colour; lat- 
eral margins of the dorsal field of the male 
tegmina narrowly yellow; ovipositor one fourth 
longer than the hind femora (fig. 7) 
NEDA et So Wei aE A tS griseus griseus. 
Face below the antennae not a uniform shin- 
ing piceous; not grayish black in colour. 5. 


5. Rusty black to sooty brown; occiput with four 
distinct dark stripes; larger, males 7.2 - 106 


mm., females 8 - 11.5 mm.; apex or ovipositor 
narrowly  sublanceolate, enlarged portion 
li@rayexere (tke, &)) a fasciatus fasciatus. 


Very dark, almost black; dark stripes on the 
occiput indistinct; smaller, males 6.7 - 8 mm., 
females 7.3 - 9 mm.; apex of ovipositor sub- 
lanceolate, enlarged portion shorter (fig. 6) 
PEM Wea alesse tek Een Ie fasciatus abortivus. 


Nemobius carolinus carolinus Scudder. — 

At Point Pelee Nemobius c. carolinus was one 
of the most abundant species of Orthoptera in- 
habiting forest areas. Here they were found run- 
the dead leaves of the forest floor, 
A number 


ning over 
especially in the more humid areas. 
of specimens were found beneath decaying logs 
and other surface debris. The males only gave 
vent to their low trilling stridulation when pro- 


tected by a log or a pile of leaves. The females 


September, 1941] 


were not at all cautious and could be seen running 
In every direction. 


A number of macropterous individuals were 
taken at the margin of a sphagnum bog in the 
vicinity of Ottawa. At first they were considered 
as the long-winged form of Nemobius carolinus 
but, since these individuals were quite different 
from the typical carolinus in the much darker 
coloration, pronounced longitudinal veins of the 
tegmina, absence of light spots on the abdomen 
and the ovipositor being almost straight, not dis- 
tinctly arcuate, it was described as a new species 
(Urquhart, 1938). Since my description of Nemo- 
bius macdunnought a number of other specimens 
have been taken leaving no doubt that the latter 
was but a dark, long-winged form of carolinus. 
Distribution: This species has been previously 
recorded by Walker (1901) as Nemobius palustris 
from Lake Simcoe, Sarnia, Southampton and 
Owen Sound; and as N. angusticollis (1904) from 
Severn River and Toronto. Specimens have also 
been taken at Brockville, Niagara Glen, Tem- 
agami, Hawthorn, Constance Bay, Point Pelee and 
Port Rowan. The probable distribution is shown 
moa 1%, Le 


Nemobius cubensis palustris Blatechley — 


This species was found in considerable numbers 
in a rather extensive bog at Hawthorn in the 
vicinity of Ottawa. Specimens have also been 
taken in similar situations in the more northern 


parts of Southern Ontario. 


Distribution: This species has been previously 
recorded by Walker (1903, 1904) as Nemobius 
palustris from Ragged Lake, Algonquin Park. 
Specimens have also been taken at Hawthorn 
(Mer Bleu). 

Although specimens have been taken in only 
two localities in Ontario it probably occurs in 
sphagnum bogs throughout the northern parts of 
Southern Ontario, as shown in fig. 12. 


Nemobius maculatus Blatchley — 


At Point Pelee Nemobius maculatus was abund- 
ant in a small strip of virgin wood composed of 
mixed deciduous trees. The preference, on the 
part of this species, for dry, open areas in the 
wood was decidedly well marked. This particular 
strip of wood was rather unusual in that the 
ground was thrown up into two long, narrow 
ridges that were possibly formed by wave action 
during the time that this portion of Point Pelee 
was covered with water: This resulted in two 
areas of dry ground with an intervening humid, 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 81 


shallow valley. Specimens of N. maculatus were 
seen running over the leaf-strewn ground on the 
dry ridges but not a single specimen was found in 
the humid valley, although collections were made 
in the latter area throughout the summer. N. 
carolinus was also abundant but, unlike maculatus, 
it was found to be more abundant in the humid 
portions and, more sparingly, in isolated areas 
on the drier ridges. 


Distribution: This species has been previously 
recorded from Point Pelee by Walker and Urqu- 
hart (1940). The probable distribution is shown 
in fig. 13. 


Nemobius griseus griseus KE. M. Walker — 


This species has been previously recorded by 
Walker (1904) from Toronto, Sarnia and De 
Grassi Point, Lake Simcoe. Specimens have also 
been taken at Fort William. The latter are 
distinctly darker in colour than those from the 
other localities. 


Owing to the lack of sufficient records it is 
not possible to give the distribution of this 
species in Ontario. However, from the records 
obtained, it would appear that N. griseus is found 
in sandy situations, at the margins of the Great 
Lakes. This has been indicated in the aeccompany- 
ing figure (fig. 14). 


Nemobius fasciatus fasciatus (De Geer) — 


This is the most abundant and ubiquitous species 
of Nemobius found throughout the greater part 
of Southern Ontario. During late summer almost 
every small area of short grass may be fairly 
teeming with these small, black, active ground 
crickets. They seem to have a marked preference 
for areas of short grass and are rarely found in 
situations where there is a dense growth of veget- 
ation or in humid situations. Dry sandy uplands, 
especially those devoted to cattle grazing form 
ideal situations for this species. 


Distribution: Nemobius f. fasciatus has been 
previously recorded by Walker (1901) as N. macu- 
latus from Tobermory; as fasciatus (1904) from 
Niagara Falls, Point Pelee, Arner, Chatham, 
Sarnia, Goderich, Southampton, Owen Sound, 
Hamilton, Toronto, Lake Simcoe, Severn River, 
Lake Muskoka, North Bay, Stony Lake; and from 
Bear Island and elsewhere in the Temagami Dist- 
rict (1909). Specimens have also been taken at 
Rainy River, Constance Bay, Hawthorn, Wheatley, 


Harrow, Windfall, Guelph, Ottawa, Ventmore, 


82 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Vineland, Palmer Rapids, Picton, Lancaster and 
Brockville. 


The probable distribution of this species is 


shown in figure 16. 


Nemobius fasciatus socius Seudder— 


This race of fasciatus was first taken by the 
author in High Park, Toronto. Its presence, at 
this time, was made known by the distinctive 
stridulation of the male that im no way re- 
sembled that of fasciatus, but was rather sug- 
gestive of the field cricket (Gryllus assimilis) in 
that it consisted of a regular series of notes. All 
of the specimens were taken close to the margin 
of a large pond (Grenadier Pond). The vegeta- 
tion in the area occupied by socius consisted of 
tall grasses and sedges (Carex, Acorus, Cyperus, 
Calamagrostis, Panicum). Not a single specimen 
was found in the dry grass areas surrounding the 
pond, although typical fasciatus was quite abund- 
ant in such areas. 


The morphological differences between the two 
subspecies, fasciatus and socius, are slight (hence 
socius has been omitted from the accompanying 
key). Fulton (1931) is of the opinion that the 
three subspecies of fasciatus, namely fascratus, 
tinnulus and socius, are physiologically distinct 
but they have not diverged far enough morpho- 
logically to make exact classification possible. In 
addition to the slight differences in the male 
tegmina and the ovipositor of the female, as 
pointed out by the above author, the head of 
socius is slightly larger and more distinctly marked 
_than that of fasczatws in both sexes. 


Distribution: All of the specimens obtained from 
the following localities were taken from situation 
similar to that described above; Lancaster, Brock- 
ville, Picton, Toronto. Males of this race have 
also been heard stridulating at Bracebridge. 


The probable distribution of this race is shown 
imp ties los 


CorriGeENDA. The text of three items of “Notes 
and Observations”, on page 77, in the May issue, 
No. 5 of this volume, was unfortunately affected 
by misplacement of two complete lines. In the 
first column on that page the sixth line from the 
top, reading “billed Gulls and 3 young Herring 
Gulls on”, should be removed from that position 


{[VoL. LV 


Nemobius fasciatus abortivus Caudell— 

This race may be readily distinguished from 
fasciatus and socius by its smaller size, dark 
coloration, extreme abbreviation of the tegmina 
and by the differences in the ovipositor of the 


female as shown in the accompanying figure 
(fig. 17). 
Distribution: This is a western race of fasciatus. 


The only Ontario record is that of Walker (1911) 
from Fort William in extreme western Ontario. 
It is quite unlikely that this race extends east 
of Lake Nipigon. 


The probable distribution of this race is shown 
in fig. 17. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. B. B. 
Fulton of the University of North Carolina for 
his helpful suggestions and for specimens of 
typical Nemobius fasciatus socius and N. f. tin- 
nulus. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Futon, B. B., 19381. A study of the genus Nemo- 
bius (Orthoptera: Gryllidae). Ann. Ent. Soe. 
Am., 24: 205-237. 


Urquuart, F. A., 1938. A new species of Nemo- 


bius from Ontario (Orthoptera). Can. Ent., 
70: 101-102. ‘ 

Watker, F. M., 1901. 32nd Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. 
Ont., 108-109. . 


Waker, E. M., 1903. 34th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. 
Ont., 97. 


Waker, E. M., 1904. The crickets of Ontario. 
Can. Ent., 36: 181-188. . 


Waker, E. M., 1909. On the Orthoptera of 
Northern Ontario. Can, Ent., 41: 205-212. 


Waker, HE. M., 1911. On the habits and stridula- 
tion of Idionotus brevipes Caudell, and other 
notes on Orthoptera. Can. Ent., 48: 303-304. 


Waker, E. M. and Urquuart, F. A., 1940. New 
records and notes of Orthoptera in Ontario. 
Can. Ent., 72: 15-19. 


and inserted immediately prior to the bottom line. 
In addition, the forty-third line in the first column, 
reading “a great many enquiries concerning the 
identity”, should be removed from that position 
and should be inserted in the second column on 
the page, as the fourth line in the note entitled 
“Natural Control of the Cecropia Moth” —KEditor. 


September, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 83 


PRELIMINARY LIST OF AMPHIBIANS FROM THE LAURENTIDES PARK 
IN THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC 


By VADIM D. VLADYKOV* 


INCE the opening of the Biological Sta- 
tion in the Laurentides Park in June, 
1938, intensive collecting of amphibians 
was made by members of this laboratory. 

The specimens were kindly identified by Dr. 
A. H. Wright and Mr. H. Trapido of Cornell 
University, to whom the author wishes to express 
his deep appreciation for their valuable co-opera- 
tion. 


The literature information for this region of 
the Province of Quebec is practically lacking. 
Among recent herpetological accounts of Quebec, 
may be mentioned papers by Trapido and Clausen 
(1938), Moore and Moore (1939) and Patch (1939). 


The Laurentides Park, occupying a_ territory 
over 4,000 square miles, is situated between the 
City of Quebec and Lake St. John. In spite of 
excessive cutting of woods and building of dams 
in certain parts of the Park, this immense reserve 
is still quite virgin area. The elevation of the 
Park varies between one and three thousand feet 
above sea level. Due to its relatively high alti- 
tude and geographical position the climate is 
cold. The northern end, closest to Lake St. John, 
has the lowest altitude, around one thousand feet, 
and consequently warmer summers. For this 
reason, several forms found here are absent in the 
more southern, but higher part of the Park. 


The herpeto-fauna of the Park is very limited. 
There are no reptiles... Among the amphibians, 
such common forms as Rana catesbiana, R. pal- 


ustris and R. pipiens are completely absent. 


List oF SPECIES 


1. Triturus viridescens viridescens (Rafinesque). 
Found only in the northern section, namely in Lac 
aux Lézards (1,375 feet), Camp des Ecorces, and 
Lac aux Sarracénies (1,750 feet), Camp Le Gite. 
These lakes are small, with muddy bottom, abund- 
ant vegetation and are warm during the summer 


months. In the first lake, on July 23, 1939, were 


* Station biologique -du Pare des Laurentides, 
Institut de Zoologie, Université de Montréal, 
Montréal, Canada. 


1. In spite of intensive collecting, only one rep- 
tile was found in the Park, namely a female 
Chrysemys picta picta (Schneider) caught by the 
author, on June 7, 1939, in Lac 4 Régis (2,300 feet). 
Camp Mercier, situated 37 miles north of Quebec 
City. This specimen had a carapace almost six 
inches long. It is most probable that this turtle 
was brought by some visiting tourist to that lake. 


found an adult male and female, which measured? 
104 and 80 millimeters respectively. 

A great number of. larvae between 35 and 45 
millimeters had been collected, on September 26, 
1939, in Lac aux Sarracénies. They would pass 
the winter in the Park as larvae. But when they 
were brought alive to our Montreal Laboratory 
and kept at room temperature, they lost their 
gills in about two weeks time. 


2. Ambystoma jeffersonianum (Green). Only 
one larva, 54 millimeters long, was collected. It 
was taken by the author on September 26, 1939, 
in Lae aux Sarracénies (1,750 feet). 


3. Hurycea bislineata major Trapido and Clau- 
sen. According to Mr. Trapido all our material 
belongs to this new subspecies, recently described 
from Quebec (Trapido and Clausen, 1938 and 
1940). 

The larvae of this subspecies were found in 
most of the brooks of the Park in an altitude, 
ranging from 1,100 to 3,000 feet. The best col- 
lecting places are located near the entrance of 
the charge or mouth of discharge of a lake where 
the bottom is well covered with moss, and the 
Quite often these 
salamanders can be taken around the edges of 
lakes under stones. 


water is highly oxygenated. 


On many occasions, in the 
same spot, larvae of different sizes were observed. 

The temperatures of water frequented by larvae 
vary during summer months from 10° to 20° C. 
The range of pH is 5.0 to 6.3. The concentration 
of oxygen and carbon dioxide, in parts per million, 
were 7.6 - 10.0 and 0.7 - 4.5 respectively. 

The lengths of three adult specimens, were as 
follows: 88, 92 and 108 millimeters respectively. 
The first two were found under decaying wood 
about six feet from the edge of Petit Lae Warren 
(2,700 feet), Camp Jacques-Cartier, on August 30, 
1940, by Mr. V. Legendre, Assistant. The largest 
specimen was taken on September 19, 1938, by 
the author at one of the charges of Grand Lac 
& l’Epaule (2,127) feet), Camp Devlin. 

4. Bufo americanus Le Conte. Two subspecies, 
Holbrook and_ B. 


americanus copet Yarrow and Henshaw, are rep- 


B. americanus americanus 


resented in the Park. They are found quite often 


together around the same lake. However, sub- 


(2) The measurements throughout the present 
article are made on specimens preserved in 4% 
formaline solution. 


84 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


higher 
Jacques- 


coper frequents 
altitudes, for 
Cartier (2,575). 

The subspecies americanus was obtained around 
Lac & Noél (2,300 feet), Camp Mercier. During 
1939, the spawning concentration of this form was 
observed for the first time on June 8, near the 
discharge of Lac 4 Noél, where the surface temp- 
erature was 15.5° C. and air 204° C. (10.15 a.m.). 
The eggs of this toad were collected in a nearby 
lake (Lac Bec-Croche) on June 11, 1939, when 
the water temperature at the surface wwas 16.5° C. 

In general, toads of both subspecies spawn in 
the Park, during June, around edges of the lakes. 
The transformation of tadpoles takes place usually 
at the end of September of the same year. 
However, it is quite probable that m some lakes 
this change takes place only next spring. 


species more typically 


instance, around Camp 


~ 


5. Hyla cructfer Wied. 
collected. Three frogs were found in stomachs of 
Salveninus fontinalis obtained on the territory of 
Camp Mercier. One of these trout was taken on 
June 8, 1939, in Lac Regis (2,300 feet) and an- 
other, with two frogs, was caught three days later 
in Lae Bec-Croche (2,350 feet). On the latter 
date (June 11, 1939) on the edge of that lake, a 
male frog was captured by Mr. C. Gauthier, 
student of the University of Montreal. Two other 
males were collected by the same student on the 
following dates: one on June 10, 1939, at Lac 
Tremblay (2,200 feet), Camp Devlin, and the 
other on July 19, 1940, at Lac Beauséjour (2,709 
feet), Camp Jacques-Cartier. In every case these 


Six specimens were 


frogs were taken on marshy parts of the lakeshore. 
No doubt the spring peeper has a much wider dis- 
tribution in the Park than our collections show. 


6. Rana Latreille. This 
rather rare in the Park. Its distribution is con- 
fined almost exclusively to the northern section. 
Several tadpoles and adults were taken around 
Camps Belle-Riviére (1,155 feet), Les Ecorces 
(1375 feet) and Le Gite (1,750 feet). The adults 
were also found in Lac Turgeon (2,380 feet), 
Camp Ch&ateau-Beaumont, in the St. Urbain sec- 
tion of the Park. 
parently belonging to this species, was caught in 
Lac A Régis (2,300 feet), Camp Mercier. 

R. clamitans are often found together with 


clamitans frog is 


Laurentides A tadpole, ap- 


R. septentrionalis in the same lakes. The largest 
specimen (male) of R. clamitans measured 75 
millimeters without legs. 


(Baird). The mink 
frog is the most typical species of the Park and 


7. Rana septentrionalis 
is found in every lake. Spawning takes place 
during July, when frogs are seen swimming as fat 


The 


as two or three hundred feet off shore. 


[MOS 


choice places are the submerged islands with thick 
aquatic vegetation or floating trunks of trees. 
During this season, their characteristic calling is 
heard every evening. 

At the end of the first summer, the tadpoles ot 
the mink frog reach a total length of about 45 
millimeters. Their hind legs are barely visible. 
They obtain full growth at the end of the next 
summer. The large tadpoles, up to 90 milli- 
meters, are seen during July and August close 
to the lakeshore among aquatic vegetation. Trans- 
formation usually takes place around the middle 
of August, when in the same place can be seen 
grown tadpoles, individuals with rudimentary tails, 
and young frogs. The size of a newly transformed 
specimen is up to 388 millimeters, without legs. 
The largest adult (female) measured 72 milli- 
meters, without legs. 

The mink frog is also a very common form 
around Cascapedia on the Gaspé Peninsula (Moore 
and Moore, 1939). 


8a. Rana sylvatica sylvatica Le Conte. Only 
one specimen of this subspecies was collected. It 
was taken by the author on June 11, 1939, at Lac 
Bee-Croche (2,300 feet). 


8a. Rana sylvatica cantabrigensis Baird. This 
northern subspecies was taken in several places 
from Camp Mercier (2,300 feet) to Camp Portes- 
de-l’Enfer (2,475 feet). The wood-frog seemingly 
avoids the northern part of the Park, which is 
lower than 2.000 feet. 
marshes. 


It is aiways found around 
This agile frog is particularly noticeable 
during rainy weather. 

It spawns early in June. In 1939, masses of 
eggs of the wood-frog were seen in roadside ditches 
around Camp Mercier on June 5, when the air 
temperature during the daytime was around 20° C. 

In higher altitudes, as for instance, around Camp 
Jacques-Cartier (2,575 feet) and Lac des Neiges 
(2,750 feet), the specimens of cantabrigensis have 
a characteristic whitish stripe along the middle of 
the back, from the snout to the anus. In lower 
autitudes, this white line is lacking. 

The northern records of the wood-frog in Canada 
are summarized by Patch (1939). 


LIverature CITED 

Moorg, J. and Moors, B., 1939. Notes on the 
Salientia of the Gaspé Peninsula. Copeia, 2: 
104. 

Patcu, C. L., 1939. Northern records of the wood- 
frog. Copeia, 4: 235. 

Trapipo, H. and Cxiausen, R. T., 1938. Amphi- 
bains and reptiles of Eastern Quebec. Copeva, 
32. 117-125. 

Ini, 1940. The larvae of Eurycea bislineata major. 
Copeia, 4: 244-246. 


September, 194} 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 85 


A STUDY OF THE FLORA OF WELLINGTON COUNTY, ONTARIO 
By JOHN J. STROUD 


(continued from page 76) 


ROSACEAE 


Physocarpus opulifolius (L.) Maxim. 

Spiraea alba Du Roi. (S. salictfolia L.) 

S. latifolia (Ait.) Borkh. 

*Malus pumila Mill. (Pyrus Malus L.) 

*Aroma arbutifolia (L.) Ell. (Pyrus arbutifolia 
(OU,)) Dbpeaig)) 

A. melanocarpa (Michx.) Britton. (Pyrus mel- 
anocarpa (Michx.) Willd. 

Sorbus americana Marsh. (Pyrus americana 
(Marsh.) DC.) 

*S. Aucuparia L. (Pyrus Aucuparia (L.) Ehrh.) 


Amelanchier laevis Wieg. (A. canadensis (L.) 
Medic.) 

A. stolonifera Wieg. (A. oblongifolia (T. & G.) 
Roem.) 


A. sanguinea (Pursh) DC. (A. spicata (Lam.) 
C. Koch) 

*Crataegus monogyna Jacq. (C. Oxyacantha L.) 

C. punstata Jacq. 

C. intricata Lange. (C. coccinea L.) 

Fragaria virginiana Duchesne. 

F. vesa L. var. americana Porter. 

Waldsteima fragarioides (Michx.) Tratt. 

Potentilla norvegica L. var. hirsuta (Michx.) 
Lehm. (P. monspeliensis. L.) 

P. argentea L. 

*P. recta L. 

P. palustris (.) Scop. 

P. Anserina L. 

P. canadensis L. 

Geum canadense Jacq. 

G. virgimanum L. 

G. aleppicum Jacq., var. strictum (Ait.) Fernald. 
(G. strictum Ait.) 

G. rivale L. 

G. triflorum Pursh. 

Rubus idaeus L. 

. occidentalis L. 

. odoratus L. 

. pubescens Raf. (R. triflorus Richard.) 

. alleghemensis Porter. 

. frondosus Bigel. 

*Alchemilla vulgaris L. 

Agrimoma gryposepala Wallr. 

*Sanguisorba minor Scop. 

Rosa blanda Ait. 

*R. rubsiginosa L. 

Prunus serotina Ehrh. 


DRWAD 


P. virginiana L. 

P. pennsylvanica L. f. 

P. depressa Pursh. (P. pumila L.) 
P. mgra Ait. 

P. americana Marsh. 


LEGUMINOSAE 
Gleditsia triacanthos L. 
Lupinus perennis L. 
*Trifolium arvense L. 
*T. incarnatum IL. 
*T. pratense L. 
T. repens L. 
*T. hybridum UL. 
*T. procumbens L. 
*Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. 
*M. alba Desr. 
*Medicago sativa L. 
*M. falcata L. 
*M. lupulina L. 
*Anthyllis Vulneraria L. 
*Lotus corniculatus L. 
*Robinia Pseudo-Acacia L. | 
*R. viscosa Vent. 
Astragalus canadensis I. 
Desmodium pauciflorum (Nutt.) DC. 
D. canadense (L.) DC. 
Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem. 
*Vicia angustifolia (L.) Reichard. 
V. Cracca L. 
V. americana Muhl. 
*V. villosa Roth. 
Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook. 
*DT,. latifolius L. 
Apios americana Medic. (A. tuberosa Moench.) 
Amphicarpa bracteata (L.) Fernald. (A. monoica 
(L.) El.) 


*Pisum sativum L. 


LINACEAE 
*Linum usitatissimum L. 


OXALIDACEAE 
Oxalis montana Raf. (O. Acetosella L.) 
O. stricta L. 
O. europaea Jord. (O. corniculata L.) 
O. corniculata L., var. viscidula Wieg. (O. 
repens Thunb.) 


GERANIACEAE 
Geranium maculatum L. 
*G. pratense L. 
G. Robertianum L. 
*G. pusillum Burm. f. 


86 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


RUTACEAE 
Zanthoxylum americanum Mill. 


PoLYGALACEAR 
Polygala paucifolia Willd. 
P. Senega L. 

EUPHORBIACEAE 


Acalypha virginica L. 

Euphorbia polygomfoha L. 

E. nutans Lag. (B. Presi Guss.) 
E. hirsuta (Torr.) Wiegand. 

E. maculata L. 

*H. platyphylla L. 

*H. Helioscopia L. 

*H. Esula WL. 

*H. Cyparissias L. 

*H. Peplus L. 


LIMNANTHACEAE 
Floerkea proserpinacoides Willd. 


ANACARDIACEAE 
Rhus typhina L. ~ 
R. Toxicodendron L. 
R. canadensis Marsh. 


AQUIFOLIACEAE 
Tlex verticillata (.) Gray. 
Nemopanthus mucronata (L.) Trel. 


CELASTRACEAE 
Evonymus europaeus L. 
E. obovatus Nutt. 
Celastrus scandens L. 


STAPH YLEACEAE 
Staphylea trifolha L. 


ACERACEAR 
Acer spicatum Lam. 
A. saccharum Marsh. 


A. nigrum Michx. f. (A. saccharum Marsh., var. 


nigrum (Michx.) Britton) 
*A. platanoides L. 
A. saccharinum IL. 
A. rubrum L. 
*4. Negundo L. 


SAPINDACEAE 
*Aesculus Hippocastanum lL. 
*A. glabra Willd. 
BALSAMINACEAE 


Impatiens pallida Nutt. 
I. biflora Walt. 


RHAMNACEAB 
Rhamnus alnifoha L’Her. 
*R. cathartica L. 
*R. Frangula L. 


Ceanothus americanus L. 


VITACEAE 
Parthenocissus quinquefola (.) Planch. 
(Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene.) 
Vitis vulpina L. 


TILIACEAE 
Tilia americana L. 


MALVACEAE 
*Abutilon Theophrasti Medic. 
*Althaea rosea Cav. 
*Malva rotundifolia L. 
*M. moschata L. 
Hibiscus Moscheutos L. 
*H. Trionum IL. 


HYPERICACEAE 


Hypericum Ascyron L. 

*H. perforatum L. 

H. punctatum Lam. 

H. boreale (Britton) Bicknell. 
H. majus (Gray) Britton. 
FH. virginicum L. 


VIOLACEAE 


Viola cucullata Ait. 

V. nephrophylla Greene. 

V. papilionacea Pursh. 

V. palmata L. 

V. sororia Willd. 

V. septentrionalis Greene. 

V. Selkirkit Pursh. 

V. blanda Willd. 

V. odorata L. 

V. pubescens Ait. 

V. ervocarpa Schwein. (V. scabriuscula 
Schwein.) 

V. canadensis L. 

V. conspersa Reichenb. 

V. rostrata Pursh. 

*V. arvensis Murr. 


‘THY MELAEACEAE 
Dirca palustris L. 
*Daphne Mezereum L. 


EXLAEAGN ACEAE 
Shepherdia canadensis Nutt. 


LyTHRACEAE 


Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell. 
*Lythrum Salicaria L. 


ONAGRACEAB 
Epilobium angustifolium L. 
*E. hirsutum L. 
EH. densum Raf. 
E. molle Torr. 


[VoL. LV 


September, 1941} 


FE. coloratum Muhl. 


E. 


glandulosum Lehm., var. adenocaulon 
Haussk. (H. adenocaulon Haussk) 


Oenothera muricata L. 


©. 
O. 


Victorinu Gates & Catchside. (O. biennis L.) 
perennis L. (O. pumila L.) 


Circaea latifolia Hill. (C. lutetiana L.) 
C. alpina L. 


HALORAGIDACEAE 


Myriophyllum exalbescens Fernald. (M. spicatum 


L.) 


ARALIACEAE 


Aralia racemosa L. 


A. 


nudicaulis L. 


Panax quinquefolium L. 


J2, 


trifolium L. 


UMBELLIFERAE 


Sanicula marilandica L. 
Erigenia bulbosa (Michx.) Nutt. 
Osmorhiza Claytoni (Michx.) Clarke. 


O. 


longistylis (Torr.) DC. 


*Aegopodium Podagrana L. 
Cicuta maculata L. 


CG 


bulbifera L. 


*Carum Carvi L. 

Sium suave Walt. (S. cicutaefolium Schrank.) 
Cryptotaenia canadensis (.) DC. 
Lizia aurea (L.) Koch. 

Taenidia integerrima (L.) Drude. 
Thaspium aureum Nutt. 
*Pastinaca sativa L. 

*Anethum graveolens L. 
Heraclewm lanatum Michx. 
Conioselinum chinense (L.) BSP. 
Angelica atropurpurea L. 

*Daucus Carota L. 


CoRNACEAE 


Cornus canadensis L. 


C. rugosa Lam. (C. circinata L’ Her.) 
C. Amomum Mill. 

Cr. 
C 
‘a 


stolonifera Michx. 


. candilissima Marsh. (C. paniculata L’Her.) 
. alternifolia L. f. 


ERICACEAE 


Chimaphila umbellata (.) Nutt. 
Pyrola secunda L. 


Je, 
dete 
Pe 


chlorantha Sw. 

elliptica Nutt. 

rotundifolia L., var. americana (Sweet) Fern- 
ald. (P. americana Sw) 


. asarijolia Michx. 


asarifolia Michx., var. incarnata (Fisch.) 
Fernald. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Monotropa uniflora L. 

M. Hypopitys L. 

Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. 
Kalmia polifolia Wang. 
Andromeda polifolia L. 

A. glaucophylla Link. 


Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. 


Gaultheria procumbens L. 
Chiogenes hispidula (L.) T. & 


G. 


Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) C. Koch. 
Vaccum pennsylvanicum Lam. 


V. canadense Kalm. 
V. corymbosum UL. 
V. Oxycoccos L. 


PRIMULACEAE 
Primula mistassinica Michx. 
*Lysimachia punstata L. 
L. terrestris (L.) BSP. 
*L. Nummularia L. 
L. thyrsiflora L. 
Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf. 


87 


Trientalis borealis Raf. (T. americana (Pers.) 


Pursh. 
*Anagallis arvensis L. 


OLEACEAE 
Fraxinus americana L. 
F. pennsylvanica Marsh. 
F. pennsylvanica Marsh., var. 
(Borkh.) Sarg. 
F. quadrangulata Michx. 
F. mgra Marsh. 
*Syringa vulgaris L. 
*Ligustrum vulgare L. 


GENTIANACEAE 
Gentiana crinita Froel. 
G. Andrewsit Griseb. 
Halena defléxa (Sm.) Griseb. 
Menyanthes trifoliata L. 


APOCYNACEAE 
*Vinca minor L. 
Apocynum androsaemifolium L. 
A. cannabinum L. 


ASCLEPIADACEAE 
Asclepias incarnata L. 
A. syriaca L. 
A. phytolaccoides Pursh. 
Acerates viridiflora Ell. 
CONVOLVULACEAE 
Convolvulus spithamaeus L. 
C. seprum L. 
*C’. arvensis L. 


lanceolata 


Cuscuta pentagona KEngelm. (C. arvensis 


Beyrich) 


88 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


PoLEMONIACEAE 
Phlox paniculata L. 
P. divaricata L. 
P. subulata L. 
*Polemonium reptans L. 


HybrROPHYLLACEAE 


Hydrophyllum virgimanum L. 


BoraGINACEAER 


*Cynoglossum officinale L. 
Lappula virginiana (.) Greene. 
*L. echinata. Gilibert. 
*Symphytum officinale L. 
*Lycopsis arvensis L. 
*Myosotis scorpioides L. 
M. laxa Lehm. 

M. arvensis (L.) Hill. 
*M. versicolor (Pers.) Sm. 
*M. micrantha Pallas. 

M. virginica (L.) BSP. 
*Lithospermum arvense L. 
*Hchium vulgare L. 


VERBENACEAE 


Verbena urticaefola L. 
V. hastata L. 


LABIATAE 


*Ajuga genevensis L. 

Scutellaria lateriflora L. 

S. epilobiifolia Hamilton. (S. galericulata L.) 
*Marrubium vulgare L. 

*Nepeta Cataria L. 

*N. hederacea (lL.) Trevisan. 

Dracocephalum parviflorum Nutt. 

Prunella vulgaris L. 

Physostegia virginiana (L.) Benth. 


['VoL. LV 


*Galeopsis Tetrahit L., var. bifida (Boenn.) Le). 
& Court. (G. Tetrahit L.) 

*Lamium amplexicaule L. 

*DL. maculatum L. 

*Leonurus Cardiaca L. 

Stachys tenwfolka Willd., var. aspera (Michx.) 
Fernald. 

S. palustris L. 

TS. germanica L. 

*Salvia Sclarea L. 

S. nemorosa Crantz. 

Monarda didyma L. 

Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers. 

*Satureja Acinos (L.) Scheele. 

S. vulgaris (.) Fritsch. 

*Hyssopus officinalis L. 

*Thymus Serpyllum L. 

Lycopus virginicus L. 

L. uniflorus Michx. 

*DT. europaeus L. 

L. americanus Muhl. 

*Mentha piperita L. 

M. arvensis L. 

M. arvensis L. var. canadensis (L.) Briquet. 

Collinsonia canadensis L. 

*Origanum vulgare L. 


(To be Continued) 


+Guelph is one of the few stations in North 
America for this plant. According to T. J. Moore, 
(Ontario Natural Science Bulletin 2: 47, 1906): ‘‘It 
was first observed near the stables at the Ontario 
Agricultural College in 1895 by Prof. M. W 
Doherty, and was first recorded in the appendix 
to Vol. III of Britton and Brown’s ‘Illustrated 
Flora’ published in 1898.” P. C. Standley. Rho- 
dora 22: 128, 1920, reported the species as growing 
“on ballast in the eastern United States’ and 
H. Groh, Can. Field-Nat. 39: 84-85, 1925, reported 
it from the shore of Mink Lake, between Douglas 
and Eganville, Ontario. 


BOOK REVIEWS 


FLEMING MemoriAL PAPERS, 
November 5, 1940. 


The Brodie Club, 


This is a 30-page duplicated copy of the Pro- 
ceedings of the Fleming Memorial Meeting of the 
Club, which was held under the chairmanship of 
Professor A. F. Coventry. Mr. L. L. Snyder pre- 
sented an account of Mr. Fleming’s life, 1872- 
1942: Mr. E. G. McDougall gave a paper on 
“The Fleming Library”; an account of “The 
Journals” of J. H. Fleming, 1888-1940, was pre- 
sented by Mr. Jas. L. Baillie; Mr. T. H. Shortt 
read a paper on “The Fleming Collection”; Mr 


Fleming’s relations with the Brodie Club were dis- 
cussed in detail by Mr. R. J. Rutter; and finally 
the chairman presented Mr. P. A. Taverner’s 
paper “The Old Taxidermy Shop and Point Pelee 
Days”. 


The whole publication has been read feelingly, 
for he was a firm friend of mine ever since we 
first met im the field at Point Pelee in 1914, at 
which time I had been fairly actively engaged in 
ornithological studies at Toronto for eleven years. 
This very special tribute by the Brodie Club to 
one who followed ornithology so assiduously at 


September, 1941] 


a time when very little attention was paid to 
this field, and who accomplished great things by 
doing so, should be read by every Canadian natur- 
alist. The biography of Fleming is an inspiration, 
especially to those who feel they are working alone. 
He worked almost alone and kept interest alive 
through a period of years during which a lack of 


interest in this subject prevailed in his native: 


City, which is almost impossible for those who live 
there to-day to comprehend. Canada, and par- 
ticularly Canadian ornithology, owes a debt of 
gratitude to the late J. H. Fleming—H.L. 


CONSERVATION IN THE UNITED States by members 
of the Faculty of Cornell University ;—A. F. 
Gustafson, H. Ries, C. H. Guise, W. J. Hamil- 
ton, Jr., Comstock Publishing Company. Inc., 
Ithaca, New York, 445 pp., 1939, Price $3.00. 


This very readable, well-illustrated text-book 
tells about conservation under four main headings: 
Soil and and 
grazing lands; Wildlife; and Mineral resources. 
It thus covers a great deal of territory and does 
Each of the chief sections concludes with 
a series of questions, there being seventy-one at 
the end of the part on soil. 


water resources; Forests, parks 


it well. 


Canada has to face the same basic problems 
in conservation that have arisen in the United 
States, and to get a good sane view of the whole 
question any Canadian student, or 
layman will profit by reading this work by four 
Professors of Cornell. A quotation from the 
introduction gives the main idea: 


professor, 


“A great need of our nation to-day is the 
development by the individual citizen of a con- 
sciousness of the definite necessity for the con- 
servation of our natural resources.’—H.L. 


Tue VERTEBRATE FAUNA OF DarLINGTON TOWNSHIP, 
DurHAam County, Ontario—by A. E. Allin, 
Trans. Royal Canadian Institute, Vol. 23, Pt. 
1, October, 1940, pp. 83-118. 

The very fact that this list meludes all the 
vertebrates known to a small area in 
Ontario makes it especially interesting and valu- 
able. Faunal lists often get no farther down than 
birds. In this case, indicating perhaps a special 
interest of the author, not only are the inland 
fishes of Darlington included, but also those re- 


inhabit 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 89 


corded locally from Lake Ontario. Listed are 
32 species of mammals, 171 of birds, 13 of amphi- 
bians, 8 of reptiles and 45 of fishes. No pains have 
been spared to make the list complete and accur- 
ate, which means that the author has not merely 
compiled his own observations and those of others, 
but has digested them as well—C.H.D.C. 


HUNTING THE WHITE-TAILED Derr, by Dr. B. F. 
Ederer, pocket size, pp. 1-80 University of 
Minnesota press, 1940. 
$1.00. 


In parts of the United States and Canada the 
population of deer is so large that management 
is a problem and hunting need never affect the 
deer adversely. A skilful chase or stalk, a clean 
kill and properly dressed game are the marks 
of a respectable and creditable hunt. Too often 


Minneapolis, Price 


deer hunting never rises above the mutilation, 
fatal or otherwise, of a beautiful animal. The 
reviewer was reminded by Dr. Ederer’s booklet 
of the admiration inspired in him by the sight 
of Eskimo hunters dressing out a caribou. It 
was obvious that centuries of tradition governed 
every cut. Dr. Ederer seeks to bring modern 
deer hunters into the traditions of Daniel Boone 
and the mediaeval “Master of the Hunt.’”— 
Cs lel ID, C- 


ANNUAL Report OF THE PrROVANCHER SOCIETY, 
1940. Illustrated, 88 pp. 


The latest report of this distinguished Canadian 
society includes: an article by Dr. R. M. Ander- 
son recording the addition of two species of bats 
to the list of Quebec mammals; the returns for 
bird-banding on Iles-Razades, by Dr. D. A. Dery; 
the diary of the Guardian of the society’s islands; 
and an interesting description of the society's 
bird sanctuary at Ile-aux-Basques and Iles Raz- 
ades—EDITor. 


Living Treasure by Ivan T. Sanderson, 8 vo., pp. 
290, 32 illustrations by the author, 1941. The 
Macmillan Co. of Canada Ltd., Toronto, Price 
$4.25. 


Living Treasure is an extremely colourful ac- 
count of zoological collecting in Jamaica, Haiti, 


90 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


British Honduras and Yucatan. It follows the 
style of the author’s previous works, which were 
severely criticized by thoroughly competent zo- 
ologists. There is an atmosphere of hyperbole 
that will put any scientifically trained reader in 
a critical mood. Suffice it to say that the author 
makes the most of the dramatic possibilities of 


his narrative. Since he states that he does not 


[VoL. LV 


take himself seriously we can recommend Living 
Treasure as an entertaining and well-written book, 
not to be taken seriously. 

It is in the accompanying illustrations that 
Sanderson’s real ability is shown. His drawings 
accomplish, through their accuracy and magnifi- 
cent composition, a simple and yet entirely ad- 
equate presentation of their subjects—C.H.D.C. 


MEMBERS OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB AND 
SUBSCRIBERS TO THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST, SEPTEMBER, 1941 


PATRONS 


His EXCELLENCY 
THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND 
H.R.H. PRINCESS ALICE 


HONORARY MEMBERS 


GIBSON, ARTHUR, 
Entomological Branch, 
Department of Agriculture, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

MERRIAM, C. HART, 

1919 16th Street, 
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

SMALL, H. B., 

150 Laurier Avenue, West, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


SUSTAINING LIFE MEMBERS 


Dr Lury, RALPH E., (12933) 
Dominion Observatory, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

HALKETT. Miss M., (1932) 
216 Lyon St., 

Ottawa, Ont. 


LIFE MEMBERS 


Grou, H., (1933) 
Botanical Division, 
Central Experimental! Farm, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
ELLIS, RALPH, (1938) 
2420 Ridge Road, 
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A. 
PAULSON, C. W. G., (1936) 
Woodside Cottage, 
Wheeler’s Lane, 
Smallfield, Surrey, England. 
PuHILIpP, P. B., (1933) 
220 Broadway, 
New York, N.Y., U.S.A. 
ROBERTSON, C.N., (1932) 
Apt. 601, The Claridge. 
1 Clarendon Ave., 
Toronto, Ont. 
WALKER, FE. M., (1935) 
67 Alcina Avenue, 
Toronto. Ont. 
WiLson, M.E., (1936) 
Department of Mines, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


MEMBERS AND SUBSCRIBERS 
A 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE, 
1900 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 


ADAMS, JOUN, 

Central Experimental Farm, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, 

Dominion Botanist and Plant 
Pathologist, 

Experimental Farm, 

Ottawa, Ont. 

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, 
Dominion Entomologist, 
Confederation Building, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, 
Library, Confederation Block, 
Ottawa, Ont 

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, 
The Entomologist, 

Quebec, P.Q. 

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, 
Library, 

Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

AHERN, G.S., 

20 St. Antoine Street, 
Quebee, P.Q. 

ALBERTA, PROVINCE OF, 
Game Branch, 

Dept. of Lands and Mines, 
Edmonton, Alberta 

ALCOCK, F. J., 

Geological Survey, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

ALEXANDER, D. C., 

18 Hurd Street, 
Lowell, Mass., U.S.A. 
ALLEN, A. A., 
McGaw Hall, Cornell University, 
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. 
ALLIN, A. E., 
Provincial Laboratory, 
Fort William, Ont. 


AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIs- 
TORY, 
77th Street and Central Park W., 
New York, N.Y., U.S.A. 


Ami, Mrs. H. M., 
464 Wilbrod Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
ANDERSON, E. G., 
Division of Botany, 
Central Experimental Farm, 
Ottawa. Ont. 
ANDERSON, R. M., 
58 Driveway, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
ANGUS, W. F., 
Box 280, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
ARCHIVES, PUBLIC, 
Dominion of Canada, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
AUDUBON SOCIBTIES, NAT. ASS. OF - 
1006 Fifth Ave., 
New York, N.Y., U.S.A. 
AUSTIN, O. L., 
Tuckahoe, 
Westchester Co, N.Y., U.S A. 


BAILEY, VERNON, 

1834 Kalorama Rd., 
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

BAILLIB, J. L. JR., 

Royal Ontario Museum, 
Bloor Street, 
Toronto, Ont. 

BAKER, FRANK C., 

Natural History Building, 
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A. 

BaLDwIn, L. H., 

2 Kilbarry Place, 
Toronto, 5, Ont. 

BALL, S. C., 

Curator, Dept. of Zoology, 
Peabody Museum, 
New Haven‘ Conn., U.S.A. 

Bani, F. E., 

St. Patrick’s College, 

Ottawa, Ont. 
BrAMER, L. H., 

Box 56, 

Meaford, Ont. 

BENT, A. C., 

140 High Street, 
Taunton, Mass., U.S.A. 
BERNARD, H., 
Editor, ‘‘Le Courier’, 
St. Hvacinthe, P.Q. 
BroLoGy, LIBRARY OF, 
Mont Saint-Louis, 
224 Sherbrooke Street East, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
BirpD, RALPH D., 
Box 250, 
Brandon. Man 
BIRDSALL, Mrs. H. E., 
Delhi, Ontario 

BisHoP, LOuIS B., 

450 Bradford Street, 
Pasadena. Cal., U.S.A. 

BoRDEN, ©. B., 

Woodstock, Vermont, U.S.A. 

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HisTory, 
254 Berkeley Street, 
Boston, Mass., U.S.A. 

BoweERS, HENRY, 

247 Fourth Avenue, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

Boy Scouts’ ASSOCIATION, 
Canadian General Council, 
Wellington Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

BRANDT, H. W., 

11945 Carlton Road, 

Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 
BRERETON, E. L., 

Box 99, 

Barrie, Ont. 

BRIGDEN, F. H., 

15 Oswald Crescent, 
Toronto, Ont. 

BRIMLEY, J. F., 

Wellington, Ont. 


September, 1941] 


BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCIAL Mu- 
SEUM, 

The Library, 
Victoria, B.C. 

BRITISH COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 
The Library, 
Vancouver, B. C. 

BROoMAN, R. C., 

c-o Bank of Montreal, 

St. Thomas, Ont. 
Brown, A. W. A., 

92 Driveway 

Ottawa, Ont. 

Brown, Miss F. A., 

104 Cameron Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

Brown, Miss M.S, 

36 Kent Street, 
Halifax, N.S. 

Brown. W. J., 

4129 Dorchester St., 
Apt. 14, 
Montreal, P.Q. 

BrRucEg, V.N., 

246 Irving Ave., 
Ottawa, Ont. 

BUCKLE, FE. R., 

Dominion P.O. Building, 
Kamloops, B.C 

BUCKLE, J. W., 

262 Craig Street West, 
Montreal, P.Q. 

BUFFALO MUSEUM OF SCIENCR, 
Research Library, 
Buffalo, N.Y., U.S.A. 

BuLLER, A. H. R., 

University of Manitoba, 
Winnipeg, Man. 

BurRFAU, G. M., 

106 Des Franrciseains St., 
Quebec, P.Q. 


Cc 


CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, 
c/o The Librarian. 
San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A. 
CALIFORNIA, UNIVERSITY OF, 
Library, 
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A. 
CALVERT, E, W., 
Haliburton, Ont. 
CAMPAGNA, E., 
Department de Botanique, 
Ecole d’Agriculture, 
Ste. Anne de la Pocatiere, P.Q. 
CARNEGIE LIBRARY, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Carter, J. B., 
Department of Labour, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
CARTWRIGHT, B. W., 
203 Moorgate Blvd., 
Deer Lodge, 
Winnipeg, Man. 
CHICAGO, THE UNIVERSITY OF, 
LIBRARIES, 
Periodical Division, 
Chicago, Ill., U.S.A. 
CLARKE, C. H. D., 
National Parks Bureau, 
Department of Mines & Resources, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
CLARKE, THOMAS H., 
Peter Redpath Museum, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
CLEMENS, W. A., 
University of British Columbia, 
Deptartment of Zoology, 
Vancouver, B.C. 
CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF NATURAL 
HISTORY. 
2717 Euclid Ave., 
Cleveland, Ohio. U S.A. 
CLouT).G. Je. 
89 North Street, 
St Catherines, Ont. 
CoLg, Miss M. P., 
Box 45, 
Red Deer, Alberta. 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
NewYork, N.Y., U.S.A. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


ComaAN, E. L., 
26 Lake Street, 
Wakefield, Rhode Island, U.S.A 
CONNERS, E. I., 
347 Island Park Drive, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Coocu, GRAHAM, 
685 Echo Drive, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY- 
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. 
COVENTRY, A. F., 
Dept. of Biology, 
University of Toronto, 
Toronto, Ontario 
Cowan, Miss M. E., 
97 Stanley Ave., 
Ottawa, Ont. 
CRANBROOK INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, 
Bloomfield Hills, Mich., U.S.A. 
CRAWFORD, H. G., 
Entomological Branch, 
Department of Agriculture. 
Ottawa, Ont. 
CRERAR LIBRARY, 
Chicago, Ill., U.S.A. 
CrickmMay, C.H., 
Haney, B.C. 
CRIDDLE, STUART, 
Treesbank, Man. 


D 


DALE, E. M. S., 
297 Hyman Street, 
London, Ont. 

DARTMOUTH COLLEGE LIBRARY, 
Hanover, New Hampshire, U.S.A. 


DavVIs, Et, 
R.R. No. 7, 
London, Ont. 


DrAM, CHAS., 
Bluffton, Ind., U.S.A. 
DEANE, C. D, 
Photographic Division, 
R.C.A.F. Airport 
Kingston, Ontario 
DEAR., L.S., 
Box 127, 
Port Arthur, Ont. 
DECARIBE, J. A., 
4121 Marlowe Avenue, 
N.D.G., Montreal, P.Q. 
DES RIVIERES, H., 
Grande Allée, 
Quebee, P.Q. 
DEvITT, O. E., 
31 Willowbank Boulevard, 
Toronto, Ont. 
Doutrt, J K., 
Curator of Mammalogy, 
Carnegie Museum, 
Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 
DYMOND, J. R., 
Royal Ontario Museum, 
Toronto. Ont. 


EASTHAM, J. W., 

Court House, 
Vancouver, B.C. 
EDMONTON PUBLIC LIBRARY, 

Edmonton, Alta. 
Epwarps, D. K., 
Bayswater Avenue, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Errric, C. W. G., 
1029 Monroe Avenue, 
River Forest, Ill., U.S.A. 
ELTON, C.S., 
Bureau of Animal Population, 
University Museum, 
Oxford, England. 
Emery, F. H., 
29 Old Mill Terrace, 
Toronto. Ont. 
ERRINGTON, P. L., 
Iowa State College, 
Ames, Iowa, U.S.A. 


al 


Farco, W. G., 
506 Union Street, 
Jackson, Michigan, U.S.A. 
FARLEY, F. L.., 
Camrose, Alta. 
FAUVEL, B. A., 
263 McLeod Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
FIELD, MIss C., 
1461 Mountain Street, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL History, 
General Library, 
Chieago, Ill., U.S.A 
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE LIBRARY, 
4337 S Agricultural Building, 
Washington, D.C, U.S.A. 
FLETCHER, J. F S., 
Dimock, P.O., 
Susquehanna Co., 
Penn., U.S A. 
FRASER, C. MCLEAN, 
University of British Columbia, 
Vancouver, B C. 
FRASER, W. P., 
University of Saskatchewan, 
Saskatoon, Sask. 
FRITH, ROWLEY, 
Butternut Terrace, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Fry, J. D., 
1221 Osborne Street 
Montreal, Quebec 


G 


GARDNER. DR.G., 

4541 Pontiac Street, 
Montreal, Que. 

GATES, DONALD, 

9 Ralph Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY, 
c/o Mrs. Forsey, 

Dept. of Mines and Resources, 
National Museum, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY, 
Department of Interior, 
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

GILLIks, A.H., 

372 Bay Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

GODFREY, EARL, 
Box 136 
Northfield, Ohio 

GoopWILL, E. V., 
Hydrographic Surveys, 
Dept. Mines and Resources, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

GORDON, H. K., 

34 Glen Elm Ave., 
Toronto, (12) Ont. 

Grew, J L., 

Northern Saskatchewan 
Conservation Board, 
Prince Albert, Sask 

GRINNELL, LAWRENCE, I., 
1024 Stewart Avenue, 
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. 

Grist, Miss Mary L., 

251 Laurier Ave. East, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

Gross, A. O., 

Bowdoin College, 

Brunswick, Me., U.S.A. 
GROVES, J. W., 

Division of Botany, 

Central Experimental Farm, 

Ottawa, Ont. 


H 


fLALFERDAHL, Mrs., 
140 Cochrane Street, 
Rockcliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

HALL, E. R., 
University, of California, 
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A. 


92 


HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION SOCIETY, 
e-o J. H. Williams,, 
E. 43rd Street, 
Mt. Hamilton, 
Hamilton, Ont. 
HAMMOND, G. W., 
Aylmer, Quebec. 
HARKNESS, W. J. K., 
Department of Biology, 
Toronto University, 
Toronto, Ont. 
HARPER, FRANCIS, 
224 S. Chester Road, 
Swarthmore, Penn., U.S.A. 
Hart, J. L., 
Pacifie Biological Station, 
Nanaimo, B.C. 
Hart, W.S., 
Province of Quebec Society for 
Protection of Birds, 
P.O. Box 1185, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY, 
Gray Herbarium, 
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY, 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 
HEIMBURGER. C.C, 
Dominion Forest Service, 
Department of Mines & Resourees, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
HEMING, W. E., 
Whittier College, 
Whitvier, Cal., U.S.A. 
HewiIrTtT, O. H., 
Cornell University, 
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. 
HICcKIE, P., 
Game Division, 
Dept. of Conservation, 
Lansing, Mich., US.A. 
HoLpDom, M. W., 
Lindsay Cottage, 
Crescent, B.C. 
HUBER, WHARTON, 
Littlebrook, F.D.R. No. 2, 
Pottstown, Pa., U.S.A. 
HUDSON’S BAY COMPANY, 
Fur Trade Commissioner, 
Winnipeg, Man 
HUMPHREY, S., 
Unity, Sask. 
HUNTER, FENLEY, 
Box 97, 
Flushing, Long Island, US A 
HUNTSMAN, A. G., 
University of Toronto, 
Toronto, Ont. 


IDE, F. P., 
Department of Biology, 
University of Toronto, 
Toronto, Ont. 
[ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A. 
INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Bloomington, Ind., U.S.A. 
IOWA STATE COLLEGE, 
Library, 
Ames, Iowa, USA. 


JACKSON, C. F., 
College ot Liberal Arts, 
Durham, N.H., U.S.A. 
Jackson, H. A. C., 
35 Campbell Avenue, 
Montreal West, P.Q. 
JENNINGS, OTTO E., 
Carnegie Museum, 
Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A. 
JOHNSON, C. E., 
Geological Survey, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


K 


KANSAS UNIVERSITY, 
Periodical Department, 
Lawrence, Kan., U.S.A. 

KIpDD, H. M.., 

McKenzie Island, Ontario 

KINDLE, C. H., 

Dept. of Geology, 
City College, 
New York, N.Y., U.S A. 

KITTO, V., 

RR. No. 1, 
Malton, Ont. 


L 


Larna, H. M., 
Comox, B.C. 
LANCELEY, W. H., 
23 FEImdale Avenue, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
La RocaugB, A., 
National Museum, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LAVAL UNIVERSITY, 
Bibliotheque, 
Quebee, P.Q. 
LAWRENCE, A. G., 
City Health Department, 
Winnipeg, Man. 
LEECHMAN, D., 
National Museum, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LEES, W. A. D., 
P.O. Box 1388, 
Wetaskiwin, Alta. 
Ler, A. H., 
P.O. Box 254, 
St. Andrews, N.B. 
LEOPOLD. ALDO, 
424 University Farm Place, 
Madison, Wis., U.S.A. 
LEPINGWELL, A. R., 
5-52nd Ave., 
Lachine, P.Q. 
LEWIS, GRACE S., 
Dominion Bureau of Statisties, 
Ottawa, Ont., 
LEWIS, HARRISON F., 
e-o National Parks Bureau, 
Department of Mines & Resources, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LLoyD, HoyEs, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LLoyD, WILMO7, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockeliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LOGIER, SHELLY, 
Royal Ontario Museum, 
Toronto, Ont. 
LONDON PUBLIC LIBRARY, 
London, Ont 
LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY, 
The Library, 
Baton Rouge, La., U.S.A. 
LowgE, C. R., 
University of Manitoba, 
Winnipeg, Man. 
LownsBury, C. R., 
62 Second Ave., 
Ottawa, Ont. 
LUCAS, ALEC. 
1a 18ts (4 
Cobourg, Ont. 


M 


MacDona.Lp, D.L, 
72 Alexander Blvd., 
Toronto, Ort. 
MACDONALD, E.C . 
313 Lonsdale Rd.. 
Apt. 7, Toronto, Ont 
MACGREGOR, H A., 
534 Eleventh St., 
M edicine Hat, 
Alberta. 


{VoL. LV 


Mack, H. G., 
c/o Gilson Manufacturing Co., 
Guelph, Ont. 
MACLULICH, D. A., 
144 Mavety Street, 
Toronto, Ontario 
MAcCNAMARA, CHAS., 
Arnprior, Ont. 
MAGEE, M. J., 
603 South Street, 
Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., U.S.A. 
MAGUIRE, W.S., 
YM iC-A, 
New Westminster, B.C. 

MAINE, UNIVERSITY OF, 

Library, 
Orono, 
Maine, U.S.A. 

MANITOBA NATURAL History SOCIETY, 
Winnipeg Auditorium Museum, 
Memorial Boulevard, 
Winnipeg, Man. 


MANITOBA, PROVINCE OF, 
Dept. of Mine:, 

A. G. Cunningham, Director 
Winnipeg, Manitoba. 

MANITOBA UNIVERSITY, 
Science Library, 

Fort Garry Site, 
Winnipeg, Man. 

MarcoTTE, LEON, 

St. Charles Seminary, 
Sherbrooke, P.Q. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, 
Woods Hole, 
Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

MAYALL, K.M., 

151 Metcalfe St. 
Ottawa, Ont. 

McCapsks, T. T., 

2620 Benvenue Ave., 
Berkeley, California, U.S.A. 

McCatia, W. C. 

1312 Ninth St., N. W. 
Calgary, Alberta. 

McCALuuM, C. D,, 

36 Robinson Street, 
Hamilton, Ontario 

MCCLANAHAN, R.C., 

U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service, 
Washington, D.C 

McDouGALL, E. G., 

Royal Ontario Museum, 
Toronto, Cut. 

MCcFADDEN, R. W.E., 

4 Hart Street, 
Brantford, Ont. 

McGauey, MIss PEARL, 

193 O’Connor Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

MCGILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
3459 McTavish Street, 
Montreal, P.Q. 

MCILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
368 Richmond St., 
London, Ont. 

McILWRAITH, T. F., 

50 St. Leonard’s Avenue, 
Toronto 12, Ont. 

McKINNON, Mrs. J.S., 

24 Jeanne d’Arc Street, 
Hull, P.Q. 

McLAINE, L. S., 

Plant Protection Division, 
Department of Agriculture, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

MEREDITH, R., 

93 St. Peter Street, 
Quebec, P.Q. 

MICHIGAN STATE COLLEGE, 
LIBRARY, 

East Lansing, Mich., U.S.A. 


MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A. 


MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
University Farm, 
St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A. 


MINSHALL, W. H., 
Division of Botany, 
Central Experimental Farm, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


MISSOURI, UNIVERSITY OF, 
Library, : : 
Columbia, Missouri, U.S.A. 


September, 1941] 


MITCHELL, Mrs. O.S., 
Apt. 405, 
49 St. Clair Ave., 
Toronto, Ont. 
Moran E.H., 
541 Bronx River Road, 
Yonkers, N.Y. 
MONTREAL MECHANICS’ INSTITUTE, 
Atwater and Tupper Streets, 
Westmount, P.Q. 
MONTREAL PUBLIC LIBRARY, 
Sherbrooke Street, E. 
Montreal, Que. 
MONTREAL UNIVERSITY, 
Botanical Institute, 
4101 Sherbrooke, East, 
Montreal, P.Q. 
MONTREAL UNIVERSITY, 
Institut de Biologie, 
1265 St. Denis St., 
Montreal, Que. 
MONTREAL UNIVERSITY, 
Institute of Geology, 
1265 St. Denis St., 
Montreal, Que. 
MorGAn, J.C., 
Room 303, 
Y.M.C.A., Ottawa. 
Morris, FRANK, 
694 Aylmer Avenue, 
Peterborough, Ont. 
Morris, R. F., 
Dom. Entomological Laboratory, 
Fredericton, N. B. 
Morris, RoBErtT T., 
Box 554, 
Stamford, Conn., U.S.A. 
MousLgEy, H., 
4073 Tupper Street, 
Westmount, Montreal, P.Q. 
Munro, J. A., 
Okanagan Landing, B.C. 
Moureuy Miss L., 
388 Oliver Avenue, 
Montreal, P.Q. 


N 


NATIONAL PARKS BUREAU, 
Department of Mines & Resources 
Ottawa, Ont. 

NEWCOMBE, W. A., 

138 Dallas Road, 
Victoria, B.C. 

New HAMPSHIRE UNIVERSITY, 
Hamilton Smith Library, 
Durham, N.H., U.S.A. 

New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. 
Bronx Park, 

New York, N.Y., U.S.A. 
New YorRK STATE COLLEGE OF FOREST- 


RY, 
Forest Library, 
Syracuse, N.Y., U.S.A. 
New YORK STATE LIBRARY, 
Albany, N.Y., U.S.A- 
New YorRK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 
185th Street, Bronx, 
New York, N.Y., U.S.A. 
NICHOLS, C. K., 
512 Hamilton Road, 
Ridgewood, N.J., U.S.A. 
NicHo.s, Miss H., 
Antigonish, N.S. 
NICOL, COLIN, 
84 Glencairn Avenue, 
Toronto, Ont. 
NORMAL SCHOOL, 
The Principal, 
North Bay, Ont. 
NORMAL SCHOOL, 
Elgin Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
NortTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE, 
D.H. Hill Library, 
Raleigh, N.C., U.S.A. 


oO 


O’CONNOR, J. L., 
Dominion Observatory, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, 
Library, 
Columbus, Ohio, U.S.A. 
OKLAHOMA AGRICULTURAL AND MECH- 
ANICAL COLLEGE, 
Stillwater, Okla. 
OMMANNERY, G. G. 
Development Commission, 
C.P Railway, 
Montreal, Que. 
ONTARIO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, 
Library, 
Guelph, Ont. 
ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, 
Library, 
Toronto, Ont. 


P 


PACIFIC BIOLOGICAL STATION, 
Nanaimo, B.C. 
PARASITOLOGY, INSTITUTE OF, 
Macdonald College, 
P:Q. 
PARLIAMENTARY LIBRARY, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
PATRICK, MIss B., 
1860 Western Parkway, 
Vancouver, B.C. 
PEARSE, THEED, 
P.O. Box 158, 
Courtney, B.C. 
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
34th Street & Woodland Avenue, 
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. 
PetTsErRS, H. §S., 
R.F.D. No. 1, Box 171, 
Charleston, S.C., U.S.A. 
PETTINGILL, O.S. JR., 
Dept. of Zoology, 
Carleton College, 
Northfield, Minn., U.S.A. 
PHELPS, FRANK M., 
214 Fourth Street, 
Elyria, Ohio, U.S.A. 
PORSILD, A. E., 
569 Mariposa A venue, 
Rockcliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
PoRSILD, M. P., 
Disko, Greenland. 
PREBLE, FE. A., 
3027 Newark Street, 
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 
PRIESTLY, Mrs. R. J., 
65 Tupper Ave., 
Yorkton, Sask. 
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Princeton, N.J., U.S.A. 
PRITCHARD, A. L., 
Pacific Biological Station, 
Nanaimo, B.C. 
PuTMAN, W. L., 
Entomological Laboratory, 
Vineland. Station, Ont. 


Q 


QUEBEC SOCIETY PROTECTION OF BIRDS, 
ce-o Mrs. C. L. Henderson, 
1536 St. Matthew Street, 
Montreal, P. Q. 

QUEBEC ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 
Charlesbourg, Quebec. 

QUEENS UNIVERSITY, 
Douglas Library, 
Kingston, Ont. 


R 


RACEY, KENNETH, 
3262 W Ist. Ave.. 
Vancouver, B.C. 

RAND, AUSTIN L., 
American Museum of Natural 

History, 

New York, N.Y. 

RAWSON, D. S., 
Department of Biology, 
University of Saskatchewan, 
Saskatoon, Sask. 


93 


RICHARDSON, G H., 

640 Huron Street, 

Toronto, Ont. 
RICHARDSON, L. R., 

Victoria University College, 

Wellington, New Zealand 
RIcKER, Miss H.S., 

94 Park Street, 

Truro, N.S. 
RICKER. WM. E., 

International Salmon Commission, 

Dept. of Zoology, 

Indiana University, 

Bloomington, Ind., US A. 
RosBErts, T. S., 

Director, Museum of Natural 

History, 

Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A. 
RONAYNE, JOHN, 

Pemberton Meadows, B.C. 
Ross, D. A., 

Vineland Station, Ont. 
RUSSELL, LORIS S., 

University of Toronto, 

Toronto, Ont. 
RUTTER, R. J., 

29 Mann Ave., 

Toronto, Ont. 


SANSON, N.B., 
Banff, Alta. 
SARNIA COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE, 
Sarnia, Ont. 
SASKATCHEWAN PROVINCIAL MUSEUM, 
Normal School 
Regina, Sask. 
SAUNDERS, W. E., 
240 Central Avenue, 
London, Ont. 
Scott, W. E., 
Conservation Annex, 
20 North Carrol Street, 
Madison, Wisc., U.S A. 
SrEnn, H. A., 
Gentral Experimental Farm, 
Division of Botany, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
Suaw, W. T., 
1002 Cambridge Avenue, 
Fresno, Cal., U.S.A. 
SHELDON, Miss C., 
R.F.D. No. 1, 
Woodstock, Vermont, U.S.A. 
SHELFORD, V. E., 
200 Vivarium Building, 
Champaign, Ill., U.S.A. 
SHEPPARD, R. W., 
1805 Mouland Ave., 
Niagara Falls, Ont. 
SHERWOOD, E. S., 
140 Wellington Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
SIFTON, H. B., 
10 Rathnally Ave., 
Toronto, Ont. 
SMITH. A. G., 
Algonquin Apartments, 
Edmonton, Alberta. 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 
U.S. National Museum, 
Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 
SNELL, C. H., 
Red Deer, Alta. 
Snur®, Dr. PAULINE, 
National Research Council, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
SNYDER, L. L., 
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, 
Toronto, Ont. 
SociInTE PROVENCHER D’HISTOIRE Na- 
TURELLE DU CANADA, 
38 Sherbrooke Street. 
Quebec, P.Q. 
Soper, J. D., 
827 Riverwood Ave., 
Fort Garry, 
Winnipeg, Man. 
SopgmrR, J. H., 
e-o Gray Herbarium, 
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 


94 


SouTHAM, W. M., 
Rockecliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

SPEECHLY, H. M., 

232 Home St., 
Winnipeg, Man. 

Speirs, J. M., 

705 W. Elm Street, 
Urbana, Ill. 

SPENCER, G. J., 

Department of Zoology, 
University of British Columbia, 
Vancouver, B.C 

Squires, Mrs. NATHAN C., 
Fredericton, N.B. 

STEFANSSON, V., 

§7 Morton S8t., 
New York. 
INSYS UES SA 

STERNBERG, CHAS. M., 
Geological Survey, 
Ottawa, Ont. 


TAVERNER, P. A., 
National Museum, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

TAYLOR, B. W., 

Director of Fish Culture, 
Room 206, Biological Building, 
Montreal, P.Q 

TERRILL, LEWIS M., 

216 Redfern Avenue, 
Westmount, P.Q. 

TEXAS UNIVERSITY OF, 
Library, 

Austin, Texas, U.S.A. 

THACKER, T. L., 

Little Mountain, 
Hope, B.C. < 

TRHOMERON Mrs. L. N., 
Harrington Harbour, 
Saguenay County, Que. 

TuHomson, M. 

Dominion Observatory, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, 
198 College Street, 
Toronto 5, Ont. 

TORONTO UNIVERSITY, 
Department of Geology, 
Toronto, Ont. 

TORONTO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Toronto, Ont. 

TRURO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, 
Biological Division, 

Truro, N.S 

TuFtTs, R. W., 
Wolfville, N.S. 

TURNBULL, J. F., 
R.R. No. 3, 
Orillia, Ont. 

TURNER, G. H., 

Fort Saskatchewan, Alta. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


TURNER, J. P., 
117 Cooper Street, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
TUTTLE, G. M., 
Youngstown, N.Y.,U S.A. 
TYRRELL, J. B., 
1312 Metropolitan Building, 
Toronto 2, Ont. 


U 


URQUHART, F. A., 
Royal Ontario Museumof Zoology, 
Toronto, Ont. 

USSHER, R. D., 
Nancy Lake Farm, 
King, Ontario 

UTAH STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, 
Forestry Dept., 
Logan, Utah, U.S.A. 


Vv 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY So- 
CIETY, 
e-o W. F. Connor, 
3222 W. 36th Street, 
Vancouver, B.C. 
VANCOUVER PUBLIC LIBRARY, 
Main and Hastings Ave., 
Vancouver, B.C. 
VICTORIA PUBLIC LIBRARY, 
Victoria, B.C. 
VLADYKOV, V. D., 
1577 Providence Street, 
Montreal, P.Q. 


WwW 


WALKINSHAW, L. H., 
1416-W Michigan Avenue, 
Battle Creek, Michigan, U.S.A. 
WaALsH, M.J., 
Box 133, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
WARREN, F. R., 
1511 Wood Avenue, 
Colorado Springs, Col., 
WARREN, J., 
344 Manor Road, 
Rockcliffe Park, 
Ottawa, Ont. 
WASHINGTON STATE COLLEGE LIBRARY 
Pullman, Wash.. U.S.A. 
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, 
Seattle, Wash., U.S.A. 
WEEMS, F. C., 
Box 16, Wall Street Station, 
New York, N.Y.. U.S.A. 
WESTERN ONTARIO UNIVERSITY, 
Lawson Memoriai Library, 
London, Ontario 
WESTFRN RESERVE UNIVERSITY 
Library, 
Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 


U.S.A. 


[VoL. LV 


WHELEN, R. V., 

Smoky Falls, 

via Kapuskasing, Ont. 
WHITE, ED. F. G., 

100 Powell Avenue, 

Ottawa, Ont. 
WHITEHEAD, A. B., 

302 Grande Allée, 

Quebec, P.Q. 
WHITEHURST, Miss P., 

Westboro, Ontario 
WHITTEMORE, A. R., 

18 Alvin Ave., 

Toronto, ont. 
WICKSTEED, Miss W., 

145 Bay Street, 

-Ottawa, Ont. 
WILLEY, PRor. ARTHUR, 

Mille Isles, Que. 
WILLIAMS, M. Y., 

University of British Columbia, 

Vancouver, B.C. 
WILSON, Miss ALICE E., 

Geological Survey, 

Ottawa, Ont. 
WILSON, Miss W. E., 

231 Elm Ave., 

Westmount, P.Q. 
WINRAM, J. M., 

1049 W. 27th Avenue, 

Vancouver, B.C. 
WISCONSIN, UNIVERSITY of, 

The Library, 

Madison, Wisc., U.S.A. 
Woop, WM., 

59 Grande Allee, 

Quebee, P.Q. 
WoopDstTock NATURALIST SOCIETY. 

c-o G. L, Nutt, 

11 Beale St. 

Woodstock, Ont. 
WriGut, A. H., 

Zoological ‘Laboratory, 

Cornell University, 

Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. 
WRIGHT, Miss S. E., 

347 Gilmour St., 

Ottawa, Ont. 
WYNNE-EDWARDS, V. C., 

McGill University, 

Montreal, P.Q. 


ZinNcK, M. N., 
Botany Division, 
Central Experimental Farm, 
Ottawa, Ont. 

ZOOLOGICAL SocIETY, LONDON, 
Regents Park, 
London, N. W. 8, England. 


Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 
Figure 


9 


Prate I. 


1. Colour pattern of face of Nemobius 
2. Colour pattern of face of Nemobius 
3. Colour pattern of face of Nemobius 
4. Colour pattern of face of Nemobius 
5. Ovipositor of Nemobius fasciatus 
6. Ovipositor of Nemobius fasciatus 
7. Ovipositor of Nemobius griseus 
8. Ovipositor of Nemobius maculatus. 
9. Ovipositor of Nemobius cubensis 
10. Ovipositor of Nemobius carolinus 


10 


fasciatus fasciatus. 
maculatus. 
carolinus carolinus. 
GTISEUS GVISCUS. 
fasciatus. 
abortivus. 

JTISCUs. 


palustris. 
carolinus. 


14 

Puate IT, 
Outline maps indicating the prob- 
able distribution in Ontario of the 


various species of Nemobius. 


Figure 11. 
olinus. 


Figure 12. 


lustris. 


Figure 13. 


Figure 14. 


Seus. 

Figure 15. 
CLUS. 

HKigure 16. 
ciatus. 


Figure 17. 


bortivus. 


Nemobius caroknus car 
Nemobius cubensis pa- 


Nemobius maculatus. 


Nemobius griseus gri- 


Nemobius fasciatus so- 


Nemibus fascratus Jas- 


Nemobius fasciatus a- 


Afhliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
. MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M. SpgEecHLy, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W. LOWE, G.SHIRLEY BROOKS, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
KoserR, A. H. SHorttT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H. J. PecK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. Pratt; 


Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPER R. SUTTON 
Microscopy : 

oology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 
Botany C. W. Lowg, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanteal M.G. DupLEy, M.Sc.,PH#.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KiLInK, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS.; President: C. F. CoNNorR, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCER, M.S., Honorary Secretary: Mr. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MORGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executite: Mr. A. H. BAIN, Mr. 
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W FAr.ey, Mr. K. Racey, Mr. P.L. Tait, 
Dr. E. N. Drisr, Mr. BE. A. SCHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: PROF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S 


Geology: M. Y. WILLIAMS, PH.D., F.G.S.A.,_ F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’? Photography: 


Mr. Paitie TimMs, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops. 

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 


SOCIETY 
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street. 
President: Dk. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: WM. Lott. 320 Colborne Street. 

Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


_ TESSIER, 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH: 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF» 
V. C. WYNNE-EDWArRDS, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. TERRILL, Miss RuTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 

Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTER, J. 
A. DEcARIE, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Miss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JUDAH, 
Louise MurpHy, Miss M.S. NIcoLsoNn, G. G. 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAupD SgatH, Mrs.L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MusEUM BIRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: SON EXCELLENCE LE TRES HONORABLE 
ComTE D’ATHLONE, K.G, Gouverneur-General du Canada 
Vice-Patron Honoraire: Mason GENERAL SIR EUGENE 
Fiset, Kp., C,M.G., D.S.0O, M.D.,  Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. Drery; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la _ section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENH, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DUMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, Rex 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Seerétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Vice-President: T F. McIu- 
WRAITH, Seeretary-Treasurer: Miss EDNA BOISSONNEAU, 100 
Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: Mrs. L. KE. JAQUITH, 
Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, Dr. F. P. IDE, F. C. 
Hurst; Council— Miss GRACE ANDERSON, W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
G. S. BELL, M1Iss WINNIFRED CHUTE, BROTHER DENIS, DR. 
NorMA ForD, Miss FreyA HAHN, PAUL Haun, H. M. 
Hauupay, Dr. L. E. JAquitH, Miss Mary KirKwoop, J. 
LEHMANN, Miss Grace MALKIN, L. T. Ownn, STUART 
THOMPSON, SPRAGUS TROYER, Miss MARION WILDER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and occasionally during other seasons. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make it one of the lead- 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


A 


a 


mt See 


For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


a 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
‘*Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, ~ 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 
FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB'S Field-Naturalist for the year 1941. 
PUBLICATIONS Name ati, OSL oe er 
1 879-1 940 Address Bienen sence eos 
City, Prov. or State__.._....__....--_ 
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF 
OP ee es te ie FEES SU rt mae ee —j00 Dollars 
BEQUEST 
é ate 


Signature..0.0 40 eee 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


25 50 
Wy Ce ogoccdococacss $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00 
Dir aie Coe ae Se ceterere care 8.00} 8.25) 8.76) 4.00) 4.25 
EME PA ee tityiners Oo 8.50} 8.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Ge Cee Aa cacreverclatensteveitteters 8.50| 8.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Bats Re arse nstecavetelors 4.50} 4.76) 6.00) 6.25; 6.50 
Ci A a ear comer e 4.650) 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 6.50 
Pie eees aera co a OcaIne 6.00} 6.25) 6.60) 6.75) 7.00 
Bi eachother 6.00) 6.25] 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 
ae ers Carnet epic oer 7.60) 8.00} 8.75) 10.25) 11.76 
DO eis aaa vate oteiece 7.50] 8.00) 8.75) 10.256) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 8.00} 38.00) 8.00) 4.00; 65.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


circumstances should be stated. Any familiar 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the acientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


The Barnes Museum at Lacon, 
Ill., U.S.A. offers in exchange for 


similar spectmens: 


Mounted specimens and eggs of North 
American Birds. 


Spread specimens of North American 
Moths and Butterflies ( over 200 varie- 
ties.) 


All specimens are accurately scientifically 
classified and accompanied by reliable data. 
We hold State and Federal collecting and ex- 
change permits. Senda list of what you have 
and what you need. 

R. M. Barnes, Lacon, Illinois. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


VOL. LV, No. 7 Niteman’-~ OCTOBER, 1941 


A} NT | 
ALAS | 


Fos) 
a 


aT | 
‘fl 
Na? 
pa. 


\} 1) 
& 
NLA MY 


ISSUED OCTOBER 22nd, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD _ 


1st Viee-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: REV. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. Brown, 
C. H. D. CLarKe, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELURY, H. Grou, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
Lewis, Hoyes Lioyp, A. E. Porsinp, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
Matcoim M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS 


Editor: 


A. W. A. Brown, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


DWIMNNESS! 6 3..ci...b on = dre tea Anthropology CLYDEMES PATCH ih a5 ase ee Herpetology 
JC ADAMS ts 85 Ore 8 cane cence eee Botany Re My ANDERSON: 10 oe Mammalogy 
AssLAROCQUBN. ce cart comer! Conchology A= (G-SHUNTSMAN «co eee Marine Biology 
ARTHURiGIBSONS 3100.5 3 fhe eutenetes Entomology Pe At EDA VERNER Ge") ont) emiew ae eae Ornithology 
Be PA UCOCK a ene es Seren ee easei cei ce Geology N12) Nu 84D) Ol Fie Mena lem at y ) Palzontology 
JEARU AD VMOND ity) hot 5 aay erate Ichthyology 
CONTENTS PAGE 
Triassic Stratigraphy, Mahaffy Cliffs to Red Rock Spur, Peace River Foothills, B.C. By F. 
EMIVDC IGS aT es iho ter tities antes AE att BINDS ea ee ae ae Mt LS 3 Re 95 
The Pectoral Sandpiper in Spring. By W. E. Saunders................ APA Gaeta CG, nea 101 
Changes in the Squirrel Population of Charlotteville Township, Norfolk County, Ontario, 1898- 
19402 yA Monroe wand Oras ries ea rs Ad Mag ets earns eye saettids ie eta ah aaa ee ae 102 
Geographic Range Extensions of the Smoky Shrew (Sorex fumeus) in Ontario and Quebec.. | 
By, ieslie AcsPrince gee cays iA Gree ee hemo tes ue Ries Anca ete OF ALAR real ae ka eg See 103 
A Study of the Flora of Wellington County, Ontario (concluded). By John J.Stroud...... ; 104 
Henry Carl Nunn, 1883-1940. By J. R. Dymond and 8. L. Thompson.................... 107 
Book Reviews:— 
Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico. By A.E.P......................... 108 
Oparelevse ah ovoltovaglet nied Diksley ne denied a lce Inn hoy clube len AeA geWinta =, Giant Ayia ok garg GislH od i - 109 
The Birds of the Vicinity of Lake Nipissing. By Harrison F. Lewis.............. cote 109 
Notes and Observations :— 
Snow bunting ate Crescent.) -Ofi By, tle Wiew EVO] O11) ee pee eg eee 110 
Nesting of the Pigeon Hawk (Falco columbarius) in the City of Fort William. By A. E. 


VN ba Weta yeh ae eps tay alin ani nema Meaty PRS RAE RAT IE AL SEDER RREIA SHIP Uy ate NE 110 
Wolffia punctata Griseb. in Quebec. By V.C. Wynne Edwards.. . at 


rH The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since #! 
#1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two ? 
= volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been 3 
= continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued :# 


2 monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the 
i results of original research in all departments of Natural History. 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


SS[SDIIELISSEDEiiiaaccccccssccacscessacccscacssscesteaetcseesscsceesaccescsstcsesenecceeQecctntectssacscrcsccsccccgsescccesesscctecscececsctstectenuccceseccrsesneceecccetscsceaucccsescnensnanent= 
eee eee eee eee eesssertcseccccscccccccssaccsteccesecccerssccedccccesessctstevccsecscseecctcescccecssdcc¢sccdsescacetsccrcecsscctsasctccccecsccrenecccsesccececsessescssecceccccerssee 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
~ inerease the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 
! WILMOT LLOYD, 

Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 

582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA. 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 


VOL. LV 


OTTAWA, CANADA, OCTOBER, 


1941 No. 7 


TRIASSIC STRATIGRAPHY, MAHAFFY CLIFFS TO RED ROCK SPUR, 


PEACE RIVER FOOTHILLS, B.C.* 
By F. H. McLEARN (ge Rovlosy “ a 


ae ote 


) 


cr N THE north side of the Peace valley, 
iO) from Mahaffy Cliffs to Red Rock spur, 
ieee only the Triassic Schooler Creek form- 
—— ation out-crops. Some interesting sec- 
tions are exposed, recording the presence of a 
number of well defined faunal zones both in the 
Grey and Pardonet members. In the following 
pages there is first a short description of the 
geography. This is followed by a discussion of 
the faunal zones and their correlation. 


Acknowledgement is made to several assistants, 
who at various times have aided in the collection 
of fossils or in surveying. They are A. H. Bell, 
R. A. C. Brown, A. J. Childerhose, W. Jewitt, 
A. B. McLay and C. R. Steleck. The late F. A. 
Kerr made the topographic base map. An ac- 
knowledgement is also made to Dr. R. T. D. 
Wickenden with whom the origin of the Dry 
canyon has been discussed. 


GEOGRAPHY 


A description of the geography of the Peace 
River foothills has been recently given!, and 
need not be repeated here. Some familiarity with 
the local topography, however, is necessary, if the 
location of faunal zones is to be accurately re- 
corded. A few new geographic names are pro- 
posed. It is not intended, however, that they 
should necessarily become permanently adopted 
by the local settlers or by geographers. 

The curved, projecting ledges of Folded hill 
make it a conspicuous landmark on the north side 
of the Peace valley, below Tepee Rocks and a 
little more than two miles west of the mouth of 
Schooler Creek. To the east of this and at the 
west border of the area, herein described, are 


* Published with the permission of the Director, 
Mines and Geology branch, Department Mines and 
Resources, Ottawa. 

1. Trans. Roy Soc. Canada., 3rd ser. sec. 

34, p.p. 63-66. 


4, vol. 


ya of Comp ~ 


— OCT 29 1944 
LIBRARY 


the Mahaffy cliffs (see map) with their rocky 
ledges sloping gently to the southeast. They rise 
above the remnants of some high sand and 
gravel terraces which are separated from the 
river bank by a broad low flat. A small stream 
crosses the flat and cuts through the terrace 
remnants. The strata exposed in the stream bed 
and cliffs form a section at least 600 feet thick. 

Kerr spur is a high, narrow ridge extending 
southeasterly from a high and massive hill west 
of Schooler Creek. The southwest side is fairly 
steep and has many rocky ledges sloping south- 
easterly. The Schooler valley is wide and has, on 
its lower slopes, massive terraces carved out of 
sand and gravel. A few ledges appear along 
the stream channel. On the east side of Schooler 
valley, and about two miles above its confluence 
with the main valley, is the high Stelck ridge. 
Sand and gravel extend to the top of this ridge 
and there are remnants of high terraces with 
long, steep faces. Bedrock is mostly concealed, 
but on the south side, which slopes down into 
Stelck coulee, there are exposed ledges of rock 
in places. 


Schooler hill and the Dry Canyon shoulder 
also lie on the east side of the Schooler valley. 

The Dry Canyon shoulder is a westward pro- 
jecting buttress from Schooler hill. On the south 
side fronting the Peace valley there are rocky 
ledges in the canyon, cut out of solid rock. The 
now dry canyon, about 900 feet long and about 
200 feet deep, must have been a striking feature 
of an earlier landscape, for at one time there was, 
at the head of it, a waterfall with a drop of 
about 150 feet. The river then stood about 500 
feet higher than now. As one theory of origin, 
it is inferred that in late Pleistocene time, a 
stream from the north debouched on the main 
valley at this site and that the Schooler valley 
was filled with ice, sand and gravel to a height 


96 THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


above that of the canyon. In cutting down 
through the fluvioglacial fill of sand and gravel 
the stream soon encountered the solid rock of 
this shoulder and slowly excavated the canyon. 
This situation could not be permanent, however, 
because of the in the solid rock. 
Excavation proceeded more rapidly in the center 
of the preglacial valley to the west with the 
melting of the ice and with the more rapid erosion 
of the unconsolidated sand and gravel fill. As 
another theory of origin, it can be inferred that 
the stream piracy took place in preglacial and 
later Tertiary time. A Tertiary stream on this 
site might have lost its headwaters to another 
stream excavating more rapidly in the center of 
the syncline on the site of the present Schooler 
valley. 


slow erosion 


Schooler hill is east of Schooler creek and be- 
tween Stelck coulee and the main Peace valley. 
There are ledges of rock at the south end of the 
hill from just above the packtrail nearly up to 
the top of the hill. There are also a few ledges 
on the west slope and at the north end where this 
hill slopes down into Stelck coulee. 


Jewitt spur is east of Schooler hill. A number 
of ledges mark the south end where they project 
through sand and gravel on the steep faces of 
high terrace remnants. There is also a ledge 
in the bank of the river just east of the Jewitt 
fault. 


Childerhose coulee is, in its lower stretch, a 
deep, narrow ravine in which a small stream flows. 
Some steep ledges of rock appear in this part. 
At a much higher elevation, and above the 400 
foot terrace the coulee is broad and shallow, but 
several ledges of rock occur on the sides of this 
valley. 


The south face of McLay spur is, near the top, 
a low, steep cliff which overlooks a steep, shallow, 
partly wooded, talus covered gully. Below, a 
prominent ledge is ice or water worn and partly 
undercut. Below this is a talus covered, partly 
grassy slope, with protruding ledges. From the base 
of this slope to the river bank is a broad, low 
flat. The east face of McLay spur is long, high 
and very steep and has massive, southwest dipping 
ledges. 


Bell spur is east of McLay spur and is truncated 
at its south-eastern end by a cliff which exposes, 
in profile, long, thick and sloping ledges. The 
lower part of this face is concealed by the sand 
and gravel of a high terrace. 
on the top 
westerly at a 


Rock is also exposed 
of this spur, which slopes south- 


low angle, lke the underlying 


(VoL. LV 


rock. The conformation of this surface to the 
structure is not perfect and from south to north 
the surface either rises gradually across the strata 
or, in places, abruptly, stepping up in higher and 
higher sloping shelves of rock. 

The westerly dipping ledges of Red Rock spur, 
east of Bell spur, are perched above a high 
terrace, north of Black Rock whirlpool. The 
west slope of this spur approximately conforms 
to the dip of the underlying rock. At river 
level a long ledge of rock projects from the 
shore out into the river channel and diverts the 
course of the current out from the shore. As a 
result, a large sand bar has formed in the middle 
of the stream channel and a whirlpool on the 
downstream side of the ledge. This, the Black 
Rock whirlpool, is dangerous to navigation and 
must be avoided by boats and canoes. 


STRATIGRAPHY 


The Triassic stratigraphy of the Peace River 
foothills has been described in several papers 
and this is a further contribution. Both the lower 
or Grey and the upper or Pardonet members of 
the Triassic Schooler Creek formation are known 
in the area between Mahaffy cliffs and Red Rock 
spur. The following faunal zones can be recog- 
nized: 

Monotis subcircularis zone 

Halobia zone 

lima? (Mysidioptera?) poyana zone 
Mahaffy Cliffs zone 

Red Rock Spur zone. 

Nathorstites zone 


The uppermost two zones are im the Pardonet 
member and the remaining four zones are in the 
Grey member. The base of the formation is not 
present in this area and has not been located in 
any part of the Peace River foothills. The 
lowest beds in this area are those of the Nathor- 
stites zone, well down in the Grey member. 


Beds of the Nathorstites zone occur on the 
stream bed below Mahaffy cliffs, where they con- 
sist of impure, grey limestone and grey, calcareous 
sandstone with Coenothyris ? sp., Daonella mni- 
tanae (ef. D. lommeli), Myophoria (Elegantina) 
ef. urd Boehm and Nathorstites cf. mcconnelli var 
lenticularis Whiteaves. Elsewhere, from Kerr ta 
Red Rock spur this zone lies below river level 
The Nathorstites fauna has been dated Ladinian, 
ie. later Meso-Triassic or at the latest very early 
Karnian, i.e. very early Neo-Triassic. 


Above the Nathorstites-bearing beds, in the 
stream below the Mahaffy cliffs, are brachiopods 


‘poddeut useaq svy au0z yuvfiod ayy ut uoztioy oyeUIIxoIdde 
$3] “pezBoo0] useq you svy ands «toyy UO poq vuInboo oyy, “gq 0} ‘y Avo “4Joq papoj Jo ysvo ysnt wort (ey “d ‘OPEL ‘PE “JOA ‘F ‘oes “as pug 
“UD 909 “hoy “subi AA “Uteorpoyy) peysyqnd Ayjus.et useq sey Cvul sty} Sso1ov UOTJoes aINjonays W “O'| ‘s|[tyooy aaary vovog ‘ands 
OY poy 6} spo AYRyVYY WOAf ‘A][VA AOATY Vovaq oY} JO opIs YRIOU OY} UO UOTYBUMOF Yool) AgOoyg oissevlty, sy} Jo souoz peuney 


dVW HO NOILdTaOsadd 


Pe ouoz awoz 
awoz duwozuNndsS> 2UuO0Z SYS272D auoz vuDvAod D2Q9070Y S$2LOIPNILIIQNS PV 
scl0t22NOC 222 S2QIQSLOYQIVD, YI PY BY SOUL, ‘p29 ow2nb607 ‘osvy ‘asug 
Ee eee ee ee ee 
ulay pf Ag Aydvsbodor ON SO OGL. 
Dieser 49 f607005 SS Telaigtetialaistan ar Weare wegun) 


0008 o002 oO 


Semele ; 200L 0 07005 


a) " 
e002 = Be 


et 700¢9.224() 
@ (oe pve eee eh ena 


x 


x 
MIRE 


™eammeame 
“nds 


» > 


sx 
253227 eS, W32028) 


CRIPTION OF PLATE 


Above. Red Rock spur. 
Below. South end of MecLay spur. 


October, 1941] 


of the Nathorstites zone including Coenothyris? 
and Spuriferma and in addition a species of 
Lingula. This recalls the similar situation at 
Beattie hill and other localities where the brachio- 
pods and some pelecypods of the Nathorstites 
zone persist higher stratigraphically than the 
Nathorstites and other ammonoids and are as- 
sociated with Lingula. 


Above, and in the same stream bed, are nearly 
400 feet of mostly nonfossiliferous, grey lime- 
stones, siltstones and fine sandstones. 


Yet higher and in the ledges of the Mahaffy 
cliffs are grey, greenish grey, buff and yellowish 
weathering, impure limestones, calcareous silt- 
stones, very fine sandstones and rare, calcareous, 
coarse sandstones. A sample, tested, of impure 
limestone yielded 3 per cent insoluble matter, 
a sample of sandy limestone, 40 percent, and a 
sample of calcareous siltstone, 60 per eent. Num- 
erous, poorly preserved pelecypods were collected, 
including the following: Gervilha sp., Mytiloper- 
na? sp., Pecten chiwanae, Lima (Limatula) chil- 
derhosei var. ?, Lima ef. striata var. lineata 
Schlotheim, Ostrea sp., Myophoria (Tropiphora) 
cf. laevigata Ziethen, Myophoria (Tropiphora) 
ef. ovata Goldfuss and Myoconcha amnipacis. 
Similar beds occur in the upper part of Mahaffy 
coulee. This Mahaffy Cliffs pelecypod fauna is 
interesting because of the resemblance of some 
species to those in the German Triassic. Muller 
and Ferguson record Myophoria cf. laevigata from 
the Grantsville formation of Nevada which they 
correlate with the Anisian or early Meso-Triassic 
of Europe. As it does not seem possible that 
the Nathorstites fauna can be correlated with 
anything earlier than the Ladinian or later Meso- 
Triassic of Europe, the Mahaffy Cliffs fauna 
cannot be earlier than Ladinian. 


The beds on Red Rock spur must he at about 
the same horizon and be of about the same age 
as those on Mahaffy cliffs. The east and west 
ledges of this spur and the talus slope between 
them contain grey, impure limestone, calcareous 
siltstone and sandstone, weathering grey, yellowish 
and reddish. They contain the brachiopod Spiri- 
ferina and numerous, but poorly preserved, pele- 
eypods, including Mytiloperna ? sp., Myophoria 
(Tropiphora) cf. laevigata Ziethen, M. (Tropi- 
phora) ef. laevigata var. elongata Philippi, Lima 
ef. striata var. lineata Schlotheim and Modtiola 
ahsist var. Some of these species are like those 
in the Mahaffy cliffs and have a similar signifi- 
cance. A tentative correlation of the Red Rock 
Spur, Mahaffy Cliffs and Nathorstites faunas with 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 97 


the Ladinian or later Meso-Triassic of Europe 
is all that can be attempted just now. For 
some time the writer has been dating the Nathor- 
stites fauna as Ladinian or, at the best, very 
early Karnian as compared with Europe. 

Between the Mahaffy Cliffs and Red Rock 
Spur faunal zones, below, and the poyana zone 
above, are grey calcareous sandstones, siltstones 
and limestones, mostly barren of fossils. They 
occur in some high ledges between Mahaffy 
cliffs and Kerr spur, in the lowest ledges of the 
Dry Canyon shoulder and Schooler hill, are 
concealed below the terrace sands and gravels 
west of the Jewitt fault on Jewitt spur, but 
occur again on the lower slopes at the south 
east end of Bell spur and in the lower part 
of the gully between Bell and Red Rock spurs. 
Near the top of these beds, just below the 
poyana zone and on the second lowest ledge on 
the Dry Canyon shoulder, west of the Dry 
Canyon, there are calcareous, somewhat slabby, 
coarse siltstones with poorly preserved Lingula. 
At a similar horizon in a ledge below the cliff 
at the southeast end of Bell spur, there is 
calcareous fine sandstone with Lingula. There is 
no Lingula zone, but up to the present this 
genus has been collected only from beds just 
above the Nathorstites zone and from below the 
poyana zone. 


The Lima? (Mysidioptera?) poyana zone is 
present on all of hills and spurs between Kerr 
and Bell spurs, except for a short distance east 
of the Jewitt fault, where it is below river level. 
It, however, rises to the east and occupies the 
middle ledges of McLay spur and the base of 
the high chff on Bell spur. Between the Dry 
Canyon shoulder and Bell spur the poyana zone 
bed of coquina limestone which is 
easily recognized and characteristic of the zone. 
It consists almost entirely of shells, both whole 
and broken. 


includes a 


The exact limits of this zone are 
The coquina bed is, very 
approximately, 1,000 feet above the top of the 
Red Rock Spur zone and, very approximately, 
1,600 feet above the Nathorstites zone. 

The highest of 
the southwest flank of Jerr spur contains beds 


not well defined. 


a lower group of ledges on 


with “Terebratula” cf. julica Bittner. Above 
this, a rather prominent, continuous and _ not 
very thick ledge of grey limestone and calcar- 
eous siltstone is practically barren of fossils. 
Just above it however are discontinuous ledges 
of fossiliferous, grey limestone with Pinna sp., 
Pecten? dishinni var. kaska, Lima? (Mysidiop- 


98 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


tera?) poyana and Pteria sp. Lima poyana was 
also collected farther up the hill, in the ‘notch’. 
On the east side of the Schooler valley and on 
the lower, southern slope of Stelck ridge are 
ledges of grey limestone and calcareous, fine 
sandstone with poorly preserved fossils, which 
lie at about the horizon of the poyana zone. 
The outcrop of this zone should descend slowly 
down the west slope of Schooler hill, although 
it is not known to be exposed. 


The poyana zone appears in the sloping ledges 
on the southeast face of the Dry Canyon shoulder, 
just west of the canyon. A long, unbroken ledge, 
above the ledge with Lingula, consists of grey 
limestone and calcareous siltstone and contains 
‘Terebratula’ cf. julica Bittner, Pinna sp., Pteria? 
collipiana, Alectryonia cf. montiscaprilis WKlip- 
stein, Myophoria silentiana var., Pecten? dishinni 
and Lima? (Mysidioptera?) poyana. A _ higher, 
small ledge consists of grey limestone. A yet 
higher and prominent ledge, with a broad, flat 
top and steep front, consists of grey, calcareous 
siltstone, calcareous, fine sandstone, limestone 
and the coquina limestone bed. The following 
were collected from this ledge: Myophoria mori- 
gera, M. silentiana, M. silentiana var. placidus 
and Pecten? dishinni. In addition the following 
were collected from talus from the second and 
fourth ledges: Myophoria silentiana var. scho- 
oleri, Myphoria (Elegantinia) cf. margaritifera 
Boehm? and Pecten? dishinni var. kaska. 


On the southwest flank of the south end of 
Schooler hill and above the high ledge which 
is just above the high terrace and _ pack-trail, 
are small ledges of grey limestone and calcareous 
siltstone. The lowest of these small ledges con- 
tains Lima ? poyana and ‘Terebratula’ cf. julica 
Bittner. 

Exposures of the poyana zone reappear at the 
south end of Jewitt spur in a long, thick ledge 
and in the nearly vertical beds in the dragfold 
on the west side of the Jewitt fault. All of these 
exposures are just above a terrace and above 
the packtrail. At the west end of the ledge 
and below the coquina bed are grey limestones 
and calcareous siltstones with Pecten? dishinni 
and other shells. At the east end of this long 
ledge and at its base is the coquina bed. Above 
this bed are grey limestone and calcareous, very 
fine sandstone with ‘Jerebratula’ - cf. julica 
Bittner, and Lima? (Mysidioptera?) 
The coquina limestone, other limestone beds and 
calcareous fine sandstones are included in the 
nearly vertical beds adjacent to the Jewitt fault. 


poyana. 


{VoL. LV 


The poyana zone is below river level for some 
distance east of the fault. 

On the south face of McLay spur, the poyana 
zone is found in ledges low on the grassy talus 
slope. Here are grey, crystalline, limestone, 
partly recrystallized, crinoidal limestone, the bed 
of ‘coquina’ limestone, calcareous siltstone and 
some very fine caleareous sandstone. The ‘co- 
quina’ bed contains Myophoria silentiana var. 
schooleri and Pecten? dishinni. Other and ad- 
jacent beds of this poyana zone contain ‘Tere- 
bratula’ cf. julica Bittner, Pteria? collipiana, 
Alectryonia cf. montis-caprilis Klipstein and 
Lima? (Mysidioptera?) poyana. 


The coquina and associated beds of the poyana 
zone, which occupy the lowest ledges on the 
southern face, rise to the northeast along the 
east face of McLay spur to occupy the middle 
ledges there. Near the southern end of this 
face the ‘coquina’ bed is about 5 feet thick and 
is interbedded with a second, thin coquina bed, 
dark, limestones calcareous, fine 
sandstones. The following species were collected 
from the ‘coquina’ bed: Myophoria silentiana 
var.. Myophoria (Elegantinia) cf. margaritifera 
Boehm?, Pecten? dishinni and Pleurophorus kis- 
soumr. The following pelecypods were collected 
about 25 feet below the ‘coquina’ bed: “Tere- 
bratula” cf. julica Bittner, Pinna sp., Alectryonia 
sp. and Lima? poyana. 

At the south end of Bell spur the beds of the 
poyana zone occur in the lower part of the cliff 
where there are ledges of grey. crystalline lime- 
stone, the grey, ‘coquina’ limestone, grey, partly 
crystalline and partly crinoidal limestone, impure, 
silty limestone and calcareous siltstone. A few 
beds contain scattered geodes lined with large 
and small Lima? poyana 
1s present. 


impure and 


erystals of calcite. 


The poyana fauna, as now known, includes: 
‘Terebratula’ ef. julica Bittner, Pinna sp., Pteria? 
collipiana, Alectryonia cf. montis-caprilis Klip- 
stein, Myophoia silentiana, M. silentiana var. 
placidus, M. silentiana var. schooleri, Myophoria 
morigera, M. (Elegantiania) cf. margaritifera 
Boehm ?, Pecten ? dishinn, P. ? dishinni var. 
kaska, Lima ? (Mysidioptera ?) poyana and 
Pleurophorus kissowmi. This fauna is correlated 
with the Karnian and earlier Neo-Triassic of 
Europe. It is probably also to be correlated 
with a part of the Luning formation of Nevada. 
Muller and Ferguson report ‘Terebratula’ julica 
and Alectryonia montis-caprilis from that form- 
ation. 


October, 1941] 


Between the poyana-bearing beds and the base 
of the Halobia zone in the Pardonet member 
are about 300 feet of rather sparingly fossiliferous, 
grey and dark grey limestones, calcareous silt- 
stones and calcareous, very fine sandstones. They 
are in the top of the Grey member and more 
or less transitional to the characteristically dark 
and rather carbonaceous beds of the Pardonet 
member. On the Dry Canyon shoulder they 
include light and dark grey limestones and eal- 
careous siltstones on the highest part of the 
shoulder and in the walls of the canyon. On 
the south face of McLay spur directly over the 
ledges with the poyana fauna are ledges of grey, 
partly dark grey, crystalline limestone, shelly 
limestone, crinoidal ? limestone and caleareous 
siltstone. Higher in the waterworn ledge are 
massive, impure, partly shelly limestone and 
calcareous siltstone. Higher and in the lowest 
exposure ledge in the steep shallow gully is 
dark, carbonaceous, calcareous siltstone at or 
very close to the base of the Pardonet member. 
On Bell spur the poyana beds are over-lain by 
grey limestones and calcareous, fine sandstones, 
which outcrop in the highest ledges in the cliff 
and also back from the cliff for some distance, 
on the top of the spur. Some of these highest 
beds carry a small, smooth brachiopod. 


The Halobia zone in the lower part of the 
Pardonet member is present on Stelck ridge and 
in all the spurs and hills on the north side of 
the valley from Schooler hill to Bell spur. 
Ledges with beds of the Halobia zone are exposed 
on the south slope of Stelck ridge at a_ fairly 
high elevation. They contain Halobia pacalis, 
Gryphaea chakii, Lima napu, Pleuromya ? nido- 
vana, Juvavites cf. mackenzi, J. cf. bococki and 
Malayites. 


At the south end of Schooler hill, above the 
ledges of the poyana zone and in a high ledge, 
visible for a long way from both up and down 
the river ,are the basal dark beds of the Halobia 
zone with Halobia and Gryphaea. Much higher, 
much farther north and on the west side of 
the hill, is a small exposure of dark beds of the 
Halobia zone with Oxytoma ef. mucronata Gabb 
and Discotropites ? sp. Still farther north, at 
the end of this hill, where a steep descent begins 
into the upper part of Stelck coulee, are beds 
of the same member with Halobia sp., Monotis 
alaskana var. and Helictites ? sp. Thus the whole 
upper part of the hill is underlain by beds of 
the Halobia zone of the Pardonet member. 


THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 99 


At the south end of Jewitt spur, west of 
the fault and about 600 feet above river level 
and much higher than the long ledge with beds 
of poyana zone, are nearly flat-lying dark lime- 
stones and calcareous siltstones. They are at 
about the base of the Halobia zone and contain 
Halobia, Gryphaea, Pleuromya and other fossils. 
Farther north, up the crest of Jewitt spur, Halobia- 
bearing beds occur in rare exposures to an eleva- 
tion of more than 1,000 feet above river level. 
Elsewhere bed rock is concealed by sand and 
other superficial deposits. East of the fault and 
at a much lower elevation above the packtrail 
and between the Jewitt fault and Childerhose 
coulee a number of ledges protrude through the 
grassy slopes. From them the following have 
been collected: Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, 
Halobia sp., Gryphaea chakii, Pecten nihanianus, 
P. otianus, Pecten (Entolium) sp. and Modiolus 
ahsisi var. stelcki. 


The ledge on the river bank, just east of the 
Jewitt fault, consists of west dipping, dark grey, 
carbonaceous, impure limestone and siltstone with 
Halobia sp., Gryphaea chakti and Pecten. <A 
single talus block of dark limestone, picked up 
on this ledge, yielded Monotis ireneanas, Oxytoma 
ef. mucronata Gabb, Halobia pacalis, Lima napii, 
Pleuromya ? nidovana, Proclydonautilus ? sp. 
Juvavites cf. bococki, Malayites dawsoni, Miltites 
? sp., and Discotropites cf. acutus Mojsisovics. 
A second talus block picked up at the same 
locality yielded Monotis ireneana, Oxytoma ef. 
mucronata Gabb, Halobia sp., Gryphaea chakii, 
Pecten sp., Lima napii, Pleuromya ? nidovana, 
Proclydonautilus ? sp., and Malayites dawsoni. 
These two blocks are evidently not from the 
exposed ledge. It is possible that they have 
been brought up from the bed of the river by 
the ice. 


In the ravine in the lower part of Childerhose 
coulee and on the east side, are ledges of the 
Halobia zone with Oxytoma ef. mucronata Gabb, 
Halobia pacalis, Gryphaea chakti and Pleuromya 
? nidovana. At a somewhat higher elevation on 
the west side is a steep cliff of dark, calcareous 
siltstone and limestone with a similar fauna. 

Between Childerhose creek and the south end 
of McLay spur is a long, westerly sloping ledge 
of Halobia limestone and shelly, calcareous silt- 
stone with Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, Halobia 
sp. and Juvavites cf. angulatus Diener. Either 
from this ledge or from high beds at the south 
end of McLay spur the following were collected 


100 


in 1920: Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, Halobia 
sp., Proclydonautilus ? sp., Drepanites rutherfordi, 
Lecanites sp. and Metacarnites ? sp. 


On the south face of McLay spur in the shallow 
gully below the cliff, is a ledge with dark grey, 
carbonaceous, rather fissile, Halobia-bearing lme- 
stone close to the base of the Halobia zone and 
about 300 feet stratigraphically above the poyana 
zone. Still higher beds of dark limestone and 
calcareous siltstone are exposed in the low eliff. 
The lowest beds in the cliff contain Pteria ? 
laksel, Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, Halobia 
pacalis, Gryphaea chaki, Pecten mhananus, P. 
otianus, Pecten (Entolhum) sp., Modiola ahsisi 
stelcki and Goniomys sp. About 15 feet 
higher are similar beds with the same pelecypods 
and in addition poor specimens of Jwvavites. 
A little higher are Pecten (EHntolium) sp., Lima 
sp. and Modhiola ahsisi var. stelcki. In the highest 
ledge Pleuromya ? 
collection from this cliff, made in 1920, contains 
Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, Halobia pacalis, 
Gryphaea chaku, Pecten (Entolium) sp., Modiola 
ahsisi var. stelcki, Pleuromya ? nidovana, Juva- 
vites mclayi and J. (Dimorphites ?) pardonetien- 
sis. In addition to the above pelecypods Pecten 
ef. saccoi Parona was collected in talus. 


var. 


nidovana was collected. <A 


On the east face of McLay spur the Halobia 
beds occupy only the highest ledges. 


The highest beds on Bell spur are of the Halobia 
zone. 
the west slope of the spur and some considerable 
distance back from, or north of, the steep cliff. 


They occur in a sloping shelf or plate on 


In the Halobia zone between Schooler hill and 
Bell spur, Pelecypods, 
however, are very common, including Pteria ? 
laksel, Oxytoma cf. mucronata Gabb, Monolis ? 
treneana, Halobia pacalis, Gryphaea chaku, Pecten 
nihanianus, P. otianus, P. ef. saccor Parona, P. 
(Entolium) sp., Lima napu, Goniomya sp., Modiola 
ahsisi var. stelcki and Pleuromya ? 
(ef. Posidonia Smith). Because 
the ammonoids are rare and exposures are, on 


ammonoids are rare. 


mdovana 
madisOnensis 


the whole, too incomplete it is not possible to 
divide the Halobia into based 
on amonoids, as has been done for the sections 
on Brown and Pardonet hills, farther west. There 
is evidence, however, that the Halobia zone be- 
tween Schooler creek and Bell spur. does cover 
the same range of ammonoid succession as at the 
more Thus 


zone subzones, 


western localities. the fauna col- 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


lected on the higher part of the south slope 
of Stelek ridge, with Jwvavites ef. mackenzn, J. 
ef. bococki and Malayites, the fauna collected 
in the loose blocks found lying on the ledge 
at river level just east of the Jewitt fault, with 
Juvavites ef. bococki, Malayites dawsom, Mul- 
tites ? sp. and Discotropites cf. acutws Mojsi- 
sovics and the fauna from the south end of 
McLay spur, with Juvavites mclayr, Juvavites 
sp., and J. (Dimorphites ?) pardonetiensis, all 
probably represent the ammonoid Stzkinoceras- 
Styrites fauna of more western sections. This 
ammonoid zone is correlated with the Karnian 
of Europe and also with a part of the Luning 
formation of Nevada. The collection made in 
1930 from near the west end of Mclay spur, 
with Drepanites rutherfordi, Lecantes sp. and 
Metacarnites ? sp., probably represents the Dre- 
panites fauna of West Brown spur, which can be 
correlated with the Norian of Europe. The small 
fauna collected at the north end of Schooler 
hill, with Monotis alaskana Smith var. and Hel- 
ictites ? sp. is to be compared with the highest 
beds of the Distichites zone on West Brown spur. 
This zone is correlated with the Norian of Europe. 
It is interesting to note that Crickmay records 
Monotis alaskana from just below the M. sub- 
circularis zone at Parsons Bay, B.C. 


The Monotis known 
definitely only in the upper part of Childerhose 
coulee, east of the Jewitt fault, m this part of 
the foothills. Elsewhere in the foothills it is 
known on the west slope of Brown spur, on 
Pardonet hill, at Rapide qui ne parle pas and 
other localities. is correlated with 


subcircularis fauna 1s 


This fauna is 
the Norian or later Neo-Triassic of Europe. 


The beds with Drepanites, M. alaskana var. 
and M. subcircularis can be correlated with a 
part, but not the highest part of the Gabbs 
formation of Nevada. It so happens however 
that there are no species in common with those 
recorded by Muller and Ferguson from the Gabbs. 

The top of the Schooler Creek formation and 
the contact with the overlying Pine River shale 
have not been located between Mahaffy cliffs 
and Red Rock spur. No uppermost Triassic 
fauna, with Pteria contorta of Rhaetic age has 
yet been found in the Peace River foothills. 
The occurrence of this fauna in the top of the 
Gabbs formation in Nevada, where it has been 
found by Muller and Ferguson, is the only record 
of the Rhaetic in North America. 


September, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


101 


THE PECTORAL SANDPIPER IN SPRING 
By W. E. SAUNDERS 


TUDENTS of the waders in fall make 
an acquaintance with this species among 
their earliest experiences, but it took me 


many years of study before I happened 
on one in spring. My first spring discovery came 
on a canoe trip down the Thames River, when 
on April 2nd, 1915, I collected one on a small 
island near Ingersoll, Ontario. In that decade 
I saw a few flocks of close flying sandpipers at 
Tangsville which I felt sure were of this species, 
because no other wader of that size occurs in 
close flocks in April, but it was not until 1925 
that we began to see them in spring at London. 
In that year they burst on our consciousness, 
and they were recorded four times between April 
8th and 30th, and on two of these occasions they 
were in flocks of a hundred or more. 


We missed them in 1926 but in 1927 and suc- 
ceeding years they were found all over the dist- 
rict, including West Lorne by Mr. Lemon, and 
Mitchell and Galt by Mr. Patterson, the flocks 
varying in size up to two hundred. In 1927 all 
those seen were in May, lasting until the 10th, 
but usually, and after 1933, all of our records 
were in April. The occasional May records ex- 
tended even until the 24th. In 1934 I recorded 
my last large flock which numbered 150. 


Of late years there has been a gradual dim- 
inution in their numbers and I, personally, have 
not seen a spring bird since 1938, though our 
Club has recorded a few both in 1939 and 1940. 
Mr. A. A. Wood however has recently moved 
to Chatham and he is an addict of the fine 
marsh belonging to Mr. Bradley, near the mouth 
of the Thames River, where conditions are very 
favourable. He saw his first Pectoral at Am- 
herstburg on April 29th, 1939. Then, he writes 
“In 1940 I got quite well acquainted with them 
at Bradley’s; my notes show four on May 2nd; 
ten on May 10th; one on the 12th; five on the 
14th, and six on the 15th. From those I had a 
nice series of six in my collection, the first taken 
of the species. The birds were feeding on the 
mud flats at the lakeshore. When they were 
still they were hard to see, blending well with 
their background unless you could get them with 
the water behind them. A Dowitcher was taken 
on May 22nd.” 


These figures from Mr. Wood really indicate 
searcity and not abundance, as they are all in 
small numbers and the total is only 26, and that 


would have been considered a small flock in the 
early thirties near London. Time alone can tell 
if we shall see them increasing in the future. 


My friend, the late J. H. Fleming, was ineredu- 
lous about these remarkable occurrences as there 
was neither a specimen nor a record of this bird 
In spring at the Royal Ontario Museum, but 
our Bird Club includes in its membership many 
careful and accurate observers. It certainly is 
remarkable however that none have been observed 
near Toronto where many good men scour the 
country for unusual birds. When birds occur in 
flocks of several hundred they are less easy to 
find than if the same total number is spread 
around in little groups or singly, and it is 
possible that the Pectorals have banded into 
large groups and therefore we have missed them; 
but, more probably they are returning to us in 
smaller numbers. In Middlesex they frequent 
puddles on the farms, which spring puddles are 
quite evanescent, and vary from year to year; 
witness the puddle ten miles north of London 
where we once found a flock of six Black-bellied 
Plover in late May. That place has been fairly 
haunted since then, but of late we never see 
even the puddle, let alone the Plover. Return- 
ing to the Pectoral, let me again stress the differ- 
ence between the habitats of spring and fall. At 
the latter time, when nearly everyone makes 
his first acquaintance with the species, they are 
found on open mud _ beside creeks and larger 
waters, but in spring, near London, the puddles 
beside which we find them have grassy edges, 
and in such places, waders with the motionless 
habits of the Pectoral are difficult to detect. 


These notes on the Pectoral Sandpiper hint 
that changes are constantly taking place even to- 
day, and sometimes they are rapid. The Dick- 
cissel in 1896 was common for only one year, 
though in that year it occurred from London to 
Ottawa; Leconte’s Sparrow occurred near Toronto, 
breeding, for two years; Wilson’s Phalarope has 
been breeding, though in diminishing numbers, 
at West Lorne, for nearly ten years; and Hen- 
Ontario 


slow’s Sparrow, widespread in’ western 


though not detected until nearly the present 


century, has been abundant at times, and lately 
rather rare. Such incidents prompt the taking 
of full and accurate notes by all lovers of nature, 
so that these events may be recorded as they 


oceur, 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


CHANGES IN THE SQUIRREL POPULATION OF CHARLOTTEVILLE 
TOWNSHIP, NORFOLK COUNTY, ONTARIO, 1898-1940 
By MONROE LANDON 


Y KNOWLEDGE of the 


the forests 


(Ser ten years old, about the end of the last 
Black powder was a favourite 


squirrels of 


started when I was about 


century. 
purchase with the boys at that time, and every- 
My 
we2pon was a long-barrelled muzzle loader which 
had been remodelled from my grandfather’s flint- 
lock. After I had blown out the nipple from 
overloading, several times, my father deemed it 
wise to buy me a double-barrelled breech-loader 
at the age of twelve. 


body who could obtain a gun went hunting. 


Of course, the three fall 
months were most enticing and as the grouse 
were too quick for us, as a rule, we celebrated 
with the squirrels. 


The type of forest was mature hardwood with 
a scattering of white pine; chestnut must have 
made up at least ten percent of the hardwoods, 
with plenty of hickories, oaks and butternut 
mixed through maples, ashes, beech, sassafras, etc. 
The chestnut tree was the feature of the region. 
After frosts came every country store had all 
available floor space covered with chestnuts. Al- 
though I have no statistics, I believe that much 
more than one thousand bushels of chestnuts 
were shipped out of Norfolk County annually. 
Individual trees in the open would bear a bushel 
of nuts. Farmers depended on chestnuts for a 
cash crop. So here was one reason why we had 
good squirrel shooting. I, along with the squirrels, 
have often enjoyed eating chestnuts gathered in 
the spring from among the leaves under chestnut 
trees. Then there 
were plenty of hollow trees and nesting places 


They were moist and sweet. 


but the squirrels seemed to enter into the sport 
and would run through the tree tops, forty to 
sixty feet from the ground, often for a quarter 
of a mile would 
advantage of a knot-hole in order to escape the 


But faulty as our aim was, we 


before they deign to take 
bombardment. 
seldom came home without a half dozen blacks 
apiece and squirrel pie was a common dish to us. 


It is hard to compare the squirrel population 
of those days with that of the present time be- 
cause there is very little suitable squirrel forest 
left. I estimate that during this period, one 
third of the squirrel woods has become tilled 
land, and of the remaining two thirds the greater 


part is slash or small growth, with the wooded 


areas isolated into smaller plots. From the 
squirrel point of view, they have lost 75% of 
their homes. Making a fair estimate of one 
black (or gray) squirrel per acre of suitable forest 
at present and one red squirrel per five acres 
(although this could be doubled for red squirrels 
in evergreen woods) there must have been in 
1900 three black squirrels and five red squirrels 
per acre. The red squirrels seemed to persecute 
the blacks. Then the red squirrels began to 
lessen in number and the blacks increase possibly 
twenty percent in both cases by 1910. I distinctly 
remember counting twenty-two black squirrels 
at one time while standing in the woods. I cannot 
account for the decrease of red squirrels unless 
life was too easy for them, because nobody would 
waste powder on them and food was plentiful. 
By 1920 there were still plenty of nuts, the forests 
were somewhat destroyed but blacks would rate 
about two and a half per acre and red squirrels, 
one. By 1930, both chestnuts and forests were 
decidedly curtailed and the black squirrel popu- 
lation cut in half. For several years it was a 
rare sight to see a red squirrel. Since then the 
black squirrel has remained about the same but 
the red squirrel has come back somewhat although 
not nearly as plentiful as the black. These 
remarks do not apply to urban areas where the 
black has been pampered in parks beyond reason. 
Not only are they pests but they are discourag- 
ing to nesting birds. Because in the early part 
of the period, the black squirrel was twice as 
plentiful as the gray, the two classes were custom- 
arily referred to as “blacks” and this custom still 
persists with the older generation although at 
present the ratio is reversed. 


The 


appear 


of the flying squirrel does not 
changed greatly. They never 
were very plentiful during the period, not nearly 
as plentiful as farther north, and because of their 
nocturnal habits, seldom observed during the day. 
Judging from their occurrence at the falling of 


status 
to have 


nesting trees, their population seems to have 
dwindled in direct ratio with suitable types of 
mature forests. 


The chipmunk never seemed very plentiful in 
the woods and is a rare sight now anywhere in 
It used to be quite plentiful along 
the stump fences that were grown in with hazel, 


this region. 


October, 1941] 


but the modern wire fence gives no encouragement 
to the chipmunks. Apart from the puzzling de- 
crease of red squirrels around 1915, the main 
factors in squirrel welfare seem to be the cutting 
away of the forests and the chestnut blght. 
Lack of food and lack of protection from both 
gun and natural enemies was thus aggravated. 
Enforcement of game laws had evidently favoured 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


103 


the squirrels during the last two decades but at 
the same time the squirrels are becoming more 
dependent on the farmer’s cornfields and corn 
cribs. Because recent reforestation is mostly of 
pines, we may expect the red squirrel to prosper 
most. Let me stress the fact that these remarks 
apply only to the chestnut lands such as Char- 
lotteville Township. ' 


GEOGRAPHIC RANGE EXTENSIONS OF THE SMOKY SHREW 
(Sorex fumeus) IN ONTARIO AND QUEBEC 
By LESLIE A. PRINCE 


N JACKSON’S (1928) Review of the 
American Long-tailed Shrews,! south 
central Ontario was given as the geo- 
graphic range of the Smoky Shrew (Sorex 
With regard to the 
distribution of this species in Ontario, Jackson 


in the province. 


fumeus) 


states, “The writer has been unable to examine 
a specimen now in the British Museum recorded 
from North Bay, Ontario (Miller, 1897, p. 35); 
the locality has been provisionally included in 
the map (p. 61) in the range of S. f. fumeus.” 
The stated geographic range for the species in 
Quebee was found to be in the south-eastern por- 
tions of the province. 


At the time of Jackson’s review only three 
specimens of the smoky shrew, all from Ontario, 
were extant in the Royal Ontario Museum of 
Zoology, but since that time extensive collecting 
in Ontario and Quebec by the Museum has in- 
creased this number to 99 specimens from Ontario 
and 9 from Quebec. This has greatly extended 
the known range of this species. 


Coventry (1932)? records the smoky shrew from 
Temagami. This was one of the earliest range 
extensions of this species in the province. A 
specimen was collected by the writer on June 19, 
1936, at Peninsula, Thunder Bay District, and on 
September 8, 1937, John J. Muller collected a 
specimen at Schreiber, which is approximately 
sixty miles west of Peninsula. These records con- 
stitute the known western limits of the smoky 
shrew in Ontario. 

The known northern limits of this species in 
Ontario were established when 8S. C. Downing 
of the museum staff collected three specimens at 
Fraserdale, Cochrane District, during the month 
of June, 1939. During 1938, 1989 and 1940 the 
collected at Lake At- 


writer Favourable Lake, 


tawapiskat and Fort Severn on Hudson Bay 
respectively, all these districts being in the 
Patricia portion of northern Ontario. No speci- 


mens were taken, which indicates that the smoky 
shrew does not extend that far north in Ontario. 


Anderson (1939)? has shown that the smoky 
shrew extends north and east on the north side 
of the St. Lawrence River to St. Joachim, Mont- 
morenecy County, Quebec. Specimens collected 
by the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology in 
1938 extend the range still further north. Five 
specimens were taken at Lake Edward, seven 
miles north of Lae la Peche, Champlain County, 
during May and June and another four speci 
mens seventy miles north at Lake Edward, 
Quebee County, during June and July. 


The present known range of the smoky shrew 
in Ontario and Quebec north of the St. Lawrence 
River may therefore be outlined as follows: all 
of southern and central Ontario north to Fraser- 
dale, Cochrane District, northwest to Schreiber, 
Thunder Bay District and northeast in Quebec 
to Lake Edward, Quebec County, and St. Joachim, 
Montmoreney County, Quebec. 


LITERATURE 


1. Jackson, H. H. T., 1928. A taxonomic review 
of the American long-tailed shrews. Nor. 
Amer. Fauna, No. 51, U.S. Dept. Agric. 
p. 64. 

2. Coventry, A. F., 1932. Further notes on 
amphibia and mammal of the Tema- 
eami District of Ontario. Can. Field-Nat., 
Ais 47. 

ANverSoN, R. M., 19388. Mammals of the 
Province of Quebec. Annual Report 
Provancher Society of Nat. Hist. of Can., 
pp. 50-114. 


ise) 


104 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(Vor. LY 


A STUDY OF THE FLORA OF WELLINGTON COUNTY, ONTARIO 
By JOHN J. STROUD 


€continued from page 88} 


SoLAN ACEAE 
Solanum Dulcamara L. 
S. triflorum Nutt. 
S. nigrum L. 
*S. rostratum Dunal. 
*S. tuberosum L. 
Physalis heterophylla Nees. 
*Nicandra Physalodes (L.) Pers. 
*Lycium halimifolium Mull. 
*Hyoscyamus niger L. 
*Datura Stramonium L. 


4D. Stramonium L. var. chalibea Koch. (D. 
Tatula L.) 
*Nicotiana rustica L. 
ScROPHULARIACEAE, 


*Verbascum Thapsus L. 

*V. Blattaria L. 

*Tinaria vulgaris Hill. 

*L. minor (L.)} Desf. 

*Antirrhinum majus L. 

Scrophularia marilandica L- 

Pentstemon hirsutus (.) Willd. 

*P. laevigatus Ait. 

Chelone glabra L. 

Mimulus ringens L. 

*Digitalis purpurea L. 

*Veronica maritima L. (V. longfoha L.) 

V. americana Schwein. 

V. scutellata L. 

V. seutellata L., var. villosa Schumacher. 

V. officinalis L. 

*V. Chamaedrys L. 

*V. Teucruwm L. 

V. serpyllfolia L. 

V. peregrina L. 

*V. arvensis L. 

*V. Tournefortu C. C. Gmel. 

Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell. (Gerardia pur- 
purea L.) 

A. paupercula (Gray Britton.) (Gerardia pauper- 
cula (Gray) Britton) 

Pedicularis canadensis L. 


LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia vulgaris L., 
U. biflora Lam. 
U. intermedia Hayne. 


var. americana Gray. 


OROBANCHACEAE 
Epifagus virginiana (L.) Bart. 


MARTYNIACEAB 
*Martyna lowsiana Mill. 


PHRYMACEAB 
Phryma Leptostachya L. 


PLANTAGINACEAE 
Plantago major L. 
P. Rugeliu Dene. 
*P. lanceolata L. 
*P. media L. 


RUBIACEAE 
Galium Aparine L. 
*G. verum L. 
G. circaezans Michx. 
G. lanceolatum Torr. 
G. boreale L. 
*G. Mollugo L. 
G. palustre L. 
G. trifidum L. 
G. labradoricum Wiegand. 
G. triflorwm Michx. 
Mitchella repens L. 


CAPRIFOLIACEAB 

Diervilla Lonicera Mill. 

Lonicera caerulea L., var. villosa (Michx.) T. 
& G. 

*L. tatarica L. 

L. canadensis Marsh. 

L. oblongifolia (Goldie) Hook. 

L. hirsuta Eat. 

L. glaucescens Rydb. 

Linnaea borealis L., var. americana (Forbes) 
Rehder. 

Triosteum perfolhatum L. 

*Viburnum Lantana L. 

V. Opulus L., var. americanum (Mill.) Ait. 

V. acerifolium L. 

V. affine Bush., var. hypomalacum Blake. (V. 
pubescens (Ait.) Pursh) 

V. cassinoides L. 

V. Lentago L. 

Sambucus canadensis L. 

S. pubens Michx. (S. racemosa L.) 


V ALERIANACEAE 
*Valeriana officinalis L. 


DIPSACACEAE 
*Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. 
*Succisa pratensis Moench. 
*Knautia arvensis (L.) T. Coulter. 


October, 1941] 


CUCURBITACEAE 
Sicyos angulatus L. 
Echinocystis lobata (Michx.) T. & G. 
CAMPANULACEAE 

*Campanula rapunculoides L. 
C. americana L. 
C. rotundifolia UL. 
C. aparinoides Pursh. 
C. uliginosa Rydb. 

LOBELIACEAE 
Lobelia cardinals L. 
L. siphilitica L. 
L. spicata Lam. 
L. Kalmu 1. 
L. inflata L. 

CoMPOSITAE 
EHupatoriwm purpureum L. 
E. perfoliatum L. 
E. urticaefolium Reichard. 
*Grindelia perennis A. Nels. (G. squarrosa (Pursh) 

Dunal.) 

Solidago squarrosa Muhl. 
S. caesia L. 
S. caesia L., var. axillaris (Pursh) Gray. 
. latifolia L. 
. bicolor L. 
. hispida Muhl. 
. humilis Pursh. (S. uliginosa Nutt.) 
. patula Muhl. 
. arguta Ait. 
. guncea Ait. 
. juncea Ait., var. scabrella (T. & G.) Gray. 


—R 


RRRRRRAAN 


& G.) Fernald. (S. neglecta T. & G.) 
rugosa Mill. 

. canadensis L. 

. altassima L. 

. serotina Ait. 

~S. graminifolia (L.) Salish. 

*Bellis perennis L. 


Th th DH 


Aster macrophyllus L. 

. novae-angliae L. 

. cordifolius L. 

. Lowrieanus Porter. 

. sagittifolius Wedemeyer. 

. sagittifolius Wedemeyer, var. uwropryllus 
(Lindl.) Burgess. 

. Lindleyanus T. & G. 

. laevis L. 

. multiflorus Ait. 

. lateriflorus (.) Britton. 

Tradescanti L. 

. paniculatus Lam. 

. panculatus Lam., var. lanatus Fernald. 

. junceus Ait. 


ppp Pp 


SSPeeeeee 


. untligulata (DC.) Porter, var. neglecta (T. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 105 


A. longifolius Lam. 

A. puniceus L. 

A. umbellatus Mill. 

Erigeron pulchellus Michx. 

EH. philadelphicus UL. 

FE. annuus (L.) Pers. 

E. ramosus (Walt.) BSP. 

EF. canadensis L. 

Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Richards. 

A. fallax Greene. 

A. neodioica Greene. 

A. neglecta Greene. 

Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) B. & H. 

Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. (G. polycephalum 
Michx.) 

G. decurrens Ives. 

G. uliginosum L. 

*Inula Helenium L. 

Polymma canadensis I. 

Iva xanthifolia Nutt. 

Ambrosia trifida L. 

A. trifida L., var. integrifolia (Muhl.) T. & G. 

A. artemisuifolia L. 

A. psilostachya DC. 

Xanthium canadense Mill. 

X. italicum Mor. (X. commune Britton.) 

Helopsis scabra Dunal. 

Rudbeckia hirta L. 

R. laciniata L. 

Lepachys columnaris (Sims) T. & G. 

Hehanthus annuus L. 

H. scaberrimus Ell. 

H. giganteus L. 

H. divaricatus L. 

H. tuberosus L. 

Bidens frondosa L. 

B. connata Muh. 

B. cernua L. 

*Galinsoga ciliata (Raf.) Blake. (G. 
Cav., var. hispida DC.) 

Helenium autumnale L. 

Gaillardia aristata Pursh. 

*Achillea Ptarmica L. 

A. Millefolum L. 

*Anthemis Cotula L. 

*A. tinctoria L. 

* Matricarva 


parviflora 


(Pursh) Buchenau. 

*Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum LL. 

*C. Leucanthemum L., var. pinnatifidum Lecoq 
& Lamotte. 

*C segetum Li. 


suaveolens 


(L.) Bernh. 


*C. Balsamita L., var. tanacetoides Boiss, 


*C. Partheniwm 


*Tanacelum vulgare L. 


*Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt. 


106 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


*A. vulgaris L. 

*4. biennis Willd. a 

*4A. frigida Willd. 

*A. pontica L. 

*4. gnaphalodes Nutt. 

Petasites palmatus (Ait.) Gray. 

Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. 

*Senecio vulgaris L. 

*§. Jacobaea L. 

S. aureus L. 

S. Balsamitae Muhl. 

*Arctium minus (Hill.) Bernh. 

*Carduus nutans L. 

= CMucnispusi mie 

*Cirsium lanceolatum (L.) Hill. 

C. undulatum (Nutt.) Spreng. 

C. discolor (Muhl.) Spreng. 

C. muticum Michx. 

*C. arvense (L.) Scop. 

*C. arvense (L.) Scop., var. integrifolium Wimm. 
& Grab. 

*Qnopordum Acanthium L. 

*Silybum marianum (L.) Gaertn. 

*Centaurea solstitialis L. 

*C. Jacea L. 

*C. Jacea L., var. lacera Koch. 

*O. Jacea L., var. nigra (L.) Briquet. (C. nigra 
L.) 

*C. Cyanus L. 

*C. Scabiosa L. 

*C. vochinensis Bernh. 

*C. montana L. 


{VoL. LV 


*Lapsana communis L. 

*Cichorium Intybus L. 

*Hypochaeris glabra L. 

*Apargia autumnale (L.) Hoffm. (Leontodon 
autumnalis L.) 

*Picris hieracioides L. 

*P. echiodes L. 

*Tragopogon porrifolius L. 

*T. pratensis L. 

*Taraxacum officinale Weber. 

*T. laevigatum (Willd.) DC. (T. erythrospermum 
Andrz.) 


*Sonchus arvensis L. 


*S. oleraceus L. 

*§. asper (L.) Hill. 

*Lactuca scariola L. 

. seariola L., var. integrata Gren. & Godr. 

. canadensis L. 

. hirsuta Mubhl. 

. pulchella (Pursh.) DC. 

. spicata (Lam.) Hitche. 

. spicata (Lam.) Hitche., var. integrifolia 
(Gray) Britton. 

*Crepis capillaris (.) Wallr. 

Prenanthes alba L. 

P. altissima L. 

*Hieracium floribundum Wimm. & Grab. 

*H. aurantiacum L. 

*H. praealtum Goch., var. decipiens Koch. 

*H. vulgatum Fries. 

H. canadense Michx. 


bE EARS 


TaBuLAR CONSPECTUS OF THE FLorA oF WELLINGTON County, ONTARIO. 


(ineluding at least 314 introduced species) 


Families Genera Species? 
ie Ralypodiacenes =e 15 28 
2) @smundacede == 1 4 
3. Ophioglossaceae -.....--- 1 1 
4. Equisetaceae —. 1 5 
Deby copodiacedy: sae 1 4 
Ge laxdcedel pee ee es 1 1 
(ein acede=! aseweiien ste 7 11 
Sunilby ole eae eee ene 1 2 
9. Sparganiaceae _________-----. 1 2 
LOS Naiadacede =a 1 a 
1 Juncaginacere ps se 2 3 
12) Allismaceadc. 22e 2 6 
13. Hydrocharitaceae ____ 2 2 
14 Granaine aey eee 45 100 
ly Gyijgereneenie) vee 7 113 
NG SWAra Cede ce ean iis Bic sun areas 4 4 
iemWemmacesen. ase samuel 1 1 
18. Pontederiaceae ~__....... 1 1 
NG), dfwbaveryeerys) ot 2 9 
20Mlfiliacedes = sees eee 18 29 
PALA GAC S NG) ie ee Ne 3 3 


Families Genera Species*® 
22.Orchidacedew 12 27 
OB, SRUICACEAD <a 2; 14 
PUL. IMIRICRYCSA® 2 1 1 
25, Juglandacede === 2 4 
OG, Ibenukyesee 5 10 
fa JOR ERCRS a R 4 
Ps, \UTAMCRVORAS 9 12 
29m Santalaceade maaan i 2 
30s Woranthacedenmes = aeee 1 1 
31. Aristolochiaceae —...___ 2 3 
S2Rolyconaceaey jae 3 20 
33. Chenopodiaceae -...-...-------- a 15 
34. Amaranthaceae —.....___. 1 5 
Bi VNTRIPAOBUGSRNE) | te 1 1 
36. Caryophyllaceae _....-. 9 18 
aY/, IEXorar uN CRVEGENS 5 2 3 
38. Nymphaeaceae ___-----_-- Bo” Y 
39. Ranunculaceae —......_ 10 32 
40. Menispermaceae —_-_-..-- 1 il 
41. Berberidaceae) 2222 4 5 
ADA avyeracea casas 4 4 


October, 1941] 


Families Genera Species* 
43. Fumariaceae 4 5 
dal (CreulCniGraAe po 2 48 
45, Cajparidaceae = 2 


46. Sarraceniaceae 
47. Droseraceae 

49. Saxifragaceae 
50. Hamamelidaceae 
51. Rosaceae 
52. Leguminosae 
53. Linaceae 
54. Oxalidaceae 
55. Geraniaceae 
56. Rutaceae 
57. Polygalaceae 

58. Euphorbiaceae 
59. Limnanthaceae 
60. Anacardiaceae 
61. Aquifoliaceae 
62i@elastnace demas ss 
63. Staphyleaceae 
64. Aceraceae 
65s Sapindacese: 22 a 
66. Balsaminaceae —................. 
6ve kX hammnacedey 
68. Vitaceae 

69. Tiliaceae 

70. Malvaceae 


71. Hypericaceae 
72. Violaceae 
73. Thymelaeaceae 
74. Elaeagnaceae 

75. Lythraceae 
76. Onagraceae 
77. Haloragidaceae 


— 


—_ 


FPWNMRPNR RE PEN DR RP RE BE NN RP ENP RP RP BP ROW ATR RE eH or 
WE 


REPRE NOR NOD OF NPNNNTMEPWNWRONKF KR HBRrFODF Ore 


— 


— 


—" 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 107 


Families Genera Species* 
HS EWA ATA CS ACh eee ees 2 4 
Oma eliiteraen se eel 17 19 


SOM@ornnace deg = ees 1 
81. Ericaceae 
SO wala aicealey se sesenes meee 
83. Oleaceae 
84. Gentianaceae 
85. Apocynaceae 
86. Asclepiadaceae 
87. Convolvulaceae 
88. Polemoniaceae __........... 
89. Hydrophyllaceae ___-..- 
90. Boraginaceae __-......._- 
Oils \WieidoyeimneyoenVe 
92. Labiatae 
93. Solanaceae 
94. Scrophulariaceae 
95. Lentibulariaceae —...... 
96. Orobanchaceae __..--- 
97. Martyniaceae 
Ose hrymlal cere eee 
99, Plantaginaceae —...__. 
100. Rubiaceae - 
101. Caprifoliaceae 
102. Valerianaceae 
103. Dipsacaceae 

104. Cucurbitaceae 

105. Campanulaceae 
106. Lobeliaceae 
107. Compositae 


{ 
Hl 
H 
H 
' 
I 
i 
{ 
i 
i 
H 
' 
H 
! 
' 
(=A 
— 
bo 


Hm 02 Hh ~T00 Re OD 


— 


bo 
oe a Od Ol OR OSC eC or 


— 
dor 


— 


ORM BWR ODN RR Ree ee 
OmnmnNnwrentIwnoheReReKHewornwnweRe fe 


is 
—y 
is 


AOMRNIOIS) = 1,147 


Including Varieties and Forms. 


HENRY CARL NUNN 


1940 


1883 


The death of H. C. Nunn occurred at Hamil- 
ton on July 9th, 1940. Although Mr. Nunn con- 
tributed little to the literature of natural history, 
his efforts on behalf of various causes have meant 
much to nature education and nature appreci- 
ation, not only in Ontario but throughout Canada. 

Mr. Nunn was a business man to whom nature 
meant so much that he desired to share his joy 
in it with others. Born at Bolton, Ontario, Mr. 
Nunn entered business after attending the local 
Continuation School and taking a business course 
at Hamilton. After experience in various business 
organizations in Hamilton, Cleveland and Win- 
nipeg, he acquired a small mail order business 
in Hamilton in 1913 which he developed under 
the name of the Halliday Company, until at the 
time of his death, it was of large proportions 
and covered much of Caneda. 


The appeal of nature, always strong even in 
boyhood, broadened and deepened until in his 
later years it became a dominating interest in his 
hfe. He was a combination of aesthetic nature 
lover and shrewd business man. This rare en- 
dowment backed by his energy and insight en- 
abled him to accomplish much in furthering a 
love of nature among young people. Although 
it would be incorrect to say that he carried on 
his business to further his hobby, he did use 
his business to promote nature education, especi- | 
ally among boys and girls. The organization of 
Bird) Clubs Canada, under the 
National Audubon Society, was largely the work 


Junior across 
of H. C. Nunn, although carried on under the 
name of the Hamilton Bird Protection Society. 
Circulars of Junior 
Bird Clubs were included in Halliday Company 


outlining the organization 


108 


advertising material mailed throughout Canada. 
By this means, most of the 1,289 clubs in 
Canada with a membership of 24,654 in 1940 were 
formed. Contests conducted by his company 
offered such prizes as several weeks’ holiday for 
boys and girls at different camps. The company 
also sponsored radio broadcasts by well-known 
naturalists. 


Mr. Nunn was one of the founders and for 
sometime President of the Hamilton Bird Pro- 
tection Society. When the Federation of On- 
tario Naturalists was formed in 19381, he became 
one of its earliest and most enthusiastic sup- 
porters. He served as Chairman of the Executive 
of the Federation from 1933 until compelled 
through failing health to relinquish the position in 
the spring of 1940. Many of the most worth- 
while Federation projects owed their initiation 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


{[VoL. LV 


to Mr. Nunn’s vision and enthusiasm. These 
include the Regional Gatherings, Nature Broad- 
casts and the Summer Nature School. 


Mr. Nunn was not a collector. His home had 
no accumulation of outdoor trophies but, in a 
deeper sense, he had abundance of that unseen 
treasure of mind and heart and memory gathered 
thoughout life. No one could be long in his 
presence without feeling the wholesome influence 
of a man who had lived in close contact with 
nature. Those who had the privilege of knowing 
him will long feel the influence of his love of 
nature and of his efforts to share this imterest 
with others. 
in Ontario have suffered an 


In his death nature and naturalists 
irreparable loss. 


J. R. Dymonp, 


S. L. THompson. 


BOOK REVIEWS 


Moss Fora or NortH America Nortu or MExico, 
by A. J. Grout and others. Published and 
edited by A. J. Grout, Newfane, Vermont. 


With the appearance, in September, 1940, of 
Vol. II, part 4, Dr. Grout’s monumental work, 
of which the first part was published in September, 
1928, has been completed. 


The Flora consists of three volumes, each of 
four parts, and provides adequate keys to the 
families, genera and species, also synonyms, des- 
criptions and full references to exsiccates and to 
illustrations in standard works on mosses. There 
are a total of 319 plates, and all species not prev- 
iously illustrated in the author’s Mosses with 
Hand-lens and Microscope are illustrated by ex- 
cellent line drawings (and a few photographs). 
A number of the plates are original and have 
been drawn by Seville Flowers, while the balance 
are borrowed from standard works of mosses. 


A complete index to the families, genera and 
species treated is given at the end of each volume. 
A complete generic index to all three volumes 
is furnished with Vol. II, part 4. A list of the 
exsiccatae cited would have been welcomed by 
all curators of herbaria. 


Besides editing the entire work Dr. Grout has 
contributed a number of keys and parts of the 


text. His collaborators are: LeRoy Andrews. 


Stanley A. Cain, Mrs. E. J. Craig, Seville Flowers, 
T. C. Frye, Mrs. Inex M. Haring, G. N. Jones, 
Miss Geneva Sayre, A. J. Sharp, Wm. C. Steere, 
W. T. Wareham and Winona H. Welch. 


To the serious student of North American 
mosses this work is indispensible and fills the urg- 
ent need for an up-to-date mannual; to those who 
collect mosses as a hobby it will prove a valuable 
book of reference and will supplement Dr. Grout’s 
previous, more popular, handbooks: Mosses with 
a Hand-lens and Mosses with Hand-lens and Mic- 
roscope. 


In the preparation of the Flora Dr. Grout and 
his collaborators have studied practically all eriti- 
cal material in the Moss Herbarium of the Nation- 
al Museum of Canada, including the “types” of 
the numerous species described by Kindberg, many 
of which have since caused considerable trouble 
to bryologists. All such critical specimens and 
also all numbers of Prof. Macoun’s exsiccate 
“Canadian Musci” are cited. 

The reviewer wishes to call attention to Vol. 
43, No. 5 of The Bryologist, which contains com- 
plete, up-to-date check lists of North America 
Bryophytae. The three separate lists are as fol- 
lows: 

“List of Mosses of North America North of 
Mexico” by A. J. Grout. 


October, 1941] 


“List of North American Species of Sphagnum” 
by A. LeRoy Andrews. 

“List of Hepaticae found in the United States, 
Canada and Arctic America” by Alexander W. 
Evans. 

Copies of this special check lst number of 
The Bryologist may be obtained at the modest 
price of ten cents from the Sullivant Moss Society, 
by addressing Dr. Lewis E. Anderson, Department 
of Botany, Duke University, Durham, N.C., U.S.A. 
—ALH.P. 


On tHE Hupson Bay Eiper. By L. L. Snyder. 
Occasional Papers of the Royal 
Museum of Zoology, Number 6. University 
of Toronto Press, Toronto, Ontario, May 5, 
1941. 

Somateria mollissima 


Ontario 


sedentaria, subsp. nov., 
is described and compared with other races of 
this species. The newly-described subspecies re- 
mains throughout the year on Hudson Bay, in- 
cluding James Bay, south of Cape Fullerton 
and Mansel Island, yet its wings are distinctly 
longer than those of other, more highly migratory, 
races of S. mollissima—H.F.L. 
Tue Brirps orf THE VICINITY OF LAKE NIPISSING, 
Ontario. By William E. Ricker and C. H. 
D. Clarke. Contributions of the Royal On- 
tario Museum of Zoology. No. 16, 1939. 
(Place of publication not stated, but is prob- 
ably Toronto, Ontario, Canada.) 

This is an annotated list of the birds known 
to the authors, up to the time of completion of 
their manuscript, to have occurred on Lake 
Nipissing or within ten miles of that lake. The 
information on which it is based is provided by 
their personal records and those of other ob- 
servers, by specimens preserved in various col- 
lections, and by the literature containing records 
of birds in the area under consideration. The 
result is a carefully-prepared, reliable list of 209 
species. 

Such regional lists as this, prepared by com- 
petent workers, are very useful in summarizing 
existing knowledge of the avifauna of a given 
area. They make clear the extent of available 
information and make reference to it convenient 
for every one interested, they reveal the gaps 
that need to be filled by further investigation, 
and they provide essential material from which 
deseriptions of the avifauna of larger tracts and 
of the distribution of species may be pieced to- 
gether. Many more such lists are needed. 

The Lake Nipissing region hes in the Great 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


109 


Lakes-St. Lawrence Region of the Forest Form- 
ation of Canada. 
interest, both because many birds reach the limit 


Its avifauna is of particular 


of their range in this vicinity and because com- 
paratively rapid changes in the composition of the 
avian population appear to be taking place. 

The present list records the known limits of 
seasonal occurrence of the species of which it 
treats, but is admittedly somewhat weak with 
reference to such data in autumn. The observa- 
tions stated hereunder, taken from the reviewer's 
personal records, extend somewhat the known 
period of occurrence in the Lake Nipissing region 
of the birds named. In each case the number in 
parentheses immediately following the date of 
observation is the number of individuals ob- 
served. Except where otherwise stated, these 
observations were made at or near Callander, 
Ontario. 


Ardea herodias. Great Buur Heron. October 
93 9 eGl)y 

Buteo borealis. Rep-rarLeEp Hawk. October 
Aeiepal93 OR G)e 

Capella delicata. Witson’s Snrez. October 
AG MGB (Ds 

Sterna hirundo. Common ‘TERN. September 


16, 1938 (12). 


Megaceryle alcyon. Britten KINGFISHER. Sep- 
tember 16, 1938 (1). 

Sayornis phoebe. EASTERN PHOEBE. Septem- 
ber 16, 1938 (1). 

Hirundo erythrogaster. Barn Swatitow. April 


27, 1938 (1). 


Penthestes hudsonicus. BRoWN-HEADED CHICK- 


ADEE. November 5, 1936 (1). 

Certhia familiaris. Brown CreErer. October 
11, 1939 (1). 

Dumetella carolinensis. Catspirp. September 
16, 1988 (2). 

Dendroica coronata. Myrtte Warsier. April 


29, 19387 (1). 

Geothlypis trichas. MaryLANp YELLOW-THROAT. 
September 16, 1938 (1). 

Hesperiphona vespertina. EVENING GROSBEAK. 
October 30, 1935 (15 at North Bay, 2 at Cal- 
lander) and November 5, 1936 (6 at Callander). 

Carpodacus purpureus. COMMON PurPLE FINCH. 
April 30, 1987 (1); April 27, 19388 (2); October 
11, 1989 (2)., and April 26, 1941 (1). 

Spizella passerina. CHIPPING SPARROW. 
tember 16, 1938 (9) and September 13, 1940 (17). 
WHITE-CROWNED SPAR- 


Sep- 


Zonotrichia leucophrys. 

October 11, 1989 (2). 
Zonotrichia albicollis. WHITE-THROATED SPAR- 
October 11, 1939 (2).—Harrison F. Lewis. 


ROW. 


ROW. 


110 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


B.C—A Snow 
observed 


Snow BUNTING at CRESCENT, 
Bunting (Plectrophenax nivalis) 
at the end of Blackie’s Spit, Crescent Beach, on 
November 6th, 1940. It was extremely tame and 
allowed me to approach within a few feet. The 


was 


spit is a narrow neck of mud and gravel running . 


in a north-easterly direction between Boundary 
Bay and a backwater at the mouth of the Nico- 
mekl River six miles north of the International 
Boundary. This observation is interesting as | 
came across a flock of seven snow buntings at 
identically the same spot on November 5th, 1936. 
On both oceasions the birds were seen just before 
a spell of cold stormy weather. As far as I know 
these are the only records of snow buniines for 
the Surrey Municipality. 

In Birds of the Vancouver District, British 
Columbia, published in January, 1932, Mr. R. A. 
Cumming calls the Eastern Snow Bunting a 
scarce irregular winter migrant and mentions col- 
lecting a specimen on Lulu Island in November, 
1924. Lulu Island is about ten miles north-west 


of Crescent at the mouth of the Fraser. 


These records of mine may help to prove that 
there is an irregular migration* of snow buntings 
along the southern coast of British Columbia 
apparently during November.—M. W. Howpom. 


* Allan Brooks (The Auk Vol. 24, 1917) re- 
ports the Snow Bunting as a “scarce though fairly 
regular winter visitor to Sumas Prairie’ —P. A. 
TAVERNER. 


NESTING oF THE Pickton Hawk (Falco colum- 
barius) IN THE Crty or Fort Wi.LLiAM.—Lewis 
and Smith have noted that Pigeon Hawks ap- 


parently nested in the City of Ottawa in 1936 
(Can. Field-Nat.; vol. 53, Mar., 1939, p. 45). 
We here record the nesting of a pair of these 
hawks in the City of Fort William in 1941. 
On April 23, a Pigeon Hawk was seen at the edge 
of Vickers Park. During the last week of April 
and the month of May one or two birds were 
seen each time the park was visited and they 
were occasionally observed flying in the adjacent 
parts of the city. When disturbed in the park 
they became greatly agitated and uttered their 
peculiar cry. 

This park, near the outskirts of the residential 
part of the city, is about 10 acres in extent. It 
is bordered on two sides by open fields ,on the 
third by a well-travelled street and on the fourth 


by a busy highway. Shrubs, deciduous trees, and 
black spruce (Picea mariana) occur in moderate 
numbers throughout the park. The latter species 
is fairly abundant about several adjacent resi- 


dences. 


These trees were unsuccessfully examined for 
the nest on several occasions, including May 8, 
when a crow’s nest was found at an elevation 
of 25 feet. This nest contained one fresh egg. 
On May 29 the park was again visited and the 
male appeared perched on the top of a tree, and 
protested my presence vigorously. At this junec- 
ture the female was flushed from a nest located 
in a black spruce tree at some distance from 
the border of the park. The nest, evidently an 
old crow’s, but relined, was placed near the 
trunk of the tree some 20 feet from the ground. 
It contained 4 fresh eggs. The hawks make no 
attempt to attack us while the nest and eggs were 
being examined but both birds remained near by 
screaming vigorously. 

The Pigeon Hawk is not an uncommon bird 
in this area. In 1938 a nest containing 3 eggs 
was found about 8 miles west of Fort William 
on June 19 and nests containing 5, 4 and 3 eggs 
were found on May 30, June 13, and June 24 in 
the Whitefish Lake region some 50 miles south 
west of the City by Lt. Col. L. S. Dear and 
the author of this note. All were found in black 
Insofar as we are aware, this is 
the first time they have actually nested within 
the city limits—A. HE. ALLin. 


spruce trees. 


Wolffia punctata Griseb. IN QuEBEC.—On October 
3rd, 1939 I visited a small pond in some waste 
ground at Crawford Park, near Montreal. The 
pond is within the city limits of Verdun, Hoche- 
laga County. 
a continuous green film consisting of enormous 


On the surface of the water was 


numbers of small duckweed plants belonging to 
the genus Wolffia. On examination these prove 
to be W. punctata Griseb. (W. braziliensis auct.). 
Mr. A. FE. Porsild informs me that this species 
is represented in the National Herbarium by 
specimens from southern Ontario and from Ot- 
Neither this nor W. columbiana are 
recorded from Quebec. according to Victorin 
(Flore Laurentienne p. 846). Duplicate specimens 
have been forwarded to the National Herbarium 
and to the Institut Botanique, University of 
Montreal—V. C. WyNNE-Epwarps. 


tawa. 


Affiliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: DR. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M.Speecuiy, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M. Sc., C.W.LOow:E, G.SHIRLEY BROOKS, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELYE Vice-Presidenis: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
Koser, A. H. SHortT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H J. PEcK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 
Executive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 


H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W. S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPER R. SuTTron 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 

Botany C. W. Lowg, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanical M.G. DuDLEy, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KiInk, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Pasi President: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS; President: C. F. CoNNorR, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCER, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MorGAn, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, Mr. 
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W FARLEY, Mr. K. RAcgy, Mr. P. L. TAIT, 
Dr. E. N. Drisr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTIJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: PRoF. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. WILLIAMS, PuH.D., F.G.S.A.,_ F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON, Ornithology: Mr. 
KENNETH Racey, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’? Photography: 
Mr. Partie TIMMS, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LaurA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRoF. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELwoop, W. B. Woops. 


All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 
SOCIETY 

President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 

ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 


Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 

Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street. 

President: DR. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 


Secretary: WM. LoTT 320 Colborne Street. 
Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


¢ 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER SMITH: 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PROF» 
V. C. WYNNE-Epwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4. 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. TERRILL, Miss RUTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY; 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. ; 

Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTER, J. 
A. Decariz, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, MIss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. Jackson, E. L. JuDAH, MuIss 
Louise Murpuy, Miss M.S. NicoLtson, G. G OMMANBEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss Maup SeatTH, Mrs L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secou.d Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH Musrum BIRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: SON EXCELLENCE LE TRES HONORABLE 
ComTE D’ATHLONE, K.G, Gouverneur-General du Canada 
Vice-Patron Honoraire: Mason GENERAL SIR EUGENE 
Fiset, Ke. C,M.G, D.S.O, M.D.,  Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québee; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, ier vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2Ziéme vice-président: ULRICc G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. Drry; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENE, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DumMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Secrétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Vice-President: T F. McIL- 
WRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss EDNA BOISSONNEAU, 100 
Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: Mrs. L. KE. JAQUITH, 
Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, DR. F. P. Ipz, F. C. 
Hurst; Council— Miss GRACE ANDERSON, W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
G. S. BELL, Miss WINNIFRED CHUTE, BROTHER DENIS, DR. 
Norma Forp, Miss FreyA HAHN, PAUL Haun, H. M. 
Hauumway, Dr. L. E JAquitH, Miss Mary KirKwoop, J. 
LEHMANN, Miss Grace MALKIN, L. T. Owen, STUART 
THOMPSON, SPRAGU@ TROYER, Miss MARION WILDER. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and occasionally during ovher seasons. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can truly make it one of the lead-= 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


a 
—oSoSCoOCoaaaeanae=e=@aooeeeSSSSSS 


Leena eee ee 


A 


For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


a 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploraticn. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
- Memorial Volume 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


PRICE $3.00. = 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 
FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
é The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1941. 
PUBLICATIONS Name ile tater Bee eer ee as 
1 879-1 940 Address Enis wa oa bana nbaocnwaviewnencucccecousetseatheSi nine see 
City, Prov. or State... eee 
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF : 
OF aCe ate! ie ET EAS ce ol er veoh aed ae —j00 Dollars 
BEQUEST 
Date Signature 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


25 50 160 200 300 
WEY eas GB OG eos mo OS $2.00) $2.25) $2.60) $2.75) $3.00 
PA dw Ne etm Se bee a 8.00} 3.26) 38.75) 4.00) 4.25 
Bld a reste, Mee art aati 8.50) 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
AUR SAR yn eretctaieetate¢ 8.50| 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Boe aa aarasieiine aie es 4.60) 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 56.50 
Gi ee pA eeruaratarers 4.50) 4.75) 6.00) 5.25) 5 50 
Tip oO pep ete a Ss taeda 6.00} 6.25) 6.60) 6.75) 7.00 
Bela mea aus arenciskaferens 6.00) 6.25 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 
Gee cna ents cetauntele aie 7.50} 8.00; 8.75! 10.25) 11.75 
LO ee ee ei cekere ns 7.60} 8.00| 8.75) 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 3.00 8.00; 4.00) 6.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


circumstances should be stated. Any familiar 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


The Barnes Museum at Lacon, 
Ill., U.S.A. offers in exchange for 


similar specimens: 


Mounted specimens and eggs of North 
American Birds. 


Spread specimens of North American 
Moths and Butterflies ( over 200 varie- 
ties.) 


All specimens are accurately scientifically 
classified and accompanied by reliable data. 
We hold State and Federal collecting and ex- 
change permits. Senda list of what you have 
and what you need. ‘ 

R. M. Barnes, Lacon, Illinois. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


VOL. LV, No.8 | NOVEMBER, 1941 


KK) 


ee 
aay 
SS eee 
fess ToS 
| Ae 
Se TN i 
: 


q 
ae 


Pai 
MY ie AN 


ELINA URL ISTS’ CLUB 


ISSUED NOVEMBER 29th, 1941 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


Patrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE - 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 


1st Vice-President: DoUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice-President: REv. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional Members of Counc: F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. ‘A. BROWN, 
C. H. D. CLARKE, Miss M. E. Cowan, R. E. DELURY, H. Grow, J. W. Groves, G. H. 
HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JOHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROcQUE, HARRISON F. 
LEWIs, Hoyts Luoyp, A. E. Porsitp, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEwIs 


Editor: 


A. W. A. BRowN, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


IDE JENNESS (ites. crs tre taney Anthropology CLYDE PATCH. 2c eee Herpetology 
De ADAMS PER cre bee oa thie SiN eee one Botany Re MecANDERSON@- ereomien tre Mammalogy 
AL ATROCOUE Aaya oes ota ieca cee eae Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN........... Marine Biology 
ARTHUR Caen FER. Se mt aat ted EN Entomotogy BP. Az TAVERNER = tae be oe eee Ornithology 
Be RAT COCKER? five oie recon ier Geology Wis Av BRLUAs 224 285 ce ee Palzontology 
JRA DIMOND) fons caer ee ental ae harnon ie Ichthyology 
CONTENTS PAGE 
“Notes on Birds of the James Bay Region in the Autumn of 1940. By Harrison F. Lewisand — 

Harold''S2sPetersiy a3 ue eee ee ao wh oe Ne nthe GENUS Ae | re ga a Silla 
Notes on Saskatchewan Mammals. By Frank’ A> Banfield igo Yas Se ae 117 

The Monarch Butterfly, Danaus archippus Fab. I. General Observations in Southern Ontario. 
By Geoffrey Beall, Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Chatham, Ontario........... oh ES 

Notes and Observations :— 

The Turkey Vulture in New Brunswick. By Harold S. Peters ..................... 129 
American Rough-legged Hawk, a victim of its prey. By V. W. Jackson............ erg AS) 
Rain of Ducks at Foam Lake, Saskatchewan. By H.S. Swallow................... : 130 


FE The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since 2 
#$ 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two #: 
#2 volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been iF 
i continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued iH 
= monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the # 
= results of original research in all departments of Natural History. 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 

WILMOT LLOYD, 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA 


The Canadian Field- ao 


OTTAWA, CANADA, NOVEMBER, 


=\hukaoe 


1941 Zo” Zoology 


VOL. LV 35° 343 


aad 


DEC ~ ‘are 


NOTES ON BIRDS OF THE JAMES BAY REGION IN THE AUTUMN OF 1940 
By HARRISON F. LEWIS! and HAROLD §S. PETERS: 


URING the period from September 15 
until October 7, 1940, 
James Bay region for the purpose of 
* securing information on migratory birds 
for our respective departments. Through the 
courtesy of the Indian Affairs Branch of the Can- 
adian Department of Mines and Resources we 
were able to use the motorboat Charles Stewart 
for our travels about this great “bay”, which is 
245 miles long and 140 miles wide. 


we visited the 


We arrived at the end of steel at Moosonee, 
Ontario, on the evening of September 14 and 
spent the night at Moose Factory, on an island 
in the Moose River. Our boat trip, which started 
the following afternoon, was divided into two 
cruises. The first cruise took us along the west 
side of James Bay, to Attawapiskat, Ontario; 
Akimiski Island, Northwest Territories; and Al- 
bany, Ontario, in the order named. We returned 
to Moose Factory on September 28rd to refuel 
and, after being delayed by bad weather, lefi 
the mouth of the Moose River on September 
26th for our second cruise. This time we steered 
for the east side of James Bay, where we visited 
successively Charlton Island and Strutton Islands, 
Northwest Territories; Eastmain, Quebec; Car- 
oline Shoals, Northwest Territories; and Rupert 
House, Quebec. At Rupert House, where we 
arrived on October Ist and departed on October 
2nd, we transferred from the Charles Stewart to 
a smaller motorboat, the Jacqueline, belonging to 
Mr. J. S. C. Watt, of that place, who accompanied 
us for the rest of our voyage. We subsequently 
visited Cabbage Willows Bay and Boatswain Bay, 
Quebec; and Plover Shoals and the Mississikabe 
River, Ontario. On October 5th we again arrived 
at Moose Factory and on October 7th we 


travelled southward on the weekly train from 
Moosonee. 
1. National Parks Bureau, Dept. of Mines and 


Resources, Ottawa. 
2. Fish and Wildlife Service, 
Interior, Charleston, S.C. 


U.S. Dept. of the 


During the twenty-three days mentioned we 
travelled approximately 850 miles by motorboat 
and canoe on the western, southern and eastern 
parts of James Bay, and recorded a total of 81 
species of birds. We wish to express our gratitude 
and appreciation to the many who most kindly 
assisted us, especially to Dr. H. W. McGill. 
Director of Indian Affairs, and to the late Dr. 
W. L. Tyrer and other officials of that Branch, 
and to Mr. J. S. C. Watt and other officials of 
the Hudson’s Bay Company. 


Since there are few published records of birds 
for this region we are presenting in detail below 
some of our more and important 
records. We are also listing the other bird species 
observed in the region, the birds recorded on 
Akimiski Island, those found on the Strutton 
Islands, and those observed at Plover Shoals, 
Hannah Bay. 


interesting 


1. Colymbus auritus. HorNep GreBE.—Our 
only record is that of one bird seen in the mouth 
of Albany River in the late afternoon of Septem- 


ber 22. 


2. Phalacrocorax auritus. _DoOUBLE-CRESTED Cor- 
MOoRANT.—None observed along the west side of 
James Bay or around the Moose River. Seen 
first near Charlton Island on September 26 
(three), and thereafter at the Strutton Islands 
on September 27 (six) and near Eastmain on 
September 28 (one); at Caroline Shoals on Sep- 
tember 29 they were common, and on September 
30 when we approached Way Rock we saw 70 
of them. We landed on that rock on the after- 
noon of September 30 and found 65 old nests of 
this species. still despite the action of 
waves and rains since the nesting season. This 
is the only nesting colony of Cormorants known 
from Hudson Bay or James Bay. It was observed 
by W. E. C. Todd in 1912. No Cormorants were 
seen as we continued southward in the first week 
of October. 


visible 


112 


AMERICAN BITTERN. 
—One was flushed at close range by Lewis at 
Cabbage Willows Bay, on the west side of Rupert 
Bay, on October 2. We were told by a local 
resident that the species nests near Hastmain. 

4. Branta Canada Goose.—First 
recorded at the mouth of the Attawapiskat River 
on September 17. Recorded in small numbers at 
Akimiski Island on September 18 and 19, at the 
mouth of the Albany River on September 22, 
at Ship Sands Island, in the mouth of the Moose 
River, on September 25, and at Charlton Island 
on September 26. About 260 seen at the Strutton 
Islands during a storm on September 27, a few 
observed at Caroline Shoals on September 29, 
a small flock at the mouth of Rupert Bay on 
September 30, about 50 near Rupert House on 
October 1, about the same number in Boatswain 
Bay on October 3, and about 100 at the Hannah 
Bay Sanctuary on October 4. We were told 
by local residents that larger groups occur at 
times during migration, particularly in spring, 
and that the species nests locally around James 
Bay. 


3. Bolaurus lentiginosus. 


canadensis. 


5. Branta bernicla. Common Brant.—About 
175 brant were observed at Charlton Island on 
September 26, and 7 were found at the Strutton 
Islands on September 27. We were told by a 
former resident of Akimiski Island that thousands 
of Brant formerly gathered in the shallow water 
at the southeast end of the island to feed and 
rest during migration. Reports from several 
places on the shores of James Bay indicate that 
this species no longer occurs in that region in 
numbers. 

6. Chen hyperborea. SNow Goose—A com- 
mon to abundant migrant in James Bay, feeding 
and resting in greatest numbers in the marshes 
along the western side of the bay. We were too 
early to see them at their best, but found small 
numbers mingled with larger numbers of Blue 
Geese in the marshes at the mouths of the 
Attawapiskat, Albany, and Moose Rivers. Some 
were seen on Akimiski Island, a few at Rupert 
Bay, and a few at Hannah Bay Sanctuary. The 
majority of the migrating flocks arrived later m 
October and were reported as being more numer- 
ous than in the previous year. In the flocks 
that we saw we noted indications of a good pro- 
duction of young birds. 

7. Chen caerulescens. BiuE Goose.—A 
common to abundant migrant in the James Bay 
region, gathering in great flocks to feed in the 
We found Blue Geese 


very 


extensive coastal marshes. 


THE CANADIAN F'IELD-NATURALIS? 


{[VoL. LV 


in small numbers in the marashes at the mouths 
of the Attawapiskat, Albany, and Moose Rivers, 
on the south side of Akimiski Island, on Charlton 
Island and Strutton Islands, at Eastmain and 
Boatswain Bay; but they were numerous in 
Rupert Bay, especially at Cabbage Willows Bay, 
where we estimated that we saw 12,000 on October 


2. About 3,000 were found at Hannah Bay Water- 
fowl Sanctuary on October 4. We were a little 
too early in the season to see the largest flocks 
of these birds and learned subsequently that large 
numbers migrated through this area later in 
October. 

Local residents informed us that twenty years 
ago Blue Geese were not at all common in the 
southward migration along the west coast of 
James Bay and Snow Geese occurred there in 
that migration in abundance, but that the pro- 
portion of Blue Geese seen on that side of the 
bay in autumn has gradually increased until they 
are about equal in numbers to the Snow Geese. 
On the east side of the bay the Blue Geese, as 
far as we are informed, have always greatly out- 
numbered the Snow Geese and still do so. 


At Cabbage Willows Bay on October 2 we were 
ereatly interested to observe the methods used 
by the Indians to preserve Blue Geese for winter 
food. The birds are dry plucked and disinem- 
bered, and the pieces are hung in rows on racks 
in the teepees, to be dried and smoked by the 
fire burning brightly in the center of each tem- 
porary home. Nothing is wasted; even the 
feet are preserved after having been slit along 
the under side of each toe to facilitate the drying. 
The dried meat is packed in bags and constitutes 
an essential part of the Indians’ food until the 
trapping season enables them to obtain fresh 
carcasses of muskrat, beaver, and other mammals. 


8. Anas platyrhynchos. MA iar Duck.—We 
observed this species only twice; first at Cabbage 
Willows Bay on October 2, and again at Hannah 
Bay on October 4. Five others were examined 
in hunters’ bags in early October. Generally only 
a few Mallards migrate through James Bay. 

9. Anas rubripes. Biack Ducx.—The second 
most abundant duck at James Bay, found in 
the marshes along the western and southern sides 
of the bay, around river mouths, and in suitable 
marshy habitats on the islands that we visited. 

10. Mareca americana. BaLpPATE.—T'wo_ re- 
cords: 7 found in a pond on Akimiski Island on 
September 19 and 7 at Hannah Bay on October 


4. 


November, 1941] 


11. Dafila acuta. Pintatn—Much the most. 
numerous duck in the James Bay region during 
our visit. It was found at each locality visited, 
feeding in marshes along the mainland coast and 
on the islands. As many as 5,000 were seen at 
Ship Sands Island at the mouth of the Moose 
River on September 25 and 4,000 at Hannah Bay 
on October 4. 

12. Nettion carolinense. GREEN-WINGED TRAL. 
—Common around James Bay during our visit 
and found at nearly every locality visited. The 
only ducks that exceeded it in numbers were the 
Pintail and the Black Duck. 

13. Nyroca affins. Lesser Scaurp Duck.—Ob- 
served only at the mouth of the Moose River, 
the mouth of the Albany River, the Strutton 
Islands, and Carcline Shoals. 

14. Glaucionetta clangula. Common GoLDEN- 
EYE.—Generally distributed in small numbers. 
Observed at Attawapiskat River, Akimiski Island, 
Albany River, Charlton Island, Strutton Islands, 
Caroline Shoals, Boatswain Bay, Rupert Bay, and 
Hannah Bay. 

15. Clangula hiemalis. Otp-sqguaw.—The only 
one seen was observed near Caroline Shoals on 
September 29. 

16. Somateria mollissima. Common  EIDER 
Ducx.—Nine females and 9 young not yet able 
to fly were observed at the Strutton Islands on 
September 27. 

17. Melanitta deglandi. WHitE-wiNGEpD Scor- 
gR—The second most common scoter, recorded 
offshore during our boat trips from point to 
point. The largest number observed in one day 
was 100, found between Charlton Island and the 
Strutton Islands on September 27. 

18. Melanitta perspicillata. Surr Scorer.— 
Recorded only a few times and in small numbers 
offshore. 

19. Ordemia AMERICAN SCOTER.— 
The most common scoter, seen in open waters 
on both sides of James Bay, sometimes in scat- 
tered companies containing 100 to 400 individuals. 

20. Mergus ReEp-BREASTED MbrrRGAN- 
ser—Generally distributed in small to moderate 
numbers. 

21. Lagopus lagopus. Wittow Prarmican.— 
On September 19 two flocks, totalling 24 birds, 
were found on an old burn on dry, sandy ridges, 
2 or 3 miles inland on Akimiski Island. 

22. Pluvialis AMERICAN GOLDEN 
PLover—Three observed at Attawapiskat on Sep- 
tember 17, five observed at Cabbage Willows Bay 
on October 2, and five at Hannah Bay Sanctuary 
on October 4. 


americana. 


serrator. 


dominica. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


113 


23. Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED PLO- 
veR.—Generally distributed in small numbers. 

24. Capella delicata. Witson’s SNipe.—Wide- 
ly distributed; found at Attawapiskat, Akimiski 
Island, Ship Sands Island, Charlton Island, Strut- 
ton Islands, Caroline Shoals, and Hannah Bay 
Sanctuary. Common in September, rare in Oc- 
tober. Forty-seven in one flock seen at Atta- 
wapiskat on September 17. 

25. Totanus melanoleucus. GREATER YELLOW- 
LEGS—Common and generally distributed. On 
October 3rd, when we were miles from the nearest 
land and the water was very smooth, two birds 
of this species overtook the motorboat on which 
we were travelling and flew past it. <A short 
distance ahead, one of them alighted on the 
water and closed its wings, while the other one 
circled about. When, after about half a minute. 
the boat approached them, the bird on the water 
rose and both birds flew away. 

26. Pisobia bairdi. Bairp’s SANDPIPER.—F ound 
with other sandpipers on Akimiski Island on Sep- 
tember 18 and at Cabbage Willows Bay on Oc- 
tober 2. 

27. Larus philadelphia. BoNaparte’s GuLL.— 
Several seen at the mouth of the Moose River, 


at Attawapiskat River, Akimiski Island, and 
Charlton Island. 
28. Xema_ sabint. SaBIne’s Guii—At noon 


on September 26, a calm, sunny day, when the 
Charles Stewart was about 10 miles south of 
Charlton Island, a bird of this species soared 
slowly over the boat at a height of about 30 feet. 
Lewis, who was the only person on deck at the 
time, had an excellent view of it, and noted 
distinctly the the 
white area in the rear part of each wing, the 


solid black wing-tips, large 
head with white top and darker auriculars and 
nape, and the forked tail with a narrow black 
line parallel to each side of the fork. Within 
a few minutes the identification was checked 
with the illustration in Peterson’s Field Guide to 
the Birds. 

29. Hydroprogne caspia. CASPIAN TERN.—Two 
observed flying over the settlement at Albany, at 
a height of about 100 feet, in the afternoon of 
September 22. Their distinctive cries, with which 
we are very familiar, drew our attention to them 
in spite of a strong wind, and they were very 
clearly seen under excellent lhght conditions. 

30. Surnia ulula. HawxK Owxi—Recorded on 
Akimiski Island on September 18 and 19, and 
at Albany on September 22. 

31. Asio flammeus. SHORT-EARED Owu.—The 
most abundant owl, found at Attawapiskat, Aki- 


114 


miski Island, Moose River, Strutton Islands, and 
Rupert Bay, and also at sea between Attawa- 
piskat and Albany on September 21 and near 
Hannah Bay on October 5. 


(Archilochus colubris. Rusy-THRoATED Hum- 
MINGBIRD.—One was reported by Mr. and Mrs. A. 
H. Michell to have visited the settlement at 
Attawapiskat for 2 days in the latter part of 
July, 1940.) 

32. Dryobates pubescens. DowNy WoopPrecK- 
ER—Two together were seen by Lewis on Aki- 
miski Island on September 18. 

33. Corvus corax. RaveN.—Four records: Aki- 
miski Island, September 18 (Lewis); Strutton 
Islands, September 27; Caroline Shoals, Septem- 
ber 29; and Hannah Bay, October 4. 

34. Corvus brachyrhynchos. Crow—Found at 
three localities: lower Moose River, Attawapiskat, 
and Albany. 

35. Hylocichla guttata. Hermir THrusH.— 
Last recorded at Rupert House on October 2. 


36. Anthus spinoletta. AMERICAN Piprt—Re- 
corded at Attawapiskat, Akimiski Island, Charlton 
Island, Strutton Islands, and Cabbage Willows 
Bay. 

37. Sturnus vulgaris. ComMMOoN STARLING.— 
Twelve seen at Albany on September 22. 

38. Dendroica coronata. MyrtLE WaARBLER.— 
Our latest record was September 22 at Albany. 

39. Dendroica palmarum. PaumM WaARBLER.— 
Latest record at Moosonee on September 24. 

40. Oporornis philadelphia. Mourntna Wars- 
LER—Our only record is that of one bird seen at 
Albany, September 22. 

41. Geothlypis trichas. MaryLanp YELLOW- 
THROAT.—Latest record at Albany on September 
22). 

42. Huphagus carolinus. Rusty BLACKBIRD.— 
Three records: Moose Factory on September 15, 
Akimiski Island on September 19, and Rupert 
House on October 2. 

43. Loxia leucoptera. WHITE-WINGED CROSS- 
BILL.—Observed in flocks at Eastmain on Septem- 
ber 28. A Crossbill not identified specifically was 
observed at Rupert House on October 2. 

44. Zonotrichia leucophrys. WHITE-CROWNED 
Sparrow.—To our surprise we observed but one 
individual of this species. It was seen at East- 
main on September 28. 

45. Melospiza lincolni. LINcoLtn’s Sparrow.— 
Observed at Moosonee, Attawapiskat, and Albany. 

46. Plectrophenax nivalis. SNow BuNTING.— 
First observed at Caroline Shoals on September 
29. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


{[VoL. LV 


Other species recorded during our trip in the 
James Bay area are: 
Common Loon. 
ReEpD-THROATED Loon. 


47. Gavia immer. 
48. Gavia stellata. 


49. Buteo lagopus. Common RovuUGH-LEGGED 
Hawk. 

50. Circus hudsonius. Marsu Hawk. 

51. Pandion haliaeetus. Osprey. 

52. Falco peregrinus. PEREGRINE FALCON. 

53. Falco columbarius. Pickon Hawk. 

54. Canachites canadensis. SPRUCE GROUSE. 

55. Charadrius semipalmatus. SEMIPALMATED 


PLOVER. 

56. Avrenaria interpres. 

57. Pisobia melanotos. 

58. Pisobia fuscicolls. 
PIPER. 

59. Pelidna alpina. DuNULIN. 

60. Hreunetes pusillus. SEMIPALMATED SAND- 
PIPER. 

61. Crocethia alba. SANDERLING. 

62. Larus argentatus. Hrrrina GULL. 

63. Sterna (sp. ?). TERN, Common or ARCTIC. 

64. Colaptes auratus. Y®LLOW-SHAFTED FLICK- 
ER. 

65. Picoides arcticus. Arctic THREE-TOED Woop- 
PECKER. 

66. Otocoris alpestris. 

67. Perisoreus canadensis. 


CoMMoN TURNSTONE. 
PECTORAL SANDPIPER. 
WHITE-RUMPED SAND- 


Hornep Lark. 
CANADA JAY. 


68. Penthestes  atricapillus. BLACK-CAPPED 
CHICKADEE. 
69. Penthestes  hudsonicus. Brow N-HEADED 
CHICKADEE. 


70. Turdus migratorius. AMERICAN Rosin. 

71. Corthylio calendula. Rupy-crowNED KING- 
LET. 

72. Pinicola enucleator. PINE GROSBEAK. 

73. Acanthis linaria. ReppottEp LINNET. 

74. Passerculus sandwichensis. SAVANNAH SPAR- 


SLATE-COLOURED JUNCO. 
TREE SPARROW. 
W HITE-THROATED 


75. Junco hyemalis. 
76. Spizella arborea. 
77. Zonotrichia  albicollis. 

SPARROW. 

Fox Sparrow. 

Swamp Sparrow. 

Sona SPARROW. 
Larptanp LoNncspur. 


78. Passerella ilaca. 
79. Melospiza georgiana. 
80. Melospiza melodia. 
81. Calcarius lapponicus. 
So far as we know there is no published record 
of birds from Akimiski Island. This island, the 
largest in James Bay, has an area of about 900 
square miles. At present it 1s uninhabited, except 
for the presence of a few wandering Indian 


trappers during the winter months. We made 


November, 1941] 


two stops on Akimiski, both on the southwest 
shore. Our first stop was made a short distance 
east of the middle of this southwest shore on 
September 18, when we spent much of the after- 
noon on shore. The next day, September 19, 
we made a trip inland from the same place and 
were on shore from 7.30 a.m. until 2.00 pm. On 
September 20 we walked twice along three miles 
of the southwest shore near the western end 
of the island between 9.00 a.m. and noon. During 
these three days we observed the following 48 
species of birds on or near Akimiski Island: 


Branta canadensis. CaNnapa Goose. 

Chen hyperborea. SNow Goose. 

Chen caerulescens. Buus Goose. 

Anas rubripes. Buack Duck. 

Mareca americana. BaAupPatE. 

Dafila acuta. PintTat. 

Nettion carolinense. GREEN-WINGED TRAL. 
Glaucionetta clangula. ComMMoN GOLDEN-EYE. 
Melanitta perspicillata. Surr Scorer. 
Oidemia americana. AMERICAN SCOTER. 
Mergus serrator. RED-BREASTED MERGANSER. 
Circus hudsonius. Marsu Hawk. 

Falco columbarius. Pickon Hawk. 

Lagopus lagopus. WiLLow PTraRMIGAN. 
Canachites canadensis. Spruce GRousE. 
Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED PLOvER. 
Capella delicata. Witson’s SNIPE. 

Totanus melanoleucus. GREATER YELLOW-LEGS. 
Pisobia melanotos. PrctorAL SANDPIPER. 
Pisobia fuscicollis. WHITE-RUMPED SANDPIPER. 
Pisobia bairdi. Batrp’s SANDPIPER. 


Pelidna alpina. DUNLIN. 
Ereunetes pusillus. SEMIPALMATED SANDPIPER. 
Crocethia alba. SANDERLING. 


Larus argentatus. Hrrrina GULL. 
Larus philadelphia. BoNapartr’s GULL. 
Hawk Ow1.. 
SHORT-EARED OWL. 
YELLOW-SHAFTED FLICKER. 
Dryobates pubescens. DowNy WoopPEcKER. 
Picoides (sp. ?). THREE-TOED WooDPECKER. 
Otocoris alpestris. Hornep Lark. 
Perisoreus canadensis. CANADA JAY. 
Corvus corax. Raven. 
Penthestes hudsonicus. 
ADEE. 
Turdus migratorius. 
Hylocichla guttata. 
Corthylio calendula. Rupy-crowNED KINGLET. 
AMERICAN PipIr. 
Dendroica coronata. Myrtir Warsier. 
Euphagus carolinus. Rusry BuAcKsirp. 


Surnia ulula. 
Asio flammeus. 
Colaptes auratus. 


BROWN-HEADED CHICK- 


AMERICAN Rosin. 
Hermir THrusi. 


Anthus spinoletta. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 115 


SAVANNAH Sparrow. 
SLATE-COLOURED JUNCO. 

TREE SPARROW. 

albicollis. WHITE-THROATED Spar- 


Passerculus sandwichensis. 

Junco hyemalis. 

Spizella arborea. 

Zonotrichia 
ROW. 


Swamp Sparrow. 
Sona Sparrow. 

LarLtaAnp Lonaspur. 

In the case of the Strutton Islands also, we 
know of no published bird records, so we believe 
it worth while to list the birds we found there 
while storm-bound by a strong wind on Septem- 
ber 27. We were on West Strutton from 9.00 a.m. 
until noon, and on East Strutton from 1.00 p.m. 
until 6.00 p.m. Because of the close association 
and similarity of these two islands we are not 
listing separately the birds from each. Thirty- 
three species are listed: 


Melospiza georgiana. 
Melospiza melodia. 
Calcarius lapponicus. 


Phalacrocorax auritus. DoUBLE-CRESTED 

CWORMORAIN Dag eames abrieeal 8 DU gad ee Us REN wa 6 
Branta canadensis. Canapa Goosk 260 
Branta bernicla. Common Brant 7 
Chen caerulescens. Buus Goosk _... 25 
ARGS STUD TUDES mals LAC Ka MD Ck 1) see 400 
Donte outta, Jasin, 5) 
Nyroca affinis. Lesser Scaup Duck ____ 2 
Glaucionetta clangula. Common GoLpEN- 

DDS DA acest ee ok RODD Mel Aes ee A TT Gees eS 50 
Somateria mollissima. Common Emer 

8) ie Keays ormnat ieaes 2 Misnaes MOA he Wan Une eres 18 


Melanitta deglandi. Wuitr-wiNcep Scorer 100 


Melanitta perspicillata. Surr Scorgr —_ 5 
Oidemia americana. AMERICAN Scorer ~ 100 
Mergus serrator. RED-BREASTED MERGANSER 30 
Falco columbarius. Pickton Hawk _____ 1 


Canachites canadensis. Spruck GRousE 
Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED 
ROVER ete dete NN ei NL eR cseye ead 4 
Capella delicata. Wuttson’s SNIPE _____ 3 
Totanus melanoleucus. GREATER YELLOW- 


HO RORSY) Mpa ee ne eed TV SE RS SA ae Nee Se ETE 25 
Pisobia melanotos. PrctroraL SANDPIPER - 2 
Larus argentatus. Herrinc Gui 12 
Asio flammeus. SHORT-EARED OwL 2 
Picoides arcticus. Arctic 'HREE-TOED 

WVOODBEC KER) oa tet oe er cmos Ol mn ue 1 
Otocoris alpestris. Hornep Lark 150 
Perisoreus canadensis. CANADA JAY ........ 6 
COrouis Comoe, IRANiiaiNy ee ‘ 2 
Penthestes hudsonicus. Brow N-HEADED 

(SITO@ RAD ER yy aie tmensele en iclet deen pCa kiran: aaa a 
Anthus spinoletta. AMERICAN Prpir __ 25 
Passerculus sandwichensis. SAVANNAH 

SPAR Oi ite mieten ene ot we cm nes ok Py ee eee 4 


116 


Junco hyemalis. SuATE-cOLOURED JUNCO - 8 
Smzella arborea. TREE SPARROW _____ 100 
Zonotrichia albicollis. WHITE-THROATED 
SPARROW gets aaa Se Naat tree ee 5 
Passerella iliaca. Fox SPARROW _.........- 3 


Calcarius lapponicus. LAPLAND LONGSPUR 25 

On October 4 we spent the morning on Plover 
Shoals, which is a low-lying peninsula on the 
east side of Hannah Bay near its mouth and 
is a part of Hannah Bay Waterfowl Sanctuary, 
which was established in 1938 by the Province of 
Ontario. This is a favorite resting and feeding 
place for thousands of ducks, geese, and shore- 
birds during the autumnal migration. Our visit 
was too early for the maximum numbers of 
waterfowl and too late for the largest concen- 
trations of shorebirds, but it may be of interest 
to record the 25 species of birds we saw: 


Branta canadensis. CANADA GOOSE __.. 100 
Chen hyperborea. SNow Goosk — 150 
Chen caerulescens. Brug Goosh 3,000 
Anas platyrhynchos. Mauiarp Duck __— 1 


Anos TFilomyoes, IBuner IDwer 2 906 
Mareca americana. BaALDPATE __ G 
Dewuille cxewneg, PINNING, 4.000 


Nettion carolinense. GREEN-WINGED TEAL. 400 
Glaucionetta clangula. ComMMon GOLDEN- 
EY pe ee oes eee we re a oe 4 


Circus hudsonius. Marsa Hawk 3 
Falco peregrinus. PEREGRINE FALCON _.- Y 
Charadrius semipalmatus. SEMIPALMATED 

ESO VIE Ry atk eho i eee ens eh ee 5 
Pluvialis dominica. AMERICAN GOLDEN 

SOWIE) ee ee eo Pe a Na eee ee 5 
Squatarola squatarola. BLACK-BELLIED 

d BAB ON AIH sap Paes ie Ne React UG AP ce ws ee 5 
Capella delicata. Witson’s SNIPE 1 


Totanus melanoleucus. GREATER YELLOW- 


TSE GSS epee een en eee Mie ae eee ee 50 


Pisobia melanotos. PrecrorasL SANDPIPER 150+ 
Pisobia fuscicollis. WHITE-RUMPED SAND- 

PP ISR eee eee tae ee eo A Ra oes 50 
Pelidna alpina. DuNTING === = 1,500+ 
Ereunetes pusillus. SEMIPALMATED SAND- 

TNA Deh ay OB Oe ee ie pela as Der Deere en AS I 
Larus argentatus. Herrtnc GULL 15 
Otocoris alpestris. Hornep Lark ____ 200 
(COOKS Comics IRANPUING 4 
Calcarius lapponicus. LapLanp Lonespur 100+ 
Plectrophenax nivalis. SNow BUNTING - 4 


In order to make readily available a list of 
all species of birds that have so far been observed 
on Plover Shoals, the names of certain species 
that were observed there by Lewis on September 
91-22, 1938, and that are not included in the list 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


immediately preceding are recorded hereunder. 
Arenaria interpres. CoMMON TURNSTONE. 
Calidris canutus. Kwnovr. 
Crocethia alba. SANDERLING. 
Colaptes auratus. YELLOW-SHAFTED FLICKER. 
Spizella arborea. TREE Sparrow. 


PRINCIPAL PERTINENT LITERATURE 


Barus, JAMeEs L., Jr., and Paut Harrineron. 
1936 and 1937. The Distribution of Breed- 
ing Birds in Ontario. Trans. Roy. Can. 
Inst., 21: Pt. 1, 1-50, and Pt. 25 199-283. 


Bairp, 8. F. 
1869. Occurrence of the Barnacle Goose in 
North America. Am. Nat., 2:49. 


BARNSTON, GEORGE. 
1860. Recollections of the Swans and Geese 
of Hudson’s Bay. Ibis, 2:253-259. 
1861. Recollections of the Swans and Geese 
of Hudson’s Bay. Canadian Naturalist 
and Geologist, 6: Article XXIV, pp. 
337-344. 


BLAKISTON, THOMAS. 
1863. On the Birds of the Interior of British 
North America. Jbis, 5:39-87, 121-155. 


Doutt, Marcaretr T. 
1935. Twin Islands: An Arctic Outpost. Car-- 
negie Magazine, 9:195-200. 


FLEMING, J. H. 
1903. Turkey Vulture at Moose 
James Bay. Auk, 20:66. 


Lewis, Harrison F. 

1932. Occurrence of the European Starling 
(Sturnus vulgaris) in the James Bay 
Region. Auk, 49:225. 

1938. Waterfowl at James Bay. Annual Re- 
port of The Provancher Society of 
Natural History of Canada for 1988. 
(Quebec), pp. 172-175. 

1939. Notes on September Birds along On- 


Factory, 


tario’s Sea-Coast. Canadian  Field- 
Naturalist, 53: 50-53. 
Low, A. P. 


1896. Report on explorations in the Labrador 
peninsula along the East Main, Kok- 
soak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and_por- 
tions of other rivers in 1892-93-94-95. 
Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Canada, vol. 8, 
part L. 387. pp., 4 pls. (List of birds, 
pp. 323-328). 

Macoun, JoHN, and James M. Macoun. 
1909. Catalogue of Canadian Birds, Ottawa. 


Saunpers, W. E. 
1917. Wild Geese at Moose Factory. 
34 :334-335. 
Snyper, L. L. 
1935. A Study of the Sharp-tailed Grouse. 
Cont. Roy. Ont. Mus. Zool. No. 6; 
Univ. Toronto, Biol. Ser. 40. 
1940. Golden Eagle Reported Nesting in On- 
tario. Auk, 57:565-566. 


Auk, 


November, 1941} 


SutTton, Grorce M. 
1924. The Blue Goose Expedition. 
No. 3, Jan., 1924. 


Cardinal, 


Topp, W. E. Crype. 
19381. The 1930 Expedition to Hudson Bav. 
Cardinal, 3, No. 1, Jan., 1931. 


TOWNSEND, CHartes W., and Guover M. ALLEN. 
1907. Birds of Labrador. Proc. Boston Soc. 
of Nat. Hist., vol. 33, No. 7, pp. 277- 

428, map. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


117 


Turner, Lucien M. 
1885. List of the Birds of Labrador, including 
Ungava, East Main, Moose, and Gulf 
Districts of the Hudson Bay Company, 
together with the Island of Anticosti. 
Proc. U.S. Nat: Museum, 1885, pp. 233- 
254. 
WituiAmMs, M. Y. 
1921. Notes on the Fauna of Lower Pagwa- 
chuan, Lower Kenogami, and Lower 
Albany Rivers of Ontario. Canadian 
Field-Naturalist, 35:94-98. 


NOTES ON SASKATCHEWAN MAMMALS 
By FRANK A. BANFIELD 


UBLISHED data on the Mammals of 
Saskatchewan are scanty. The earliest 
published accounts concern the first two 
Franklin Polar Expeditions. During the 
first expedition the party wintered at Cumber- 
land House, and in the early spring of 1820, 
paddled up the Saskatchewan River past Carlton 
House. During the second expedition, Drum- 
mond spent August and September 1825 on the 
Saskatchewan River on his way to the Rockies. 
On his return trip Drummond was met at 
Carlton House by Richardson, where they re- 
mained during the summer of 1827. Because of 
their work in this area Carlton became the type 
locality for several animal forms characteristic 


22a 


of our western prairies. 


During subsequent years the ‘Saskatchewan 
River formed a highway to the Mackenzie basin, 
and many explorer-naturalists such as Kennicott 
in 1859 traversed this route. During the years 
1893 and 1894 Tyrell on his explorations about 
Hudson’s Bay passed through extreme north- 
eastern Saskatchewan. 


Preble, neither in his investigations of the 
Athabaska-Mackenzie region, nor of the Hudson’s 
Bay region, actually worked on Saskatchewan 
soil; but his observations were made in contigu- 
ous areas which are faunally similar to northern 
portions of the province of Saskatchewan. 


Edwin Hollis (1902) listed twenty-two species 
of mammals from the Touchwood Hills noted 
during a year’s residence in this district in 1901. 
Harper (1932) reported twelve species of mam- 
mals collected by the Biological Survey Party 
at Lake Athabaska in Saskatchewan in 1920. 


From the years 1920 to 1932 the annual re- 
ports of the Provincial Museum contain lists of 


mammals collected and observed in connection 


_and its 


with ornithological work at summer stations under 
the direction of the curators, Messrs. Mitcheli, 
Bradshaw and Dunk. 


Edwin Hollis (1926) discussed the status of the 
voles of the genus Microtus in Saskatchewan. 
Soper (1938) has recorded completely the dis- 
covery of the Black-tailed Prairie Dog in Sas- 
katchewan at Val Marie in 1929. 


Mitchell (1924) published a map indicating the 
faunal zones recognized in the province. The 
Hudsonian zone occupies the extreme northern 
portions of the Province; the Canadian zone 
occupies the central portion of the province 
southern border swings down in the 
eaast below Hudson Bay Junction; approx- 
imately the southern third of the province is 
considered to be in the Transition zone. In 
the extreme southwestern corner of the prov- 
is a suggestion of Upper Austral 
conditions. Klugh and McDougall (1924), in 
their outline of the faunal areas of Canada, agree 
closely with those of Mitchell but include extreme 
southwestern Saskatchewan in the Campestrian 


ince there 


faunal area. 


Because of the paucity of published data on 
the fauna of Saskatchewan, a party including Mr. 
F. Mowat, Mr. H. Hord and the writer, was 
organized to make a brief survey with collections 
of the birds and mammals of the central area 
of the province. The writer was primarily inter- 
ested in the mammals. We hoped that this 
preliminary survey would be an introduction to 


further work. 


Our first Saskatchewan camp was made on 
June 26th, 1939, at Emma Lake, which is situated 
forty miles north of Prince Albert and hes on 


the lower edge of the Canadian zone. 


118 


The terrain was found to be gently rolling, 
numerous small, shallow, marshy lakes, 
creeks and muskegs, and generally heavily forest- 
ed. The predominant trees are Black Spruce 
(Picea mariana), Tamarack (Larix laricina), Jack 
or “Serub” Pine (Pinus banksiana), Poplar (Pop- 
ulus balsamifera) and Birches (Betula). From 
this point we made excursions as far north as 
Montreal Lake, 60 miles further north, lat. 54°. 


On July 22 we moved our camp one hundred 
miles southwest to the North Saskatchewan River, 
six miles north of Carlton and within a quarter 
of a mile of the site of old Carlton House. This 
region is considered to be on the northern edge 
of the Transition zone. On both sides of the 
river are prominent wooded hills. To the south 
stretches the flat Saskatchewan plain, while to 
the north the cultivated land gradually gives way 
to the northern forests. The immediate area is 
characterized by open prairie mostly under eulti- 
yation, interspersed with mixed woods — the 
“bluffs” of the west. Depressions with sloughs are 
common but mostly of a temporary nature. 

On August 7th we broke camp and motored 
another hundred miles south to Dundurn which 
is thirty miles south of Saskatoon, and still in 
Our camp was situated on 
virgin rolling, sandy on which there 
were numerous poplar bluffs. Sloughs were num- 
erous and at the time of our stay, well filled. The 
South Saskatchewan River was ten miles to the 
Here we collected from August 7th to the 


with 


the Transition zone. 
prairie, 


west. 
22nd. 

Our last camp site was in the Cypress Hills, 
in the extreme southwestern corner of the prov- 
ince. The altitude of these hills reaches four 
thousand feet. They rise out of the flat treeless 
Sage-bush prairie of southern Saskatchewan and 
northern Montana, and are covered with a thick 
growth of Lodgepole or “Northern Scrub” Pine 
(Pinus contorta). From this camp we reconnoitered 
the slopes and deep wooded coulees of the hills 
and the prairie from the Alberta border east to 
Val Marie. We concluded our field work in the 
province on September 2nd. 

Our thanks are due to Mr. F. Dunk, Director 
of the Saskatchewan Provincial Museum, for his 
helpful interest. We also appreciate the sugges- 
tions of Dr. R. M. Anderson, of the Canadian 
National Museum, Ottawa, and Mr. E. C. Cross, 
of the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, To- 
ronto. 

The following is an annotated list of the 
Mammals observed and collected in Saskatchewan 


THE CANADIAN FIBLD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


during the summer of 1939. The data presented 
are largely based on the collection of one hund- 
red and sixty-six specimens of twenty-eight 
species. The measurements are the average of 
adult specimens. They are recorded in milli- 
meters in the following order: length, tail, and 
hind foot. The numbers in brackets are the largest 


and smallest measurements recorded for each 
species. Pregnancy ratios are also recorded when 
determined. 


It was considered inadvisable to attempt racial 
studies on the collection secured. More material 
from Saskatchewan and contiguous areas must 
be secured before satisfactory studies of this 
kind can be made. The mammals have, there- 
fore been treated under a binomial nomenclature 
with occasional comment in the text on sub- 
specific probabilities. 

The nomenclature is that of Miuller’s List of 
N.A. Recent Mammals (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 128 
1924) except in the following cases in which 
we have followed the authors indicated. 


Sorex cinereus Jackson. N. A. Fauna, 51, 
Sorex arcticus 1928. 
Mustela frenata Haut. Carnegie Institution 


Mephitis mephitis of Washington, Pub. No. 


473, 1936. 

Se Hat. Umv. Calif. Pub. 
Ursus americanus Zool, Nols 30s Now0% 
1928. 

Tamiuasciurus Howetu. N. A. Fauna, 56, 
1938. 

Clethrionomys Patmer. Proc. Biol. Soc. 


Wash., 41, p. 87, 1928. 
Sorex cinereus. CINEREOUS SHREW—Tkis shrew 


was encountered only at the Cypress Hills where 
a single specimen was secured on August 30. The 
measurements are: L. 79, T. 31, HF. 10. sex un- 
certain. The skull measurements and pale col- 
ouration suggest that it is referable to S. c. hay- 
deni which is the ascribed form for the southern 
portion of the province. 

Sorex arcticus. SADDLE-BACKED SHREW.—Our 
trapping records suggest that shrews were at a 
low ebb in numbers at all our collecting stations. 
Only two specimens of the Saddle-backed Shrew 
were obtained at Emma Lake. Both were secured 
in the willow borders of spruce forests. A male 
measured: L. 118, T. 42, HF. 14, while a female 
measured: L. 112, T. 43, HF. 13. 

Sorex obscurus. DusKy SHrew.—In Saskatche- 
wan this species is confined to the open pine 
ridges of the Cypress Hills where it is the domin- 
ent insectivore. Three specimens secured here 
in late August averaged: L. 109 (105-116), TWAS 
(44-47), HF. 13. None were pregnant. 


Nove nber, 1941) THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 119 


Courtesy of National Parks Bureau, Ottawa. 


CANADIAN ZONE FOREST, NORTHERN SASKATCHEW4£ 


SAGE-BRUSH PRAIRIE, SOUTHERN SASKATCHEWAN. (From Soper) 


120 


Myotis lucifugus. Lirtte Brown Bat—A speci- 
men of this species was examined at the Cypress 
Hills on August 23 where it had been killed in 
a shed several days previously. ; 

Lasionycteris noctivagans. SiLtver-Harrep Bar. 
—This bat was encountered only at Dundurn 
where a single specimen was collected on August 
14 as it flew about a farm clearing. Bats were 
common at all our collecting stations but no 
satisfactory means of collecting them was found. 


Hoary Bat——Bats probably 
referable to this species were observed on several 
nights at both Carlton and Emma Lake, sug- 
gesting that they are not uncommon. One lac- 
tating female was collected over the grassy shore- 
line at Emma Lake on July 5. 


Nycteris cinerea. 


Buack oR CINNAMON BEAR. 
were observed and their tracks 
Emma Lake and Prince Albert 


Ursus americanus. 
—Black bears 
noted about 
National Park. 

Mustela cicognanti. Bonaparte WEASEL.—On 
July 13 between eight and ten Bonaparte weasels 
were congregated in a willow clump on the edge 
of a grassy meadow at Emma Lake. A female 
collected at this time measured: L. 250, T. 76, 
HF. 328. 


Mustela LonG-TAILED WeErASEL— A 
weasel of this species was observed on the banks 
of the South Saskatchewan River at Saskatchewan 
on August 17. 


frenata. 


Mephitis mephitis. Strirep SkuNK—Skunks 
were noted regularly throughout the  prov- 
ince. On the afternoon of August 23 at Divide 
in extreme southwestern Saskatchewan two skunks 
were observed hunting over the sage brush plains 
without any apparent adequate cover. 


Canis latrans. NortHERN CoyotrE.—Coyotes 
were seen regularly throughout the province and 
more especially in the less populous prairie dis- 
tricts. 

Canis nebrascensis. Pratrte CoyoTtE—A five- 
months-old pup taken from a den near Neidpath 
was examined on August 23 and seemed to be 
referable to this species. The collar was clear 
buff and the general tone was pale. 

Marmota monax. WoopcHuck—This mammal 
was encountered commonly throughout the for- 
ested central part of the province as far south as 
Carlton, where we were told it had appeared in 
recent years and was increasing. 

Citellus RICHARDSON’S GROUND 
SqurrreL.—This characteristic plains mammal was 
found commonly throughout southern Saskatche- 


richardson. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


wan and north into the Canadian zone as far as 
Emma Lake where it was confined to the road- 
sides. A series of nine adult males from the 
type localaity, Carlton, averaged: L. 296 (280-312), 
T. 76 (71-80), HF. 48 (43-50), while six females 
also from the type locality averaged: L. 276 (270- 
285), T. 71 (66-78), HF. 42 (40-43); suggesting 
a sexual difference in size. None of the females’ 
were pregnant. 

Citellus franklinii. FRANKLIN’s Grounp Saurr- 
REL.—This ground squirrel was found to be less 
common than Their two habitats 
were found to be quite distinct. Richardsonii 
inhabited the roadsides and open rolling prairie 
while franklini showed a preference for the pop- 
lar bluffs, and in the north the forest edge. A 
trap, however, placed at a tunnel entrance on 
the river bank at Carlton yielded a richardsoni 
and a franklinai within half an hour on July 28. 


richardsonii. 


At Emma Lake sunken and subterranean run- 
ways across grassy meadows were frequently used 
by this mammal. This species was encountered 
from Prince Albert National Park south to Dun- 
durn. 

A series of six adults from the type locality 
and seven from Emma Lake averaged: L. 363 
(310-402), T. 182 (116-150), HF. 52 (50-55). There 
was apparently no sexual difference in size. None 
of the females were pregnant. 

Citellus tridecemlineatus. ‘THIRTEEN-LINED 
Grounp Squirret—Although the least common 
of the three ground squirrels, we found it to have 
the widest range. We noted it from Estevan to 
the Cypress Hills in the south, and north to 
Montreal Lake. It also showed the widest range 
in habitat, from the open sage brush plains and 
poplar bluffs of the south, to the forest edge and 
roadside clearings in the north. Specimens were 
obtained at all our stations. Four adults aver- 
aged: L. 284 (265-275).T. 99 (92-103) HF. 37 


(37-38). No female was pregnant. 
Cynomys ludovicranus. Pratrig-pog.— While 


motoring along the southern border of Saskatche- 
wan from Alberta eastward to Val Marie we en- 
quired about the presence of prairie dogs on 
August 23 and 24. At Climax we were told of a 
“dcg-town” near Treelon, but we could not spare 
the time to investigate. At Canuck we visited 
a farm where up until three summers before 
there had been a small town consisting of about 
twenty animals. 

We actually encountered the prairie dog only 
at the large town on the Frenchman River seven 
miles southeast of Val Marie; the colony which 


November, 1941] 


Soper (1938) fully described. We found the 
colony flourishing but succeeded in obtaining 
only one specimen, a female which measured: 
L. 368, T. 79, HF. 59. 


Eutamias minimus. WESTERN CHIPMUNK.— 
This mammal was a characteristic denizen of the 
forested areas of the province. It was found to 
be very common at Emma Lake and Carlton 
where it inhabited the roadside clearings and 
forest glades. At Dundurn only one individual 
was noted. A series of six adults from Emma 
Lake measured: L. 204 (228-194), T. 97 (92-103), 
HF. 32 (30-33). 

Tamiasciurus hudsonicus. Rep Squrrret—The 
Red Squirrel, so characteristic of the forested 
eentral and northern areas, was not found in the 
poplar bluffs of the southern portions of the 
province. At Emma Lake and Carlton this mam- 
mal was very common. Several specimens taken 
in late June and early July at Emma Lake, still 
possessed patches of winter pelage. Three of 
these specimens were lactating females but none 
A series of thirteen adults from 
309 (285-330), T. 129 


were pregnant. 
this station averaged: L. 
(119-138), HF. 50 (47-50). 


Glaucomys sabrinus. NORTHERN FLYING Squir- 
rEL.—Although only one specimen was secured 
at Emma Lake on June 30 measuring L. 334, T. 
155, HF. 40; the animal undoubtedly occurs regu- 
larly in the northern forests. Local trappers 
complain of their regular appearance in traps 
set for fur-bearers during the winter months. 

Thomomys talpoides. KASTERN PockrT GoPHER. 
—The surface mounds of this mammal were seen 
commonly throughout the southern prairie. It 
was noted that the Pocket Gopher showed a 
decided preference for the damp rich soil on 
the slough edges. We found the species ranging 
north into the southern border of the Canadian 
forests. We were told of several “mole” colonies 
along the C.N.R. line a short distance west of 
Prince Albert, while we had a Pocket Gopher 
deseribed to us which had been trapped from a 
mound in a garden at Christopher Lake forty 
miles north of Prince Albert. Although the 
animal was apparently common, specimens were 
secured with difficulty. Two topotypes from 
Carlton measured: L. 239, T. 76, HF. 26, and L. 
229, T. 70, HF. 27. Both were females but 
neither was pregnant. 

Castor canadensis. BraAvEr.—Beavers are com- 
mon and apparently increasing, and spreading in 
the region of Prince Albert National Park. At 
house and _ trails 


Emma Lake we examined a 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


Zl 


which had been used up until the spring of 1939. 
About this site poplars up to twelve inches in 
diameter had been felled by the beavers. 


Onychomys leucogaster. GrassHoprrr Mouse. 
—A single specimen of this mouse was collected 
at Carlton, Dundurn, and the Cypress Hills. We 
noted that the Grasshopper Mouse showed a 
preference for ground squirrel and gopher tun- 
nels on the open prairie. Three females averaged : 
L. 141 (134-147), T. 39 (37-43), HF. 22 (21-22). 
A female secured on August 30 contained three 
embryos. 

Peromyscus maniculatus. WHt1tTE-rootep Mouser. 
—This species occurred abundantly at all our 
stations and exhibited a wide choice of. habitats. 
Specimens were trapped from the. arid sandy 
prairie, poplar bluffs, to the deep mossy spruce 
bogs of the north. The thirty-six specimens col- 
lected show great physical diversity. 

At Carlton and Emma Lake a large richly 
coloured form was met. The average measure- 
ment gave: L. 171 (162-180), T. 76 (69-79). HF. 
20 (21-19), for ten adults. This corresponds to 
P.m. borealis. Associated with this form in the same _ 
habitat was another race characterized by smaller 
size, shorter tail, possessing a heavy dark medium 
dorsal line, and generally heavily sprinkled with 
black on the flanks. Fight adults of this form 
averaged L. 154 (150-159), T. 68 (68-71), HF. 20 
(19-21), which suggests P.m. bairdii. 

The poplar bluffs of the southern prairie were 
also inhabited by a small dark form probably 
referable to the same subspecies. Eight adults 
from Dundurn averaged: L. 144 (138-159), T. 61 
(53-65), HEF. 20 (19-21). 


A pale form was found on the high prairie 
plateaus of the Cypress Hills. 
the prairie we noted many entrances to tunnels 
From these sites 
Ot JP 


In loose sod on 


leading to grass-lined nests. 
were obtained 
osgood.. 


specimens apparently 

Synaptomys borealis. Lemming Movuss.—On 
July 3 a Lemming Mouse was secured from the 
edge of a grassy flat bordering a small marshy 
bay of Emma Lake. The specimen, an adult 
male, measured: L. 120, T. 20, HF. 18. This I 
believe constitutes the first record of this mammal 
for the province. 

Phenacomys mackenzie. MackrNziz PHENA- 
comys.—A small series of five Phenacomys was 
secured at our camp on Emma Lake, as follows: 

July 3, female L. 140, T. 33, HF. 17, Adult. 

July 9, female L. 121, T. 30, HF. 17, Sub-adult, 


pregnant. 


122 


July 10, male, L. 110, T. 26, HF. 17, Immature. 


July 17, female, L. 142, T. 31, HF. 17, Adult 
pregnant. 


July 18, male, L. 130, T. 31, HF. 17.5, Immature. 

These mammals were all collected from essen- 
tially the same habitat. Three were taken from 
brush piles and logs on the edge of the deep, 
dry spruce woods; and two from willow clumps 
between the grassy glades and the spruce woods. 
Contemporary mammals closely associated with 
this habitat were the following: Sorex arcticus, 
Peromyscus, Clethrionomys and Microtus drum- 
mondi. 


The specimens trapped on July 3 and 17 show 
the typical adult pelage described by Howell 
(1926), while the remaining specimens are the 
typical dull juveniles. The female collected on 
July 9 although exhibiting the juvenile pelage 
was sexually mature and carried four well-de- 
veloped embryos. The other pregnant female 
carried the same number. 


This series, I believe, constitutes the second 
record for. the province and also shows a four 
hundred mile southward extension of the range 
to the base of the Canadian zone. Harper (1932) 
recorded the taking of four Phenacomys mackenzu 
at Crackington Point, Lake Athabaska, in 1920. 


Clethrionomys gappert. RED-BACKED Mouse— 
An abundant mammal at all our camps, this 
mouse inhabited in the north the dense spruce 
forest, while juveniles were found wandering into 
the bordering willows. On the prairie it was 
confined to the poplar bluffs and wooded coulees. 
It was also a denizen of the pine ridges of the 
Cypress Hills. A series of fourteen adults from 
the province measured: L. 144 (136-152), T. 39 
(32-44), HF. 19 (17-19). 


Three females contained seven, seven, and five 
embryos out of seven females from July 10 to 
August 18. 

Microtus drummondi. Drummonpn Merapow 
Mouse.—At Emma Lake we found this mammal 
in the forest glades and marshy marginal flats 
about the small lakes. A series of twelve adults 
from this station averaged: L. 158 (146-175), T. 
48 (39-55), HF. 19 (18-20). 

Between July 4 and 20 four of six females taken 
were pregnant and carried an average of five 
embryos. 

At the Cypress Hills the mouse was found in- 
habiting the open dry ridges and damp spring 


sources. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


Least Mrapow Movse—On 
August 13 a male was found dead on the open 
prairie at Dundurn. Its measurements were: L. 
gO, 10, Se, lela’, ry, 


Ondatra zibethica. Musxrat—This mammal 
was found to be fairly abundant on the shallow 
marshy lakes and sluggish streams of the lower 
Canadian zone. At Dundurn we also noted signs 
of habitation on the larger permanent sloughs. 


~Microtus minor. 


Mus musculus. Houst Mouse—On the even- 
ing of August 24 a Short-eared Owl (Asio flam- 
mus) shot from the side of the road near Val 
Marie had a house mouse clutched in its talons. 
There were no buildings within half a mile. No 
others were seen. 


Rattus norvegicus. House Ratr—Rats were 
noticed on the banks of the Saskatchewan River 
at Saskatoon. 


Zapus princeps. SASKATCHEWAN JUMPING MousE. 
—At Emma Lake this species occurred uncom- 
monly in the tall grass at the edge of grassy 
flats. It was also noted at Carlton. A _ series 
of five adults averaged L. 220 (213-227), T. 130 
(125-135), HF. 31 (30-33). Neither of the two 
females was pregnant. 


Lepus americanus. VARYING Harn.—This mam- 
mal was apparently at a low ebb in numbers 
about our stations in 1939. We noted hares 
on only two occasions in the heavily forested, 
lower edge of the Canadian zone at Emma Lake. 
Both these specimens were collected, the female 
measured L. 447, T. 61, HF. 125 and the male 
L. 406, T. 54, HF. 131. 

Lepus townsendii. WHITE-TAILED JACK RABBIT.— 
Jack Rabbits occurred commonly over the Sas- 
katchewan plain, abundantly in the south and 
less common northward. No individuals were 
noted north of Duck Lake. The White-tailed 
Jack Rabbit is most active after sundown when 
it is commonly met on all the roads. Cars 
exact a high mortality on this species as shown 
by numerous bodies on all western roads. On 
several occasions we followed these jack rabbits 
in a car for distances up to a quarter of a mile; 
and by keeping them in front of the head lights 
we found they travelled at a steady rate of 23 
m.p.h. Three adults measured L. 541 (523-571), 
T. 91 (83-99), HF. 138 (129-145). 

Sylvilagus nuttalli. Corrontait.—According to 
residents this mammal is spreading steadily north- 
ward into the province. It seems to favour the 
small bluffs, river-beds and coulees. Cottontails 
were noted about the Cypress Hills while a 
collected on the banks of the 
near Dundurn on 


specimen was 
South Saskatchewan River 


November, 1941{ 


August 16. A male, it measured L. 409, T. 55, 
JeQ, 15. 


Odocoileus hemionus. Mu.s Drrr—On several 
occasions Mule Deer were observed on the roads 
in Prince Albert National Park. The hunters 
know only one species of deer from this region. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Harper, F., 1932. Mammals of Athabaska and 
Great Slave Lakes. Journal of Mammalogy, 
Wool, 118, IN@s ie 

Howe, A. B., 1926. A Taxonomic Review of 
the genus Phenacomys. North American 
Fauna Series, No. 48. 

Hous, E., 1902. A List of Twenty-two Species 
of Mammals from the Touchwood Hills. The 
Zoologist, 4th series, Vol. 6, pp. 294-299. 

1926. Notes on Saskatchewan  Voles. 
Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. 40, pp. 142- 
143. 

KriuecH & McDovueatt, 1924. Faunal Areas of 
Canada. Handbook of Canada. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 123 


MircHett, H. H., 1924. Birds of Saskatchewan. 
Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. 38, No. 6. 
Presie, A. E., 1902. A Biological Investigation of 
Hudson’s Bay Region. North American 

Fauna Series, No. 22. 

1908. A Biological Investigation of Atha- 
baska-Mackenzie Region. North American 
Fauna Series. No. 27. 

RicHarpson, J., 1829. Fauna Boreali-Americana. 


Report of the Provincial Museum of Saskatche- 


wan. 

1920. Mammals seen at Kutawagan Lake. 
1921. Mammals seen at Cypress Hills. 
1923. Mammals from Big River. 
1925. Mammal Accessions. 
1926. List of Mammals from Duck Lake. 
1929. Dog Town at Val Marie. 
1931. List of Mammals from Craven. 
1932. Mammal Accessions. 

Soper, J. D., 19388. Discovery of Habitat and 


Distribution of the Black-tailed Prairie Dog 
in Canada. Journal of Mammalogy, Vol. 
19, p. 290. 

Tyrrett, J. B., 1893. Report of Northwestern 
Manitoba with adjacent Saskatchewan. An- 
nual Report of Geological Survey of Canada. 
VMoli5-pantale pps lW-235 hs 


THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY, Danaus archippus Fab. I. GENERAL 
OBSERVATIONS IN SOUTHERN ONTARIO* 
By GEOFFREY BEALL 


Dominion Entomological Laboratery, Chatham, Ontario. 


CONTENTS 


Introductory. 

Sexual maturity. 

Torpidity of migrants. 

The incidence of clusters or aggregations. 
The place and time of aggregation. 

The height of flight during: migration. 
Flight out over the Great Lakes as affected 
by the hour of day. 


BGo EX ES OY) 


1. INtTRODUCTORY 


ITH THE purpose of securing an under- 
of the migration of insects 
observations were made on 
of the behaviour 
of the migrating monarch butterfly, Danaus arch- 
ippus Fab. Most of the observations were made 
in Kent and Essex, the two most southerly 
counties of Ontario, and some other observations 
were made at various points, particularly Belle- 
ville on Lake Ontario, in southern Ontario. The 
observations were continued from August 1934 
to the end of 1940. 


standing 
W generally, 
the salient features 


Division of Entomology, 
Agriculture, 


* Contribution No. 2,073, 
Science Service, Department of 
Ottawa, Canada. 


8. The effect of wind on the flight across the 
Great Lakes. 

9. Differences in migration over shore and lake. 

10. Migration and population level. 

11. Summary. 

12. Acknowledgments. 

13. References. 


The monarch breeds in Ontario and manifestly, 
as 1s shown by Williams (1930 and 1938), flies 
south each autumn. In the region of observation 
such flights were seen through September and as 
late as the middle of October. The latest a 
monarch was ever seen was October 28, in 1936. 
Records of a returning, northward, migration are 
scarce, but some have recently been collected by 
Williams (1938). 
est monarchs were usually seen during the first 
week in June, but in 1940 they appeared on May 
16. During the autumnal migration, nocturnal 


In the present study. the earli- 


aggregations are often formed, particularly in the 
vicinity of the Great Lakes. Such aggregations 
were generally found on the shore of Lake Erie 
by about August 24 and were observed during 


September. 


124 


In 1934, the monarch appeared in unusual num- 
bers, both in southwestern Ontario and through- 
out a large part of eastern Canada, generally. 
Thus it was seen in 1913 and 1922, in Kings 
county and York county, New Brunswick by 
R. P. Gorham,* who watches for it, (by correspond- 
ence he also reports having seen it again in 1935) ; 
again unusually, the monarch was abundant in 
the Aylmer district of Quebec according to C. 
B. Hutchings*; finally, it was unusually common 
in southern Quebec and eastern Ontario according 
to G. H. Hammond*. Further, in Connecticut, 
Britton (1935) states that the monarch was un- 
commonly abundant. The numbers present in 
southwestern Ontario, during 1934, may be Judged 
from the fact that on September 14, 2,000 mon- 
archs were present in one field of 2 acres of flower- 
ing buckwheat near Chatham, in Kent county, 
Ontario. In the years 1935 to 1939, the monarch 
was comparatively rare. In 1940, few monarchs 
were seen early in the season but in September 
very great numbers appeared in southwestern 
Ontario, apparently in migration; thus on Sep- 
tember 15, they passed along the beach, about 
100 ft. wide, at Pt. aux Pins, (42° 15’N, 81° 50’W.) 
on Lake Erie, for many hours at the rate of 200 
or 300 a minute. They are also reported to have 
been abundant in the Niagara peninsula by R. 
W. Sheppard*. 


2. SexuaL Maruriry 


From both superficial observations and from 
dissections, it was found that the population in 
the summer consisted largely of old and sexually 
mature butterflies, but that at the time of the 
autumnal migrations of immature butterflies. 
Thus, the monarchs seen from the beginning of 
June until the middle of August were often 
battered and worn and were frequently found 
copulating. After August, they were practically 
all singularly fresh and unrubbed and among the 
vast number of monarchs seen, particularly at the 
lake shore, in the 7 years of observation, only 4 
times, on September 1, 1935, on September 8, 
1936, on September 10, 1937 (2 pairs) and on 
September 2, 1940, were they seen in copulation. 
During September and October, while the mon- 
archs were flying out over the Great Lakes, there 
cecurred repeatedly a movement which if ob- 
served ordinarily in the field would have been 
considered sexual pursuit; copulation was, how- 


* The Canadian Insect Pest Review of the Dom- 
inion Department of Agriculture. Vol. 1:25 
No. 4, 1934. 

* The Canadian 
No. 4, 1940. 


Insect Pest Review, Vol. 18, 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


ever, never effected. It appeared that old butter- 
flies occur in Ontario during the spring and early 
summer but that later the population consists 
of butterflies recently emerged at no great dist- 
ance and that these do not remain to be battered 
or to become mature sexually. 


The foregoing observations were supplemented 
by the comparison of the development of the 
genital parts of monarchs taken from clusters 
formed in the autumns of 1934 and of 1935, with 
the parts from monarchs collected on July 20, 1935 
when copulation was very frequent. Both sexes 
taken from the autumnal aggregations were full of 
fat, even in the anterior part of the abdomen. In 
the aggregating females the copulatory pouch 
was small and flat, whereas in the females of 
the summer, it was large and distended into two 
parts; in the former and the latter the sper- 
matheca was of about the same size; in the 
former the ovarian tubes were thin and tapering, 
whereas in the latter, eggs were numerous. In 
aggregating males, the testes were about .75 mm. 
in diameter, whereas in the males of the summer 
they were about 1 mm.; in the former the tubes 
leading away from the testes, i.e., the vas deferens 
or seminal vesicle, were slight and obscure and 
were buried in fatty tissue, whereas in the latter 
these tubes were large and convoluted. 


A question arises of whether the sexual im- 
maturity of the monarchs found in the autumn 
is fundamental to migration. It may be that 
southward migration merely coincides with the 
occurrence of a new generation for which, accord- 
ing to Scudder (1889), eggs do not mature for 
about a month. Our hesitance to pronounce on 
such a point is increased when we note that 
Williams (1930: 349) has shown that of many 
species of migrating butterflies, some are im- 
mature and some mature. 

3. Torpipiry or Micrants 


At the time of the autumnal migration the 
monarchs were found to be strangely torpid, ap- 
parently as a result of fatigue; they were not 
startled when approached and could be taken 
easily. Such torpidity was noticed particularly 
on September 13, 23 and 28, 1934, on August 31 
and September 18, 1935, and on September 19, 
1940, on the part of monarchs which had inter- 
rupted their linear flight across country to drop 
on a blossom and feed. As an instance of this 
behaviour, the observation of September 23, 1934, 
when the day was warm and bright, will be re- 
ported. Three monarchs crossed the Thames 
River from north to south and of these two flew 


November, 1941 | 


straight on south, but the third went to a golden- 
rod plant, which it worked for 20 minutes. At 
the end of that time, the writer picked it and 
another monarch up by hand. They did not 
struggle when picked up, but when they were 
released they flew away rapidly and erratically. 
Yet, the behaviour during the same period at 
Pt. aux Pins and Pt. Pelee, (42° N., 82° 30’ W.) 
on Lake Erie, of monarchs, coming in the morn- 
ing from clusters which had been formed at 
sunset, was in marked contrast to the torpid be- 
haviour of those observed in migration, for one 
had the greatest difficulty to catch the former 
with a net. Approaching the matter of the tor- 
pidity of the monarch simply, one would say that 
during the migration they may become very tired, 
but that after spending the night on a tree they 
are refreshed. 

The foregoing view-point is supported by ob- 
servations made at Pt. Pelee, towards the end of 
the day. To illustrate the matter, some observa- 
tions made on September 15, 1935, at the tip of 
the point, will be presented. On this day, at 
about 11.00 a.m., the monarchs were generally 
drifting southward, out over Lake Erie, as they 
flew northward in the face of a very strong 
northwest wind. Often as they drifted out they 
seemed to make a great effort and gain the lee 
side of isolated willows where they settled. The 
monarchs in flight were difficult to catch, but 
when settled they were extremely lethargic and 
the writer was able to pick by hand, 14 out of 
18 on one bush. These clusters were apparently 
formed on account of the fatigue of the butter- 
flies. The writer has found no reference to such 
phenomena of fatigue in the literature on this or 
any other migrating butterfly. 

4. Tue INCIDENCE oF CLUSTERS OR AGGREGATIONS 

It does not fall to our lot to record any of the 
spectacular aggregations or clusters of monarchs 
settled on trees to which there is frequent refer- 
ence in the literature, but we can present some 
information on the incidence and magnitude of 
the more common smaller clusters, which can 
apparently be seen day after day, in such years 
as 1935 and 1940 when monarchs are numerous 
and which appear not to have attracted much 
attention. We choose to define an aggregation 
as a group of 5 or more monarchs at rest to- 


gether. Frequently, though hundreds were seen, 


* The record of the time and place when ag- 
gregations or clusters were found to have 
been formed has been prepared as a supple- 
mentary table, I, which may be obtained from 
the writer on request. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


125 


as in one of two groups of clusters seen on August 
dl, 1935, at Pt. aux Pins, when for about half a 
mile along the edge of a pine wood there were 
clusters, averaging 12 monarchs, at intervals of 
about 30 ft.; altogether, there were about 1,000 
monarchs present and such abundance was quite 
usual in that year. Aggregations were seen at 
42 times and places in 1934, 1935 and 1940, were 
seen thrice in 1986 and 1937, but were not seen 
at all in 19388 and 1939. These records.* no doubt, 
are a most incomplete report of the aggregations 
formed in the region and time involved, but in- 
dicate how frequently aggregations happened to 
be seen even in the course of occasional excursions 
to the shore of the Great Lakes. 


~ 


5. THe PLack and TIME or AGGREGATIONS 

In the region under consideration, it was the 
experience in the present study, and has been 
the general experience as summarized by Williams 
(1930), that the aggregations occur on the north 
shore of Lakes Erie and Ontario during the 
autumnal migration. Accordingly, there 
natural tendency to assume that the aggregations 
are an integral part of the phenomenon of migra- 
tion and that the lakes serve either as a gathering 
place for migrants or as a barrier to migration. 
Observations with the purpose of 
testing these assumptions. 


is a 


were made 
In connection with the apparent association 
of aggregation and migration, it was hoped to 
find whether the monarch formed aggregations at 
night throughout the year. Even in 1935, how- 
ever, when there were more monarchs than in 
subsequent years, there were too few to hope 
to find aggregations before August when they were 
possibly already in southward migration. (The 
writer himself did not see an aggregation re- 
ported at Cape Rich on August 4, 1935). At 
that time, near Chatham, the following aggrega- 
tions were observed: on August 10, 5 monarchs 
and on August 15, 10 monarchs. On August 10, 
1940, another such aggregation, of 6 monarchs, 
was seen. These monarchs showed all the usual 
signs of aggregation, there was settling, rising and 
resettling close to one another. Of the 21 mon- 
archs mentioned, however, 6 were in copulation 
and in this respect the groups differed radically 
from the autumnal aggregations and thus were 
probably not migrants. We. believe that here 
we have some evidence that the breeding, non- 
migrant population may form aggregations if it is 
sufficiently dense. 
the association 
the Great Lakes, a 


In connection with apparent 


of aggregation with close 


126 


watch was kept for aggregations inland. Of the 
45 aggregations mentioned at the beginning of 
this section, 9 were found away from the Great 
Lakes, although the entomologists who made 
the observations naturally spent most of their 
time inland. Similarly, on all days during late 
August and September when the writer went to 
the lake shore in 1934 and 1935, aggregations 
were found but only 5 times during these years 
were monarchs observed settling on trees in or 
near the town of Chatham. Clearly there is 4 
marked tendency for the butterflies to aggregate 
by the water. Three exceptions to the charac- 
teristic aggregation on the north shore of the lakes 
were observed on September 14, 1934, near Big 
Point, on Lake St. Clair, i.e., on the eastern side 
of a lake: on (sic) August 4, 1935, at Cape Rich, 
on Georgian Bay (Lake Huron), where the shore- 
line runs generally northwest: and at the beginning 
of September, 1935, near Kettle Point on Lake 
Huron, where the shore-line runs generally west 
of southwest. In the case of these two exceptions 
where the lakes did not bar southward flight 
there is a suggestion that the monarchs were 
attracted by the lakes. 


6. Tue Heieut or Fright Durinc Micration 

Although the monarch is shown by Williams 
(1930) to be peculiar among butterflies in that it 
often migrates at a considerable height, our ob- 
servations do not generally illustrate this tend- 
ency. Most of the monarchs observed over land 
in linear flight, i.e., flying in some definite direc- 
tion, during the autumns, 1934, 1935 and 1940, of 
abundance, moved between 4 to 10 ft. from the 
ground. The level of flight was apparently deter- 
mined by objects at some distance, thus it was 
noticed in 1934, that, in crossing the Thames 
where the banks are bluffs of about 30 ft. and 
the river is about 100 ft. wide, the butterflies 
maintained their level of flight from one bank 
to the other. In general, the monarchs rose when 
they approached a row of trees or of buildings. 
For a row of trees about 60 ft. high. they com- 
menced to rise as much as 120 ft. in advance. On 
only 2 days in 1934, 1 day in 1935 and 2 days 
in 1940, were monarchs seen far above the tree 
tops (where they held a remarkably steady 
southerly course). These days were overcast and 
possibly on brighter days the monarchs high in 
the air could not. be seen. Once a monarch which 
had been travelling fairly close to the ground 
was seen to rise when it came to a row of trees 
and it then joined a group of 3 at a height of 
about 100 ft. The monarchs were most often seen 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


(VoL. LV 


to rise, as is discussed in Section 9, when they 
took off over the Great Lakes. The keeper of 
the Southey Shoals Lighthouse, 7 miles off Pt. 
Pelee, estimated the height above the lake of all 
monarchs seen as from 10 ft. to 80 ft., with a 
mean of 36 ft. 


7. FLIGHT OUT OVER THE GREAT LAKES AS AFFECTED 
BY THE HOUR OF DAY 

Perhaps the most spectacular phase of migra- 
tion is the departure of the monarch over the 
Great Lakes. Of this phase we propose to deal 
at the moment with the part played by the hour 
of the day. In general, the southerly flight out 
over the lakes started at about 7.30 a.m., maxim- 
ized at 11.00 am. and continued into the early 
afternoon when a less marked reverse northerly 
flight in from the lakes occurred. Two of several 
examples will be presented. First, at Pt. Pelee 
on September 15, 1935, with a continual brisk 
northwest wind, at 11.00 a.m., the monarchs left 
the spit at the net rate of 43 a minute, 1.e., 867 
south and 434 north in 10 minutes; by 12.30 the 
numbers had diminished greatly and by 5.00 p.m., 
they were moving north at the net rate of 3 m 
2 minutes, 7.e., 11 south and 25 north in 10 
minutes. Second, at Pt. aux Pins on September 
12, 1936, with a light southerly wind, in the 
forenoon monarchs passed southward over the 
water, but in the afternoon the flight was inshore, 
for from 3.10 to 3.30 p.m., 2 monarchs went out 
and 15 came in and from 3.45 to 4.05 p.m., 2 
went out and 9 came in. 


Although there seems to be no mention of this 
phenomenon of reversed flight late in the day 
for monarchs, it is not surprising since Williams 
(1930: 322) discusses such return flights of migrat- 
ing butterflies and sums up evidence for Vanessa 
cardui L., Catopsilia statira Cramer, Urania leilus 
L. and Delias spp. Williams (1930: 192) draws 
attention particularly to the reversal of flight in 
the case of the painted lady, Vanessa cardut, off 
the coast of Palestine in 1917. These butterflies 
went out to sea early in the day and later in the 
day came in, however they moved against a 
northwest wind early in the day and a southeast 
wind later. 

We have, unfortunately, no data bearing on 
a possible cessation or reversal of migration over 
land with the advance of the day, but only an 
impression that some effect of that sort occurred. 
It is possible, however, that a difference, of the 
sort treated in Section 9, in the intensity of such 
an effect over land and water may be responsible 
for the occurrence of a population sufficiently 


November, 1941] 


dense to form aggregations near the shore of the 
Great Lakes generally and on capes in particular, 
in that monarchs arriving, say, at the capes late 
in the day tend to accumulate for a flight the 
next morning. Such aggregations were noticed 
particularly on Pt. Pelee, Pt aux Pins and also 
on Pt. Peter, (44° N., 77° W.) on Lake Ontario. 


8. THE EFFECT OF WIND ON THE FLIGHT ACROSS 
THE GREAT LAKES 


Since there is some question of how far the 
movement of the monarch is voluntary, we may 
profitably record the conclusion that the flight 
out over the lakes took place with the wind as 
often contrary, 7.e. southerly, as with the wind 
following, although the manner and the hour of 
the flight were apparently affected by the direc- 
tion of the wind. This conclusion is based, 
first on occasional observations,* including records 
of wind velocity, at 5 ft. from the ground (all 
records were made on the north shore of the 
lakes) and secondly on regular observations** 
made by the coxswain of the Pt. Pelee Lifesaving 
Station in 1935 near the tip of Pt. Pelee. 


From the series of occasional observations made 
mainly during 1935 and 1936 at Pt. Pelee, on 
which the foregoing conclusion is based, it is 
impossible to report in detail more than four. 
First, consider the behaviour of monarchs when a 
moderate southerly wind was blowing, that is a 
wind apparently unfavourable to migration. 
Among the flights that occurred under these con- 
ditions were two in the mornings of September 
12 and 18, 1935, on each of which monarchs were 
leaving the tip of Pt. Pelee at the net rate of 27 
a minute, by this is meant that, for instance, on 
the second day, 375 went south and 15 went north 
in a count of 13 minutes. Next consider the 
behaviour when a northerly wind was blowing, 
that is a wind apparently favourable to migra- 
tion. Among the flights that occurred under these 
conditions were two, the first in the afternoon of 
September 13, 1935, when monarchs were again 
leaving the tip of Pt. Pelee at the net rate of 
20 a minute, 7.e., 337 south and 43 north in 15 


* The occasional observations made most care- 
fully on flights from the land out over the 
Great Lakes have been summarized as sup- 
plementary table, II, which may be obtained 
from the writer on request. 


** The records for 1935 of the number of mon- 
archs about the station, the number seen 
crossing the lake and the direction of their 
flight, together with observations on _ the 
meteorological conditions have been prepared 
as a supplementary table, III, which may be 
obtained from the writer on request. 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


127 


minutes, and the second in the morning of Sep- 
tember 15, 1935, when they were leaving the tip 
at the net rate of 43 a minute, 7.e., 867 south and 
434 north in 10 minutes. While monarchs left Pt. 
Pelee going south or southwest with either a head 
wind or a following wind, there was some differ- 
ence in the manner of their going under these 
two circumstances. With a head wind they pro- 
gressed more happily, travelling low with a high 
degree of unanimity. With a following wind 
the southerly movement was accomplished at 
a much greater height by butterflies drifting 
backwards and this movement was offset to some 
extent by a northerly movement which took place 
close to the water or the ground. 


Williams (1930) shows in his Figure 69, which 
summarizes a great many observations on the 
migration of butterflies, more flights with or 
against the wind than across it and he thinks this 
“a psychological error” of the observers. The 
observations just discussed on flight out over the 
Great Lakes, however, suggested to the writer 
that the monarch tends either to go out against 
the wind or else to be blown back by it so that 
the flight does indeed tend to be in the line of 


the wind. 


Twice at Pt Pelee the normal progression, with 
the advance of the day, in migration, as dis 
cussed in Section 7, seemed to be interrupted 
by a change of wind, when there occurred a great 
flight in the late afternoon. First, on September 
18, 1935, at 11.00 a.m. monarchs were leaving the 
spit at the net rate of 27 a minute, by 12.30 were 
leaving at the rate of 6 a minute, and normally 
on such a day would shortly have discontinued 
or reversed their flight; the lght southwest 
wind, which had _ previously prevailed, 
about 3.00 p.m., however, to the northeast and 
the flight was renewed at the net rate of 20 
minute. Second, on one day, September 22, 1935, 
the observing coxswain of the Lifesaving Station 
saw a flight out over the lake in the afternoon 
and he recorded that on that day a west wind 
of the morning changed to a north wind in the 


turned 


afternoon. 
9. DIFFERENCES IN MIGRATION OVER SHORE 
AND LAKE 
During the autumnal migration, monarchs 


seemed to hug the shore, but when they did pass 
out over the lake they plunged boldly to the 
south. This surprising difference was not notice- 
able at Pt. Pelee where the shore-line runs prac- 
tically north and south, 7.e., in a direction close 


to that of migration, so that the butterflies tended 


128 


to go down to the tip and straight out over Lake 
Erie. Pt. aux Pins, however, does not end sharply 
but, on the east side runs roughly north and 
south for some way and then curves back to the 
mainland; this topographical difference seems to 
of the monarchs, as 
witness several observations from which we have 


influence the behaviour 


chosen two for illustration, made where the shor? 
of Pt. aux Pins runs to the southwest. First, 
on August 26, 1934, with a southwest wind of 
about 8 miles an hour, all the morning, monarchs 
moved near the edge of the water within a few 
feet of the ground into the teeth of the wind. 
Continually, however, some drifted out over the 
water and once they were a little way from the 
shore their behaviour changed radically. In the 
first place, they gained height very rapidly and 
in the second place, they moved due south or 
even east of south. Second, at the same place 
on the morning of September 1, 1935, with a north 
wind of about 8 miles an hour, the most common 
movement at the water’s edge was slowly north- 
east at 2 to 7 ft. into the wind. Continually, some 
turned east over the lake and then shortly turned 
south. The monarchs almost all rose to at least 
40 ft. as soon as they went out over the water; 
such rising was most marked on days when 
there was a following wind. In both these cases, 
the movement over the shore was influenced by 
the wind and not in the same direction as that 
over the water, where the flight was consistently 


southerly. 
10. MuicratioN AND POPULATION LEVEL 


The observations of the present study suggested 
that migration of the monarch did not depend, 
as is supposed to be the case for locusts and 
some other animals, on the occurrence of a great 
population. Apparently, the first necessary con- 
dition for migration was not multiplication as 1s 
implied by Williams (1930: 326). Migration of 
the monarch appears to have been casually assoc- 
iated with abundance because the incidental 
nature of most of the observations made on 
migration has resulted in many notes cn the be- 
haviour when great numbers of the butterfly were 
Thus, there is a general tendency for 
writers, like Webster (1912) speaks of 
“bands” of monarchs moving across country and 
reappearing from place to place, to regard the 
monarch as migrating in groups, and to imply 
that groups are essential for migration. In the 
present study, the movement of coherent groups 
like flocks of birds was not seen the most that 
could be said was that when large numbers of 


present. 
who 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


monarchs were moving, say, along the shore, 
if one went by then several probably did so, 
and it could doubtlessly be shown statistically 
that their occurrence was not independent. Ap- 
parently the monarchs travelled individually 
down to the shore of the Great Lakes where 
they might fall into groups at places such as 
Pt. Pelee. 


Although, as is discussed in Section 4, monarchs 
were so scarce that few aggregations were ob- 
served in the years 1936 to 1939, the occurrence 
of groups was quite secondary to migration which 
still occurred and was carried on in a thin stream 
in the same way as by a dense one, as witness 
served in the years 1936 to 1939, the occurrence 
1938, great numbers still appeared in September 
and October at Pt. Pelee as reported* from the 
Lifesaving Station. Monarchs do not breed m 
great numbers at Pt. Pelee, indeed it was almost 
impossible to find in southwestern Ontario the 
immature stages of the monarch, even in places 
where the adults were numerous, copulation fre- 
quent and the food plant, Asclepras syriaca L., 
present for in the years 1935 to 1938, repeated and 
prolonged searches yielded only half a dozen 
larvae. Accordingly, the records at the Point 
indicate clearly a congregation by the lake and 
presumably indicate the occurrence of migration, 
in those years when monarchs were scarce. Second, 
in the same vein, generally during the autumn 
of the years 1936 to 1939, along the shore of 
Lake Erie between Pt. Pelee and Pt. aux Pins 
the monarchs appeared in some numbers, as dur- 
ing the last two weeks of September 1938, wheu 
they were seen every day there in scores, although 
not suffictently numerous to form clusters, and 
when the writer was impressed that there was a 
thin movement to the southwest. At the same 
time, one might drive 50 miles inland and see 
none. Third clear-cut evidence of migration 
during 1938 appeared when drowned monarchs 
were washed up on Pt. aux Pins on October 13; 
there were 4 or 5 monarchs to 100 ft. of beach. 


11. SUMMARY 


Records made during the years 1934 to 1940 on 
the appearance, migration flights, aggregations 
and disappearance of the monarch butterfly, 
Danaus archippus Fab., have been summarized. 
The entire population in the autumn was fresh 


* The records of the number of monarchs seen 
about the station have been prepared as a 
supplementary table, IV, which may be ob- 
tained from the writer on request. 


November, 1941] 


and sexually immature; a similar condition has 
been observed in some other butterflies which 
migrate. The monarch is subject to a peculiar 
torpidity, apparently resulting from exhaustion, 
during migration. This butterfly, like others, 
tends to reverse the direction of its migration 
towards the end of the day. The migration over 
water differed from that over land, in particular, 
it was bolder. It was impossible to decide whether 
these butterflies aggregated, as they did, mainly 
by the Great Lakes because their movement was 
barred or because they were attracted there. <A 
marked feature of the flight over the lakes was 
the tendency of the monarch to move, contrary 
to the general assumption, into the wind when 
migrating. The migration occurred independ- 
ently of any pressure of population. 


12. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


The present study was suggested to the writer 
by Dr. C. B. Williams who made further sugges- 
tions as the work progressed. Especial acknowl- 
edgements are due Mr. H. G. James of the Dom- 
inion Parasite Laboratory at Belleville, to whom 
many records in that region are due. Dr. C. C. 
Bell and the late Mr. J. H. Smith of Chatham, 
Ontario, contributed many observations. Con- 
tinuous and valuable observations have been re- 
ported by the staff, Dr. G. M. Stirrett and Messrs. 
D. A. Arnott, W. E. Lindsay, H. B. Wressell, A. 
A. Wood and G. E. Coppel of the Dominion 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


129 


Entomological Laboratory at Chatham. Valuable 
records were made in 1935 by Mr. W. A. Grubb, 
coxswain of the Pt. Pelee Lifesaving Station and 
extremely valuable records by his successor, Mr. 
EK. J. Balkwell in the years 1936 to 1938. Simil- 
arly, Mr. William Moore, keeper of the Southey 
Shoals Lighthouse kindly took records. Messrs. 
R. W. Sheppard, C. B. Hutchings, R. P. Gorham, 
G. H. Hammond, S. D. Hicks, G. Wishart, I. E. 
Thomas, A. Wilkes, and J. M. Barclay of the 
Dominion Department of Agriculture and also 
Rev. H. Millar, Prof. R. W. Thompson, Dr. H. 
B. Hiteheock and Messrs. J. Foy, FE. W. Beck, 
C. M. Anderson, G. L. Nutt and C. H. Hand 
have contributed observations. 


13. REFERENCES 


Britton, W. E., 1935. Great abundance of the 
monarch butterfly. 34th Rpt. Conn. State 
Entomologist: 251-252. 


Scuppmer, 8S. H., 1889. The butterflies of the 
United States and Canada. Vol. 1 and 3, W. 
H. Wheeler, Cambridge, Mass. 


Wesster, F. M., 1912. The migration of Anosia 
plexippus. Can. Ent. 44: 366-367. 


WiuuiAmMs, C. B., 1930. The migration of butter- 
flies. Olver and Boyd, London, xi + 473. 


Wiuiams, C. B.; 1938. Recent progress in the 
study of some North American migrant but- 
terflies. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31: 211-239. 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


THE Turkey VULTURE IN NEw BruNnswick.— 
The Turkey Vulture (Carthartes aura) has been 
considered an accidental visitor to New Brunswick 
since it was recorded only eight times before 
1900, the earliest record being in 1875. So far 
as I know there have been no records published 
of its occurrence in the Province since 1900, so 
I believe it worth while to give two more recent 
records. 


Four turkey vultures were seen flying over 
Scotch Lake, York County, New Brunswick, on 
May 3, 1924, by W. H. Moore, and reported to 
the Biological Survey, Washington, D.C., with 
his detailed migration records. 


An adult turkey vulture was caught in a pole 
trap on June 16, 1940, near Allendale, York 
County, New Brunswick, by Robert Low. Being 


unfamiliar with the bird he showed it to John 
Neil who took it to the Normal School in 
Fredericton, New Brunswick, for identification. 
The bird was added to the study skin collection 
of this school, where I was enabled to confirm 
the identification on June 21, 1940—Harowp S. 
PETERS. 


AMERICAN ROUGH-LEGGED HAWK, A VICTIM OF 
Irs prey.—I have just examined five marsh shrews 
taken from crop of an American Rough- 
legged Hawk. These had evidently caused the 
death of the hawk by eating through the crop 
and eutting blood vessels that lead to the bleeding 
Tom Johnston, a young taxidermist, 


the 


to death. 
found this hawk bleeding to death on the highway 


130 


near Oak Point, Manitoba, and as it was still 
warm, he opened it at once and found the five 
marsh shrews, one or more of which must have 
been alive to have eaten through the crop and 
the blood vessel’, and evidently caused the 
death of the hawk. This is a new role of the 
shrew, as very few birds or animals will touch 
them, but evidently the young American hawk 
did not make distinction between shrews and 
mice and bolted five before realizing the difference. 
The fact that it was a young hawk may help 
explain, for cats invariably leave shrews on the 
back door step, and most of the specimens sent 
in have been left this way. It would be interest- 
ing to know how often young hawks make this 
mistake. The taming of the shrew is too much 
for them.—V. W. Jackson. 


RAIN oF DUCKS AT FoAM LAKE, SASKATCHEWAN .— 
I am indebted to Dr. Chant of Foam Lake, 
Saskatchewan, for a description of a remarkable 
“fall of ducks” that took place there on the night 
of November 5th, 1940. Residents of Foam Lake 
were disturbed by a strange noise that could be 
heard plainly in the houses. When they rushed 
out they found that the noise was caused by a 
great migration of birds, and some had the un- 
pleasant experience of receiving a Butterball duck 


right on the head. The night was very foggy 


THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


and nothing could be seen of the birds passing 
overhead, but hundreds of them were dropping 
out of the sky, some with badly damaged wings. 
Others had their heads almost severed from their 
bodies, no doubt from contact with telephone 
wires or other obstacles, while others were un- 
injured. 


The flight lasted from 9.30 p.m. to 2.00 a.m., 
and it is estimated that four or five hundred 
ducks were picked up. All were Buffleheads 
(Charitonetta albeola). Birds were picked up at 
Elfros, 18 miles west, and Sheo, 18 miles east of 
Foam Lake. Dr. Chant states that some of the 
birds were kept for a few days but they could 
not or would not take flight again. The original 
flight was from north-west to south-east. 


The following additional facts, ascertained from 
Dr. Chant, are of interest: There was a heavy 
fog on the night in question, but there was no 
snow on the ground. There were no authentic 
observations of ice on the plumage of the birds 
forced down. Ducks examined were exceedingly 
fat. Both male and female birds were seen, and 
although there is no evidence that the whole 
flight was made up of Buffleheads they were the 
only species to come down. The birds were 
apparently weakened by a long flight and con- 
fused by the town lights. Two birds were reieased 
on water the next morning, but would not take 
off —H. S. Swa.Liow. 


Afliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dk. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.C., President: Mr. P. H. 
_ STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M. SPRECHLY, M.D., V.W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W. Lows, G.SHIRLEY BROOKS, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELyYe Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
KosER, A. H. SHorTT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H. J. PECK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 


Hzecutive Secretary: R.S. Evans; Social Convenor: Mrs. 
H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWOOD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoPrER R. SUTTON 
Microscopy woe 

oology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 
Botany C. W. Lowe, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanical M.G. DuDLEY, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KuIink, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: PRor. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCER, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Seeretary: Mrs. F. MORGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A, A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Exeeutive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. CLARK, Mr. F.W FARLEY, Mr. K. Racsy, Mr. P.L. Tait, 
Dr. E. N. Drizr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. Wu.LiaMs, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Mr. A. R. WoortTon, Ornithology: Mr. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘Not Filled’ Photography: 
Mr. Paitie Timms, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Por, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; PRor. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops. 

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building, University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 
SOCIETY 

President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 

ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 

Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 

Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street. 
President: DR. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: WM. Lott. 320 Colborne Street. 

Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH? 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PRor- 
V. C. WYNNE-Epwarps, 495 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4- 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. TERRILL, Miss RuTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLBEY: 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 

Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTmER, J. 
A. DECARIE, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Miss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. JAcKSoN, E. L. JUDAH, MIss 
LovuIsE Murpuy, Miss M.S. Nicotson, G. G. OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAupD SEATH, Mrs L. MclI. TERRILL. 


Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 


REDPATH MusruM BIRD Room, 
McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: SON EXCELLENCE LE TRES HONORABLE 
CoMTE D’ATHLONE, K.G, Gouverneur-General du Canada 
Vice-Patron Honoratre: Mason GENERAL SIR EUGENE 
Fiset, Kpe., C,M.G., D.S.0O, M.D.,  Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 
pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRic G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dk. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 
de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. DERY; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENR, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTH, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES Dumas, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Seerétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVB RATT 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Vice-President: T F. McIL- 
WRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss EDNA BOISSONNEAU, 100 
Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: Mrs. L. E. JAquITH, 
Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, Dr. F. P. IpkE, F. C. 
Hurst; Council— Miss GRACE ANDERSON, W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
G. S. BELL, MIss WINNIFRED CHUTE, BROTHER DENIS, DR. 
Norma ForD, Miss FrREYA HAHN, PAUL HAHN, H. M. 
HALLIDAY, Dr. L. BE. JAQuITH, Miss Mary Kirkwoop, J. 
LEHMANN, Miss GRACE MALKIN, L. T. OWEN, STUART 
THOMPSON, SPRAGUH TROYER, Miss MARION WILDBR. 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and occasionally during other seasons. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can make it truly one of the lead- 


‘ 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


For information concerning purchase of the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 

wealth of information concerning Canadian 

Natural History and Exploration. The author 

was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E, M. KINDLE 


Special profusely illustrated number of The 
**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 
FOR SALE:— Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S Field-Naturalist for the year 1941. 
PUBLICATIONS Name a aa saga toler a 
1879-1940 Address le pemieerepe 
City, Prov. or State ete eer oe ea 
FORM I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 
OF 
OF fi ny ct NE Cg irra eee ee —0 Dollars 
BEQUEST 
Date 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


25 50 100 200 300 
Lipage sais: $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00 
p AS api ete kate Os cas ogee eae 3.00) 3.25) $8.75) 4.00) 4.25 
betes Aenea IER tee 3.50} 3.75} 4.00) 4.25) 4.650 
Ae Ce eisai ae cee 8.50} $.75} 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Bee. eco ncee 4.50} 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 5.50 
6D ee See 4.50) 4.75) 6.00) 6.25) 5.50 
y A tr, Wei ea 6.00} 6.25) 6.50! 6.75) 7.00 
ea NR UE er ear eee 6.00} 6.25) 6.50; 6.75) 7.00 
Qe Re Sat: eee 7.50) 8.00) 8.75; 10.25) 11.765 
jC ee peg a ne eR 7.50} 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 3.00 ae00 8.00} 4.00) 6.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


circumstances should be stated. Any familiar 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


The Barnes Museum at Lacon, 
Ill., U.S.A. offers in exchange for 


stmilar spectmens: 


Mounted specimens and eggs of North 
American Birds. 


Spread specimens of North American 
Moths and Butterflies ( over 200 varie- 
ties.) 


All specimens are accurately scientifically 
classified and accompanied by reliable data. 
We hold State and Federal collecting and ex- 
change permits. Send alist of what you have 


and what you need. 
R. M. Barnes, Lacon, Illinois. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers 


oe of Compa,>> 


on Zoology 


"2 


VOL. LV, No. 9 JAN 20 1942 DECEMBER, 1941 


aS 


alos 
—= QS Ses 
FAP MOSM RS 


ISSUED JANUARY 15th, 1942 
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter 


THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB 


jpatrons: 
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS 
THE PRINCESS ALICE 


President: H. G. CRAWFORD 


1st Viee-President: DOUGLAS LEECHMAN 2nd Vice Presidente Rev. F. E. BANIM 
Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, Secretary: C. R. LOUNSBURY, 
582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park 62 Second Ave., Ottawa 


Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALCocK, R. M. ANDERSON, HENRY Bowers, A. W. A. BRowN, 
Co CLARKE, Miss M. EB. CowaAN, R. E. DELURY, H.Gron, J. W. GRovsES, G. H. 
HAMMOND, C. C. HEIMBURGER, C. E. JoHNSON, W. H. LANCELEY, A. LAROCQUE, HARRISON F. 
LEWIS, HoyEs LuLoyp, A. E. PorsiILtp, H. A. SENN, C. M. STERNBERG, P. A. TAVERNER, 
MALCOLM M. THOMPSON, E. F. G. WHITE, M. E. WILSON. 


Auditors: W. H. LANCELEY and HARRISON F. LEWIS 


Editor: 


A. W. A. Brown, 
Science Service, 
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa 


Associate Editors: 


DI ENNESS yan saci cone Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH................Herpetology 
ds, “ADAMS 400)... ates Asea Lee eee ae a Botany _ _R..M. ANDERSON. .5 5.0. ees 0-02. . Mammalogy 
A. LAROCQUB).-.. 3603 28: ......Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN. ......-3. 05. Manne Biology 
ARTHUR GIBSON.................Eintomology PA TAVERNER ieee. Gets eee Ornithology 
Bd VATCOCK Aire ire ea pepe nae Geology W. A. BELL. .:...; ES ae ee Palzontology 
aR DIM OND Hae ies ey aan nite, Ichthyology 
CONTENTS PAGE 
Frank Thomas Shutt, 1859 - 1940. IBY MEW is ic) oY cake ee rc aa, acca Sk Se, It Sy ee 131 
Notes on Homing and Hibernation in Epiesicus fuscus. By Keith Reynolds? = iain. 132 
The Monarch Butterfly, Danaus archippus Fab. II. The Movement in Southern Ontario. 
Vx GrOOLeyen He alll. oh ye ensaeh tee Ue IS. So Nee NN Mle ks aN irate ol ee aa ae 133 
Notes and Observations:— 
The Mountain Plover in Western Canada. By 1s Dewey ewer ane oka pea ened ies 
Red-Breasted Merganser Breeding on Lake Nipissing. By. W. E. Ricker & C. H. D. 
Glan Kees i Bite Te a IN Ta ERAS Us ect ae UOT ROL Re Ut onic) 6 Oe 137 
A Chipmunk pursues a Snake. By is G2 ePalliser) Sieve) ere ayaa 0s ene ae 138 
aA vatiwake Gull (Rissa tridactyla) Banded near Murmansk U.SS.R. By Hoyes.. bs 
YSERA ett War te A Ser AI bl ek eer I cv an aN oa A 8 
Mourning Dove in Saguenay County, Quebec. By T.S. Hennessy................ 1388 
Nesting Record of the Upland Plover in the Ottawa Region. By E. V. Goodwill. . 138 


Book Reviews:— 
Geographical Distribution of the Recent Mollusca of Newfoundland. By) JOM Wes 
Breeding Birds of the Region of Thunder Bay. IBV iPEAG Re ee atic ae etn Sea aaa 
Foliage Insects of Spruce in Canada. Bye Wet ic Gah pee ead willeetn ai Set 
Guide to the Fishes of the Great Lakes and Tributary Waters. Byte Dae 
A Faunal Investigation of Prince Edward County. a BAiap) oe OMeal hen) Oe meni A eRe R eae eal 
Ornithological Laboratory Notebook. DB Aig Crate Gt D J GAC maar Nat Ale, TAR URL Sa 

Tndex sto! Violin eliiVi Gi ie hee OA ace LD tS Se ge 7) gC TRG MCD es Uae a ee 


= The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued since :# 
#1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, two i 
= volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes: and these have been i: 
ce continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is issued 3: 
= monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication of the i 
## results of original research in all departments of Natural History. H 


Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each 


The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to 
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader 
who is truly interested in the wild life of out country to help this magazine to its rightful place among 
the leading Natural History publications in America. 


Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to 


WILMOT LLOYD, 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club 
582 Mariposa Ave., 
Rockliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA 


oe < 


ee 


SS 


The Canadian Field-Naturalist 
OL iy OTTAWA, CANADA, DECEMBER, 1941 Zane A EOM Ir. No. 9 


Zoology Me 


JS 343 


le S53 


It is over fifty years ago that Dr. Shutt (called 
in those days Professor Shutt from having been a 
member of the staff of Toronto University) be- 
came a member of the Field-Naturalists’ Club. 
I remember him as a familiar figure at the Club 
outings in a group of distinguished men: Dr. R. 
W. Ells, Dr. Ami, R. B. Whyte, Andrew Halkett, 
Dr. J. Fletcher, W. D. LeSueur, the Macouns— 
father and son, and others. “All, all are gone, 
the old familiar faces.” On many walks with Dr. 
Shutt im his later years I remarked the traces of 
his association with the Field-Naturalists’ Club 
in his fondness for giving the botanical name to 
common wild flowers and grasses. 


Dr. Shutt was more than a nominal member 
of the Club. He participated in its activities, 
served on its committees, went through its offices, 
and for two years was president, 1895-1897. More- 
over he contributed many articles to the Field- 
Naturalist, particularly in the nineties, one among 
them being particularly appropriate to club out- 
ings, “On the Poison of Poison Ivy”. 


Dr. Shutt was born in London, England. While 
he was still a small boy his father came with his 
family to Canada and settled at Toronto. There 
the young man studied chemistry under the late 
Dr. Ellis and graduated B.A. with honours at 
Toronto University. In 1887 he was appointed 
chemist to the newly-established Experimental 
Farm. Here for forty-six years he rendered 
distinguished service to scientific agriculture. 
Some branches of the subject to which he made 
notable contributions are nitrogen research in 
grass and hay production, the value of clovers 
and legumes for the upbuilding of soil fertility, 
and the general question of soil analysis and fer- 
tilizers. Moreover he rendered important as- 
sistance to plant and grain researchers by estab- 
lishing through chemical analysis standards of 


JAN 20 1942 


FRANK THOMAS SHUTT 


1940 


value. His reports on these and other results are 
models of lucidity and good English. 

The value of his work did not go without 
recognition. In 1912 he was appointed Assistant 
Director of the Dominion Experimental Farms. 
Two years later his Alma Mater conferred on him 
the degree of D.Sc. honoris causa. The Royal 
Society of Canada awarded him the Flavelle gold 
medal for his contributions to science. In 1929 
the American Society of Agronomy presented him 
with a valuable prize in recognition of the value 
of his researches to grazing and pasture manage- 
ment. In 1935 his name appeared in the Honours 
list as a Commander of the Order of the British 
Empire. 

Apart from his professional duties Dr. Shutt’s 
life was enriched by a number of keen interests. 
From his youth he loved music, and as a young 
man he made considerable progress in studying 
the organ. In Ottawa he acted at different times 
as organist for Anglican churches, and over a 
quarter of a century ago took a prominent part 
in choral societies. In later years he derived 
much pleasure from good gramophone records as 
well as from the better broadcasts of music. For 
nearly fifty years he was a devotee of photo- 
graphy and a skilled and artistic worker. Some 
of his pictures, especially in the more difficult 
printing processes, were of a very high order. He 
was a leading member of the old Art Photo- 
graphic Club (of Ottawa), and his offerings at 
its annual exhibition were always notable. To 
the end of his life he retained his enthusiasm 
for photography, and a new type of camera or 
an exhibition of prints was sure to attract him. 

He was a faithful member of the Church of 
England, a high churchman‘ in so far as he liked 
the service with full ritual and laid stress on ap- 
Refined and even fastidious in 
with a delightful old- 


propriate music. 


his tastes, and graced 


132 


fashioned courtesy, he has been missed as one 
of the best types of the fast disappearing class, 
gentlemen of the old school—W.S. 


Papers under the following titles were published 
by Dr. F. T. Shutt in the official organ of the 
Ottawa Field-Naturalists Club. 
1891—The chemistry of food. Ottawa Field-Na- 
turalist, 5: 143-160. 

1893—Notes on_six lectures delivered by Robt. 
W arington, F.R.S., on the agricultural investi- 
gations at Rothamsted, England. 6: 89-96. 

1893—The air of our houses. 7: 24-32. 

1893—Chemical analysis of Manitoba soil. 7: 94- 
96. 

The relation of the atmosphere to agri- 
culture. 9: 12-14. 

1896—-Hermann Hellriegel. 10: 16. 

1896—Chemical work in Canadian agriculture. 10: 
29-43. 

1896—Soil inoculation by nitrogen. 10: 


1895 


136-188. 


THe Canapian freitp-NatURALIsT 


(VoL. LV 


1897—On the composition of Canadian virgin soils 
(abstract). 11: 102-103. 

5 ae late Professor Georges Ville. 11: 26- 
PAC 

1897—The poison of poison ivy. 11: 106-108. 

18298—Liquid hydrogen. 12: 85-86. 

1899—The water of the Illecilliwaet Glacier. 12: 
226-228. 


1897 


~ 1900—Soils and the maintenance of their fertility 


through the growth of legumes. 14: 37-48, 
57-69. 

1904— Note on the food value of certain mush- 
rooms. 18: 87-88. 

1904—Nature study and the camera. 18: 161-164. 

1905—On the food value of certain mushrooms. 
19: 43-47. 

1907—Rain and snow. 21: 169-175. 

1911—The fertilizing value of rain and snow. 25: 
99-100. 

1911—Drinking water and health. 25: 
175-181. 

1933—Wm. T. Macoun—An appreciation. Cana- 
dian Field-Naturalist. 67: 161-162. 

1°35—Alfred G. Kingston. 69: 63. 


168-171, 


NOTES ON HOMING AND HIBERNATION IN Eptesicus fuscus 
By KEITH REYNOLDS 


N THE COURSE of banding bats as an 
aid in studying their habits an op- 
¥ portunity of determining whether young 
y bats can find their way back to the 
roost if liberated at some distance presented it- 
self during the summer of 1940. 


In a colony of Big Brown Bats, Eptesicus f. 
fuscus, located in the attic of a farmhouse one 


mile north of Delaware, Middlesex County, Ont- 
arlo, 98 bats were captured on August 7. As each 
was banded its age and sex were recorded. The 
adults and bats of questionable age were placed 
in cages separate from the young of the year. 
The 63 young bats (386 males and 27 females) 
were liberated at the University of Western 
Ontario, London, at 11.00 p.m., August 7, 10.2 
miles from the point of capture. In order to 
eliminate the possibility that these young bats 
would be able to follow some of the adults back 
to the roost, the adults were not liberated until 
2.00 pm. on August 8, at a point 1.2 miles from 
the University. 

On the afternoon of August 15 the colony was 
again visited and two of the young (both males) 
were retaken, together with 8 of the adult females 
and 28 unbanded bats. On this occasion many of 
the bats present in the colony were in places 
inaccessible to the collectors. 

Since the two males retaken were young of the 
year, it seems improbable that they had already 
familiarized themselves with the territory where 


they were released. The results suggest that young 
male bats of this species possess the ability to 
home, for short distances at least, unaccompanied 
by adults. The ability of young bats to home 
when released with adults has been reported for 
the Little Brown Bat, Myotis 1. lucifugus, by 
Hitchcock and Reynolds (1941). 

The recovery on January 22, 1941 of one of the 
adult female bats in the cellar of a building at 
Mt. Brydges—only 3.5 miles from the summer 
roost—is in agreement with evidence obtaimed 
by others that this species does not make long 
migrations. Griffin (1940, p. 238) reports the 
summer recovery of an Hptesicus in Connecticut 
10 miles from the cave in which it was found 
hibernating. Hitcheock (unpublished) reports the 
winter recovery of a bat of this species in Con- 
necticut about 10 miles from the summer colony 
where it had been banded. In southern Ontario 
Eptesicus is often found during the winter in 
private homes, churches, and other buildings af- 
fording protection from extremely low tempera- 
tures. 


REFERENCES 

Grirrin, D. R., Migrations of New England Bats, 
Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
vol. 86, no. 6, pp. 217-246, 1940. 

Hircucock, H. B. and Reynotps, K., Homing 
Experiments with the Little Brown Bat, 
Myotis 1. lucifugus, Journal of Mammalogy, 
vol. 23, no. 3, August, 1942. 


December, 1941] 


THE CANADIAN FreLD-NATURALIST ° 133 


THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY, Danaus archippus Fab. I]. THE MOVEMENT 
IN SOUTHERN ONTARIO « 


By GEOFFREY BEALL 
Dominion Entomological Laboratory, Chatham, Ontario 


1. INTRODUCTORY 


HE WRITER, Beall (1941), has dealt 
with general observations on the migra- 
tion of the monarch butterfly, Danaus 
archippus Fab., made, from August 1934 
to the end of 1940, in southern Ontario. The 
present discussion is based on the same observa- 
tions, but is restricted to notes made on the 
direction of the flight of monarchs. This material 
was studied from two points of view, first, of 
detecting migration and, second, of observing the 
effect of wind upon flight. 


2. MoveEMENT oN A Day or Manirest Micration 

When the monarch is abundant the migration in 
autumn becomes manifest, first, in spectacular 
flights near the Great Lakes and, second, in a 
steady stream of butterflies across the country 
generally; we propose to present an illustration 
of the count made at such a time on the second 
aspect as an illustration of the phenomenon and 
as an illustration of a type of analysis which 
we have used extensively. The monarch was, as 


has been discussed by Beall (1941), abundant in 


1934 and September 13 was a day of the type 
under discussion. Many monarchs were seen dur- 
ing a 2-hour drive about the farming country 
remote from the lakes and of these the direction 
of the flight of 40 was decided to the satisfaction 
of the observer. The 40 observations are sum- 
marized in Figure 1, where the number of mon- 
archs seen flying in a given direction is indicated 
by the length of a radial line and the 8 major 
points of the compass are represented in the con- 
ventional way. The direction of the wind is 
indicated by an arrow. The scale is indicated 
by the line which represents 5 monarchs flying 
to the southwest. Presumably, the behaviour on 


this day would be termed by our standard work, 
that of Williams (1930), unidirectional flight to 
the south, which was not deflected by a moderate 
west wind blowing at the time. 

In the case of the observations presented in 
Figure 1, there can be no doubt of the trend of 
flight, but often the movement is not so clear- 
cut and it is desirable to determine the trend 
in some objective way. Such a determination 
may be made, as the net movement, if the num- 


* Contribution No. 2113, Division of Entomology, 
Science Service, Department of Agriculture, 
Ottawa, Canada. 


ber of monarchs given with reference to the 8 
major points of the compass be regarded as 8 
vector quantities, by the summation of vectors, 
v.e., by the determination of the resultant. Thus 
on September 13, the count was as follows: 2 N, 
2 NW, 5 SW, 19 S, 7 SE, 3 E and 2 NE; the 
resultant or net movement was 25.9 a little East 
of South. Since, however, the total number of 


Figure 1. A summarization of the direction of 
the flight of monarchs on September 13, 1934. 


monarchs moving in all directions must influence 
the number involved in the net movement, there 
may be calculated what we shall term the re- 
lative net movement, 7.e., the ratio of the num- 
ber of monarchs in the net movement to the 
total number of monarchs. For instance, the 
total number of monarchs involved in the rose 
of September 13 was 40, the magnitude of the 
net movement was 25.9, hence the net relative 
movement during the period was .65, a little 
east of south. 


3. THe TREND or THE MoveMent or Monarcus 
OVERLAND 

On very few days were monarchs seen, away 
from the Great Lakes, in the numbers discussed 
in section 2, but from the pooling of many 
smaller observations, a considerable body of data 
has been assembled. The direction of flight of 
some 2000 monarchs were so reported in observa- 
tions, most of which dealt with a single monarch 
and only two dealt with a flight so great as that 
concerned in Figure 1, during the years 1935 to 
1940 by 


entomologists in the service of the 


134 Tue CaNnapian Frevp-NAtTuraAList 


Dominion Department of Agriculture. Most of 
these records were made in Kent county, Ontario, 
and all were made in southern Ontario between 
Windsor and Belleville. From these records, some 
700 on the movement of monarchs judged to be 
flying steadily in some direction in the open, 
through town or over fields and roads but not 
in glades or on the lakeshore were selected to see 
if any trend of flight could be detected. The 
records for the season were broken into parts for 


[Von. LN: 


which the trend of flight might be anticipated 
to be fairly homogeneous. The divisions chosen 
beforehand were: (1) from the beginning of the 
season until the end of June, (2) July and the 
first 10 days of August, (3) the two weeks pre- 
ceding the appearance of aggregations at the 
Great Lakes on about August 24, (4) the 2 weeks 
succeeding August 24, and then (5) the re- 
mainder of the season. For each of these periods, 
in 1935, in the 4 sueceeding lean years pooled 


TaBLeE 1. A SUMMARIZATION OF THE Direction OF F'LiGHt Or Monarcus OvertAND IN THE YEARS 
1935 to 1940 


Direction Till July; 1 ANueR, == Aug. 25— After 
June 30 Aug. 10 Aug. 24 Sept. 7 Sept. 7 
1935 
E 0 11 3 3 3 
NE 1 10 3 1 4 
N 3 22 7 12 8 
NW 1 10 5 0 14 
W 8 24 3 6 9 
SW 0 4 i, 2 2 
S 2 14 25 24 3 
SE 0 6 7 10 10 
Net direction WNW NW 8 S NW 
1936-1939 (inclusive) 
E 2 4 5 5 
NE 1 3 0 5 0 
N if 9 3 1 il 
NW 2 6 1 0 1 
W 5 15 4 5 5 
SW 5 1 2 0 3 
S 1 6 a 5 11 
SE 2 8 1 6 1 
Net direction WNW WNW SW ESE 5 
1940 
E 0 3 7 2 8 
NE 0 2 2 0 1 
N 0 6 2 0 32 
NW i 1 1 0 11 
WwW 0 7 5 4 67 
Sw 0 2 1 2 18 
S 0 3 2 11 86 
SE 0 1 0 0 10 
Net direction NW NW NE SSW SW 
All Years 

Net direction WNW NW SSW SSE SW 
Net magnitude 15.8 31.8 30.7 Boe 107.1 
Relative net 39 18 29 36 4 
magnitude 


December, 1941] 


and in 1940, the number of monarchs flying in 
each of the 8 major directions is given in Table 
1. For each subdivision of the data the net 
direction of the net movement is indicated to 
the nearest of the 16 major points of the com- 
pass. For each period over all 6 years, the net 
magnitude of the net movement, the net direc- 
tion and the relative net magnitude of the re- 
lative net movement are shown. In figure 2, the 
relative net movement for each period over all 
years has been presented diagrammatically. The 
scale is indicated by the relative net magnitude, 
34, of the last period; the directions are taken 
for granted in the conventional way. 

Since, as is discussed in the appendix, the re- 
lative net magnitudes shown in Table 1 and 
Figure 2 are probably statistically significant, some 
confidence can be placed in the significance of 
the net direction. 


ae KC -24Vill -71X BIx- 
-30VI -1OVIII “3+ 
Figure 2. The relative net movement of the 


monarch butterfly during 5 periods over the years, 
1935 to 1940. 


From the relative net movement shown in 
Figure 2, northerly flight predominated during the 
first 2 periods (until August 10) and southerly 
during the last 3 periods. These data provide 
clear evidence of a northerly flight, in the early 
season, which is carried out by small numbers of 
scattered butterflies; such evidence has been gen- 
erally lacking, although Williams (1938) has pre- 
sented some observations on the point. It had 
not been anticipated, as appears to be the case, 
that the relative net magnitude of the -northerly 
effect would be as marked during June as the 
obvious, on account of the numbers involved, 
southerly effect in the autumn. The southerly 
movement during the third period (August 11 to 
August 24) was likewise not obvious to casual 
observation, and was not anticipated. There 
appeared also an unexpected general tendency to 
move to the west, which tendency was particular- 
ly marked in the spring. It would be useful if 
the biological significance of this tendency could 
be traced by similar observations in adjacent 
regions. The unanimity of these movements may 
be gauged by noting that although the relative 
net magnitude was probably significant, the larg- 
est value was .39 in contrast to the value of .65 
previously found for the movement of September 
13, 1934, as pictured in Figure 1. 


Tur CaNnapian Frevp-NATurRALIST 


During 1937 and 1938, the keeper of 
the Southey Shoals Lighthouse, 7 miles off 
Pt. Pelee in Lake Erie, made observations on 


- 24 Vill -71X 


en. 


-10 Vill 


BIxX- 


-30 VI 


Figure 8. Summarization of the direction of the 
flight of monarchs by the Southey Shoals Light- 
house in 1987 and 1938. 


the direction of the flight of monarchs over the 
water. For these observations, broken into 
periods used in Table 1, the net effects were not 
found but the records are summarized in Figure 
3, with the conventions used in Figure 1. The 
scale is indicated by the line representing 5 
monarchs flying southeast. The data of Figure 
3 indicate, like those of Figure 2, a tendency to 
fly to the north during the first two periods and 
to the south in the subsequent periods. 


4. THe RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN WINp AND THE 
Direction Or MoveMeEentT 


From the observations summarized in Table 1 
and other observations in the vicinity of the 
Great Lakes, those in which the direction of the 
wind had been noted, were studied further in 
order to see how the movement of the monarchs 
was related to the direction of the wind. All 
the observations for movement over land were 
revolved, so that the wind always comes from 
one quarter as indicated by an arrow, and super- 
imposed to give Figure 4. The scale is indicated 


+0 


Figure 4. Summarization of the direction of the 
flight of monarchs with respect to the direction 
of the wind, overland, 19385-1938. 


136 


by the line which represents 40 monarchs flying 
with the wind. There is a slight preponderance 
of cases where the butterflies moved into the 
wind, but an equal and curious preponderance 
of cases in which they moved with their right 
wing into the wind. We are inclined to dismiss 
these effects by supposing them to be due to the 
coincidence of movement in the autumn pre- 
dominantly to the south or west and winds dur- 
ing that period predominantly from the west. 
Apparently there was no marked tendency for the 
monarchs to move either with or into the wind. 
Generally, the monarchs were not so passive as 
was suggested by Felt (1928 & 1938) who seems 
to have been of the opinion that insects gener- 
ally, including the monarch, are distributed large- 
ly im an involuntary fashion. The foregoing 
conclusion is further supported by the observa- 
tions of Beall (1941) on the flight of monarchs 


10 
SSS SS 
Figure 5. Summarization of the direction of the 


flight of monarchs with respect to the direction of 
the wind from data of the Southey Shoals Light- 
house, 1937 and 1938. 


out over Lake Erie, which was made most happily 
into the wind. 

The data. previously summarized in Figure 38, 
on the movement of monarchs over Lake Erie 
for the years, 1937 and 1938, at the Southey Shoals 
Lighthouse have been summarized in Figure 5, 
which is constructed on the same principles as 
Figure 4, with respect to the relationship of wind 
to the direction of flight. There is a suggestion 
that the monarchs moved before the wind; per- 
haps they did so on account of the high winds 
that occur over a lake, or on account of fatigue 
such as is discussed by Beall who shows that 
monarchs starting out over the lakes from the 
shore, flew either with or against the wind. 


5. SUMMARY 


By pooling records on flight collected over long 
periods there was found to be a definite northerly 
movement in the sprmg and a southerly move- 


Tuer CANADIAN Fietp-NATURALIST 


[VoL. LV 


ment which became pronounced in the late sum- 
mer. ‘These migrations were imperceptible to 
casual observation, on account of the small 
number of butterflies involved at any one time. 
Generally there appeared an unexpectedly west- 
erly trend in movement, which was particularly 
marked in the spring, and of which the biological 
meaning is obscure. The movement generally dur- 
ing the autumn did not appear to be so unanim- 
ously to the south as on a day of high migration. 
The monarchs moved either irrespective of the 
wind or into it when over land, but possibly with 
the wind when well over Lake Erie. 


6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


The present study was suggested to the writer 
by Dr. C. B. Williams. Especial acknowledge- 
ments are due Mr. H. G. James of the Dominion 
Parasite Laboratory at Belleville, Ontario, to 
whom many records in that region are due. Con- 
tinuous and valuable observations have been 
reported by the staff, Dr. G. M. Stirrett and 
Messrs. D. A. Arnott, Wi. . limdsay He 3B: 
Wressell, A. A. Wood and G. E. Coppel of the 
Dominion Entomological Laboratory at Chat- 
ham. Valuable records were made by Mr. 
William More, keeper of the Southey Shoals 
Lighthouse. Messrs. R. W. Sheppard, 8. D. Hicks, 
J. Foy, Dr. C. C. Bell and the late J. H. Smith 
also contributed observations. Messrs. G. A. Me- 
Cubbin and R. D. Mess most kindly did the 
photographic work for the illustrations of this 
paper. 


7. REFERENCES 


The monarch butterfly, Danaus 
archippus Fab. I. General observations in 
southern Ontario. Can. Field-Nat. 55: 123-9. 

Feit, E. P. 1928. Dispersal of insects by air cur- 
rents. N.Y. State Museum Bul. 274: 59-129. 

Feit, E. P. 1938. Wind drift and dissemination 
of insects. Can. Ent. 70: 221-224. 

WiuuiaMs, C. B. 1930. The migration of butter- 
flies. Oliver & Boyd, London. xi+473. 

WiuuiaMs, C. B. 1938. Recent progress in the 


BEALL, G. 1941. 


study of some North American migrant 
butterflies. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 31: 211- 
239. 


APPENDIX 


It may be objected that the relative net move- 
ments shown in Figure 2 are possibly only random 
effects and we must admit that we do not know 
the chance distribution of such quantities. We 
can, however, find some indications of the be- 
haviour of these quantities by sampling from an 


artificial population. With this purpose in mind, 


December, 1941] . 


we made 40 random drawings of the 8 major 
points of the compass, to correspond to observa- 
tions on 40 butterflies moving randomly and 
calculated the net magnitude of their movement. 
Of 20 relative net magnitudes obtained in this 
way, the highest was 311. When the latter value 
is contrasted with the observation of .39 in the 
first period of Table 1, which was based on 41 
observations, we feel that result to have been 
probably significant. Calculating from random 
combinations of these 20 groups of 40 observa- 


THe CaNnaptan Frevp-Naturaist UB 


tions into 5 groups of 160, we found the highest 
relative net magnitude to be .088, which value 
should be contrasted with the results of the second 
period, z.e., a relative net movement of .18 based 
on 178 observations. From this comparison, it 
appears probable that the result of the second 
period was also significant. The significance of 
the results in the remaining 3 periods of Figure 
2 is hardly in doubt, since the numbers of mon- 
archs involved were greater than 40 and the re- 
lative net movement was of magnitude 3 or more. 


NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS 


THr Mountain Proven IN Western Canada — 
In June, 1939, I saw a solitary example of the 
Mountain Plover (Hupoda Montana) about two 
miles north of Bracken, Saskatchewan. This 
established the first record for Canada. It was 
considered unfortunate at the time that the bird 
could not be collected to give strength to an 
occurrence of this nature, but the record was 
nevertheless published in the Wilson Bulletin, 
Vol. 51, No. 3, p. 184, 1939, and in the Canadian 
Resources Bulletin No. 121, July 29, 1939. 


It is now a pleasure to report that I have 
recently been able to substantiate the occurrence 
of the species in Western Canada by collecting 
two male specimens (No’s 4404 and 4405)—the 
first for the Dominion, as it is also the initial 
record for Alberta. They were taken on June 
22, 1941, on the shortgrass plains in Section 33, 
Township 1, Range 3, West of the Fourth Meri 
dian, about six miles north-northeast of Whild- 
horse, Alberta; this point is approximately five 
miles north of the International Boundary. Four 
of these plovers, in all, were seen in company. 
In consideration of the date, it seems practically 
certain that they were nesting at this place. A 
search was made for nests and eggs, or young, but 
without result. Behaviour of the birds 
ticularly indicated breeding as they were quite 
agitated and, with excited calls, flew away in 
various directions when followed, only to in- 
variably return to the point where first observed. 


par- 


In general character the locahty partakes of 
both the semi-arid Transition and Upper Sonor-n 
Zones. The terrain is flat to gently rolling with 
an average elevation of about 3,000 feet above 
sea-level; it forms part of the high plains between 
Milk River and Lodge Creek on the Missouri 
drainage. Grass is short and inter- 
spersed with small, naked areas of clay having 
Typical vegetation 


sparse, 


an arid, desolate appearance. 


includes sagebrush (Artemisia), greasewood (Sar- 
cobatus), the two eacti, Opuntia and Mamillaria, 
and occasional low thickets of wild rose (Rosa) 
and snowberry (Symphoricarpos). In such an en- 
vironment, Mountain Plovers are readily detect- 
ed at a distance when their white breasts are 
turned toward the observer, but when reversed, 
blend remarkably well with the brown grasses 
and earth tints of the Great Plains—J. Drewry 
Sorer. 


RED-BREASTED MERGANSER BREEDING ON LAKE 
Nipisstnc.—A downy young merganser in the 
collection of the Royal Ontario Museum of 
Zoology, taken by A. L. Tester on Goose Island, 
Lake Nipissing, on July 12, 1930, and recorded 
by us (1) as Mergus merganser, the Common 
Merganser, has been discovered to be a Red- 
breasted Merganser, Mergus serrator. This dis- 
covery was made by Mr. T. M. Shortt, of the 
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology staff, in the 
course of a critical examination of young mer- 
gansers in the collection. Besides establishing 
M. serrator as a breeding bird on Lake Nipis- 
sing it also casts doubt on the identity of two 
nests observed on the Goose Islands in the pre- 
vious year. It also confirms an earlier record of 
Thompson (2). There still remains, however, a 
downy young M. merganser from Sandy Island as 
recorded by us and we are convinced from num- 


erous observations that this species far out- 
numbers serrator as a breeding bird on Lake 
Nipissing. 


As neither of us has ever examined the speci- 
mens in question we are indebted to the Royal 


(1) Ricker, W. E., and Clarke, C. H. D.—1939— 


The birds of the vicinity of Lake Nipissing, 
Ontario; Contributions of the Royal Ont. Mus. of 
Zool: No. 6: 

(2) Thompson, Stuart L., 1922—The birds of 
North Bay, Ontario, and vicinity in 1904. Can. 


Field-Nat. 36: 161-168. 


138 THE CANADIAN Fietp-NaturaList 


Ontario Museum of Zoology and Mr. Shortt for 
permission to publish this record——-W. E. Ricker 
and ©. HD. Crarkn: 


A CHIPMUNK Pursugs A SnNake—The follow- 
ing observation was made on the Moon River 
about eight miles from Bala, Muskoka District, 
Ontario, during the second week of September, 
1940. 


I was on an old fallen tree trunk about six 
feet above a small strip of sandy beach untangling 
my fishing lne when I heard a rustlng and 
squeaking in the bushes. At the same time a 
garter snake (Thamnophis sirtalis) about twenty- 
four inches long came out on the beach which 
was about six feet wide. The snake made for 
the water at top speed and had almost reached 
it when a chipmunk (Tamuas striatus) came out 
of the bushes in hot pursuit and attempted to 
eatch the snake. The snake reached the water, 
however, and headed upstream about four or 
five feet from the shore. The chipmunk followed 
along the bank squealing and scolding at a great 
rate. After covering about 15 feet the snake 
headed out into the river. At this point the 
chipmunk spied me and scampered off into the 
bushes still uttering notes of defiance and ap- 


parent rage. 


MeArthur (Can. Field-Nat., vol 47, No. 4) has 
recorded a similar observation in which the chip- 
munk actually killed and ate the snake. In this 
case the snake escaped, but it was obviously afraid 
of the chipmunk and the latter seemed to be 
very determined in the pursuit of its quarry.— 
J. G. PALLISER. 


A Warrrwake Guru (Rissa tridactyla) BANbDED 
Near Murmansk, U.SS.R., Recoverep IN NeEw- 
FOUNDLAND—A Kittiwake Gull banded on July 
25, 1938, on the Island of Kharlov near the Mur- 
mansk sea coast, Barents Sea, U.S.S.R., by a 
worker of the Central Bureau for Bird Ringing, 
Moscow, was caught during the Autumn of 1939 
in Bonavista Harbour, Newfoundland. The band 
was marked “ M OS K W A 56871 E”. This is 
at least the third Kittiwake banded on the Is- 
land of Kharlov that has been recovered in New- 
foundland—Hoyrs Luoyp. 


[VoL. LV 


Mournine Dove In Saguenay County, QuEBEC. 
—On July 25, 1941, while staying at the summer 
home of Mr. Johnny Bourque, at the mouth of 
the Little Watshishu River, about 9 miles east 
of Baie Johan Beetz, Saguenay County, Quebec, 
on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
I observed a Mourning Dove (Zenaida macroura) 
feeding on the ground near the doorstep and fre- 
quenting the vicinity of the chicken-coop. The 
bird was observed for several minutes in strong 
hght at a distance of about twenty feet and its 
characteristic form, size, and markings were clear- 
ly and carefully noted. Mr. Bourque said that 
a bird of the same kind was seen acting in the 
same manner at this place during the summer 
of 1940. 

Records of the Mourning Dove occurring as 
far north and east as Little Watshishu are not 
numerous.—T.. 8. HENNESSY. 


Nesting Recorp Or THe Upranp Puover IN 
THE Ottawa ReEGIon.—On the afternoon of May 
31, 1940, when I was chaining in the second field 
south of the old C.N.R. right-of-way about a mile 
and a half east of Cyrville in Lot 21, Con. 2, Ot- 
tawa Front, Gloucester Township, Carleton 
County, a bird flew up suddenly, almost at my 
feet, and feigned injury on the ground a short 
distance ahead of me. I recognized it at once as 
an Upland Plover (Bartramia longicauda) from 
my previous observations of it at Trenton on 
May 10 and 19, 1940, and realized that it must 
be trying to lead me away from its nest. Sure 
enough, on examining the ground ahead, I noticed 
its small dead grass nest containing three large 
eggs spotted with brown on a sort of bluish white 
base. One more pace and I would have stepped 
right on them. The bird ran about 80 feet ahead 
and then flew farther up the field to disappear 
in the grass. 

On June 10 and 11, 1940, I revisited the nest 
and found that it now contained four eggs. So 
well did the bird harmonize with its surround- 
ings I had difficulty in relocating it. In fact 
the first day I must have walked very close to 
the nest without seeing it. Only by taking my 
bearings from a nearby fence post im which a 
pair of tree swallows were nesting, and walking 
in the direction I had noted when I first discov- 
ered the nest, was I able to find it again. Even 
then I couldn’t see the bird until, when two feet 
or so from the nest, it flew up and dangled a short 
E. V. Goopwinu. 


distance away. 


December, 1941] 


Tur CANADIAN Frevp-Natrurarist 


139 


BOOK REVIEWS 


GEOGRAPHICAL DiIstRIBUTION OFr THE RECENT 
Mo.uiusca Or NEwrouNDLAND,—Annals of the 
Carnegie Museum xxviii: 53-75; 1940: By 
Stanley Truman Brooks and Betty Watts 
Brooks. 

Many years ago a snail, Helix (now Cepaea) 
hortensis (Mull), a common species of the gardens 
and woods of England and western Europe was 
first reported from northeastern North America. 
Later as it was discovered at other points in the 
New England States, in Newfoundland and east- 
ern Canada, speculation concerning the origin of 
such colonies became common among naturalists. 
Scharff, like certain others, believed the species 
to be aboriginal with us and used it as a prop for 
his theory of an Atlantic land bridge. In con- 
trast, other naturalists attributed the origin of 
the species to commerce, not absolving even the 
Vikings. 

Recently Drs. S. T. and B. W. Brooks of the 
Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh have adduced 
much more evidence bearing on this matter. They 
found 67 different forms (7.e. species and varieties) 
of land and fresh-water molluses in Newfound- 
land. Of this number, 12 are holarctic or cir- 
cumboreal, 16 are “western European”, which in- 
cludes Greenland and Iceland, in affinity while 
the remaining 39 are North American. The 16 
European species include: H. hortensis; 6 slugs 
of the genera Arion and Limax; Vertigo alpest- 
ris; a single Suwccinea and only two aquatic 
species, a snail Radix pereger lacustris and the 
well-known pearly Margaritana  mar- 
garitifera. All of these just mentioned occurred 
predominantly in the eastern part of the island 
in remote spots rarely touched by man. Accord- 
ingly they must be considered native to the 
region. The western portion of the great island 
was populated in large measure by molluscs of 
North American origin. 

While the distributional data brought forward 
in this paper are very striking, their full signi- 
ficeance cannot be appreciated at present. Many 
more similar investigations not only of the recent 
fauna but also of the Pleistocene are needed in 
Canada before the time of migration and route 
of dispersion of the molluses of Newfoundland. 
or elsewhere, can be stated. The study of cer- 
tain other slow-moving animals may yield per- 
tinent evidence. For example the earthworms; 
Stephenson, in his elaborate monograph of the 
Oligochaeta, states there are no terrestrial species 
native to Canada, our known representatives be- 
However, the findings of 


mussel 


ing wholly introduced. 


the Brooks in the matter of land snails suggest 
to this reviewer that a search in eastern New- 
foundland might yield some evidence of endemic 
earthworms. To return to the original subject, 
our believe, first, that the inland 
molluses reached Newfoundland sometime before 
the Strait of Belle Isle and Bay of St. Lawrence 
were formed in the late Pleistocene, and second, 
that no total or fatal glaciation, especially of 
eastern Newfoundland, occurred since that 
event. 

Mr. and Mrs. Brooks are to be congratulated 
on their valuable and stimulating contribution to 
the natural history of British North America. 


—J.O. 


authors 


has 


BreeDING Birps Or THe Recion Or THUNDER 
Bay, Lake Superior, ONTARIO. By L. S. Dear, 
Trans. Royal Canadian Inst. No. 40, xzivi 
119-143, 1940. 

The region north of Lake Superior and from 
Georgian Bay to the Manitoban lne was for 
long a zoological terra incognita from which we 
had httle more than stray scraps of information. 
Of late years, however, we have had a succession 
of valuable detailed reports that are gradually 
filing out the blanks in the picture. The latest 
is the above covering a critical area near the 
meeting place of eastern and western influences. 
It is based upon more or less continuous obser- 
vations covering thirty years and, though such 


observations can never be absolutely complete, 


it presents what is undoubtedly a solid basic 
breeding list for the locality. It lists 144 species, 
in most cases well supported by actual nestings 
or by data upon which they can be confidently 
assumed. It has every evidence of careful dis- 
crimination and accurate observations. The only 
criticism the reviewer would make is one general 
to common practice. While trinomials are freely 
used, except in one or two cases, there is no 
indication as to whether they are original veri- 
fications or the acceptance of conventional as- 
sumption. In the one case they would be valu- 
able substantiating or correcting evidence, on the 
other they are scientifically worthless, merely 
rubber-stamping concepts that should be under 
test. However, disregarding the sub-specifie pre- 
sentations this is an important and admirable 
paper —P.A.T. 


Fouracr INsects Or Spruce In Canapa. By A. W. 
A. Brown, Division of Entomology, Science 
Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, 


140 THe Canaptan Frevp-Naruratisr 


Publication 712, 
30, 2 plates, 1941. 

The information presented in this paper repre- 
sents a part of the results obtained by the Cana- 
dian Forest Insect Survey, a cooperative enter- 
prise between industry, protection services and 
forest entomologists. 

In a very concise way are set down facts and 
figures on the numbers, food trees, distribution, 
hfe history, sex ratio and parasitism of each 
species, where possible, that feeds upon spruce 
foliage and also of the insect predators of these 
species. The numbers and distribution of many 
adult beetles and true bugs found on spruce are 
given. Last but by no means least there are 
valuable keys for the identification of many of 
the sawfly and lepidopterous larvae and adult 
bugs, scales and aphids dealt with in the bul- 


Technical Bulletin 31, pp. 


letin. 

It is a ready-reference work that should be on 
the desk of every one interested in entomology 
as it relates to forestry in Canada—W.C.McG. 


Guwe To THe FisHes Or Tuer Great Lakes 
ANp Triputary Waters. By Carl L. Hubbs 
and Karl F. Lagler. Cranbrook Institute of 
Science, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan. 1941. In 
cloth, $1.00, in paper, 50 cents. 

There is a dearth of popular literature on the 
identification, distribution and ecological occur- 
rence of our fishes. The present publication goes 
a long way towards meeting this need. The 
senior author, Dr. Carl L. Hubbs of the Museum 
of Zoology, University of Michigan, is one of the 
leading ichthyologists of North America so that 
the information is thoroughly sound and up-to- 
date. As stated in the introduction the authors 
have attempted to provide a means by which all 
persons interested may: (1) learn the characters 
of importance for the identification of fresh-water 
fishes and the method by which they may ac- 
curately be distinguished; (2) “key” the Great 
Lakes species to their correct taxonomic designa- 
tion; (3) become acquainted with their known 
graphic range, and (4) find an ecological annota- 
tion indicating the habitat in which each form 
most frequently lives. The publication is il- 
lustrated with 100 half-tone illustrations of the 
fishes and 33 illustrations of characters 
used in identification. The work deals with 170 
species represented by 229 named forms. Of 
these, 122 species are represented in Ontario. In 
addition, the fresh-waters of Ontario contain at 
least one species, the goldeye, Amphiodon 
alosoides, not found in the Great Lakes basin. 
Another species, Aphredoderus sayanus, 1s incor- 


other 


[VoL. LV 


rectly listed in the Guide as occurring in Ontario. 
Dr. Hubbs has advised me that the inclusion of 
South Dakota within the range of this species 
is also an error. 

It cannot be claimed that this guide makes the 
identification of all fishes easy (the identifica- 
tion of some groups, such as the minnows and 
whitefishes, requires considerable experience) but 
it can be stated that it is the most useful pub- 
lication for the identification of the fishes of the 
Great Lakes region that has yet appeared—J.R.D. 


A FaunaL Investigation Or Prince Epwarp 
County, Ontario. By L. L. Snyder, H. B. S. 
Logier, T. B. Kurata, F. A. Urquhart, and J. 
F. Brimley. University of Toronto Studies, 
Biological Series, No. 48, The University of 
Toronto Press, Toronto, Canada, 1941. Price 
$1.00. 

This interesting and useful publication is con- 
cerned with the animals of an unusual part of 
Ontario. Prince Edward County is notable for 
its insular character, for it was naturally almost 
an island in Lake Ontario and its separation from 
the mainland has been artifically completed by 
the digging of a canal across the narrow isthmus 
that once made it a peninsula. It is also dis- 
tinguished climatically from the rest of the 
Province, for it has an annual precipitation of 
only 28.6 inches and a high summer temperature 
(a mean of 70° for July). It is interesting to 
learn that, although agriculture is so highly 
developed in the county that it is commonly 
referred to as “Ontario’s market garden”, there 
still remain within the county boundary some 
fairly extensive forested tracts. The combina- 
tion of conditions thus briefly stated provides a 
setting for an especially interesting fauna. 

The publication under review, which gives an 
account of the more prominent components of 
that fauna, consists of seven separate papers, 
namely : 

“General Introduction”, by L. L. Snyder; 

“The Mammals of Prince Edward County, 
Ontario”, by L. L. Snyder; 

“The Birds of Prince Edward County, Ontario”, 
by L. L. Snyder; 

“The Amphibians and Reptiles of Prince Hd- 
ward County, Ontario”, by E. B. S. Logier; 

“A Just of the Spiders of Prince Edward 
County, Ontario”, by T. B. Kurata; 

“An Annotated List of the Crickets and Grass- 
hopvers (Orthontera Saltatoria) of Prince Ed- 
ward County, Ontario”, by F. A. Urquhart; 

“A List of the Long-horned Beetles (Ceramby- 
cidae) of Prince Edward County, Ontario”, by 
J. F. Brimley. 


The original data on which this account of the 


December, 1941] 


fauna of Prince Edward County is based were 
obtained in large part by field work carried on in 
that county by members of the staff of the Royal 
Ontario Museum of Zoology; in part from the 
records of naturalists resident in the county, 
especially W. H. Lunn, Frank Brimley, Dayton 
Murphy, and Charles Melton; in part from the 
records of other naturalists who have visited 
the county from time to time; and in part from 
previous publications and the records of other 
museums. 


The author himself has called the reviewer’s 
attention to a slight error in the first paragraph 
of “The Mammals of Prince Edward County, 
Ontario”, where it is stated that thirty-one 
species are listed in that paper, although the 
actual number is thirty-two. 


It was to be expected, because of the situation 
and climate of Prince Edward County, that its 
fauna would be found to contain a number of 
southern elements that seldom or never occur in 
the greater part of Ontario. Perhaps the most 
striking occurrence of a southern form is that 
of the Anhinga or Water Turkey (Anhinga 
anhinga), a specimen of which was taken near 
Wellington in the autumn of 1904. There are 
no other records of this species for Canada. 

The account of the Ring-billed Gull (Larus 
delawarensis) refers to this species only as a 
spring and autumn visitor to Prince Edward 
County and unfortunately states that “It is not 
to be expected in summer”. Since there is a 
well-known breeding colony of Ring-billed Gulls 
on Salmon Island, in Frontenac County, less than 
15 miles from the nearest part of Prince Edward 
County, frequent occurrence of this species in the 
latter county in summer might. have been presum- 
ed. The breeding colony of Ring-bills at Salmon 
Island was recorded in 1932 by the late R. O. 
Merriman (Can. Field-Nat. 46:22) and later by 
Baillie and Harrington in their publication, “The 
Distribution of Breeding Birds in Ontario”, which 
is number 8 of the Contributions of the Royal 
Ontario Museum of Zoology. Unpublished re- 
ports indicate discovery of the actual breeding 
of the Ring-billed Gull in Prince Edward County 
in 1941. 

Concerning the Caspian Tern (Hydroprogne 
caspia) the statement is made that “The only 


Tue CANADIAN Frevp-NatTurauist 


Baillie and Harrington. 


141 


evidence that the species remains in this region 
to nest is that of the late Rev. C. J. Young who 
found a nest with one egg of this species in the 
Common Tern Colony on Gull Bar, June 6, 
1917”. The term “region”, as here used, is pre- 
sumably equivalent to “Prince Edward County”, 
for the nesting of the Caspian Tern on Salmon 
Island, Frontenac County, has been published by 
the late R. O. Merriman and subsequently by 
This species also was 
found in 1941 to be nesting in Prince Edward 
County. 


A slip of the pen is believed to be responsible 
for the statement on page 65 that the Downy 
Woodpecker is less common in Prince Edward 
County than the Hairy Woodpecker, when actual- 
ly the reverse, as might be expected, is the case. 

“A Faunal Investigation of Prince Edward 
County, Ontario”, is a report that will commend 
itself to workers in natural science, field students, 
and residents of the area with which it deals. 
Undoubtedly it will long continue to be the 
standard reference work in its field —H.F.L. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL LABoraToRY NoteBook. By Arthur 
A. Allen, Ph.D.; viii +204 pp., 8x10%, one 
coloured map and a number of perforated 
pages of outline drawings. Comstock Publish- 
ing Company Inc., Ithaca, N.Y. Fourth Edi- 
tion 1941. $3.00. 


The first edition of the Cornell Ornithological 
Notebook met with a warm welcome from The 
Canadian Field-Naturalist when it appeared. 
Changes that have been made since have been 
obviously dictated by experience. The general 
plan is the same. There are pages for the study 
of the anatomy and topography of birds, keys 
to the birds and their nests, pages for field notes, 
a check list, etec.. with many pages for the de- 
tailed description of all but the rarest species. 
The outline drawings for colouring are detached 
and intended to be pasted in, and some of them 
will fit several species. The effect of this is to 
give a book that can be used over a wider area. 
The completion of a Notebook by a determined 
student would undoubtedly smooth the path to 
ornithological knowledge—C.H.D.C. 


142 


Tur Canaptian Frectp-NaturaList 


INDEX TO VOLUME LV 


A 


Acanthis hornemanni 
LiMaQriass, Af eee Seale By, Day, Ie 


Actitis macularia 
Aix sponsa 


Alasmidonta marginata __ 37 
WHAKOKONEN EN) ce 37 
PAD In © Ayes sete Ae Ree ee 14 
Allen, Arthur A., review 
Ofgbookeibyz 141 
AMV, JN, IDES INOUEY ny 110 
review of article by... 89 
ANITOWKS  GCINGyOY ae 25 
Alopex lagopus 24 
Ambystoma jefferson- 
POUT, aoe eee ae 83 
Ammospiza caudacuta....... 3 
Amphiodon alosoides_......... 140 
Anas platyrhynchos 78, 112, 116 
rubripes __... Wes, at, It, LAL} 


Anderson, Chief Factor 
James’ Back River 


AGUIAR co 9 
INTO DON OYOFE ONY se ee ee 
SCOpaLius) === 
Anemone riparia 
Angelaius phoniceus ~........ 53 
Anodonta cataracta _._...... 37 
eran dish sess we es 37 
grandis footiana... 37 
THGTHONAKG NEE, Se ee pa, Oil 
TMG Sa a Gaerne ees 37 
Andontoides ferrusacianus 37 
Nase —ulloharoiig) Lee 26 


Antennaria Brainerdii 67, 68, 71 


MICO MIONC AM eee 68, 71 
Anthus spinoletta... 52, 114, 115 
Aphredoderus sayanus _._. 140 


Aquila chrysaetos -..__......... 
Aquilegia brevistyla 
Arabis divaricarpa _. 
PAgoY IY, | lawson ley ee 


Archilochus colubris _.... 34, 114 
Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi.. 68, 71 
Ardea herodiasi = 109 
Arenaria interpres _..49, 114, 116 
HATO EHS aS (hens ia ee ie ee 64 
Arethusa bulbosa -..........— 64 
Arnott, D. A., article by ills) 
Artemisia camporum.......... iy at 
Asio flammeus .......... 1g, alas) 
Aster sagittifolius __.. (Bi, Ges, Wat 

EDI PON U Se ese ee eee ily) 


Astur atricapillus 34, 48 


Atlantic Salmon in Un- 


gava Bay 19 
Aviculomyina lata . ids 33 
SVL Tal SS epee re ¢ oe 
B 

Back River, Chief Factor 

James Anderson’s 
AGybnaae wl, oe eee 9, 21, 38 
3aeolophus bicolor.............- 2 
Salve dap ple eee ee 34 


3aldpate 28, 30, 48, 112, 115, 116 
Banfield, Frank A., article 


Die eee eS wales 
3artramia longicauda..._... 138 
AE AIO CS TSY Va eee 35 
Bat, Big Brown .... res 132 

TRUORUAY eect eecseeacee 120 
TSS tp OWA eee ee 46 
little! (BrOwar e 120, 132 
SHANE ib Te Cte eae 120 
Beall, Geoffrey, articles 
Nye eee ae ae ed TPR 13333 
Bear, Black or Cinnamon 120 
NS CANVIC Tae ee eee eceae nate 121 
Bee Chit meee ee es 102 
Bell, Beno. e aD Ve 3 
Bernard, “Har ry, note by 14 


TE YEA BT Ee epee an he ea es 

papyriferaa 
Bilberry 
Birch 


Bird Notes from London, 

Ontae O meee il 
Bird Visitors at Red Deer, 

Alberta cee eee ere 5 
Birds from Grand Manan, 

New Brunswick, 

DONG Pan ceten? oaene 3 
Bittern, American 48, 112 
Blackbird, Brewer’s _...... 30 

FRUUIS tive eres cee ei, IilZt, ail 

Yellow-headed 
IB) OA WMS. so es 
Bombycilla garrula _............ 5 
Bond, James, article by. 33 
Botaurus lentiginosus... 48, 112 
Botrychium multifidum 


Silaiholiumies eee 68 

IBineyaie, IBNEVCKe oe 3( 

Common geese Waly. Tats) 

Branta bermicla 12, Ub) 
canadensis 


Pons Sean PAR, Cy, alt, alalisy, all 
Brooks, S. T.. and B:, W. 
reviews of article 


LOND Yee ee ee 139 
Brown, A. W. A., review 
of bulletin by 140 
Buthleheadie =e Sam Onell 
Bufo americanus 
americanus, 220.2) 83, 84 
americanus copel........ 83, 84 


Bunting, Snow 
Ils Bs BSs. 29). BOs, Bes) IAL), 


me Garey nome Ue nee dee Way a6 

BUCO MDORCALIS ieee eater 199 
lagopus 224.2 . 49, 114 
pDlatypterwusi se 34 
Butorides virescens . ps 13 
TENSION oe = 139 
TEONE COON seen eaceeeste caer 102 

Cc 
Caladris canutus __........._... 116 


Calearus lapponicus 
eet Seer ei, Wat, | lls ILS 


TICES Oc se ee ee 53 
Calopogon pulchellus __.... 64 
Gall thiamin al tains ieee 18 

TOUNMISIIOUS) ce ceceeces econ 18 
Calypso borealis —_. cup heel ee 64 

ULbOSAs ie. eee ee 64 
Canachites canadensis... 114, 115 
(hhonis Wenprenas! oe 120 

MEDGAISIXETISTS eee eens 129 
(CEVNWASIOAGIR les Serco 3 


Capella delicata 
ne wee AQ 1109) tilse) tat AG 


COAG AA enter eso oe ease eeees 14 
Garda aie all lo cleeeneeeneeeerenns 55 
Gar. Cina eee eee OR 2As BX 
Cardita latimerensis .........- 33 
Carex heliophila ........ 67, 68, 69 
SICCAtalet ee B15 BS, Oo 
GDI OU eee aes 23 
Clarpodacus purpur Quiet, Bi, 08) 
Cartwright, B. W., note 
LON ANahebade eel etl ane Sra ene 78 
Casmerodius albus ........ By ily alas 
Cassiope tetragona .......... iil, 23 
Castor canadensis ...........-.- 121 
(Garth in, a ie eee een 34, 109 
@athantesl auGeay eee 1129 
‘Catopsilian (Ss taltin anys se 126 
Cat-tail, Narrow-leaved... 15 
Ceanothus americanus 67, 68) 70 
OMEDCULS Ree eee neee 67, 68, 70 
@ecropia Moth se 17, 82 
(Okerolehe, MNAMINESY 2one tee ee Uy 


(VoL. LV 
Certha familiaris......... 5, 64, 109 
Cetrania nivalis _. 44 
Chaetura pelagica 34 
Char, Arctic 10 
Charadrius melodius..____. Ue, TAG 
semipalmatus East alG: 
Charitonetta albeola 130 
Chat, Yellow-breasted.___. 15 
Champlain S ean see 66 
Changes in the Squirrel 
Population of 
Charlotte ville 
Township, Norfolk 
County, Ontario... 102 
Chaulelasmus streperus.. 15 


Chen caerulescens 
Sea A 7AG, WA, Wal, © ala (ss 


hyperborea 
eves 26, 48, 112, 115, 116 
Chestnut, auaee Bene SoS Bo 102 
Chickadee, Acadian ........... 27 


Black-capped 
Boe es Pils hs, 2AM). aX0, Ibid: 
Brown-headed. 109, 114, 115 


Hud soniani sss eee 30 

Oregon! :c.s5 ee ees 30 
Chimaphila umbellata rele 
(Cloutonamwomlic 2 NO, UBS 

Wiestern: 22ers 121 
Chordeiles minor _................ 34 
Christmas Bird Census, 

1940 es ee eee 27 
Churchill, Manitoba __..... 47 
Circus hudsonius 49, 114, 115, 116 
Cistothorus stellaris —. 34 
Clangula hyemalis 48, 1138 
Clarkes Cas Ee; SDE enoues 

Nayar fee emitter pee Sh U2, dg). Bye 
Clethrionomys 118, 122 

Capper; (2s ee 122 
Coenovhy as Sie eee sy, Sr 
Colaptes auratus 52. 114, 115, 116 
Cole, Mina P., article by... 5 
Columba tasciaita 13s 
Colymbus auritus —........ ANS Wali 
Comandra Richardsiana.. 68, 69 
Compsothlypis amevicana.. 64 


Clonvolvulus spithamaeus.. 67, 
Coot, American. 28, 29, 30, 49 


iCoLresonusi ae 1] 
(Cloras, (Ch. 1b, INOW IONS seecsacseece 17 
Cormorant, "Double- 

Gresuect = il, 8, iil, a 
Rela Cie eee 
White-crested Be ot 

Cloornus stolonifera 68, 71 


Corthylio calendula 34, 1a alike) 


Corvus brach yin ae 114 
COA 14, 115, 116 
@ottomitail ee eee 122 
@owbeLhye ae 
G@loivil Clee eee 29 
Coyote, Northern ; 120 
Galen — 120 
Cranberry. Mountain -. . 40 
Crane, Little Brown -....--- 49 
ie r, Brown 
ace eae i ll, BE PS), OZ 109 
Crocethia alba .....-.- 114, 113, yi 
Crossbill, Red ---------------~ 30, 
White-winged 5, 28 29, 114 
Grown 97, 28) 29, 30; 114 
Northwestern. .--.------------- ae 
Western ; ae 
Crowberry ae 


Cryptoglaux flee ae 


Cummings, Carlos E., re- e 
view of book ‘py... 45 


Curlew, Hudsonian 3, 47, “49, 50 


F 9 

Cyanocitta eristata -22-------- 5, o2 

Cygnus columbarius -..------ 4 

Cynomys ludovicianus -..- 120 
Cyperus filiculmis 

macilentus .... 67, 68, 69 


December, 1941] 


Danlavacutal 227. I, alalays Hal 
Dale, E. M. S., article by 1 
Danaus archippus 123, 133 
Daonella lommeli .. 

TNC ELT AC ae tenes eee ale 8) 


Dear, &. S, review of 
article by 

Deer iule) 0 
DD) Sliais ie eee Reh 
Dendroica aestiva 

CoRnonatay 

kirtlandi 

palmarum _... 

DEenIsVIVanNiGay ==. 

SUR a ae ee eat a eta: 34, 53 
Devitts Os He. note bys 46 
IDIGROSMOMRES Ae 52 
IDCs ee 101 
Diervilla lonicera __.......... Al 
Discotropites acutus..__ 995 100 
IDIStIChiCe Se eee 100 


Distinctive new variety of 
Orchis rotundifolia 


from Gene, AL: 64 
Dogwood ........ eee a aes 72 
Dove, Mourning — fe as 22 O'S: 

Rock 


Dowitcher 
Duck, Black 
ly PB, Coy tsp) dlaleyn  alalsys SUI} 


Gray-breasted Tree _... 14 
Greater Scaup ............ 28, 30 
IBlewelWeyohubun, 30 
Lesser Scaup 28, 48, 113, 115 
Ruddy cone AS, BIO 
Western Harlequin........ 30 
AVVO O Cimeseh set rete ea oe 12 
Dumetella carolinensis... 34, 109 
TD UNGUSTO: aoe eerech s eerceee aA ys al elG 
Dymond, J. R., article by 19 
OLE WEN AT Noe ae 107 

E 
IDEAS, IBEWCl oon eee Ol 29) 
(Cold Cree see eres 15 

Ederer, B. F., review of 

[SOXONS * LOA eee eee 89 
Herety American) 22025 3 a27 a3 
INGEN et Se ener See 14 

SNOW Va 


Egretta thula 
Hider, Common... 


Deas pelalts; "115 


ERG SON Banya pe 109 

IGT) See eet en eR aS 9 
Hlegantinia _........ BILE Bi5, ag Os 
Elliptio complanatus _..... Be axes 

GLUE CEWEOIS 22 i 
Empetrum nigrum __. 23, 40 
Empidonax flaventris 52 
IDyaveolotinal ee 100 
Hpigaea repens ................ 68, 71 
Hptesicus fuscus fuscus 46, 132 
Equisetum hyemale affine 67 


Hreuntes pusillus 
AO nealal antalya ealcltG 


Erignathus barbatus .......... 10 
Hrithizon dorsatum _.. = 14 
Hrucastrum gallicum 55 


Euphagus carolinus 55, 114, 115 


Hupoda montana ................ 137 

Eurycea bislineata major.. 83 

Eutamias minimus  ............ 121 

DED ONEAVATEN-UTS pense een en ne enue 13 
F 


Faleo columbarius 
49, 110, 114, 115 


peregrinus 
Ga BY i 2k) alal(ay alae alalsy 
Faleon, Peregrine ............ 114, 116 
Financial Standing, Ot- 
tawa Field - Na- 
turalists’ Club, 
Statement of .......... Ul 


Tue CaNnapiaAn Firup-NaturaAist 


Finch, Purple... 28, 29, 34, 109 
Fleming, James Henry, 

Obibwamiyero tee mien 63 
Fleming Memorial Papers, 

TOENATENG/ VOM oe 88 


Flicker, Yellow-shafted.... 27, 28, 
2p. BO, 4, alalZls 115, 116 
Flora of Wellington 
County, Ontario 

Gielen ees 5G ye open Os 
Mlorida, caerulea) a 

Flycatcher, Olive-sided... 
Scissor-tailed 
Yellow-bellied 


| mhvers eaten eae ee 
Frog, Mink .. Bue 
NWVOOGC! oe 
Fulica americana 49 
G 
(Grtewo Deiat HN Tee Ges Oe eee 15, 28 


Gaultheria procumbens... 68, tal 


Gaviaeancticay an es 47 
iWanagVnm oe eS ns 114 
Stellataie: awe een 114 

Gaylussacaia baccata........ 68, 71 

Geographic Range HExten- 

sion of the Smoky 

Shrew in Ontario 

and Quebec .......... 1038 
Geothlypsis trichas ....... 109, 114 
Gibson, Arthur, obituary 

LDA VAb eae een a ee ese eee 20 

Glaucionetta clangula 13, 115, 116 

Glaucomys sabrinus See tots 121 

Godwit, Hudsonian ............ 49 


Goldeneye, American 
27, 28,29, 30, 113, 115. 116 
Goldfinch == Pils PRS, CO 
Goose, Blue.... 4, 26, 112, 115, 118 
Ganaiday 970. 24.8255) 26; 138, 
ASM Tel 2 erally. MEG 


TPE OIEA NITES | Sa ane 25 
Lesser Snow ............ .... 26, 48 
Red-breasted  ................ 13 
Snows eee AME Tales Talay alas) 
White-fronted -_............ 26 
Gonioniyamee ee ee 100 
Goodwill, E. V., note by 138 
Gopheriereske ot eee eae 46 
HMastern. Pocket]. 121 
Go sihiaiwiges esses 27, 28, 34, 48 
GracklesmBronzedee = 29 
Grebe Elolboellsie = 30 
Eonnic die 28, 30, 48, id 
TENeGlajanleel yo 48 
NWASCCI ay ee ee 30 
Grinnell, Lawrence I, ar- 
TCU EN LON epee eeeeeeeae 47 


Groh, Herbert, article by 54 
Grosbeak, Bvening 5, 28, 30, 109 


IRineua "ok: UPA OR XO: TLL! 
Ground-squirrel, Frank- 

Di See ieee che 120 
IRIcharndSonysi se 120 
Thirteen—lined <2 120 

Grouse, Oregon Ruffed........ 30 
Rupe Geese Qe 2829500 
SOIC Cup ee taee eee eene 4a EL, 

Grout, A. J. et al., review 

(Ne -|oXoKoke Jonie oeeeeee ease 108 

GrusiecanadenSisi------- = 49 

GryMluispals Sian) eeteseneeee 82 

Gryphaea chakii .....99, 100 

(CHORAL TAD Ope) pee eee teececeeeto Pi Alp} 


Gull, Bonaparte’s 
Vint en a Phe bye4y alabesie uy alalisy 


(CHEW BUCO LISS | Seer ose eeoee 21, 30 
Great Black-backed.... 28 
IUCN EV aNG ly pe eee een Pt OX) 
DV OVE tap eee eee eee ee tas 


Herring 27, 28, 29, 30, 52, 77, 

Sp alaleh, allay) aliilts) 
CECI eles eee eee 138 
Ring-billed........ 28, 29, 77, 82 


143 

Gulla Sabineys eae 9 113 

Short-billed) 2 ae 30 

ADEA S.C 30 

Gulogluscuist=se aaa fs 24 
Gustafson, A. F. et al., 


review of book by 89 


H 
TRUM ONO a a ee 64 
Habenaria dilatata _ Sef 64 
dilatata media ... 64 


Haliaeetus leucocephalus SED 
Halictites 


JSUSN KO) oye hs eke et ee 
pacalis 

Hare, Arctic .... 
Varying 

Hastings County, Ontario 35 

Hawk, Broad-winged ....... 34 
CoopeTrdSi een 152829 
IDA Kel ea hee a ee 4,9, 34, 49 
Marsh 15, 28, 29, 49, 114, allay, 

116 

Pigeon ........ AQT sel OE plage call 
Red- shouldered eee ae 15, 28 


Red-tailed 15, 27, 28, 29, 109 
Rough-legged 15, 29, 49, 114, 


129 

Sharp-shinned .............. 5 28 

leathery avVyihited 2s" sss. ital 

Helianthemum canadense 67, 

68, 70 

Helianthus divaricatus...... Gita: 

Evel nOGEEMSIS setae eee 139 
Hennessy, T. S., notes 

oni cee eee 125) 46,7138 
Herrington, Rev. H. B., 

Art Clem Vay eee 35 
Hesperiphona vespertina 5, 109 
Hieracium florentinum ...... 71 
Hirundo erythrogaster........ 109 
Hitchcock, Harold B., note ne 

DiVile eee 
Holdom, M. W., note by... 110 
Hubbs, Carl L. and Karl 

F, Lagler, review 

OLMDOO Ki Diyas 140 
Hudsonia tomentosa 66, 67, Be 
Humming - bird, Ruby - 

thino ate dite eter 34, a 
Hydroprogne caspia ........---- 3 
Hylocichla Subtataye-- 114, 115 

TAUPO OEY, a ee eee eeeceescro eS 52 
I 
Ibis; scarlet 2.2 OF 18 
Icteria virens .... 15 
Indopecten .....- PL, 32 
Iridoprocne bicolor is 52 
TKOGEUS IVA CIWS) aera teaccennenn ce 6) 
J 
Jackson, V. W., note by...- 129 
Jaeger, Long-tailed 52 
PARAS Cmescete S 52 
Ae wanes} TEXAS i cere alital 


Jayeslwe:=:... Hele 2802930 oe 
Canada.... 30, 40, 52, 114, 115 
SHEEN SL ee rceeeeaecerose 14, 30 

Junco hyemalis.... 5, 114, 115, 116 
oreganus 

Afwha@oys WO) mEyEXONal | oes eee be 0 


Slate-coloured 5, 27, 28, 29, 
a Jd'5s7 116 


Juvavites angulatus ...99, 100 
DO COCK eer entereceeene 99, 100 
mackenziei .. ot 
TAAUGIAINVAL, ..qeeocceenecece detec osc 


pardonetiensis .........----- 100 


144 
K 
Kent County, Ontario... 15 
Killdeerias ee ae 30, 49 
Kine birds Arkansas) ee 4 
Wasternwre eee 34 
Kingfisher, Belted... 28, 29, 109 
Western Belted _..._. 39 
Kinglet, Golden- 
crowned ._.. 27, 28, 29, 64 
Ruby- 
crowned 30, 34, 114, 115 
Kirtland’s Warbler.............. 16 
ESOT OES cent! eee Nita Pde eee 116 
L 


Lagopus lagopus 11, 24, PAS). WalS3. 


115 
GUL}. S'S ite |S eon 26 
Lampsilis borealis ae 
ovata ventricosa__. 7 
MAGVatans see led OOS 
Smlikopoioncleey 5 Us OS 
siliquoidea rosacea ___ ot 
WEMUICICOSE) © oe Bl, 8 
ventricosa canadensis... 37 
Landon, Monroe, article 
LON AE a Rey ee ARR ea ieee 103 
Lanius ludovicianus 52 
ludovicianus 
excubitorides 52 
WaT Chines ete ncn tee seen en 39 
ILevrib< eyelet ia 39, 178 


Lark, Horned 29, 52, 114, 115, 116 
Larus argentatus 52, 114, 115, 


116 
delawarensis ................ ell 
philadelphia By WN TIS) 
Lasionycteris noctivagans 120 
Lasmigona compressa __.... Be 
Laurentides Park 83 
Lazelle, John H., note by 46 
THE CAMMIEC Suess cee teen pe 
Lechea intermedia 

ID CraMaoNb oes | ee 
Leptodea fragilis aXe 
Lepidium latifolium ......... By) 

Dertollatuims ee 55 
Lepus americanus _.._.... 122 

DECCLCUS ps a ae ee sak 

WOOK OCHO) Le 22 
Lewis, Harrison F., ar- 

iClemb yar eee 111 

notes hy == WA To, tl, Oe) 
Licumiamasutar. ws 37 

recta Jatissima ee eo 37 
Lilium philadelphicum..... 68, 69 
ima? ichilderhosei 2... aa, SE 

SOREN OVUI: ' 2 weutes pe ge ene 

DOA ah ee eens 

Striata Vineata 222222 
ILpioovaebNey ee : 


Mimeasproveis 2 = se 
Limosa haemastica _. 


NGM al, 2 ae es = Yaa § 
ASCE AMDOCS eee 5F 
Lithospermum croceum 66, 67, 

68, 71 
Lloyd, Hoyes, note by........ 138 


Mobipes lobatus) = 
London, Ontario 
Longspur, Lapland 52 


Red- throated 
Loxia curvirostra 
leweopteray = : 
Lycopodium flabelliforme.. 68 

HOSreEVelaniqUhaq. 1. ee 68 


THe CaNnapiAn Fisup-NaturaList 


M 

Miao 1) eps ett eee EN ae 5 
Majanthemum canadense. 69 
Malayites dawsoni 99, 100 
Mallard........ PAS, PA, SO, WS TID TAG 
Maple, Manitoba. Basar eer a 5 
Mareca americana 48, 112, 115, 
116 

TOXINS OPOND, nono sectors 1 
Mairi O tam Omasxa lesen 120 


McLearn, F. H., article by 31, 95 


IMI@RIGION TIES 30 
Wiesterni ates eh ey 1 
Megaceryl aleyon __............ 109 
Melancon, Claude, review 
Of bOokgb ya 45 
Melanitta deglandi._48, 113, 115 
berspicillatay = males aba) 
Melospiza georgiana 53. 114, 115 
Iisa@olhait yw ee Bey a, Lila 
melodiay sa iy Ges, Te Lal 


Members of the Ottawa 

Field - Naturalists’ 

(Colm: Goh eee 90 
Mephitis mephitis —... 118, 120 
Merganser, American 27, 28, 29. 

aK0), GER. TBI 

FOO GE Gi tare eeneeee 28), 30 
Red-breasted DS. aX), Bb, ZS. 
aS}, aa); 38370 


Mergus merganser ............ 48, 137 
serrator 34, 48, 113, 115, 137 
IMPOURVOATO MHEG) sous a cet 100 
Microvalma himantopus.... 49 
Micromya iris Onl 
IMEC EOL USiee ees mlalyg 
drummondi ae 122 
TT OT pty ee nieces ee 122 
fimus polyglottos -.. 2: 13 
Mocking-bird. Hastern....... 13 
IMO GLOLUS Waist iheees ene 97 
BUNSHST SHEEN Lo 99, 100 
Moira River, Ontario .......... 35 


Monarch Butterfly, The. 
l. General Obser- 
vations in South- 
Gera, QING) sa 123 
ll. The Movement 
of the Population 
in Southern On- 
LEFS Wa ICO) acetate 


iIncnieanaeee eee 
subecirecularis 
Mouse, Drummond 


Micaldowaeee 122 
Grasshopper === 121 
TEL ONS Ce tereees ey eat esate 122 
Least Meadow . WA? 
Memmine _ 121 
Red=hackcCiiea = as 122 
Saskatchewan 
Ap olaaVO Ves, ul ee 122 
White-footed _............. 121 
Mousley, Henry, articles 
esata sonic oe en hea 64, 79 
IMCS) TAOIST ss 122 
Muscivora forficata —_.......... UT 
SV IRTASS c= © SK eee eee 9, 10, 25. 26 
VIG U's Kars ea tale ee ee 15, 1122 
Mussels of the Moira river 
in Hastings Coun- 
ty, Ontario, The... 35 
Mustela arctica ==. 9, 24 
GOFAL ye a 129 
PRE MIATA epw ee ween eee 118, 120 
Myoconcha amnipacis .... 33, 97 
curionii chenekai _._. 32, oe 
eurionii meriani _.......... 32 
curionii montipetraea 32, 33 
Myophoria heslingtonensis ayiL 
fear ok Won i eens ceen a asl als} 
laevigata ieee ii, wr ene 97 
laevigata elongata _.... 97 
margaritifera 98 
TOT Shaler eee 98 
OVALE NN oe Ae a ence 97 


[VoL. LV 


silentiana placidus._. 98 
Silentiana schooleri_. 98 
Silentiainalsvici eee 98 
UTrd ee a ee 95 
Myotis keeni 
septentrionalis —__. 46 
I luweitueuis eee 46, 120, 132 
subulatus leibii _..._. 46 
Myrica asplenifolia.....___. 68, 69 
N 
INEWCLMONISEMS Oy, 87 
mcconnelli lenticillaris 95 
Needham, James G., re- 
view of book by... 8 
Nemobius angusticollis 81 
carolinus carolinus.... 80 
cubensis palustris... 80, 81 
fascinatus abortivus.. 80, 82 
Hip, SEEUSKONENEDIS, ocd cenen oe so 80, 81 
li) WAV NOON 82 
griseus griseus - 80, 81 
macdunnoughi a 81 
MVACTUIAEU See 80, 81 
Nettion canadense...113, 115, 116 
IN Gta laleyval ees 34 
Notes on  Bird-Life of 
Churchill, Mani- 
tobai. 5... Sa ae 47 
Notes on Birds of the 


James Bay region 

in the Autumn of 

1940\\22 2 Se 111 
Notes on Homing 

and Hibernation 

in Hptesicus 


fuscus! = 132 

Notes on Rare Canadian 
IPVEWONES, TOE oe eee alc 

Notes on Saskatchewan 
Mamie} Sine 117 

Nunnr, Henry Carl, obitu- 
ary: (Of {2 2a yee. 107 
Nuthatch, Red-breasted 27, 28, 
30, 52 
White-breasted.... 27, 28, ee 
Nuttallornis mesoleuxcus... 46 
INGVicteanmiy:cte ayes == aes 52 
INyicterisMcinierea a 120 
Nycticorax nycticorax 3, 12, 17 
INGO CAN Ea ital 01S eeenes ASe  lele3h lilly 


Observations on some in- 
teresting Birds in 
Kent county, On- 


tavio:....-2 ee 
Odocoileus hemionus ......... 
@ecnotheras = ee 
Oidemia americana........ 
Old-squaw ...........- 28, 48, 50, 110133 
Onychomis leucogaster he ee 121 
Oporonis philadelphia —.... 114 


Orchids new to the Prov- 
ince of Quebec and 
the Dominion of 
Canada, Two -.-..-- 79 
Orehis rotundifolia —....... 64, 65 
rotundifolia lineata...... 64, 65 
Orchis, Small Round- 


léeavied i aes 65 
Oryzopsis pungens ........ _.. 68, 69 
Osprey ae 114 
Ostrea 97 
Otocoris alpestris 52, 114, qe 
Owl Hawk) 22224 ee Tit, Tal) 

bonnie Gis Pl Pr, PA) BO) 
Long-eared ..........2.-.-.-..- 28, 29 
Richards onws eee ses sees 34 
Sereeni 42 ee vai aie eee 28, 29 
Short-eared 28, 30, 52, IH, 

115 
Snowiynl eee 27, 29, d2 


December, 1941] 


Oxyechus vociferus __........ 49 
Oxytoma mucronata _.. 99 100 
P 4 
Pandion haliaeetus 114 
PAO OIE, gill, oe 76 
Palaeacardita glaukos ..__ 33 
PRallisers Jp G., mote byw. 138 
Palmer, Ralph S., article 
BSE Cheats ina ey 47 


y 
Panicum depauperatum 
psilophyllum 
Partridge, European _ 
Passer domesticus 
Passereulus sandwichensis.. 


Passerella iliaca 


Passerherbulus henslowi.... 15 
Peace River Foothills, 
TESS 0) Cian aie eee ate 
Pecten chiwanae _ 
GUINEAN oe 
dishinni kaska 9. Bk 
MATA EVN) ee ee 99; 200 
OWT ANTON Sipe ees aes 
SEIS OUCIOE WO cose one terse nesensen 
SEW ELE Op)y aL Se alee a ae 
Pectoral Sandpiper in 
Sprine she aes 101 
POGOe, Soren 84 
Pelecanus erythrorhynchos 3 
Pelecypods, Triassic .......... 31 
IP@liCAval, WOM ey a ee 3 
Pelidna alpina.... 49, 114, 115 116 
Penthestes atricapillus....... 114 
hudsonicus.......... NO SFiS alelt 
Perisoreus canadensis... 40, 52, 
114, 115 
Peromyscus maniculatus 
bairdii —_.. 121 
m. borealis 121 
m. osgoodi alpail 
Peters, Harold S., article 
LL aia = AE (Up et 111 
TOO) LON pees cecee ees ee 129 
Phaeopus hudsonicus —... 8, 49 


Phalacrocorax auritus 1, 111, 115 
Phalarope, Northern.... 47, 51, 52 


WallSonysi beet ily, aKOal 
Pheasant, Ring- 
necked____.... Qe 28295 30 


Phenacomys mackenziei 121, 122 
TEAROXCEY, LAS ONGIEY assceoeceaeeceeeseen 10 


Phoebe, Eastern 12, 29,45, 52, 
109 

IPN@EZ, INCISION eters 5 
IPIGCE) BIENUICE Le ee 38, 39, 44 
mariana___.... 38, 44, 110, 118 
Picoides arcticus .....-.---..-- 114, 115 
Pigeon, Band-tailed............ 13 
PINE, UEC (eee es 16, 66, 68, 118 
IDOCKEXEQONG Se 118 
WAVING) “ae a 102 
Pinicola enucleator.............. 5, 114 
TET ee ee es ee es 97, 98 
Pinus Banksiana. ............---- 69, 118 
COMBO TGA ere ee eee 118 
Pipit, American.......... 52, 114 115 
ISIS oy Joyediivatol Sete c ee coca als} 
fuscicollis_._.. 49, 114, 115, 116 
melanotos.......... naa eH: 
TACT ONOUNEL, eee ercereesecosasese 49 
Plectrophenax nivalis 11, 53, 110, 
ile}, LUG) 

Pleurophorus' kissoumi...... 98 
Pleuromya nidovana ........ 99, 100 


Plover, Black- 
bellied 101, 113, 115, 116 


Golden 3, 49, alates, val} 
TEAH a opener epeee enone al 
Mountain eee ort 
Wyo ali Giese es ee ee 138 
Semi-palmated.. 49, 61, a 114, 
116 

Pluvialis dominica 8, 49, 113, 116 
JPYO REY TONER HSIN) oe pececee eecoeee 69 


Tur CANADIAN Frevtp-NATURALIST 


Podilymbus podiceps 48 
Polyenemum majus ............ 
Polygonella articulata. 


EV Chia rc clSiealc yes ee 0 
Polypogon monspeliensis.... WE 
ERO LET Rae eee ee eLL iene 40, 118 
Populus balsamifera _......... 118 

grandidentata _............. 68, 69 

cacamahiacc ayes sass sae 40 


tremuloides = 
JEOTROWIOWNG, caterers 


Porsild, A. E., article by... 66 
Posidonia madisonensis.... 100 
Prairie-dog, Black- 

CAG Clee ee ee ial, PAO) 


Preliminary Description of 
some new Triassic 
Pelecypods from 


the Peace River 
Hoothilisy esses 31 
Preliminary List of 
Amphibians from 
Laurentides Park 
in the Province of 
@mebe cy eee 83 
Prince, Leslie A., article 
Oi Sener ee eee ieee 103 
Provancher Society An- 
nual Report, re- 
NUON OLR gee ae 89 
Prunus pennsylvanica _.. 70 
susquehanae —......... 68, 70 
Ptarmigan, Willow.... 11, 24, 49, 
BX); alleys alls) 
EVO C Kei rece ares shoes sede IC 26 
Pteria collipiana __. oom 
COMUEO Tears eee 
Laks Gli ee eee ees 
Pteridium latiusculum ...... 68 
Publication Fund, State- 
TYNE Tt ek ee ee. 8 
IPRs, GllbbonolOe ee sececes oe Seda 
Q 
Quercus borealis -......... oll, OY 
Querquedula discors ........ 8 
R 


Rabbit. White-tailed Jack 122 
Teeenil, NaS llongis cee ea ee 4 


Rana catesbilana - 22a... 83 
clamitan's) 22— eile 84 
palustris lle. 83 
DPDUCTUS eee eet et 3 
septentrionmalis) 222.-.-= 84 
septentrionalis 

Spidlnigeneil(keh Soa eres 84 
sylvatica 
eantabrigensis .....- 84 
Range Extensions for 
@rucifers 54 

Rangifer arcticus 24 

Rat, House aa 124 

Rattus norvegicus Pe ees 122 

Rane = Diss. BX) alalZ! tals), 116 

meds Deer, Allberntale=----- 5 

Redpoll, Common 8, 29, 
TEOXAWON? ee o eect teeeesoctees ences 

TENE Cavill ee seeee 


Regulus satrapa 
Relic Flora on Sand Dunes 
from the Cham- 
plain Sea in the 
Ottawa Valley, A 66 
of Council, 62nd 
Annual Meeting of 
the Ottawa Field- 


Report 


Naturalists’ Club. 6 
Reynolds, Keith, article 

Vga teenies eeececmeer 132 

Rhus Toxicodendron -.......- 70 

ENV DNAMN OI) | Georce a eene Mone noceceete 70 

Ricker, W. E., note by....-- 137 

Rissa tridactyla ..................-- 138 


Robie. DSM oso Ono, 


Rorimer, Irene T., review 
OL books bye ees 8 
Rorippa austriaca 
sylvestris ......... 
FTO USAC alia essen 
Chamaemorus 
LoVISPO MOOI) eae 
SCLOSUSi seein eee 


Sallam acl Cee ene eee 
Salix Bebbiana 

humilis 
Saliniom salle esses 
Salvelinus alpinus US 
Rice eeiee ee Takes alalisy, all 


Sanderling 
Sanderson, Ivan T., re- 
view of book lbiveee 89 
Sandpiper, Baird’s............ alata, als) 
WiC AS tear ee ee puree 47, 49, 51 
Pectoral TOs alas, alas 


Red-backed .... 30, 47, 49, 51 
Semipalmated 47, 49, 51, 114, 


IlAlBy, lal 

SO CTS Cnt oe emu cea 49 

SC Eg he RC ee earl ea 49, 51 

White-rumped 49, 114, 115, 

116 

Saponaria Vaccaria ........... 7, 
Saskatchewan Mammaals, 

MOT C'S OMe eee 117 
Saskatoon-berry 5 
Saissabraism tenses serene ney 102 
Saunders, W. E., article 

Tew ae ee el ONL iL 
Sayornis phoebe.......... UPA tsy74,, -AL(8) 
Scoter, American .........---.... BAO), alals} 

Suni. OX, eh), ydkales, abil) 

White- winged 28, 30, 48, ee 

ALIN) 
CSVSET Eero tes pete nae bg es OZ iy lu 
Seiurus noveboracensis...... 53 
Selaginella rupestris.......... 68, ee 
Senecio Balsamitae ..........- 67, 

VAS COSUS ieee eee ee fe 
Senn, Harold A., article by 7 
Shortt. (a Me, motes bigest: 12 
Sihtowelileraeeen eae re 48 
Shrew, Cinereous ... Sa 118 

DS Kian eect oe 118 

TEMUEAOOIN, | eccsaeecosteeee se 72 

Saddle-backed Se pLElS 

Sino ky as 108 
Shrike, Northern 2, 28 

Wiehite-rumap ed yee. 52 
Shutt, Frank Thomas, 

Obituary 10f. cores Hed 
Silene antirrhina -.......- Wig (ey 0 
Siskini) Binieea rie OS OX. BO). Bis} 
Sisymbrium loeselii 54 

salsugineum ........-- ute 54 
Sitta canadensis 52 
Skunk, Striped .....----- 120 
Smilacina stellata a 69 
Snake, Garter ......------------------ 138 
Snipe, Wilson’s 49, 109, 1138, sane 

) 

rder, lL. L., review of 
ae eat @llew a Spesesaeesaes 109, 140 
Solidago hispida -...... 67, 68, 71 
Somateria mollissima On r4Se alOSF 
113, 115 


mollissima sedentaria 109 
Soper, J. Dewey, note bee 137 


Sorex arcticus 18, 122 
cinereus.s--------= 11 8 
Te OAKUIS) eh soescos 108 
obscurus : } 118 
Sorghastrum nutans 67, 68, a 
Sparrow, Acadian ...---.----.---. 3 
; Chipping : 34, 53, 109 
Clay-coloured. ......-----.---- 16 
English -...... 5, 28, ee 30, 53 
TRG Pc 1 Medea anteater enoatlent 14, ate 
Golden-crowned ..... eB 
FVQGrIStS| see anes os 
ens OWAS eee 15, 101 


146 
Mecontess sees eee 101 
incolngsy 30, 34, 53, 114 
IRIS EVaIS ON Gare eee 30 


Savannah .... 27, 53, 114, 115 
Song...... by, ARs 2S BLD, Hey, abe 
115 

Swampy PADS Sh TU TT 
uae Bil PS Ps eile 4h, a 
TOS shalsy, alas 

White-crowned 5, 53, 109, 


114 
White-throated 29, 109, 114, 
115, 116 
Sparrow-hawk .... 15, 27, 28, 29 
TS) ES CTs Ese eee eee 30 
Spaeulamchypeaitaw een 48 
Species of Nemobius in 
Ontario, The 80 
SHOMOe Nw 2 ee eencese xt 109 
SpIMUS MOINS eee tae We SD 53 
Spiranthes cernua 
ochroleuca —...........- 79, 80 
cernua odorata ___........ 79, 80 
praecox 
vernalis 
Spiriferina 
Spizella arborea 53, 114, 115, 116 
passerina —............. o4h Bei, iy) 
passerina arizonae _... 53 


Squatarola squatorala 113, 115, 


116 

Squinmel Black = 
Northern Flying ......-.-- 121 
Reedy a. See eee 102, 121 
Steganopus tricolor__........ 1 
Stereorarius longicaudus.. 52 
parasiticus 52 
Sterna) ie. 114 
hinundoye = ee! 109 
paradisaea “ae 52 
StikinOGeras: = plete oss 100 

Stirrett, George M., article 
VON oe ae ee ean aE 15 
TIO LEC Mi Van en 13 

Stroud, John J. article 
7 eh 56, 73, 85, 104 
Sturnella neglecta -..._....--- 1 
Sturnus vulgaris_......... 46, 52, 114 
Seyaslie See eee eee eee 100 
Siealie), WONDNG, 2 eee cecceneeseecnse iflecyeaenlaleey 
Swallow, H. S. note by-....- 130 
Siren, I8eyan) 2 109 
Clik (2 Ses ee 12 
BTET GG ee ane aaa eeaee 52 
Violet-green 5 
Swan, Whistling a: 4 
Swift, Chimney 34 
Sylvilagus nuttallii -... 122 
Synaptomys borealis -........ 121 

T 

Tachycineta thalassima _.. 5 
MA MEM ae REO) eter oe eect enema 118 
Tamias striatus ... 138 
Tamiasciurus -...... i 118 
hudsonicus 120 
Taverner, P. A. note by.... 13 


Tur CaNnadIAN Frecp-NaturRAList 


ObitUuaLya DViee ee 65 
Teal, Blue-winged .|............. 28, 48 
Green winged... 28, 113, 115, 


Tern, Arctic 


Caspian eee ae 
Commnionges 
Titmouse, Tufted 
Thamnophis sirtalis —....... 138 
Thrush, Gray-cheeked........ 52 
RETIN on ake ero ee 114, 115 
iPacitichVvanicd 30 
VIEUIIE CLI Anne Let Le cen Hy CHW) 
Thomomys talpoides _..__. 121 
ARO PAMUIS Mladic Suenos 49 
melanoleucus.... 118, 115, 116 
AR ONVINI CE Meese toned ee eee ces 29 
(ONMEERON de aes cee ee 30 
Triassic Stratigraphy, 
Mahaffy Cliffs to 


Red Rock Spur, 
Peace River Foot- 


VoOMBUIS, TBSGS eee ee 95 
Trigonia margaritifera ___. 32 
Triturus v. viridescens __. 83 
ERO DMO OR ee ees 97 
Turdus migratorius 52, 114, 115 
ARUN Stoneman 49, 114, 116 
Typha angustifolia _.... 15 


Tyrannus tyrannus 


VeLtLcalish === ==. oe 4 
U 
Undatray zibethical == 122 
ON SAR ae Aas eee eon orree 19 
LOMA ANI): [OVENS hae ee 126 
Urquhart, F. A., article 
Ii ep eee ee cece hee 80 
Ursus americanus... 118, 120 
Vv 
Vaccinium pen- 
nsylvanicum ......... 68, 71 
pennsylvanicum 
TOMIETOONGM, ences Ee Yi 
uliginosum ._..........- a 40 
Vitis-idaea _...... 40 
WManessal carduiy = 126 


Vermivora peregrina = 
TELBU UCN OU, ee ere 

NWAIOVIE, ANGHOUNCE enone se 

Vireo, Philadephia 


Red-eyed  _...... 
Vireo olivaceus ........---.- 
philadelphicus 
Viadykov, Vadim D., ar- 
ei ClE Wi Vines 3 
Muiltunes Gurkey 2 129 
Ww 
Warbler, Black-polled........ 34, 53 
Chestnut-sided _.......... 34 
Kirtland’s 16 
Mourning 114 
Miyntles oo 109, 114, 115 


CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS. 


INfais hiv eee eens 34 
Northern Parula _.......- 64 
Palm =). eee 114 
Tennessee 34 
Wilson’s 34 
Wellow 022-3. eee 53 
Water Traps Capture the 
Pigmy Shrew in 
Abundance: 72 
Water-thrush, Northern 53 
Wialvy, WGrey (eee 25, 26 
Waxwing, Bohemian.......... 5 
Gedari ae ees Pl, east, PE SD 
Weasel, Bonaparte ~_............. 120 
Wons-—tanleda ae 120 
Wellington county, On- 


tario: ote. ees 
Wihiteish) es 
Widgeon, European 
Willows 233. 
Walsoniam DUS ayes 
IW:OLE «eS eee 
Wiolf=betny {eee 5 
Wolffia braziliensis — 110 


ecolumbiana  _.... iv 110 
punctata _._... ae 110 
WYO LVS Te eee een 24 
Wood, A. A., article by__. 15 
Woodchuck 120 
Woodpecker, Artic Three- 
tocd2== PAS, B05 WO ality 
IDYonizanie Gy Ar, As PY aio), sitet 
115 
IBIITAT 22. Ry, 2S, PO, ao 
Rileated PAR BX1) 
Red-headed = 28 
Wren, Seattle 30 
Short-billed Marsh ___ 35 
Western Winter -2.- 30 
Winter (Ss 28, 29, 30 
Wynne-Edwards, V. C., 
Note wb yme eee ielali() 
x 
XNanthocephalus 
xanthocephalus -. 3 
emia Sail i001 Ho 1183 
Y 
Yellowlegs, Greater 113, 115, 116 
T@SS6r |. - e ee 49 
Yellowthroat, Maryland 109, 114 
Young, Charles Henry, 
ObltuAaTy, (Ol 20 
74 
ZADUS PEWCED Sy eee 122 
Fenadas macro uta es 138 
Zonotrichia albicollis 109, 114, 
ly, ALG 
eoronata _.... et 5 
Queue eee 3 
leucophrys...... 5, d 


The Bird Census Committee wishes to remind all persons interested to 
take a Christmas Bird Census on some day in the period December 20-28, in- 
clusive, and to send a report of it to the Editor as promptly as possible. On 
account of restricted space available for publication of such reports, Council has, 
by resolution, expressed the view that these reports should be published only in 


reduced form, restricted to essential information. 


The Christmas Bird Census 


reports published in the February issue of “The Canadian Field-Naturalist” for 
each of the past four years furnish numerous examples of this form. Contributors 
of Bird Census reports will save much unnecessary editorial revision if they 


will submit reports prepared in conformi 


ty with this resolution of Council. 


Affiliated Societies 


NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF 
MANITOBA 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


President Emeritus: Dr. H. M. SPEECHLY, Honorary President: 
A. H. REGINALD BULLER, F.R.S., President: Mr. P. H. 
STOKES, Past Presidents: H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V. W. 
JACKSON, M.Sc., C.W.Lows, G.SHIRLEY Brooks, R.A. 
WARDLE, M.Sc., A. G. LAWRENCE, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 
L. T. S. Norris-ELyYE Vice-Presidents: W. H. RAND, L. W. 
Kossr, A. H. SHorttT, Mrs. H. T. Ross, Mrs. A. SIMPSON, 
Treasurer: H J. PECK, General Secretary: Miss M. F. PRATT; 
Hzecutive Secretary: R.S. EVANS; Social Convenor: Mrs. 


H. A. HAND. 

Section Chairman Secretary 
Ornithological J. HAAK G SMITH 
Entomological H. A. RICHMOND A. MURRAY 
Geological W.S. YARWoopD Mrs. P. H. STOKES 
Mammological J.D. SoOPER R. Sutton 
Microscopy 
Zoology R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc. 

Botany C. W. Lows, M.Sc. R. Happow. 
Botanical M.G. DuDLEy, M.Sc.,PH.D. Mrs.G.S.BARTLETT 


Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays 
rom October to April, in the physics theatre of the University 
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after- 
noon during May, June and September, and on public holiday 
during July and August. 


VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY 
; OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Honorary President: L. S. KLINK, LL.D., President Univer- 
sity of B.C.3 Past President: Pror. JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., 
F.B.S.E., F.R.HS.; President: C. F. CoNNor, M.A., Vice- 
President: Pror. G. J. SPENCER, M.S., Honorary Secretary: MR. 
F. W. FARLEY, First Assistant Secretary: MISS VIRGINIA 
HOLLAND, 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mrs. F. MORGAN, 
Honorary Treasurer: Mr. F. J. SANFORD, Librarian: Mr. A. A. 
Scott, Additional Members of Executive: Mr. A. H. BAIN, MR. 
W. Cuark, Mr. F.W FAr.ey, Mr. K. Racey, Mr. P. L. Tait, 
Dr. E. N. Drizr, Mr. E. A. SCHWANTJE; Chairmen of Sections: 
Botany: PRror. JOHN DAvIpDsoN, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., F.R.H.S., 
Geology: M. Y. WILLIAMS, PuH.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., 
Entomology: Mr. A. R. Wootton, Ornithology: MR. 
KENNETH RACEY, Microscopy: ‘ Not Filled’? Photography: 
Mr. PHitie TIMMS, Mammalogy: Mr. G. L. Pop, Astronomy: 
Mrs. LAURA ANDERSON, B.A., Marine Biology; Pror. G. J. 
SPENCER, Auditors: H. G. SELwWoop, W. B. Woops. 

All meetings at 8 p.m., Room 100, Applied Science 
Building University of British Columbia, unless otherwise 
announced. 


BRITISH COLUMBIA BIRD AND MAMMAL 


SOCIETY 
President: Dr. M. Y. WILLIAMS; First Vice-President: HAM- 
ILTON M. LAING; Second Vice-President: Dr. C. J. BASTIN; 
Secretary-Treasurer: C. H. BASTIN, 4484 West 9th Avenue, 
Vancouver, B.C. 


McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, 
LONDON, ONT. 


Treasurer: H. B. MACMAHON, 382 Richmond Street. 
President: DR. GORDON CUMMINGS, Oxford Street. 
Secretary: WM. Lott 320 Colborne Street. 

Recording Secretary: GERTRUDE BERGEY, 195 Ridout Street. 


' G. S. BELL, M1ss WINNIFRED CHUTE, 


PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE 
PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC. 


OFFICERS FOR 1940-41 


Past Presidents: Mr. L. M. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH, 
Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON; President: PRoF: 
V. C. WYNNE-EDwarps, 4965 Prince Arthur Street, Apt. 4: 
Montreal; Vice Presidents: L. MclI. TERRILL, Miss RutTH 
ABBOTT; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUSLEY: 
Secretary: Mr. J. D. CLEGHORN; Acting Secretary: M. J. 
DUNBAR. 
Executive Committee: H. F. ARCHIBALD, G. R. BOULTER, J. 
A. DECARIE, W. S. Hart, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Miss 
GLADYS HIBBARD, H. A. C. JACKSON, E. L. JUDAH, MIss 
LouisE Murpny, Miss M.S. Nico.son, G. G. OMMANEY, 
J. A. ROLLAND, Miss MAupD SeatH, Mrs L. McI. TERRILL. 
Meetings held the secoud Monday of the Month except 
during summer. 


Headquarters of the Society are: 
REDPATH MusEuM BIRD Room, 


McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, P.Q. 


SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE 
NATURELLE DU CANADA 


Patron Honoraire: SON EXCELLENCE LE TRES HONORABLE 
ComTs D’ATHLONE, K.G, Gouverneur-General du Canada 
Vice-Patron Honoraire: Mason GENERAL SIR EUGENE 
Fiskt, Kp. C,M.G, D.S.O, M.D.,  Lieutenant- 
Gouverneur de la Province de Québec; Bureau de Direction 


pour 1940: Président: DR. VIGER PLAMONDON, ler vice- 
président: JAMES C. PRICE, 2iéme vice-président: ULRIC G. 
TESSIER, Secrétaire-Trésorier: Dr. GUSTAVE RATTE; Chef 


de la section scientifique: DR. D.-A. DERyY; Chef de la section 
de Propagande éducative: A. BERESFORD Scott, Chef de la 
section de protection: IAN BREAKBEY, Chef de la section 
d'information scientifique et pratique: HUBERT DUCHENR, 
Directeurs: HONORABLE EDGAR ROCHETTE, JOHN BLAIR, 
CHARLES DuUMAS, ROBERT HUNTER, JAMES F. Ross, REX 
MEREDITH, N.P. 


Seerétaire-Trésorier: DR. GUSTAVE RATTE 


THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’ 
CLUB 
OFFICERS FOR 1940-41. 


President: Dr. R. M. SAUNDERS; Vice-President: T F. McIL- 
WRAITH, Secretary-Treasurer: Miss EDNA BOISSONNBAU, 100 
Queen’s Park; President of the Junior Club: Mrs. L. E. JAQUITH, 
Past Presidents: ARNOTT M. PATTERSON, Dr. F. P. Ibn, F. C. 
Hurst; Council— Miss GRACE ANDERSON, W. K. W. BALDWIN, 
BROTHER Denis, Dr. 
Miss FreyA Haun, PAUL HAHN, H. M. 
HALLIDAY, Dr. L. E. JAQuITH, Miss MAry KirkKwoop, J. 
LEHMANN, Miss GRACE MALKIN, L. T. Own, STUART 
THOMPSON, SPRAGUE TROYER, Miss MARION WILDER. 


NORMA FORD, 


Meetings are held at 8 p. m. on the first Monday of each 
month from October to April at the Royal Ontario Museum, 
unless otherwise announced. Field trips are held during the 
spring, and occasionally during other seasons. 


We ask the Officers, and more particularly the Secretaries, of all the Affiliated 


Societies to assist us in our task of building up the circulation of this periodical. 


By securing every member as a subscriber we can make it truly one of the lead= 


ing Natural History publications of America. 


For information concerning purchaseof the following publications of the Club apply to 
The Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada. 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY of JOHN MACOUN, M.A. . 


was a former President of the Club and this is a 
Memorial Volume 


PRICE $3.00. - 305 pp. 


FOR SALE:— 


LONG RUNS OF THE CLUB’S 
PUBLICATIONS 
1879-1940 


FORM 
OF 
BEQUEST 


I do hereby give and bequeath to The Ottawa Field- 
Naturalists’ Club of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada the sum 


deed BN inert aed Siete eel —jn0 Dollars 


**Naturalist’’, 86 pages, 31 illustrations. Every 
Canadian should know this prize essay. 


PRICE FIFTY CENTS 


APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 


Treasurer, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 
582 Mariposa Avenue, 
Rockcliffe Park, Ottawa. 

2 Enclosed please find $2.00 as membership in 
The O.F.-N.C. and Subscription to the Canadian 
Field-Naturalist for the year 1941. 


Name 


a 


Address 


City, Proo. or State... 


CANADA NORTH OF FIFTY SIX 
By E. M. KINDLE 
Special profusely illustrated number of The 


This book is attractively bound, and contains a 
wealth of information concerning Canadian 
Natural History and Exploration. The author 


Prices of Separates 


Notes to Contributors, Etc. 


Papers for publication should be addressed to 
the Editor, or to the appropriate Associate Editor. 


Manuscript should be plainly written, typed if 
possible, on one side of the paper only, with wide 
spaces between the lines and ample margins. It 
is urged that special care be used that scientific 
names are legible, properly formed, and correctly 
spelled and capitalized. 


Contributors are asked not to use subspecific 
names, either scientific or vernacular, except when 
dealing with specimens available for reference, or 
examined under conditions permitting the recog- 
nition of subspecific characters, in which case the 


25 50 100 200 800 
Lipagelticc tases ce $2.00) $2.25) $2.50) $2.75) $3.00 
Qe ee aaa teletereeteleteeiens 3.00} 3.25] 8.76) 4.00) 4.26 
Bese ain rico ORO R Hoar 8.50} 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
A Ot es Oe Savas pistes cterel™ 8.50} 3.75) 4.00) 4.25) 4.50 
Bees cata cisions Gesrecoleves 4.50) 4.75) 65.00) 6.25) 6.50 
Gi Ree ere 4.50} 4.75) 5.00) 5.25) 5.50 
(Galea et rr nee ESN, a 6.00} 6.25) 6.50) 6.75) 7.00 
Wei eer eet oes 6.00} 6.25) 6.650, 6.75) 7.00 
Qi AE a eearet Tos ofeieleneeys 7.50} 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.76 
DOM nt eC en etree 7.50) 8.00) 8.75) 10.25) 11.75 
Covers extra........... 8.00} $8.00) 8.00} 4.00) 56.00 


If removal of matter on the pages non-pertinent 
to the article or changes of make-up are desired, 
or if insets or other extra work are necessary, 
special rates will be furnished on application to the 
Editor. 


Application for separates should be made to the 
Editor. 


circumstances should be stated. Any familiar 
English name is permissible if it is accompanied 
by the scientific name. For birds the English name 
for the species from Taverner’s ‘‘Birds of Canada” 
may be used without the scientific name. 


Authors of leading articles are entitled to 
twenty-five copies of the number in which they 
appear, free of charge on application. 


Separates of articles as they appear on the 
page, without any change of make-up will be sup- 
plied at the following rates which are approximate. 
If more than 2 pages, count in multiples of four, 
to provide for wire stitching. Sales tax is extra. 


The Barnes Museum at Lacon, 
Ill., U.S.A. offers in exchange for 


similar specimens: 


Mounted specimens and eggs of North 
American Birds. 


Spread specimens of North American 
Moths and Butterflies ( over 200 varie- 
ties.) 


All specimens are accurately scientifically 
classified and accompanied by reliable data. 
We hold State and Federal collecting and ex- 
change permits. Sendalist of what you have 
and what you need. 

R. M. Barnes, Lacon, Illinois. 


Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers — 


a 


. 


7 rae 
fewer y 


rt a : - 
iceman Vea 
uA ares 


nh 


A? co 
Di res: 


Wy 
sua 
yey, 


Dene S 
Am etTe : PPh set ada 
renesnena vi shin puss naeprae pote ee